Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

 

 

People’s United Financial, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

001-33326

(Commission File Number)

 

Delaware   20-8447891
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(203) 338-7171

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share   NASDAQ Global Select Market
(Title of each class)   (Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨ .

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨    Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨
      (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x .

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the last reported sales price of its common stock as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $5,409,129,071.

As of February 13, 2009, there were 348,228,185 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 7, 2009, are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

2008 FORM 10-K

Table of Contents

 

         Page
Part I     
Item 1.   Business    1
Item 1A.   Risk Factors    13
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments    18
Item 2.   Properties    18
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings    18
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    18
Part II     
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
   18
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data    19
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    21
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    70
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    74
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    74
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures    74
Item 9B.   Other Information    74
Part III     
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    75
Item 11.   Executive Compensation    76
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters
   76
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    76
Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services    76
Part IV     
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    77
Signatures    81


Table of Contents

Part I

 

Item 1. Business

General

People’s United Financial, Inc. (People’s United Financial) is a savings and loan holding company and is incorporated under the state laws of Delaware. People’s United Financial was formed for the purpose of effectuating the conversion of People’s Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure. On April 16, 2007, People’s United Financial, People’s Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings completed their second-step conversion from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. People’s Mutual Holdings merged with and into People’s Bank, with People’s Bank as the surviving entity, and People’s Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of the second-step conversion. On June 6, 2007, People’s Bank changed its name to People’s United Bank. The name “People’s United Bank” is used to refer to the Bank both before and after the name change. People’s United Bank is a federally-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Bridgeport, Connecticut.

On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Chittenden Corporation (“Chittenden”), a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Burlington, Vermont. At December 31, 2007, Chittenden had total assets of $7.4 billion, total loans of $5.7 billion, total deposits of $6.2 billion and 140 branches. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and accordingly, Chittenden’s asset and liabilities were recorded by People’s United Financial at their estimated fair values as of January 1, 2008. Financial data for periods prior to the acquisition date do not include the results of Chittenden. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of the acquisition.

The six former Chittenden banks, which continue to do business under their existing names as divisions of People’s United Bank, are: Chittenden Trust Company based in Burlington, Vermont; Flagship Bank and Trust Company based in Worcester, Massachusetts; Maine Bank & Trust based in Portland, Maine; Merrill Merchants Bank based in Bangor, Maine; Ocean Bank based in Portsmouth, New Hampshire; and The Bank of Western Massachusetts based in Springfield, Massachusetts.

The principal business of People’s United Financial is to provide, through People’s United Bank and its subsidiaries, commercial banking, retail and small business banking, and wealth management services to individual, corporate and municipal customers. Traditional banking activities are conducted primarily within New England and include extending secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans, originating mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial properties, and accepting consumer, commercial and municipal deposits. In addition to traditional banking activities, People’s United Bank provides specialized financial services tailored to specific markets including: personal, institutional and employee benefit trust; cash management; and municipal banking and finance. Through its non-banking subsidiaries, People’s United Bank offers: brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance through People’s Securities, Inc. and Chittenden Securities, LLC; equipment financing through People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. (“PCLC”); and other insurance services through R.C. Knox and Company, Inc. and Chittenden Insurance Group, LLC.

This full range of financial services is delivered through a network of over 300 branches in Connecticut, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Vermont, Maine and New York, including 79 full-service supermarket branches, 43 investment and brokerage offices, nine PCLC offices, 16 commercial banking offices and over 400 ATMs. People’s United Bank’s distribution network also includes online banking and investment trading, a 24-hour telephone banking service and participation in a worldwide ATM network.

 

1


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial’s operations are divided into three primary business segments that represent its core businesses, Commercial Banking, Retail Banking and Small Business, and Wealth Management. Commercial Banking consists principally of commercial lending, commercial real estate lending, indirect auto lending, and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of PCLC, as well as cash management, correspondent banking, municipal banking and corporate trust. Retail Banking and Small Business includes, as its principal business lines, consumer and small business deposit gathering activities, consumer lending (including residential mortgage and home equity) and small business lending. Wealth Management consists of private banking, trust services, brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by People’s Securities and Chittenden Securities, and other insurance services provided through R.C. Knox and Chittenden Insurance Group. In addition, the Treasury area is responsible for managing People’s United Financial’s securities portfolio, short-term investments and wholesale funding activities.

Further discussion of People’s United Financial’s business and operations appears on pages 21 through 73.

Supervision and Regulation—People’s United Financial

Federal Holding Company Regulation

People’s United Financial is a savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act. As such, People’s United Financial is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) and subject to OTS examination, supervision and reporting requirements. In addition, the OTS has enforcement authority over People’s United Financial and People’s United Bank. Among other things, this authority permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings bank.

Activities Restrictions Applicable to Savings and Loan Holding Companies. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the activities of all savings and loan holding companies formed after May 4, 1999, such as People’s United Financial, must be financially related activities permissible for bank holding companies, as defined under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Accordingly, People’s United Financial’s activities are restricted to:

 

   

furnishing or performing management services for a savings institution subsidiary;

 

   

conducting an insurance agency or escrow business;

 

   

holding, managing, or liquidating assets owned or acquired from a savings institution subsidiary;

 

   

holding or managing properties used or occupied by a savings institution subsidiary;

 

   

acting as trustee under a deed of trust;

 

   

any other activity (1) that the Federal Reserve Board, by regulation, has determined to be permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, unless the Director of the OTS, by regulation, prohibits or limits any such activity for savings and loan holding companies, or (2) that multiple savings and loan holding companies were authorized by regulation to directly engage in on March 5, 1987;

 

   

purchasing, holding, or disposing of stock acquired in connection with a qualified stock issuance if the purchase of such stock is approved by the Director of the OTS; and

 

   

any activity permissible for financial holding companies under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act.

 

2


Table of Contents

Permissible activities that are deemed to be financial in nature or incidental thereto under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act include:

 

   

lending, exchanging, transferring, investing for others, or safeguarding money or securities;

 

   

insurance activities or providing and issuing annuities, and acting as principal, agent, or broker;

 

   

financial, investment, or economic advisory services;

 

   

issuing or selling instruments representing interests in pools of assets that a bank is permitted to hold directly;

 

   

underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities;

 

   

activities previously determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be closely related to banking;

 

   

activities that bank holding companies are permitted to engage in outside of the United States; and

 

   

portfolio investments made by an insurance company.

In addition, People’s United Financial cannot be acquired or acquire a company unless the acquirer or target, as applicable, is engaged solely in financial activities.

Restrictions Applicable to All Savings and Loan Holding Companies. Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, including People’s United Financial, directly or indirectly, from acquiring:

 

   

control (as defined under the Home Owners’ Loan Act) of another savings bank (or a holding company parent) without prior OTS approval;

 

   

through merger, consolidation or purchase of assets, another savings bank or a holding company thereof, or acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of such institution or holding company without prior OTS approval; or

 

   

control of any depository institution not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) (except through a merger with and into the holding company’s savings bank subsidiary that is approved by the OTS).

The Home Owners’ Loan Act prohibits a savings and loan holding company (directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries) from acquiring another savings bank or holding company thereof without prior written approval of the OTS; acquiring or retaining, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a non-subsidiary savings bank, a non-subsidiary holding company, or a non-subsidiary company engaged in activities other than those permitted by the Home Owners’ Loan Act; or acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings banks, the OTS must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.

Federal Securities Law

People’s United Financial’s securities are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. People’s United Financial is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, and other requirements and restrictions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Delaware Corporation Law

People’s United Financial is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is therefore subject to regulation by the state of Delaware. The rights of People’s United Financial’s stockholders are governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

3


Table of Contents

Supervision and Regulation—People’s United Bank

General

People’s United Bank has been a federally chartered savings bank since August 18, 2006 when it converted from a Connecticut chartered savings bank. Its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC under the Deposit Insurance Fund. Under its charter, People’s United Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the OTS as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC as the deposit insurer. People’s United Bank files reports with the OTS concerning its activities and financial condition, and must obtain regulatory approval from the OTS prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions. The OTS conducts periodic examinations to assess compliance with various regulatory requirements. The OTS has primary enforcement responsibility over federally chartered savings banks and has substantial discretion to impose enforcement action on a savings bank that fails to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, particularly with respect to capital requirements imposed on savings banks. In addition, the FDIC has the authority to recommend to the Director of the OTS that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular federally chartered savings bank and, if action is not taken by the Director, the FDIC has authority to take such action under certain circumstances.

This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a federal savings bank can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the Deposit Insurance Fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such laws and regulations or interpretations thereof, whether by the OTS, the FDIC or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on People’s United Bank and its operations.

People’s United Bank’s brokerage subsidiaries, People’s Securities and Chittenden Securities, are regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and state securities regulators. R.C. Knox and Chittenden Insurance Group are subject to regulation by applicable state insurance regulators.

Federally Chartered Savings Bank Regulation

Activity Powers . Federal savings banks derive their lending, investment and other activity powers primarily from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and the regulations of the OTS thereunder. Under these laws and regulations, federal savings banks generally may invest in:

 

   

real estate mortgages;

 

   

consumer and commercial loans;

 

   

certain types of debt securities; and

 

   

certain other assets.

Federal savings banks may also establish service corporations that may, subject to applicable limitations, engage in activities not otherwise permissible for federal savings banks, including certain real estate equity investments and securities and insurance brokerage activities. People’s United Bank’s investment powers are subject to various limitations, including (1) a prohibition against the acquisition of any corporate debt security that is not rated in one of the four highest rating categories; (2) a limit of 400% of a savings bank’s capital on the aggregate amount of loans secured by non-residential real estate property; (3) a limit of 20% of a savings bank’s assets on commercial loans, with the amount of commercial loans in excess of 10% of assets being limited to

 

4


Table of Contents

small business loans; (4) a limit of 35% of a savings bank’s assets on the aggregate amount of consumer loans and acquisitions of certain debt securities, with amounts in excess of 30% of assets being limited to loans made directly to the original obligor and where no third-party finder or referral fees were paid; (5) a limit of 5% of assets on non-conforming loans (residential and farm loans in excess of the specific limitations of the Home Owners’ Loan Act); and (6) a limit of the greater of 5% of assets or a savings bank’s capital on certain construction loans made for the purpose of financing what is or is expected to become residential property. The OTS granted People’s United Bank a phase-in period of three years from the date of its conversion to a federal savings bank, August 18, 2006, to comply with the Home Owners’ Loan Act’s commercial loan limits, with the ability to seek an additional one-year extension if necessary.

Capital Requirements. The OTS capital regulations require federally chartered savings banks to meet three minimum capital ratios:

 

   

Tangible Capital Ratio —A 1.5% tangible capital ratio, calculated as tangible capital to adjusted total assets.

 

   

Leverage (Core) Capital Ratio —A 4% leverage (core) capital ratio, calculated as core capital to adjusted total assets. The minimum leverage (core) capital ratio is reduced to 3% if the savings bank received the highest rating on its most recent safety and soundness examination.

 

   

Risk-Based Capital Ratio —An 8% total risk-based capital ratio, calculated as total capital to risk-weighted assets. For purposes of this calculation, total capital includes core and supplementary capital, provided that supplementary capital may not exceed 100% of core capital.

In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the OTS takes into consideration not only these numeric factors but also qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where necessary. People’s United Bank, as a matter of prudent management, targets as its goal the maintenance of capital ratios which exceed these minimum requirements and that are consistent with People’s United Bank’s risk profile. At December 31, 2008, People’s United Bank exceeded each of its capital requirements. See “Regulatory Capital Requirements” on pages 68 and 69 for a further discussion regarding People’s United Bank’s capital requirements.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act requires that the OTS and other federal banking agencies revise their risk-based capital standards, with appropriate transition rules, to ensure that they take into account interest rate risk, concentration risk and the risks of non-traditional activities. The OTS monitors the interest rate risk of individual institutions through the OTS requirements for interest rate risk management, the ability of the OTS to impose individual minimum capital requirements on institutions that exhibit a high degree of interest rate risk, and the requirements of Thrift Bulletin 13a, which provides guidance on the management of interest rate risk and the responsibility of boards of directors in that area.

The OTS continues to monitor the interest rate risk of individual institutions through analysis of the change in net portfolio value. Net portfolio value is defined as the net present value of the expected future cash flows of an entity’s assets and liabilities and, therefore, hypothetically represents the value of an institution’s net worth. The OTS has also used this net portfolio value analysis as part of its evaluation of certain applications or notices submitted by savings banks. The OTS, through its general oversight of the safety and soundness of savings associations, retains the right to impose minimum capital requirements on individual institutions to the extent the institution is not in compliance with certain written guidelines established by the OTS regarding net portfolio value analysis. The OTS has not imposed any such requirements on People’s United Bank.

Safety and Soundness Standards. Pursuant to the requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, as amended by the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, each federal banking agency, including the OTS, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit

 

5


Table of Contents

underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder.

In addition, the OTS adopted regulations to require a savings bank that is given notice by the OTS that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan to the OTS. If, after being so notified, a savings bank fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted compliance plan, the OTS may issue an order directing corrective and other actions of the types to which a significantly undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. If a savings bank fails to comply with such an order, the OTS may seek to enforce the order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil monetary penalties.

Prompt Corrective Action. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act also established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. Under this system, the federal bank regulators, including the OTS, are required to take certain and authorized to take other, supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, based upon five categories of capitalization which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act created: “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” The severity of the action authorized or required to be taken under the prompt corrective action regulations increases as a bank’s capital decreases within the three undercapitalized categories. All banks are prohibited from paying dividends or other capital distributions or paying management fees to any controlling person if, following such distribution, the bank would be undercapitalized. The OTS is required to monitor closely the condition of an undercapitalized savings bank and to restrict the growth of its assets. An undercapitalized bank is required to file a capital restoration plan within 45 days of the date the bank receives notice or is deemed to have notice that it is within any of the three undercapitalized categories, and the plan must be guaranteed by any parent holding company. The aggregate liability of a parent holding company is limited to the lesser of:

 

   

an amount equal to 5% of the bank’s total assets at the time it became “undercapitalized”; and

 

   

the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the bank into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such bank as of the time it fails to comply with a capital restoration plan.

If a bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it were “significantly undercapitalized.” Banks that are significantly or critically undercapitalized are subject to a wider range of regulatory requirements and restrictions. Under OTS regulations, generally, a federal savings bank is treated as well- capitalized if its total risk-based capital ratio is 10% or greater, its Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is 6% or greater, and its leverage ratio is 5% or greater, and it is not subject to any order or directive by the OTS to meet a specific capital level. As of December 31, 2008, People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital ratios exceeded the OTS’s numeric criteria for classification as a “well-capitalized” institution.

Insurance Activities. Federal savings banks are generally permitted to engage in certain insurance and annuity activities through its subsidiaries. However, federal banking laws prohibit depository institutions from conditioning the extension of credit to individuals upon either the purchase of an insurance product or annuity from an entity affiliated with the depository institution or an agreement by the consumer not to purchase an insurance product or annuity from an entity that is not affiliated with the depository institution. Applicable regulations also require prior disclosure of this prohibition to potential insurance product or annuity customers.

Federal banking agencies, including the OTS, also require depository institutions that offer non-deposit investment products, such as certain annuity and related insurance products, to disclose to the consumer that the

 

6


Table of Contents

products are not federally insured, are not guaranteed by the institution and are subject to investment risk including possible loss of principal. These disclosure requirements apply if the institution offers the non-deposit investment products directly or through affiliates or subsidiaries.

Deposit Insurance. People’s United Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund and pays its deposit insurance assessments to the Deposit Insurance Fund.

Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, the FDIC established a system for setting deposit insurance premiums based upon the risks a particular bank or savings association posed to its deposit insurance fund. Effective January 1, 2007, the FDIC established a risk-based assessment system for determining the deposit insurance assessments to be paid by insured depository institutions. Under the assessment system, the FDIC assigns an institution to one of four risk categories, with the first category having two sub-categories based on the institution’s most recent supervisory and capital evaluations, designed to measure risk. Assessment rates currently range from 0.05% of deposits for an institution in the highest sub-category of the highest category to 0.43% of deposits for an institution in the lowest category. The FDIC is authorized to raise the assessment rates as necessary to maintain the required reserve ratio of 1.25%. The FDIC allows the use of credits for assessments previously paid, and People’s United Bank has credits that will partially offset certain assessments in 2009.

Current economic conditions have resulted in an increased number of bank failures and, consequently, greater use of Deposit Insurance Fund resources. In response, the FDIC has proposed higher premium assessments for 2009 pursuant to a restoration plan designed to increase the DIF reserve ratio to required levels. Under the FDIC’s restoration plan, the premium assessment rate was raised by seven basis points beginning on January 1, 2009 resulting in a 2009 initial base assessment rate of 12 basis points for People’s United Bank. In addition, on February 27, 2009, the FDIC approved an additional one-time special assessment of 20 basis points on deposits. Further changes in assessment rates are anticipated later in 2009.

In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC at an annual rate of approximately 0.0114% of insured deposits to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2017 through 2019.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the FDIC may terminate the insurance of an institution’s deposits upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.

Transactions with Affiliates. Federal savings banks are subject to the affiliate and insider transaction rules set forth in Sections 23A, 23B, 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, as well as additional limitations as adopted by the Director of the OTS. The OTS regulations regarding transactions with affiliates and insider transactions generally conform to Regulation W and Regulation O, respectively, issued by the Federal Reserve Board. Affiliated transactions provisions, among other things, prohibit or limit a savings bank from extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with, its affiliates and principal stockholders, directors and executive officers of the Federal savings bank.

In addition, Section 11 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act prohibits a savings bank from making a loan to an affiliate that is engaged in non-bank holding company activities and prohibits a savings bank from purchasing or investing in securities issued by an affiliate that is not a subsidiary. OTS regulations also includes certain specific exemptions from these prohibitions. The Federal Reserve Board and the OTS require each depository institution that is subject to the affiliate transaction restrictions of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act to

 

7


Table of Contents

implement policies and procedures to ensure compliance with Regulation W and the OTS regulations regarding transactions with affiliates.

In addition to the insider transaction limitations of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 prohibits the extension of personal loans to directors and executive officers of issuers (as defined in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The prohibition, however, does not apply to mortgage loans advanced by an insured depository institution, such as People’s United Bank, that are subject to the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act.

Privacy Standards. People’s United Bank is subject to OTS regulations implementing the privacy protection provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. These regulations require People’s United Bank to disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, People’s United Bank is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having People’s United Bank share their non-public personal information with unaffiliated third parties before the bank can disclose such information, subject to certain exceptions.

In addition to certain state laws governing protection of customer information, People’s United Bank is subject to federal regulatory guidelines establishing standards for safeguarding customer information. These regulations implement certain provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The guidelines describe the agencies’ expectations for the creation, implementation and maintenance of an information security program, which would include administrative, technical and physical safeguards appropriate to the size and complexity of the institution and the nature and scope of its activities. The standards set forth in the guidelines are intended to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such records and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such records or information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. Federal guidelines also impose certain customer disclosures and other actions in the event of unauthorized access to customer information.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act, as implemented by the OTS regulations, any federally chartered savings bank, including People’s United Bank, has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The Community Reinvestment Act does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The Community Reinvestment Act requires the OTS, in connection with its examination of a federally chartered savings bank, to assess the depository institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution.

Current Community Reinvestment Act regulations rate an institution based on its actual performance in meeting community needs. In particular, the evaluation system focuses on three tests:

 

   

a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas;

 

   

an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and

 

   

a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.

The Community Reinvestment Act also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their Community Reinvestment Act ratings. People’s United Bank has received an “outstanding” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination performed by the FDIC and the Connecticut Department of

 

8


Table of Contents

Banking in 2006. The federal banking agencies adopted regulations implementing the requirements under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act that insured depository institutions publicly disclose certain agreements that are in fulfillment of the Community Reinvestment Act. People’s United Bank has no such agreements in place at this time.

Loans to One Borrower. Under the Home Owners’ Loan Act, savings banks are generally subject to the national bank limits on loans to one borrower. Generally, savings banks may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Additional amounts may be loaned, not in excess of 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if such loans or extensions of credit are secured by readily-marketable collateral. People’s United Bank is in compliance with applicable loans to one borrower limitations.

Nontraditional Mortgage Products. The federal banking agencies recently published final guidance for institutions that originate or service nontraditional or alternative mortgage products, defined to include all residential mortgage loan products that allow borrowers to defer repayment on principal or interest, such as interest-only mortgages and payment option adjustable-rate mortgages. A significant portion of People’s United Bank’s adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans are alternative mortgage loans.

Recognizing that alternative mortgage products expose institutions to increased risks as compared to traditional loans where payments amortize or reduce the principal amount, the guidance required increased scrutiny for alternative mortgage products. Institutions that originate or service alternative mortgages should have (1) strong risk management practices that include maintenance of capital levels and allowance for loan losses commensurate with the risk; (2) prudent lending policies and underwriting standards that address a borrower’s repayment capacity; and (3) programs and practices designed to ensure that consumers receive clear and balanced information to assist in making informed decisions about mortgage products. The guidance also recommends heightened controls and safeguards when an institution combines an alternative mortgage product with features that compound risk, such as a simultaneous second-lien or the use of reduced documentation to evaluate a loan application.

People’s United Bank complies with the guidance on non-traditional mortgage products as it is interpreted and applied by the OTS.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. The Home Owners’ Loan Act requires Federal savings banks to meet a Qualified Thrift Lender test. Under the Qualified Thrift Lender test, a savings bank is required to maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less (1) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (2) intangibles, including goodwill; and (3) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities, credit card loans, student loans, and small business loans) on a monthly basis during at least 9 out of every 12 months. The OTS granted People’s United Bank an exception from the Qualified Thrift Lender test for a period of four years from the date of its conversion to a federal charter (August 18, 2006).

A savings bank that fails the Qualified Thrift Lender test and does not convert to a bank charter generally will be prohibited from: (1) engaging in any new activity not permissible for a national bank; (2) paying dividends not permissible under national bank regulations; and (3) establishing any new branch office in a location not permissible for a national bank in the institution’s home state. In addition, if the institution does not requalify under the Qualified Thrift Lender test within three years after failing the test, the institution would be prohibited from engaging in any activity not permissible for a national bank and may have to repay any outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank as promptly as possible.

 

9


Table of Contents

Limitation on Capital Distributions. The OTS regulations impose limitations upon certain capital distributions by Federal savings banks, such as certain cash dividends, payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders of another institution in a cash out merger and other distributions charged against capital.

The OTS regulates all capital distributions by People’s United Bank directly or indirectly to its shareholder, including dividend payments. People’s United Bank must file a notice with the OTS at least 30 days prior to each capital distribution. However, if the total amount of all capital distributions (including any proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year exceeds net income for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two years, as is the case as of December 31, 2008, then People’s United Bank must file an application to receive the approval of the OTS for a proposed capital distribution.

People’s United Bank may not pay dividends to its shareholder if, after paying those dividends, it would fail to meet the required minimum levels under risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage and tangible capital ratio requirements or if the OTS notified People’s United Bank that it was in need of more than normal supervision. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, an insured depository institution such as People’s United Bank is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act). Payment of dividends by People’s United Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the appropriate regulator if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion on capital distributions.

Liquidity. People’s United Bank maintains sufficient liquidity to ensure its safe and sound operation, in accordance with OTS regulations.

Assessments. The OTS charges assessments to recover the cost of examining Federal savings banks and their affiliates. These assessments are based on three components: (1) the size of the institution on which the basic assessment is based; (2) the institution’s supervisory condition, which results in an additional assessment based on a percentage of the basic assessment for any savings institution with a composite rating of 3, 4 or 5 in its most recent safety and soundness examination; and (3) the complexity of the institution’s operations, which results in an additional assessment based on a percentage of the basic assessment for any savings institution that managed over $1 billion in trust assets, serviced for others loans aggregating more than $1 billion, or had certain off-balance sheet assets aggregating more than $1 billion.

The OTS also assesses fees against savings and loan holding companies, such as People’s United Financial. The OTS semi-annual assessment for savings and loan holding companies includes a base assessment with an additional assessment based on the holding company’s risk or complexity, organizational form and condition.

Branching. Under OTS branching regulations, People’s United Bank is generally authorized to open branches within or beyond the State of Connecticut if People’s United Bank (1) continues to meet the requirements of a “highly-rated” Federal savings bank, and (2) publishes public notice at least 35 days before opening a branch and no one opposes the branch. If a comment in opposition to a branch opening is filed and the OTS determines the comment to be relevant to the approval process standards, and to require action in response, the OTS may, among other things, require a branch application or elect to hold a meeting with People’s United Bank and the person who submitted the comment. OTS authority preempts any state law purporting to regulate branching by Federal savings banks.

Anti-Money Laundering and Customer Identification. People’s United Bank is subject to OTS and Financial Crimes Enforcement Network regulations implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or the USA PATRIOT Act. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers,

 

10


Table of Contents

increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act takes measures intended to encourage information sharing among banks, regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including savings banks like People’s United Bank.

The USA PATRIOT Act and the related OTS regulations impose the following requirements with respect to financial institutions:

 

   

establishment of anti-money laundering programs, including adoption of written procedures, designation of a compliance officer and auditing of the program;

 

   

establishment of a program specifying procedures for obtaining identifying information from customers seeking to open new accounts, including verifying the identity of customers within a reasonable period of time;

 

   

establishment of enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money laundering;

 

   

prohibitions on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and compliance with record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks; and

 

   

requirements that bank regulators consider a holding company’s effectiveness in combating money laundering when ruling on Federal Reserve Act and Bank Merger Act applications.

Federal Home Loan Bank System. People’s United Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) system, which consists of twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks, each subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Board. The FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for member thrift institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks. It makes loans or advances to members in accordance with policies and procedures, including collateral requirements, established by the respective boards of directors of the Federal Home Loan Banks. These policies and procedures are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Housing Finance Board. All long-term advances are required to provide funds for residential home financing. The Federal Housing Finance Board has also established standards of community or investment service that members must meet to maintain access to such long-term advances. People’s United Bank, as a member of the FHLB of Boston, is currently required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Boston in amount equal to 0.35% of People’s United Bank Membership Stock Investment Base plus an Activity Based Stock Investment Requirement. The Activity Based Stock Requirement is equal to 3.0% of any outstanding principal for overnight advances, 4.0% of any outstanding principal for term advances with an original term of two days to three months and 4.5% of any outstanding principal for term advances with an original term greater than three months. People’s United Bank is in compliance with these requirements.

Federal Reserve System. Federal Reserve Board regulations require federally chartered savings banks to maintain non-interest-earning cash reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily negotiable order of withdrawal and demand deposit accounts). Institutions must maintain a reserve of 3% against aggregate transaction account balances between $9.3 million and $34.6 million (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board) plus a reserve of 10% (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board between 8% and 14%) against that portion of total transaction account balances in excess of $34.6 million. The first $9.3 million of otherwise reservable balances is exempt from the reserve requirements. People’s United Bank is in compliance with the foregoing requirements. The required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash, or an interest-bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank, or a pass-through account as defined by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

11


Table of Contents

Market Area and Competition

People’s United Financial’s primary market area is New England, with Connecticut and Vermont having the largest concentration of its loans, deposits and branches. At December 31, 2008, approximately 42% of the total loan portfolio involves customers within Connecticut. As a result of the Chittenden acquisition, approximately 33% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2008 represents loans to customers located in Vermont, New Hampshire and Massachusetts. Substantially all of the equipment financing activities of PCLC involve customers outside of New England. PCLC provides equipment financing for customers in 48 states. At December 31, 2008, approximately 38% of the PCLC portfolio consisted of loans to customers located in California, Texas, Florida and Illinois. People’s United Financial competes for deposits, loans and financial services with commercial banks, savings institutions, commercial and consumer finance companies, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, credit unions, and a variety of other institutional lenders and securities firms.

As People’s United Financial’s predominant market, Connecticut is one of the most attractive banking markets in the United States with a total population of approximately 3.6 million and a median household income of $70,814 as of June 30, 2008, ranking second in the United States and well above the U.S. median household income of $54,749, according to estimates from SNL Securities. Fairfield County, where People’s United Financial is headquartered, is the wealthiest county in Connecticut, with a June 30, 2008 median household income of $88,571 according to estimates from SNL Securities. The median household income in Vermont was $54,204 as of June 30, 2008, comparable to the national level.

The principal basis of competition for deposits is the interest rate paid for those deposits and related fees, convenient access to services through traditional and non-traditional delivery alternatives and the quality of services to customers. The principal basis of competition for loans is through the interest rates and loan fees charged and by developing relationships based on the efficiency, convenience and quality of services provided to borrowers. Further competition has been created through the rapid acceleration of commerce conducted over the Internet. This has enabled institutions, including People’s United Financial, to compete in markets outside their traditional geographic boundaries.

Personnel

As of December 31, 2008, People’s United Financial, had 4,079 full-time and 675 part-time employees.

Access to Information

As a public company, People’s United Financial is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and, in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such reports, proxy and information statements and other information can be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street N.E., Mail Stop 5100, Washington, D.C. 20549 and are available on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s EDGAR database on the internet at www.sec.gov. People’s United Financial’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PBCT”.

Copies of many of these reports are also available through People’s United Financial’s website at www.peoples.com.

People’s United Financial currently provides website access to the following reports:

Form 10-K (most recent filing and any related amendments)

Form 10-Q (four most recent filings and any related amendments)

Form 8-K (all filings in most recent 12 months and any related amendments)

 

12


Table of Contents

Annual Report to Shareholders (two most recent years)

Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting of Shareholders (two most recent years)

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Changes in Interest Rates Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

People’s United Financial makes most of its earnings based on the difference between interest it earns compared to interest it pays. This difference is called the “interest spread.” People’s United Financial earns interest on loans and to a much lesser extent on securities and short-term investments. These are called “interest-earning assets.” People’s United Financial pays interest on some forms of deposits and on funds it borrows from other sources. These are called “interest-bearing liabilities.”

People’s United Financial interest spread can change depending on when interest rates earned on interest-earning assets change, compared to when interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities change. Some rate changes occur while these assets or liabilities are still on People’s United Financial’s books. Other rate changes occur when these assets or liabilities mature and are replaced by new interest-earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities at different rates. It may be difficult to replace interest-earning assets quickly, since customers may not want to borrow money when interest rates are high, or People’s United Financial may not be able to make loans that meet its lending standards. People’s United Financial interest spread may also change based on the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

People’s United Financial interest spread may be lower if the timing of interest rate changes is different for its interest-earning assets compared to its interest-bearing liabilities. For example, if interest rates go down, People’s United Financial will earn less on some of its interest-earning assets while it is still locked into paying higher rates on some of its interest-bearing liabilities. On the other hand, if interest rates go up, People’s United Financial might have to pay more on some of its interest-bearing liabilities while it is still locked in to receiving lower rates on some of its interest-earning assets.

People’s United Financial manages this risk using many different techniques. If it is not successful in managing this risk, People’s United Financial may be less profitable.

Changes in Our Asset Quality Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

Asset quality measures the performance of a borrower in repaying a loan, with interest, on time. In recent years, we have benefited from consistently strong asset quality. It is unlikely that our asset quality will remain as strong as it has been for the past several years, particularly if the economy continues to deteriorate.

The Success of Our Stop & Shop Branches Depends on the Success of the Stop & Shop Brand

One element of our strategy is to focus on increasing deposits by providing a wide range of convenient services to our customers. An integral component of this strategy is People’s United Financial supermarket banking initiative, pursuant to which, as of December 31, 2008, People’s United Financial has established 79 full-service Stop & Shop branches that provide customers with the convenience of seven-day-a-week banking. At December 31, 2008, 26% of People’s United Financial branches were located in Stop & Shop supermarkets.

People’s United Financial currently has exclusive branching rights in Stop & Shop supermarkets in the state of Connecticut, in the form of a license agreement between The Stop & Shop Supermarket Company and People’s United Financial, which provides for the leasing of space to People’s United Financial within Stop & Shop supermarkets for branch use. People’s United Financial has the exclusive right to branch in these supermarkets until 2012, provided that People’s United Financial does not default on its obligations under the licensing agreement. People’s United Financial has the option to extend the license agreement until 2022.

 

13


Table of Contents

Stop & Shop is currently the leading grocery store in Connecticut, with nearly twice the market share of its closest competitor, according to Modern Grocer. The success of People’s United Financial supermarket branches is dependent, in part, on the success of the Stop & Shop supermarkets in which they are located. A drop in Stop & Shop’s market share, a decrease in the number of Stop & Shop locations or customers, or a decline in the overall quality of Stop & Shop supermarkets could result in decreased business for the Stop & Shop branches, in the form of fewer loan originations, lower deposit generation and fewer overall branch transactions, and could influence market perception of People’s United Financial Stop & Shop supermarket branches as convenient banking locations. Under the terms of the license agreement, People’s United Financial has the obligation to open branches in new Connecticut Stop & Shop locations through 2012, even if Stop & Shop’s market share declines or the value of the Stop & Shop brand is diminished.

We Depend on Our Executive Officers and Key Personnel to Continue the Implementation of Our Long-Term Business Strategy and Could Be Harmed by the Loss of Their Services

We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part upon the skills of our management team. The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry can be intense, and the loss of our key personnel or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect our business.

Our Business Is Affected by the International, National, Regional and Local Economy Generally, and the Geographic Concentration of Our Loan Portfolio and Lending Activities Makes Us Vulnerable to a Downturn in the Local Economy

Changes in international, national, regional and local economic conditions affect our business. If economic conditions change significantly or quickly, our business operations could suffer, and we could become weaker financially as a result.

At December 31, 2008, approximately 42% of People’s United Financial’s loans by outstanding principal amount were to people and businesses located in the state of Connecticut, or involved property located in Connecticut. As a result of People’s United Financial’s acquisition of Chittenden’s $5.7 billion loan portfolio, approximately 33% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2008 represents loans to customers located in Vermont, New Hampshire and Massachusetts. How well we perform depends very much on the health of these economies, particularly Connecticut, and we expect that to remain true for the foreseeable future. Last year, Connecticut residents, on average, earned more than the residents of any other state in the country. Connecticut’s unemployment rate at December 31, 2008 was 7.1%, in-line with the national rate.

If the general economic situation deteriorates, or there are negative trends in the stock market, the New England economy could suffer more than the national economy. This would be especially likely in Fairfield County, Connecticut, where People’s United Financial has many of its branches and where many of its customers reside, because of the large number of Fairfield County residents who are professionals in the financial services industry.

People’s United Financial could experience losses in its real estate-related loan portfolios if the prices for housing and other kinds of real estate decreased significantly in New England. Even though Connecticut (especially Fairfield County) has some of the highest housing prices in the country, property values can decrease. This has happened before (as recently as the early 1990s), and prices have been declining since the second half of 2007.

Decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for our loans. Adverse changes in the economy may also have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on our earnings. In addition, if poor economic

 

14


Table of Contents

conditions result in decreased demand for real estate loans, our profits may decrease because our other investments may earn less income for us than real estate loans.

During 2008 and 2007, there has been a decline in the housing and real estate markets and in the general economy, both nationally and locally with some reports indicating that the national economy is bordering on a recession. Housing market conditions in the Northeast quadrant of the United States, where most of our lending activity occurs, have deteriorated during 2008 as evidenced by reduced levels of sales, increasing inventories of houses on the market, declining house prices and an increase in the length of time houses remain on the market. No assurance can be given that these conditions will improve or will not worsen or that such conditions will not result in a decrease in our interest income, an increase in our non-performing loans, an increase in our provision for loan losses or an adverse impact on our loan losses.

The second half of 2007 and all of 2008 has been highlighted by significant disruption and volatility in the financial and capital marketplaces. This turbulence has been attributable to a variety of factors, including the fallout associated with the sub-prime mortgage market. One aspect of this fallout has been significant deterioration in the activity of the secondary residential mortgage market. The disruptions have been exacerbated by the acceleration of the decline of the real estate and housing market. No assurance can be given that these conditions will improve or will not worsen or that such conditions will not result in a decrease in our interest income or an adverse impact on our loan losses.

In Response to Competitive Pressures, Our Costs Could Increase if We Were Required to Increase Our Service and Convenience Levels or Our Margins Could Decrease if We Were Required to Increase Deposit Rates or Lower Interest Rates on Loans

People’s United Financial faces significant competition for deposits and loans. In deciding where to deposit their money, many people look first at the interest rate they will earn. They also might think about whether the bank offers other kinds of services they might need and, if they have ever been a customer of the bank before, what their experience was like. People also like convenience, so the number of offices and banking hours may be important. Some people also think that on-line services are important.

People’s United Financial competes with other banks, credit unions, brokerage firms and money market funds for deposits. Some people may decide to buy bonds or similar kinds of investments issued by companies or by the U.S., state and local governments and agencies, instead of opening a deposit account.

In making decisions about loans, many people look first at the interest rate they will have to pay. They also think about any extra fees they might have to pay in order to get the loan. Some people also think about whether the bank offers other kinds of services they might need and, if they have ever been a customer of the bank before, what their experience was like. Many business loans are more complicated because there may not be a standard kind of loan that meets all of the customer’s needs. Business borrowers look at many different factors that are not all financial in nature. Examples include the kind and amount of security the lender wants and other terms of the loan that do not involve the interest rate.

People’s United Financial competes with other banks, credit unions, credit card issuers, finance companies, mortgage lenders and mortgage brokers for loans. Insurance companies also compete with People’s United Financial for some kinds of commercial loans.

Many of People’s United Financial’s competitors have branches in the same market area as it does. Some of them are much larger than it is. The New England region, including Connecticut, which is People’s United Financial’s predominant market, and specifically Fairfield County, where People’s United Financial is headquartered, is an attractive banking market. Many locally-based banks have been acquired by large regional and national companies in the last several years. We expect this trend to continue. This means that there are not

 

15


Table of Contents

as many competitors in our market as there used to be, but the ones that are left are usually bigger and have more resources than the ones they acquired.

People’s United Financial also has competition from outside its own market area. A bank that does not have any branches in New England can still have customers here by providing banking services on-line. It costs money to set up and maintain a branch system. Banks that do not spend as much money as People’s United Financial does on branches might be more profitable than it is, even if they pay higher interest on deposits and charge lower interest on loans.

Changes in Federal and State Regulation Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

The banking business is heavily regulated by the federal and state governments. Banking laws and rules are for the most part intended to protect depositors, not stockholders.

Banking laws and rules can change at any time. The government agencies responsible for supervising People’s United Financial’s business can also change the way they interpret these laws and rules, even if the rules themselves do not change. We need to make sure that our business activities comply with any changes in these rules or the interpretation of the rules. We might be less profitable if we have to change the way we conduct business in order to comply. Our business might suffer in other ways as well.

Changes in state and federal tax laws can make our business less profitable. Changes in the accounting rules we are required to follow may also make us less profitable. Changes in the government’s economic and monetary policies may hurt our ability to compete for deposits and loans. Changes in these policies can also make it more expensive for us to do business.

The government agencies responsible for supervising our business can take drastic action if they think we are not conducting business safely or are too weak financially. They can force People’s United Financial to hold additional capital, pay higher deposit insurance premiums, stop paying dividends, stop making certain kinds of loans or stop offering certain kinds of deposits. If the agencies took any of these steps or other similar steps, it would probably make our business less profitable.

The OTS letter dated July 3, 2006 approving, among other things, People’s United Bank’s conversion from a Connecticut savings bank to a Federal savings bank, granted People’s United Bank (1) a phase-in period of three years from the date of its conversion to a Federal savings bank, August 18, 2006, to comply with the Home Owners’ Loan Act’s commercial loan limits, with the ability to seek an additional one-year extension if necessary; and (2) an exception from the Qualified Thrift Lender test for a period of four years from the date of its conversion to a federal charter. The manner in which the OTS interprets or applies its phase-in period can also make it more expensive for us to do business, make our business less profitable and limit our strategic flexibility.

If People’s United Financial’s Allowance for Loan Losses Is Not Sufficient to Cover Actual Loan Losses, Our Earnings Would Decrease

People’s United Financial is exposed to the risk that customers will not be able to repay their loans. This risk is inherent in the lending business. There is also the risk that the customer’s collateral will not be sufficient to cover the balance of their loan, as underlying collateral values fluctuate with market changes. People’s United Financial records an allowance for loan losses to cover probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to provision expense or to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized.

 

16


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is deemed adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: its historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate, commercial and PCLC loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by its independent loan review function; an evaluation of delinquent and non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions. While People’s United Financial seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, and at December 31, 2008, management believed that the allowance for loan losses was adequate to cover probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, it is possible that borrower defaults could exceed the current estimates for loan losses, which would reduce earnings. In addition, future increases to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, increasing charge-offs of existing problem loans, or the identification of additional problem loans and other factors, which would also reduce earnings.

People’s United Financial May Fail To Successfully Complete the Integration of Chittenden’s Operations and Realize All of the Anticipated Benefits of the Acquisition.

On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial acquired the Chittenden Corporation and its six banks. The ultimate success of the acquisition will depend, in part, on the ability of People’s United Financial to realize the anticipated benefits from combining the businesses of People’s United Financial and Chittenden. However, to realize these anticipated benefits, People’s United Financial must successfully combine the businesses of People’s United Financial and Chittenden. If People’s United Financial is not able to achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits of the merger may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

People’s United Financial’s corporate headquarters is located at Bridgeport Center, in Bridgeport, Connecticut. The Bridgeport Center building had a net book value of $64.0 million at December 31, 2008 and People’s United Financial occupies approximately 91% of the building; all other available office space has been leased to unrelated parties. People’s United Financial delivers its financial services through a network of branches located throughout New England and Westchester County, New York. People’s United Financial’s branch network is primarily concentrated in Connecticut, where it has 160 offices (including 78 located in Stop & Shop supermarkets), with 63 located in Fairfield County. People’s United Financial also has 49 branches in Vermont, 36 branches in New Hampshire, 32 branches in Maine (including 1 located in a Stop & Shop supermarket), 20 branches in Massachusetts, and 4 branches in Westchester County. People’s United Financial owns 99 of its branches, which had an aggregate net book value of $55.4 million at December 31, 2008. People’s United Financial’s remaining banking operations are conducted in leased offices. Information regarding People’s United Financial’s operating leases for office space and related rent expense appears in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The information required by this item appears in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

None.

 

17


Table of Contents

Part II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The common stock of People’s United Financial, Inc. is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol PBCT. On February 13, 2009, the closing price of People’s United Financial, Inc. common stock was $17.09. As of that date, there were approximately 21,800 record holders of People’s United Financial, Inc. common stock.

Five-Year Performance Comparison

The following graph compares total shareholder return on People’s United Financial common stock over the last five fiscal years with (a) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (the “S & P 500 Stock Index”), (b) the Russell Midcap Index, and (c) the SNL Thrift Index-Assets Greater than $10 Billion (the “Large Thrift Index”). Index values are as of December 31 of the indicated year.

LOGO

The graph assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2003 in each of People’s United Financial’s common stock, the S & P 500 Stock Index, the Russell Midcap Index, and the Large Thrift Index. The graph also assumes reinvestment of all dividends.

The Russell Midcap Index is a market-capitalization weighted index comprised of 800 publicly-traded companies which are among the 1,000 largest U.S. companies (by market capitalization) but not among the 200 largest such companies. People’s United Financial is included as a component of the Russell Midcap Index. The Large Thrift Index is an index prepared by SNL Securities comprised of 9 thrift institutions (including People’s United Financial) located throughout the United States and having assets in excess of $10 billion.

People’s United Financial was added to the S&P 500 Stock Index in November 2008.

Additional information required by this item is included in Part III, Item 12 of this report, and Notes 13 and 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

18


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

People’s United Financial acquired Chittenden Corporation on January 1, 2008. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, financial data for periods prior to the acquisition date do not include Chittenden Corporation.

 

As of and for the years ended December 31 (dollars in millions, except
per share data)

   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Operating Data:

          

Net interest income - FTE

   $ 640.3     $ 486.6     $ 382.4     $ 370.0     $ 327.4  

Provision for loan losses

     26.2       8.0       3.4       8.6       13.3  

Non-interest income

     303.6       185.4       147.4       173.3       151.7  

Non-interest expense (1)

     706.3       439.3       346.9       344.4       479.7  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     139.5       149.2       121.7       125.9       (5.6 )

Income from discontinued operations (2)

     —         1.5       2.3       11.2       205.3  

Net income

     139.5       150.7       124.0       137.1       199.7  
                                        

Selected Statistical Data:

          

Net interest margin

     3.62 %     4.12 %     3.87 %     3.68 %     3.33 %

Return on average assets (3)

     0.68       1.18       1.15       1.27       1.86  

Return on average tangible assets (3)

     0.74       1.19       1.16       1.28       1.88  

Return on average stockholders’ equity (3)

     2.7       4.2       9.4       11.1       17.6  

Return on average tangible stockholders’ equity (3)

     3.8       4.3       10.2       12.1       19.5  

Efficiency ratio

     66.3       56.1       61.3       62.8       69.2  
                                        

Financial Condition Data:

          

Total assets

   $ 20,168     $ 13,555     $ 10,687     $ 10,933     $ 10,718  

Loans

     14,566       8,950       9,372       8,573       7,933  

Securities

     1,902       61       77       1,363       2,071  

Short-term investments (4)

     1,139       3,516       225       57       24  

Allowance for loan losses

     158       73       74       75       73  

Goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles

     1,536       104       105       106       110  

Deposits

     14,269       8,881       9,083       9,083       8,862  

Borrowings

     188       —         4       295       341  

Subordinated notes

     181       65       65       109       122  

Stockholders’ equity

     5,176       4,445       1,340       1,289       1,200  

Non-performing assets

     94       26       23       22       29  
                                        

Ratios:

          

Net loan charge-offs to average loans

     0.10 %     0.10 %     0.05 %     0.07 %     0.15 %

Non-performing assets to total loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets

     0.64       0.29       0.24       0.26       0.36  

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     1.08       0.81       0.79       0.87       0.91  

Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets

     25.6       28.1       12.3       11.5       10.6  

Stockholders’ equity to total assets

     25.7       32.8       12.5       11.8       11.2  

Tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets

     19.5       32.3       11.7       10.9       10.3  

Total risk-based capital (5)

     13.4       33.4       16.1       16.4       16.7  
                                        

Per Common Share Data:

          

Basic earnings per share

   $ 0.42     $ 0.52     $ 0.42     $ 0.46     $ 0.68  

Diluted earnings per share

     0.42       0.52       0.41       0.46       0.68  

Dividends paid per share (6)

     0.58       0.52       0.46       0.40       0.36  

Dividend payout ratio (6)

     139.4 %     87.0 %     48.3 %     38.3 %     22.9 %

Book value (end of period)

   $ 15.45     $ 15.43     $ 4.49     $ 4.33     $ 4.06  

Tangible book value (end of period)

     10.87       15.07       4.13       3.98       3.69  

Stock price:

          

High

     21.76       22.81       21.62       16.07       14.12  

Low

     13.92       14.78       14.29       11.42       6.88  

Close (end of period)

     17.83       17.80       21.25       14.79       12.35  
                                        

 

19


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes $51.3 million of merger-related expenses and other one-time charges in 2008, the $60.0 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation in 2007, and liability restructuring costs of $2.7 million and $133.4 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively.
(2) Includes after-tax gains of $6.2 million in 2005 and $198.5 million in 2004 related to the sale of the credit card business in March 2004.
(3) Calculated based on net income for all years.
(4) Includes securities purchased under agreements to resell.
(5) Total risk-based capital ratios presented are for People’s United Bank and, as such, do not reflect the additional capital residing at People’s United Financial, Inc. in 2008 and 2007. Ratios are calculated in accordance with Office of Thrift Supervision regulations for all periods since December 31, 2006 and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations for all prior periods.
(6) Reflects the waiver of dividends on the substantial majority of the common shares owned by People’s Mutual Holdings prior to completing the second-step conversion in April 2007.

 

20


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

 

Periodic and other filings made by People’s United Financial with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) may from time to time contain information and statements that are forward-looking in nature. Such filings include the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and Current Report on Form 8-K, and may include other forms such as proxy statements. Other written or oral statements made by People’s United Financial or its representatives from time to time may also contain forward-looking statements.

In general, forward-looking statements usually use words such as “may,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “plan,” “estimate,” “predict,” “continue” and “potential” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, estimates with respect to People’s United Financial’s financial condition, results of operations and business that are subject to various factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from these estimates. Forward-looking statements represent management’s beliefs, based upon information available at the time the statements are made, with regard to the matters addressed; they are not guarantees of future performance.

All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause People’s United Financial’s actual results or financial condition to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by such statements. Factors of particular importance to People’s United Financial include, but are not limited to: (1) changes in general, national or regional economic conditions; (2) changes in interest rates; (3) changes in loan default and charge-off rates; (4) changes in deposit levels; (5) changes in levels of income and expense in non-interest income and expense related activities; (6) residential mortgage and secondary market activity; (7) changes in accounting and regulatory guidance applicable to banks; (8) price levels and conditions in the public securities markets generally; (9) competition and its effect on pricing, spending, third-party relationships and revenues; and (10) the successful completion of the integration of Chittenden Corporation.

All forward-looking statements can be affected by inaccurate assumptions or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. People’s United Financial does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Recent Market Developments

 

In response to the unprecedented challenges currently affecting the banking system, the Federal government recently announced several programs designed to address a variety of issues facing the financial sector.

Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008

Troubled Asset Relief Program

On October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) was signed into law. The EESA, which is intended to stabilize and provide liquidity to the U.S. financial markets, authorized the U.S. Treasury, acting in accordance with the provisions of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (the “TARP”), to (i) purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities, and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions, and (ii) establish a program to guarantee certain assets issued by financial institutions prior to March 14, 2008. The company has decided not to sell any of its assets pursuant to the TARP or to participate in the asset guarantee program.

 

21


Table of Contents

On October 14, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a plan to employ a portion of its purchasing authority, as provided for by the EESA, in making direct equity investments in qualifying banks and thrifts. Under this program, known as the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program (the “TARP CPP”), the U.S. Treasury will utilize up to $250 billion of the $700 billion authorized by the EESA to purchase preferred stock in qualifying institutions that request such investments. The preferred stock TARP CPP contains a number of provisions, some of which could reduce investment returns to participating banks’ shareholders by restricting dividends to common shareholders, diluting existing shareholders’ interests, and restricting capital management practices. People’s United Bank currently exceeds all applicable regulatory capital requirements and remains well capitalized. The company did not apply for equity capital under the TARP CPP.

FDIC Insurance Coverage / Assessments

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions up to certain limits, charging premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) at specified levels. Such premiums may vary based on the risk profile of the insured institution. Current economic conditions have resulted in an increased number of bank failures and, consequently, greater use of DIF resources. In response, the FDIC has proposed higher premium assessments for 2009 pursuant to a restoration plan designed to increase the DIF reserve ratio to required levels. Under the FDIC’s proposed restoration plan, the premium assessment rate was raised by seven basis points beginning on January 1, 2009 resulting in a 2009 initial base assessment rate of 12 basis points for People’s United Bank. In addition, on February 27, 2009, the FDIC approved an additional one-time special assessment of 20 basis points on deposits. Further changes in assessment rates are anticipated later in 2009.

The EESA increased the FDIC deposit insurance limit from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2009. In addition, on October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, which consists of two components: temporary unlimited deposit insurance on funds in non-interest-bearing transaction deposit accounts not otherwise covered by the increased $250,000 deposit insurance limit (the “Transaction Account Guarantee Program”) and a temporary guarantee of certain newly-issued unsecured debt (the “Debt Guarantee Program”). All eligible institutions were covered under both programs for the first 30 days without incurring any costs. After the initial 30 day period, institutions participating in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program are assessed a 10 basis point surcharge on the additional insured deposits and institutions participating in the Debt Guarantee Program are subject to an annualized charge equal to 75 basis points. The company has elected to participate in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program as it participates in all other FDIC deposit insurance programs. While People’s United Financial has retained its right to do so, the company does not, at this time, intend to issue senior unsecured debt securities under the Debt Guarantee Program.

Based on the FDIC’s proposal to increase the premium assessment rate, the special assessment announced in February 2009, and the company’s participation in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program, the company’s cost of deposit insurance is expected to increase significantly in 2009. The actual amount of the increase will be dependent on several factors, including: (i) deposit levels; (ii) the company’s risk profile; and (iii) whether the FDIC’s restoration plan is adopted as proposed or amended.

The actions described above, together with additional actions announced by the U.S. Treasury and other regulatory agencies continue to develop. It is not clear at this time what impact the EESA, the TARP, the TARP CPP, or other liquidity and funding programs of the U.S. Treasury and bank regulatory agencies, whether previously announced or initiated in the future, will have on the capital markets and the financial services industry. The extreme levels of market volatility and limited credit availability currently being experienced could continue to adversely affect the U.S. banking industry and the broader U.S. and global economies for the foreseeable future, which will have an effect on all financial institutions, including People’s United Financial.

 

22


Table of Contents

General

 

People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s United Financial”) is a savings and loan holding company incorporated under the state laws of Delaware and the holding company for People’s United Bank. On April 16, 2007, People’s United Financial, People’s United Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings completed their second-step conversion from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of the second-step conversion. People’s United Financial is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) and is subject to OTS examination, supervision and reporting requirements. People’s United Financial had not engaged in any business through March 31, 2007; accordingly, the financial information for periods prior to March 31, 2007 is that of People’s United Bank. On June 6, 2007, People’s Bank changed its name to People’s United Bank. The name “People’s United Bank” is used to refer to the Bank both before and after the name change.

On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Chittenden Corporation, a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Burlington, Vermont. At December 31, 2007, Chittenden had total assets of $7.4 billion, total loans of $5.7 billion, total deposits of $6.2 billion and 140 branches. The six former Chittenden banks, which continue to do business under their existing names as divisions of People’s United Bank, are: Chittenden Trust Company based in Burlington, Vermont; Flagship Bank and Trust Company based in Worcester, Massachusetts; Maine Bank & Trust Company based in Portland, Maine; Merrill Merchants Bank based in Bangor, Maine; Ocean Bank based in Portsmouth, New Hampshire; and The Bank of Western Massachusetts based in Springfield, Massachusetts.

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and accordingly, Chittenden’s assets and liabilities were recorded by People’s United Financial at their estimated fair values as of January 1, 2008. Financial data for periods prior to the acquisition date do not include the results of Chittenden. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of the acquisition.

People’s United Bank is a federally-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Bridgeport, Connecticut with $19.3 billion in total assets as of December 31, 2008. People’s United Bank was organized in 1842 as a mutual savings bank, converted to stock form in 1988, and in 2006 converted from a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank to a federally-chartered stock savings bank. Deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the FDIC. People’s United Bank is regulated by the OTS.

The principal business of People’s United Financial is to provide, through People’s United Bank and its subsidiaries, commercial banking, retail and small business banking, and wealth management services to individual, corporate and municipal customers. Traditional banking activities are conducted primarily within New England and include extending secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans, originating mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial properties, and accepting consumer, commercial and municipal deposits. In addition to traditional banking activities, People’s United Bank provides specialized financial services tailored to specific markets including: personal, institutional and employee benefit trust; cash management; and municipal banking and finance. Through its non-banking subsidiaries, People’s United Bank offers: brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance through People’s Securities, Inc. and Chittenden Securities, LLC; equipment financing through People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. (“PCLC”); and other insurance services through R.C. Knox and Company, Inc. and Chittenden Insurance Group, LLC.

This full range of financial services is delivered through a network of over 300 branches, including 79 full-service Stop & Shop supermarket branches that provide customers with seven-day-a-week banking, 43 investment and brokerage offices, nine PCLC offices and 16 commercial banking offices. People’s United Bank’s distribution network also includes online banking and investment trading, a 24-hour telephone banking service and participation in a worldwide ATM network.

 

23


Table of Contents

PCLC maintains a sales presence in six states to support its equipment financing operations outside of New England. Within the Commercial Banking division, People’s United Bank maintains a national credits group, which has participated in commercial loans and commercial real estate loans to borrowers in various industries on a national scale.

People’s United Financial’s results of operations are largely dependent upon revenues generated through net interest income and fee-based revenues and, to a much lesser extent, other forms of non-interest income such as gains on asset sales. Sources for these revenues are diversified across People’s United Financial’s three primary business segments that represent its core businesses, Commercial Banking, Retail Banking and Small Business, and Wealth Management, and to a lesser extent, Treasury. People’s United Financial’s results of operations are also significantly affected by the provision for loan losses and the level of non-interest expense. In addition, People’s United Financial’s results of operations may also be affected by general and local economic conditions, changes in market interest rates, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

Critical Accounting Policies

 

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, People’s United Financial is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from People’s United Financial’s current estimates, as a result of changing conditions and future events. Several accounting estimates are particularly critical and are susceptible to significant near-term change, including the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of derivative financial instruments, and asset impairment judgments, such as the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets and other-than-temporary declines in the value of securities. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in these significant estimates. People’s United Financial’s significant accounting policies and critical estimates are summarized in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance when realized.

Management maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is deemed adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: People’s United Financial’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate, commercial and PCLC loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial’s independent loan review function; an evaluation of delinquent and non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions. While management seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, the identification of additional problem loans and other factors.

The allowance for loan losses consists of amounts determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” and SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” In applying SFAS No. 5, management considers the factors listed in the preceding paragraph in order to estimate a loss allowance for (i) each homogeneous pool of smaller balance loans (residential mortgage and consumer loans) that are evaluated on a collective basis, and (ii) commercial real estate and commercial loans that are not subjected to an individual evaluation for impairment under SFAS No. 114. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that People’s United Financial will be unable to collect all principal and interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan. People’s United Financial applies SFAS No. 114 to loans that are individually evaluated for collectibility in

 

24


Table of Contents

accordance with its normal loan review procedures. Under SFAS No. 114, if the measurement of an impaired loan is less than its recorded investment, an impairment loss is recognized as part of the allowance for loan losses.

Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments. People’s United Financial uses derivatives primarily for market risk management purposes (principally interest rate risk). Certain other derivatives are entered into in connection with transactions with commercial customers. Derivatives are not used for speculative purposes.

In accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” all derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities and are measured at fair value. Until such time that a derivative is settled, favorable changes in fair values result in unrealized gains that are recognized as assets, while unfavorable changes result in unrealized losses that are recognized as liabilities. People’s United Financial applies hedge accounting to its derivatives used for market risk management purposes. The hedge accounting methods depend on whether the derivative instrument is classified as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. Hedge accounting is permitted only if specific criteria are met, including a requirement that a highly effective relationship exist between the derivative instrument and the hedged item, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis. Changes in the fair value of effective fair value hedges are recognized in current earnings. Changes in the fair value of effective cash flow hedges are recognized in other comprehensive income or loss until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. Ineffective portions of hedge results are recognized in current earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives for which hedge accounting is not applied are recognized in current earnings.

People’s United Financial formally documents at inception all relationships between the derivative instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as hedges to specific assets and liabilities, or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. People’s United Financial also formally assesses, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective or has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, People’s United Financial would discontinue hedge accounting prospectively. Gains or losses resulting from the termination of a derivative accounted for as a cash flow hedge generally remain in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss and are amortized to earnings over the remaining period of the former hedging relationship.

Interest rate-lock commitments extended to borrowers relate to the origination of residential mortgage loans. To mitigate the interest rate risk inherent in these commitments, People’s United Financial enters into mandatory delivery and best efforts contracts to sell adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans (servicing released). Forward commitments to sell and interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans are considered derivatives and their respective estimated fair values are adjusted based on changes in interest rates and, prior to January 1, 2008, excluded the value of mortgage servicing rights. On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial adopted the provisions of Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, “Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value through Earnings” (“SAB No. 109”), which requires that the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan be included in the measurement of all written loan commitments accounted for at fair value through earnings. Adoption of SAB No. 109 did not have a significant impact on the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Asset Impairment Judgments

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” requires, among other things, use of the purchase method to account for all business combinations and specifies criteria that acquired intangible assets must meet in order to be recognized and reported separately from goodwill. The assets and liabilities of an acquired company are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets are

 

25


Table of Contents

recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the acquisition cost over the fair value of the tangible net assets acquired. “Other acquisition-related intangibles” are separately identified, where appropriate, for assets such as trade names and the estimated values of acquired core deposits and/or customer relationships. Trade names recognized by People’s United Financial are deemed to have indefinite useful lives and, accordingly, are not amortized. Core deposit intangibles are amortized over 10 years on an accelerated basis that reflects the manner in which the related benefit attributable to the acquired deposits will be recognized. Customer relationship intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis (approximating the manner in which the benefit is realized) over the estimated remaining average life of those relationships (ranging from 7 to 15 years from the respective acquisition dates). The remaining intangible asset is classified as goodwill.

SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires that goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets be reviewed for impairment at least annually, with impairment losses charged to expense when they occur. Acquisition-related intangible assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are periodically reviewed by management to assess recoverability. Impairment losses on other acquisition-related intangibles are recognized as a charge to expense if carrying amounts exceed fair values.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. The test is performed as of an annual impairment testing date or more frequently if a triggering event indicates that impairment may have occurred. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step (“Step 1”) is used to identify potential impairment, and involves comparing each reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not deemed to be impaired. Should the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceed its estimated fair value, an indicator of potential impairment is deemed to exist and a second step is performed to measure the amount of such impairment, if any.

The second step (“Step 2”) involves calculating the implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which impairment was indicated in Step 1. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how the amount of goodwill is determined in a business combination (i.e. by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in Step 1, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles applicable to that reporting unit as of the impairment testing date). If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, no impairment exists. If the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to such excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss (write-down) establishes a new carrying amount for the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted.

People’s United Financial uses a present-value measurement technique (discounted cash flow analysis) to estimate the fair value of its reporting units. This analysis is based on significant assumptions and judgments including (i) future growth rates and (ii) discount rates reflecting management’s assessment of market participant views of the risks associated with the projected cash flows of the reporting units. Differences in the identification of reporting units or in the selection of valuation techniques and related assumptions could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment.

Securities. Marketable equity and debt securities (other than those reported as short-term investments) are classified as either trading account securities, held to maturity securities (applicable only to debt securities) or available for sale securities. Management determines the classification of a security at the time of its purchase.

Securities purchased for sale in the near term as well as those held by People’s Securities and Chittenden Securities (in accordance with the requirements for a broker-dealer) are classified as trading account securities and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in non-interest income. Debt securities that

 

26


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity securities and reported at amortized cost. All other securities are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported on an after-tax basis in stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted to interest income for debt securities, using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for the effect of actual prepayments in the case of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and other asset-backed securities. FHLB stock is a non-marketable equity security and is, therefore, reported at cost, which equals par value.

Security transactions are generally recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and reported in non-interest income.

Management conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the decline in fair value of any security is deemed to be other than temporary. If the decline is deemed to be other than temporary, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss is reported in non-interest income. The factors considered by management in its periodic review include, but are not limited to: the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; the ratings of the security; whether the decline in fair value appears to be issuer specific or, alternatively, a reflection of general market or industry conditions; and People’s United Financial’s intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in fair value.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP

 

In addition to evaluating People’s United Financial’s results of operations in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), management routinely supplements this evaluation with an analysis of certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as the efficiency ratio. Management believes this non-GAAP financial measure provides information useful to investors in understanding People’s United Financial’s underlying operating performance and trends, and facilitates comparisons with the performance of other banks and thrifts. Further, the efficiency ratio is used by management in its assessment of financial performance specifically as it relates to non-interest expense control.

The efficiency ratio, which represents an approximate measure of the cost required by People’s United Financial to generate a dollar of revenue, is the ratio of total non-interest expense (excluding goodwill impairment charges, amortization of acquisition-related intangibles and fair value adjustments, losses on real estate assets and nonrecurring expenses) (the numerator) to net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis (excluding fair value adjustments) plus total non-interest income (including the fully taxable equivalent adjustment on bank-owned life insurance income, and excluding gains and losses on sales of assets, other than residential mortgage loans, and nonrecurring income) (the denominator). People’s United Financial generally considers an item of income or expense to be nonrecurring if it is not similar to an item of income or expense of a type incurred within the last two years and is not similar to an item of income or expense of a type reasonably expected to be incurred within the following two years.

 

27


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes People’s United Financial’s efficiency ratio derived from amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Total non-interest expense

   $ 706.3     $ 439.3     $ 346.9     $ 344.4     $ 479.7  

Less:

          

Merger-related expenses and other one-time charges

     51.3       —         —         —         —    

Contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation

     —         60.0       —         —         —    

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     21.3       1.0       1.1       1.8       3.4  

REO expense

     2.5       1.0       0.3       0.1       0.3  

Fair value adjustments

     3.2       —         —         —         —    

Severance-related charges

     —         —         1.2       —         —    

Goodwill impairment charge

     —         —         —         2.0       —    

Liability restructuring costs

     —         —         —         2.7       133.4  

Non-recurring compensation costs

     —         —         —         —         6.7  

Other

     0.9       —         1.2       0.7       1.3  
                                        

Total

   $ 627.1     $ 377.3     $ 343.1     $ 337.1     $ 334.6  
                                        

Net interest income (1)

   $ 640.3     $ 486.6     $ 382.4     $ 370.0     $ 327.4  

Total non-interest income

     303.6       185.4       147.4       173.3       151.7  

Add:

          

BOLI FTE adjustment (1)

     4.5       5.7       4.6       1.8       —    

Fair value adjustments

     10.4       —         —         —         —    

Net security losses

     —         —         27.2       0.1       4.7  

Less:

          

Net security gains

     8.3       5.5       —         —         —    

Gain on sale of assets

     4.3       —         0.7       8.1       —    

Other

     —         —         1.3       0.3       0.1  
                                        

Total

   $ 946.2     $ 672.2     $ 559.6     $ 536.8     $ 483.7  
                                        

Efficiency ratio

     66.3 %     56.1 %     61.3 %     62.8 %     69.2 %
                                        

 

(1) Fully taxable equivalent.

Economic Environment

 

People’s United Financial’s results are subject to fluctuations based on economic conditions. Economic activity in the United States slowed significantly throughout 2008 and more dramatically in the second half of the year. Real gross domestic product contracted at an annual rate of 6.2% in the fourth quarter of 2008, after declining 0.5% in the third quarter. The national unemployment rate was 7.2% as of December 31, 2008, up from 4.9% at the end of 2007.

In response to a contracting U.S. economy and the significant disruptions in the capital markets primarily caused by the sub-prime mortgage crisis and its after-effects, the Federal Reserve Board lowered the targeted federal funds rate ten times since September 2007, and established a target range for the federal funds rate of 0 to 0.25 percent as of December 16, 2008.

The New England region is People’s United Financial’s primary market area, with Connecticut and Vermont having the largest concentration of People’s United Financial’s loans, deposits and branches. Connecticut is one of the most attractive markets in the United States with a total population of approximately

 

28


Table of Contents

3.6 million and a median household income of $70,814 as of June 30, 2008, ranking second in the United States and well above the U.S. median income of $54,749, according to estimates from SNL Securities. Fairfield County, where People’s United Financial is headquartered, is the wealthiest county in Connecticut, with a June 30, 2008 median household income of $88,571 according to estimates from SNL Securities. The state’s unemployment rate increased to 7.1% as of December 31, 2008 compared to 4.8% at the end of 2007, in-line with the national rate. The Connecticut economy experienced a moderate decline in jobs in 2008, with total employment decreasing by 29,300 jobs, or approximately 1.7% from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008. The median household income in Vermont was $54,204 as of June 30, 2008, comparable to the national level, and the state’s unemployment rate was 6.4% at December 31, 2008, up from 3.9% at the end of 2007 but still below the national rate.

The overall outlook for the New England economy in 2009 is consistent with the rest of the United States, with the expectation that the region will experience further increases in unemployment as long as the recessionary environment continues into 2009.

Financial Overview

 

People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Chittenden Corporation on January 1, 2008. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, financial data for periods prior to the acquisition date do not include the results of Chittenden Corporation and therefore, are not directly comparable to 2008.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. Total assets at December 31, 2008 were $20.2 billion, a $6.6 billion increase from December 31, 2007, reflecting increases of $5.6 billion in total loans and $1.4 billion in goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles (resulting from the Chittenden acquisition). The increase in total loans is primarily due to $5.7 billion in loans acquired in the Chittenden acquisition.

The increase in total loans from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008 reflects increases of $3.1 billion in commercial real estate loans ($285 million of organic growth), $1.6 billion in commercial loans ($348 million of organic growth) and $1.0 billion in consumer loans ($153 million of organic growth). Excluding the effect of residential mortgage loans acquired in the Chittenden acquisition, residential mortgage loans would have decreased $813 million since December 31, 2007, reflecting People’s United Financial’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to begin selling essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. Residential mortgage loan balances are expected to continue to decline in the future until People’s United Financial resumes adding such loans to its portfolio to an extent that more than offsets repayments.

Non-performing assets totaled $93.7 million at December 31, 2008, a $67.6 million increase from year-end 2007, primarily reflecting additional non-performing assets attributable to the acquired Chittenden loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses totaled $157.5 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $72.7 million at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2008, the allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans was 1.08% and as a percent of non-performing loans was 187%, compared to 0.81% and 358%, respectively, at December 31, 2007.

At December 31, 2008, liabilities totaled $15.0 billion, a $5.9 billion increase from December 31, 2007, reflecting a $5.4 billion increase in total deposits primarily due to $6.2 billion in deposits acquired in the Chittenden acquisition.

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $5.2 billion at December 31, 2008, a $730 million increase from December 31, 2007. The increase primarily reflects the issuance of 44.3 million shares of common stock with a fair value (net of issuance costs) of approximately $770 million in connection with the

 

29


Table of Contents

Chittenden acquisition and net income of $139.5 million, partially offset by dividends paid of $194.4 million and a $56.8 million increase in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss. As a percentage of total assets, stockholders’ equity was 25.7% at December 31, 2008 compared to 32.8% at December 31, 2007. Tangible stockholders’ equity as a percentage of tangible assets was 19.5% at December 31, 2008 compared to 32.3% at December 31, 2007.

People’s United Bank’s leverage (core) capital ratio, and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 10.0%, 12.2% and 13.4%, respectively, at December 31, 2008, compared to 24.1%, 32.3% and 33.4%, respectively, at December 31, 2007. The decrease in these ratios from December 31, 2007 primarily reflects (i) the reduction in People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital due to the $1.8 billion in dividends that People’s United Bank paid to its parent, People’s United Financial, in 2008, and (ii) increases in People’s United Bank’s adjusted total assets and its total risk-weighted assets, both as a result of the Chittenden acquisition (see Regulatory Capital Requirements).

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006. Total assets at December 31, 2007 were $13.6 billion, an increase of $2.9 billion, or 27%, from December 31, 2006, primarily due to a $3.3 billion increase in short-term investments, partially offset by a decrease of $422 million in total loans.

The increase in short-term investments reflects the net proceeds from the second-step conversion completed on April 16, 2007. The decrease in total loans reflects a decline of $687 million in residential mortgage loans, partially offset by an increase of $336 million in commercial banking loans. The decrease in residential mortgage loans reflects People’s United Bank’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans due to the low spreads on such loans. The growth in commercial banking loans reflects increases of $175 million in our national credits portfolio, $112 million in loans originated by PCLC, our equipment financing subsidiary, $34 million in commercial lending, and $15 million in commercial real estate loans.

Non-performing assets totaled $26.1 million at December 31, 2007, a $3.4 million increase from December 31, 2006. Increases in non-performing commercial real estate loans of $3.5 million, real estate owned (“REO”) and repossessed assets of $5.7 million, non-performing PCLC loans of $1.0 million and non-performing residential mortgage loans of $2.2 million, were partially offset by a decrease of $10.6 million in non-performing commercial loans. The decrease in non-performing commercial loans primarily reflects the $5.9 million charge-off relating to one commercial banking loan and the subsequent transfer to real estate owned of the real estate securing the remaining loan balance. The allowance for loan losses decreased $1.3 million to $72.7 million at December 31, 2007 compared to December 31, 2006, reflecting reductions in the allowance for loan losses allocated to the consumer loan portfolios and by net reductions to the commercial banking loan portfolios. At December 31, 2007, the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 0.81% and as a percentage of non-performing loans was 358%, compared to 0.79% and 328%, respectively, at December 31, 2006.

At December 31, 2007, liabilities totaled $9.1 billion, a $238 million decrease from December 31, 2006, primarily due to a $202 million reduction in total deposits, reflecting People’s United Financial’s strategy to fund loan growth with proceeds from maturities, sales and repayments of securities rather than deposits.

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $4.4 billion at December 31, 2007, a $3.1 billion increase from December 31, 2006, reflecting the net proceeds of $3.3 billion from the second-step conversion and net income of $150.7 million, partially offset by the purchases of People’s United Financial common stock for the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”) of $216.8 million and the 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan of $127.1 million, and dividends paid of $131.1 million. As a percentage of total assets, stockholders’ equity was 32.8% at December 31, 2007 compared to 12.5% at December 31, 2006.

 

30


Table of Contents

People’s United Bank’s leverage, tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 24.1%, 32.3% and 33.4%, respectively, at December 31, 2007, compared to 12.0%, 14.8% and 16.1%, respectively, at December 31, 2006. The improvements in the capital ratios from December 31, 2006 primarily reflect the $1.7 billion capital contribution from People’s United Financial with a portion of the net proceeds from the second-step conversion.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. People’s United Financial reported net income of $139.5 million, or $0.42 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $150.7 million, or $0.52 per diluted share, for the year-ago period. Included in the 2008 results are merger-related expenses of $41.0 million, other one-time charges totaling $14.8 million and a $6.9 million gain related to the Visa, Inc. initial public offering (“IPO”). The net impact of these items reduced 2008 net income by $33.2 million, or $0.10 per diluted share. Results for 2007 included the $60.0 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation, which had the effect of reducing net income in 2007 by $39.6 million, or $0.13 per diluted share. Excluding the effect of these items from the respective year’s results, earnings would have been $172.7 million, or $0.52 per diluted share, in 2008, compared to $190.3 million, or $0.65 per diluted share, in 2007.

In 2008, People’s United Financial’s return on average tangible assets was 0.74% and return on average tangible stockholders’ equity was 3.8%, compared to 1.19% and 4.3%, respectively, in 2007.

Net interest income increased $149.8 million from 2007 while the net interest margin declined 50 basis points to 3.62%. The lower net interest margin reflects the interest rate cuts initiated by the Federal Reserve Bank in 2008 and 2007, and the company’s asset sensitive balance sheet, including its significant excess capital position, which for most of 2008 was temporarily invested in low-yielding short-term investments.

Average earning assets increased $5.9 billion, compared to 2007, reflecting increases of $5.3 billion in average loans and $1.0 billion in average securities, partially offset by a decrease of $0.4 billion in average short-term investments. Average funding liabilities increased $5.8 billion compared to 2007, primarily reflecting a $5.5 billion increase in average deposits.

Compared to 2007, total non-interest income increased $118 million and total non-interest expense increased $267 million (see Non-Interest Income and Non-Interest Expense). The efficiency ratio was 66.3% in 2008 compared to 56.1% in 2007.

The provision for loan losses was $26.2 million compared to $8.0 million in 2007. The provision for loan losses in 2008 reflects net loan charge-offs of $14.9 million and an $11.3 million increase in the allowance for loan losses, including a $4.5 million increase resulting from the alignment of the former Chittenden allowance for loan losses methodology with that of People’s United Financial. The provision for loan losses in 2007 reflects net loan charge-offs of $9.3 million, partially offset by a $1.3 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses. Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans equaled 0.10% in both 2008 and 2007.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006. People’s United Financial reported net income in 2007 of $150.7 million, or $0.52 per diluted share, compared to $124.0 million, or $0.41 per diluted share, in 2006. Income from continuing operations totaled $149.2 million, or $0.52 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $121.7 million, or $0.40 per diluted share, for the year-ago period.

Results for 2007 include the $60.0 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation (included in non-interest expense), which had the effect of reducing net income by $39.6 million, or $0.13 per diluted share.

 

31


Table of Contents

Results for 2006 include net security losses totaling $27.4 million from the sale of $1.1 billion of debt securities in 2006. Results for 2006 also include a $2.4 million income tax benefit related to certain prior-year tax matters. The net impact of these items reduced 2006 net income by $15.8 million, or $0.11 per diluted share.

Net interest income increased $104.2 million, or 27%, from 2006 and the net interest margin improved 25 basis points to 4.12%. These improvements reflect the investment of $3.3 billion in net proceeds from the second-step conversion (completed on April 16, 2007) in short-term investments, as well as the benefits from balance sheet restructuring activities completed during 2006.

Compared to 2006, average earning assets increased $1.9 billion, or 20%, reflecting increases of $2.5 billion in average short-term investments and $120 million in average loans, partially offset by a decrease of $735 million in average securities, reflecting the sale of $1.1 billion of debt securities in 2006 (described above).

Total non-interest income increased $38 million compared to 2006. Included in total non-interest income are net security gains of $5.5 million in 2007 and net security losses of $23.2 million in 2006. Total non-interest expense in 2007 increased $32.4 million, or 9%, compared to 2006, excluding the $60.0 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation. The efficiency ratio improved to 56.1% from 61.3%.

The provision for loan losses was $8.0 million compared to $3.4 million in 2006. The provision for loan losses in 2007 reflects net loan charge-offs of $9.3 million, partially offset by a $1.3 million decrease in the allowance for loan losses. The provision for loan losses in 2006 reflects net loan charge-offs of $4.4 million and a $1.0 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses. Net loan charge-offs increased $4.9 million in 2007 compared to 2006. Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans equaled 0.10% in 2007, up from 0.05% in 2006.

Business Segment Results

 

As a result of the Chittenden acquisition, Peoples’ United Financial’s business segments have been realigned to correspond with its three core businesses. All prior years’ business segment results have been restated to conform to the current presentation.

People’s United Financial’s operations are divided into three primary business segments that represent its core businesses, Commercial Banking, Retail Banking and Small Business, and Wealth Management. In addition, the Treasury area is responsible for managing People’s United Financial’s securities portfolio, short-term investments, wholesale funding activities, such as borrowings, and the funding center.

 

Business Segment Performance Summary

                  
     Net Income  

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008     2007     2006  

Commercial Banking

   $ 98.1     $ 45.2     $ 46.8  

Retail Banking and Small Business

     97.8       55.4       78.0  

Wealth Management

     3.4       4.2       3.4  
                        

Total segments

     199.3       104.8       128.2  

Treasury

     (99.9 )     (8.6 )     (26.0 )

Other

     40.1       54.5       21.8  
                        

Total Consolidated

   $ 139.5     $ 150.7     $ 124.0  
                        

People’s United Financial uses an internal profitability reporting system to generate information by operating segment, which is based on a series of management estimates and allocations regarding funds transfer

 

32


Table of Contents

pricing (“FTP”), the provision for loan losses, non-interest expense and income taxes. These estimates and allocations, some of which can be subjective in nature, are continually being reviewed and refined. Any changes in estimates and allocations that may affect the reported results of any business segment will not affect the consolidated financial position or results of operations of People’s United Financial as a whole.

FTP is used in the calculation of each operating segment’s net interest income, and measures the value of funds used in and provided by an operating segment. The difference between the interest income on earning assets and the interest expense on funding liabilities, and the corresponding FTP charge for interest income or credit for interest expense, results in net spread income. A five-year rolling average net charge-off rate is used as the basis for the provision for loan losses for the respective segment.

People’s United Financial allocates a majority of non-interest expenses to each business segment using a full-absorption costing process. Direct and indirect costs are analyzed and pooled by process and assigned to the appropriate business segment and corporate overhead costs are allocated to the business segments. Income tax expense is allocated to each business segment using a constant rate, based on an estimate of the consolidated effective income tax rate for the year. Total average assets and total average liabilities are reported for each business segment due to management’s reliance, in part, on such average balances for purposes of assessing business segment performance. For a more detailed description of the estimates and allocations used to measure business segment performance, see Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Commercial Banking consists principally of commercial lending, commercial real estate lending, indirect auto lending, and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of PCLC, as well as cash management, correspondent banking, municipal banking and corporate trust.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007    2006

Net interest income

   $ 266.1    $ 115.9    $ 112.9

Provision for loan losses

     18.7      10.3      9.7

Total non-interest income

     76.4      25.9      21.2

Total non-interest expense

     175.3      61.9      52.4
                    

Income before income tax expense

     148.5      69.6      72.0

Income tax expense

     50.4      24.4      25.2
                    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 98.1    $ 45.2    $ 46.8
                    

Total average assets

   $ 9,289.7    $ 4,151.0    $ 3,804.6

Total average liabilities

     2,416.3      757.3      931.6
                    

Commercial Banking income from continuing operations increased $52.9 million in 2008 compared to 2007, primarily as a result of the Chittenden acquisition. The increase in net interest income in 2008 primarily reflects the increase in earning assets and liabilities resulting from the Chittenden acquisition. Total non-interest income in 2008 includes $27.6 million of merchant services income and $21.2 million of bank service charges, and reflects a $2.8 million increase in rental income resulting from the higher level of equipment leased to PCLC customers. The increase in total non-interest expense compared to 2007 reflects an increase of $68.5 million in direct and allocated support costs primarily due to the Chittenden acquisition, as well as $23.9 million of merchant services expense, and $8.9 million in amortization expense, reflecting additional amortization of the intangible assets resulting from the Chittenden acquisition.

The increases in total average assets and total average liabilities compared to 2007 are primarily due to the Chittenden acquisition. The total average commercial banking loan portfolio increased $4.6 billion in 2008, reflecting increases of $3.0 billion in commercial real estate loans (including organic growth of $209 million), $1.5 billion in commercial loans (including organic growth of $100 million) and $0.1 billion in PCLC loans.

 

33


Table of Contents

Commercial Banking income from continuing operations declined $1.6 million in 2007 compared to 2006, reflecting an increase in total non-interest expense, partially offset by increases in net interest income and total non-interest income. Net interest income increased $3.0 million in 2007, reflecting a $346 million, or 9%, increase in average assets, partially offset by narrower net spreads and a decline in commercial non-interest-bearing deposits. The increase in total non-interest income compared to 2006 primarily reflects a $3.8 million increase in rental income on leased equipment. The $9.5 million, or 18%, increase in total non-interest expense in 2007 reflects increases in direct expenses due to continued growth in Commercial Banking and a $2.8 million increase in amortization expense for leased equipment, as well as allocated expenses primarily related to costs associated with ongoing infrastructure upgrades. The increase in total average assets compared to 2006 reflects increases of $210 million, or 30%, in PCLC loans, $96 million, or 7%, in commercial loans and $42 million, or 2%, in commercial real estate loans.

Retail Banking and Small Business includes, as its principal business lines, consumer and small business deposit gathering activities, consumer lending (including residential mortgage and home equity) and small business lending.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007    2006

Net interest income

   $ 398.2    $ 264.4    $ 274.5

Provision for loan losses

     5.5      3.6      3.8

Total non-interest income

     123.7      85.9      87.0

Total non-interest expense

     368.3      261.5      237.7
                    

Income before income tax expense

     148.1      85.2      120.0

Income tax expense

     50.3      29.8      42.0
                    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 97.8    $ 55.4    $ 78.0
                    

Total average assets

   $ 6,501.0    $ 4,978.7    $ 5,193.2

Total average liabilities

     12,078.0      8,219.3      8,219.7
                    

Retail Banking and Small Business income from continuing operations increased $42.4 million in 2008 compared to 2007, primarily as a result of the Chittenden acquisition. The increase in net interest income in 2008 primarily reflects the increase in earning assets and liabilities resulting from the Chittenden acquisition, partially offset by the decline in the net spread income on deposits. Total non-interest income in 2008 includes $109.2 million of bank service charges, $6.5 million of net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans and a $2.6 million gain on sale of mortgage servicing rights. The increase in total non-interest expense compared to 2007 reflects an increase of $99.4 million in direct and allocated support costs primarily due to the Chittenden acquisition, and $8.2 million in amortization expense, reflecting additional amortization of the intangible assets resulting from the Chittenden acquisition.

The increases in total average assets and total average liabilities compared to 2007 are primarily due to the Chittenden acquisition. Average residential mortgage loans decreased $30 million compared to 2007. Excluding the effect of residential mortgage loans acquired in the Chittenden acquisition, average residential mortgage loans would have decreased $803 million, reflecting People’s United Financial’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to begin selling essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. Average consumer loans increased $790 million, including a $541 million increase in average home equity loans, primarily as a result of the Chittenden acquisition.

Retail Banking and Small Business income from continuing operations decreased $22.6 million in 2007 compared to 2006, reflecting an increase in total non-interest expense and a decline in net interest income. The decrease in net interest income in 2007 reflects a reduction in residential mortgage loan net spread interest income, and a shift from wider net spread deposits to time deposits with narrower net spreads, partially offset by the widening net spreads on money market accounts. In 2007, total assets decreased $215 million, or 4%, including decreases of $208 million, or 6%, in average residential mortgage loans and $9 million, or 1%, in

 

34


Table of Contents

average home equity loans. The decrease in average residential mortgage loans reflects People’s United Financial’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. The increase in non-interest expense in 2007 reflects increases in allocated expenses primarily due to the costs associated with infrastructure upgrades relating to deposit gathering activities.

Wealth Management consists of private banking, trust services, brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by People’s Securities and Chittenden Securities, and other insurance services provided through R.C. Knox and Chittenden Insurance Group.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007     2006  

Net interest income (loss)

   $ 4.4    $ (0.9 )   $ (0.5 )

Provision for loan losses

     0.1      —         —    

Total non-interest income

     86.5      56.3       55.1  

Total non-interest expense

     85.8      49.1       49.4  
                       

Income before income tax expense

     5.0      6.3       5.2  

Income tax expense

     1.6      2.1       1.8  
                       

Income from continuing operations

   $ 3.4    $ 4.2     $ 3.4  
                       

Total average assets

   $ 294.3    $ 79.7     $ 81.0  

Total average liabilities

     125.9      55.7       63.7  
                       

Wealth Management income from continuing operations decreased $0.8 million compared to 2007. The increase in net interest income in 2008 is primarily due to the private banking business acquired in connection with the Chittenden acquisition. Total non-interest income in 2008 includes $33.5 million of insurance revenue and $33.3 million of investment management fees. The increase in total non-interest expense compared to 2007 reflects increases of $33.4 million in direct and allocated support costs primarily due to the Chittenden acquisition, and $4.2 million in amortization expense, reflecting additional amortization of the intangible assets resulting from the Chittenden acquisition. The increases in total average assets and total average liabilities compared to 2007 are primarily due to the Chittenden acquisition.

Assets under custody and management, which are not reported as assets of People’s United Financial, totaled $10 billion at December 31, 2008.

Wealth Management income from continuing operations increased $0.8 million in 2007 compared to 2006. The increase in total non-interest income reflects increases in investment management fees and brokerage commissions, partially offset by a decrease in insurance revenue.

Treasury encompasses the securities portfolio, short-term investments, wholesale funding activities, such as borrowings, and the funding center, which includes the impact of derivative financial instruments used for risk management purposes. The income or loss for the funding center represents the interest rate risk component of People’s United Financial’s net interest income as calculated by its FTP model in deriving each business segment’s net interest income. Under this process, a money desk (the funding center) buys funds from liability-generating business lines (such as consumer deposits) and sells funds to asset-generating business lines (such as commercial lending). The price at which funds are bought and sold on any given day is set by People’s United Financial’s treasury group and is based on the wholesale cost to People’s United Financial of assets and liabilities with similar maturities. Liability-generating businesses sell newly originated liabilities to the money desk and recognize a funding credit, while asset-generating businesses buy funding for newly originated assets from the money desk and recognize a funding charge. Once funding for an asset is purchased from or a liability is sold to the money desk, the price that is set by the treasury group will remain with that asset or liability until it matures or reprices, which effectively transfers responsibility for managing interest rate risk to the treasury group.

 

35


Table of Contents

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008     2007     2006  

Net interest loss

   $ (166.9 )   $ (29.8 )   $ (26.2 )

Total non-interest income

     10.4       10.6       (18.2 )

Total non-interest expense

     (0.7 )     (0.3 )     0.5  
                        

Loss before income tax benefit

     (155.8 )     (18.9 )     (44.9 )

Income tax benefit

     (55.9 )     (10.3 )     (18.9 )
                        

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (99.9 )   $ (8.6 )   $ (26.0 )
                        

Total average assets

   $ 3,022.4     $ 2,890.6     $ 1,066.4  

Total average liabilities

     181.7       74.4       196.2  
                        

Treasury’s loss from continuing operations in 2008 compared to 2007 reflects a $137.1 million increase in net interest loss. The increase in net interest loss in 2008 primarily reflects a $127.1 million increase in the funding center’s net spread loss, which is due to the acquisition of Chittenden, the 400 basis points decline in the targeted federal funds rate from December 2007 to December 2008, and the asset sensitive position of People’s United Financial’s balance sheet.

The reduction in Treasury’s loss from continuing operations in 2007 compared to 2006 reflects $27.4 million of net security losses (included in total non-interest income) in 2006, partially offset by a $3.6 million increase in net interest loss. The increase in net interest loss in 2007 reflects an increase of $7.1 million in Treasury’s net spread loss, partially offset by a $3.5 million decline in the funding center’s net spread loss. The increase in Treasury’s net spread loss reflects a $735 million decline in average securities and virtually no net spread benefit from the increase in average short-term investments. The benefit from the increase in average short-term investments is included in “Other” as interest income from excess capital. The improvement in the funding center’s net spread loss reflects the rising interest rate environment prevalent for most of 2007 and the asset sensitive position of People’s United Financial’s balance sheet.

Total average assets increased $1.8 billion from 2006. Average short-term investments increased $2.5 billion, reflecting the investment of net proceeds from the second-step conversion, while average securities declined $735 million resulting from the sale of $1.1 billion of securities in 2006.

Other includes the residual financial impact from the allocation of revenues and expenses and certain revenues and expenses not attributable to a particular segment, and the FTP impact from excess capital. This category also includes: certain nonrecurring items, including $6.9 million of security gains related to the Visa IPO and a $1.4 million gain on sale of two branches (included in total non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2008), $51.3 million of merger-related expenses and other one-time charges, and a $0.8 million loss on sale of certain non-branch properties (included in total non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008), $5.4 million of security gains related to the sale of People’s United Financial’s entire holdings of MasterCard Incorporated Class B Common Stock (included in total non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2007) and the $60.0 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation (included in total non-interest expense for the year December 31, 2007); income from discontinued operations; and certain income tax benefits.

 

36


Table of Contents

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007     2006  

Net interest income

   $ 134.6    $ 137.0     $ 21.7  

Provision for loan losses

     1.9      (5.9 )     (10.1 )

Total non-interest income

     6.6      6.7       2.3  

Total non-interest expense

     77.6      67.1       6.9  
                       

Income before income tax expense

     61.7      82.5       27.2  

Income tax expense

     21.6      29.5       7.7  
                       

Income from continuing operations

     40.1      53.0       19.5  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        1.5       2.3  
                       

Net income

   $ 40.1    $ 54.5     $ 21.8  
                       

Total average assets

   $ 1,265.6    $ 651.3     $ 637.9  

Total average liabilities

     358.5      67.6       50.3  
                       

The increase in net interest income in 2007 compared to 2006 reflects the FTP credit resulting from the significant increase in excess capital from the second-step conversion. Included in “Other” are assets such as cash, premises and equipment, and other assets and other liabilities.

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income and net interest margin are affected by many factors, including changes in average balances; interest rate fluctuations and the slope of the yield curve; sales of loans and securities; residential mortgage loan and mortgage-backed security prepayment rates; product pricing; competitive forces; the relative mix, repricing characteristics and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; non-interest-bearing sources of funds; hedging activities; and asset quality.

Net Interest Margin

Years ended December 31 (percent)

LOGO

 

37


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income - FTE

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

In response to the significant disruptions in the capital markets brought about by the sub-prime mortgage crisis and its after-effects, turmoil in the financial sector, and the contracting U.S. economy, the Federal Reserve Board lowered the targeted federal funds rate ten times since September 2007, and established a target range for the federal funds rate of 0 to 0.25 percent as of December 16, 2008. Given the asset sensitive position of People’s United Financial’s balance sheet, including the temporary investment of a portion of the company’s significant excess capital position in low-yielding short-term investments, the net interest margin may experience further compression in 2009.

2008 Compared to 2007

The net interest margin declined 50 basis points to 3.62% compared to 2007. The lower net interest margin reflects the dramatic actions taken by the Federal Reserve Board and the company’s asset sensitive balance sheet, including its significant excess capital position, a portion of which continues to be invested in low-yielding short-term investments. Net interest income (FTE basis) increased $153.7 million, reflecting a $214.1 million increase in total interest and dividend income, partially offset by a $60.4 million increase in total interest expense.

Average earning assets totaled $17.7 billion in 2008, a $5.9 billion increase from 2007. Average loans increased $5.3 billion and average securities increased $1.0 billion, primarily as a result of the Chittenden acquisition, while average short-term investments and securities resale agreements decreased $0.4 billion. As a result, average loans, average securities and average short-term investments comprised 82%, 6% and 12%, respectively, of average earning assets in 2008 compared to 77%, 1% and 22%, respectively, in 2007. The yield earned on the total loan portfolio was 5.80% and the yield earned on securities and short-term investments was 2.61%, compared to 6.27% and 5.07%, respectively, in 2007. Excluding adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans, which are mostly of the hybrid variety, approximately 42% of the loan portfolio had floating interest rates at December 31, 2008 compared to approximately 31% at the end of 2007.

The total average commercial banking loan portfolio increased $4.6 billion, reflecting increases of $3.0 billion in commercial real estate loans, $1.5 billion in commercial loans and $0.1 billion in equipment financing loans.

Average residential mortgage loans decreased $30 million compared to 2007. Excluding the effect of residential mortgage loans acquired in the Chittenden acquisition, average residential mortgage loans would have decreased $803 million, reflecting People’s United Financial’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to begin selling essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. As a result, residential mortgage loan

 

38


Table of Contents

balances are expected to continue to decline in the future until People’s United Financial resumes adding such loans to its portfolio to an extent that more than offsets repayments. Average consumer loans increased $790 million, including a $541 million increase in average home equity loans, primarily as a result of the Chittenden acquisition.

Average funding liabilities totaled $14.8 billion in 2008, a $5.8 billion increase compared to 2007. Average deposits increased $5.5 billion primarily due to the deposits acquired in the Chittenden acquisition. Average non-interest-bearing deposits increased $1.0 billion and average interest-bearing deposits increased $4.5 billion. Average deposits comprised 98% of average funding liabilities in 2008 compared to 99% in the year-ago period. During the second quarter of 2008, $234 million of trust money market deposits were placed with an outside investment manager, thereby removing certain average earning assets and average funding liabilities that were generating only marginal net interest income while at the same time adding fee income.

The 55 basis point decrease to 1.90% from 2.45% in the rate paid on average funding liabilities in 2008 compared to 2007 primarily reflects the decrease in market interest rates and the shift in deposit mix. The rates paid on average deposits decreased 58 basis points in 2008, reflecting decreases of 98 basis points in time deposits and 22 basis points in savings and money market deposits. Average savings and money market deposits and average time deposits comprised 43% and 35%, respectively, of average deposits in 2008 compared to 36% and 41%, respectively, in 2007.

The increases in average borrowings and average subordinated notes in 2008 are a result of the Chittenden acquisition.

2007 Compared to 2006

Net interest income increased $105 million, or 27%, and the net interest margin improved 25 basis points to 4.12% for 2007 compared to 2006. The increase in net interest income reflects a $125 million increase in total interest and dividend income, partially offset by a $20 million increase in total interest expense. The increase in net interest margin reflects the investment of $3.3 billion in net proceeds from the second-step conversion in short-term investments, as well as the benefits from the balance sheet restructuring activities completed during 2006.

Average earning assets totaled $11.8 billion in 2007, a $1.9 billion, or 20%, increase from 2006, while the asset mix continued to shift. Average short-term investments increased $2.5 billion, reflecting the investment of $3.3 billion in net proceeds from the second-step conversion in April 2007; average loans increased $120 million, or 1%; and average securities declined $735 million, reflecting the sale of $1.1 billion of debt securities in 2006. As a result, average loans, average securities and average short-term investments comprised 77%, 1% and 22%, respectively, of average earning assets in 2007 compared to 91%, 8% and 1%, respectively, in 2006. The yield earned on the total loan portfolio was 6.27% in 2007 while the yield earned on securities was 5.62%, compared to 6.10% and 3.74%, respectively, in 2006. Excluding adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans, which are mostly of the hybrid variety, approximately 31% of the loan portfolio had floating interest rates at December 31, 2007 compared to approximately 29% at the end of 2006.

Growth in loans reflects an increase of $348 million, or 9%, in average commercial banking loans, partially offset by decreases of $209 million, or 6%, in average residential mortgage loans and $19 million, or 2%, in average consumer loans for 2007 compared to 2006.

The growth in average commercial banking loans in 2007 compared to 2006 reflects increases of $210 million, or 30%, in average PCLC loans, $96 million, or 7%, in average commercial loans and $42 million, or 2%, in average commercial real estate loans. Included in average commercial loans and average commercial real estate loans were increases of $64 million, or 20%, and $78 million, or 38%, in the respective national credits portfolios.

 

39


Table of Contents

The decrease in average residential mortgage loans in 2007 compared to 2006 reflects People’s United Financial’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. As a result, residential mortgage loan balances are expected to continue to decline in the future until People’s United Financial resumes adding such loans to its portfolio to an extent that more than offsets repayments. The decrease in average consumer loans primarily reflects a $9 million, or 1%, decline in average home equity loans following a nationwide pattern.

The overall 9 basis point improvement in the yield on average earning assets in 2007 primarily reflects the investment of the net proceeds from the second-step conversion discussed above, increases in market interest rates and the ongoing shift in asset mix, including the impact of the security sales.

Average funding liabilities totaled $9.0 billion in 2007, down $287 million or 3% compared with 2006. Average deposits decreased $45 million, or 1%, to $8.9 billion and comprised 99% of average funding liabilities, compared to 97% in 2006. Average non-interest-bearing deposits decreased $57 million, or 3%, and average interest-bearing deposits increased $12 million, or less than 1%, reflective of People’s United Financial’s strategy of funding loan growth with proceeds from maturities, sales and repayments of securities rather than deposits.

The 30 basis point increase to 2.45% from 2.15% in the rate paid on average funding liabilities in 2007 compared to 2006 primarily reflects increases in market interest rates prevalent in most of 2007 and the ongoing shift in deposit mix. The rates paid on average deposits increased 38 basis points in 2007, reflecting increases of 65 basis points in time deposits and 6 basis points in savings and money market deposits in response to rising market interest rates prevalent in most of 2007. The change in the mix of average interest-bearing deposits reflects a $302 million, or 9%, increase in higher-rate time deposits, partially offset by a $290 million, or 8%, decline in savings and money market deposits, reflecting customers’ preferences for deposit products with higher interest rates. Average time deposits comprised 41% of average deposits in 2007 compared to 37% in 2006.

Average borrowings decreased $202 million, or 98%, and average subordinated notes decreased $40 million, or 38%, in 2007 compared to 2006.

Average Balance Sheet, Interest and Yield/Rate Analysis

The table on the following page presents average balance sheets, interest income, interest expense and the corresponding average yields earned and rates paid for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The average balances are principally daily averages and, for loans, include both performing and non-performing balances. Interest income on loans includes the effect of deferred loan fees and costs accounted for as yield adjustments, but does not include interest on loans for which People’s United Financial has ceased to accrue interest. Premium amortization and discount accretion (including amounts attributable to purchase accounting adjustments) are also included in the respective interest income and interest expense amounts. The impact of People’s United Financial’s use of derivative instruments in managing interest rate risk is also reflected in the table, classified according to the instrument hedged and the related risk management objective.

 

40


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheet, Interest and Yield/Rate Analysis

 

    2008     2007     2006  

Years ended December 31
(dollars in millions)

  Average
Balance
  Interest   Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
  Interest   Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
  Interest   Yield/
Rate
 

Earning assets:

                 

Short-term investments

  $ 1,946.7   $ 46.9   2.41 %   $ 1,709.4   $ 86.7   5.07 %   $ 106.6   $ 5.3   4.97 %

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

    310.2     7.5   2.43       959.1     48.3   5.03       16.6     0.8   4.98  

Securities (1)

    1,009.1     30.8   3.05       69.2     3.9   5.62       803.8     30.0   3.74  

Loans:

                 

Commercial real estate

    4,820.8     305.3   6.33       1,807.3     127.7   7.07       1,765.1     126.0   7.14  

Commercial

    4,011.1     229.8   5.73       2,441.5     167.6   6.86       2,135.7     146.5   6.86  

Residential mortgage

    3,519.9     189.9   5.40       3,550.3     183.9   5.18       3,758.8     185.2   4.93  

Consumer

    2,058.4     110.9   5.39       1,268.9     88.9   7.01       1,288.3     88.3   6.85  
                                                     

Total loans

    14,410.2     835.9   5.80       9,068.0     568.1   6.27       8,947.9     546.0   6.10  
                                                     

Total earning assets

    17,676.2   $ 921.1   5.21 %     11,805.7   $ 707.0   5.99 %     9,874.9   $ 582.1   5.90 %
                                         

Other assets

    2,696.8         945.6         908.2    
                             

Total assets

  $ 20,373.0       $ 12,751.3       $ 10,783.1    
                             

Funding liabilities:

                 

Deposits:

                 

Non-interest-bearing deposits

  $ 3,137.9   $ —     —   %   $ 2,111.4   $ —     —   %   $ 2,168.6   $ —     —   %

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

    6,203.9     78.5   1.27       3,186.3     47.5   1.49       3,476.8     49.6   1.43  

Time

    5,125.0     183.6   3.58       3,639.0     166.1   4.56       3,336.7     130.5   3.91  
                                                     

Total deposits

    14,466.8     262.1   1.81       8,936.7     213.6   2.39       8,982.1     180.1   2.01  
                                                     

Borrowings:

                 

FHLB advances

    16.2     0.8   5.16       0.1     —     5.04       47.2     2.4   5.15  

Repurchase agreements

    123.0     2.1   1.72       —       —     —         —       —     —    

Federal funds purchased/Other

    19.1     0.6   3.01       3.3     0.2   5.23       158.2     7.6   4.78  
                                                     

Total borrowings

    158.3     3.5   2.23       3.4     0.2   5.23       205.4     10.0   4.87  
                                                     

Subordinated notes

    181.4     15.2   8.34       65.3     6.6   10.15       105.0     9.6   9.10  
                                                     

Total funding liabilities

    14,806.5   $ 280.8   1.90 %     9,005.4   $ 220.4   2.45 %     9,292.5   $ 199.7   2.15 %
                                         

Other liabilities

    353.9         168.9         169.0    
                             

Toal liabilities

    15,160.4         9,174.3         9,461.5    

Stockholders’ equity

    5,212.6         3,577.0         1,321.6    
                             

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 20,373.0       $ 12,751.3       $ 10,783.1    
                             

Net interest income/spread (2)

    $ 640.3   3.31 %     $ 486.6   3.54 %     $ 382.4   3.75 %
                                         

Net interest margin

      3.62 %       4.12 %       3.87 %
                             

 

(1) Average balances and yields for securities available for sale are based on amortized cost.
(2) The FTE adjustment was $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 (none in 2007 and 2006).

 

41


Table of Contents

Volume and Rate Analysis

The following table shows the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of average earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities have affected People’s United Financial’s net interest income. For each category of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided relating to: changes in volume (changes in average balances multiplied by the prior year’s average interest rate); changes in rates (changes in average interest rates multiplied by the prior year’s average balance); and the total change. Changes attributable to both volume and rate have been allocated proportionately.

 

     2008 Compared to 2007
Increase (Decrease)
    2007 Compared to 2006
Increase (Decrease)
 

(in millions)

   Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  

Interest and dividend income:

            

Short-term investments

   $ 10.7     $ (50.5 )   $ (39.8 )   $ 81.3     $ 0.1     $ 81.4  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     (23.1 )     (17.7 )     (40.8 )     47.4       0.1       47.5  

Securities

     29.5       (2.6 )     26.9       (36.4 )     10.3       (26.1 )

Loans:

            

Commercial real estate

     192.1       (14.5 )     177.6       3.0       (1.3 )     1.7  

Commercial

     93.6       (31.4 )     62.2       21.0       0.1       21.1  

Residential mortgage

     (1.6 )     7.6       6.0       (10.5 )     9.2       (1.3 )

Consumer

     46.0       (24.0 )     22.0       (1.3 )     1.9       0.6  
                                                

Total loans

     330.1       (62.3 )     267.8       12.2       9.9       22.1  
                                                

Total change in interest and dividend income

     347.2       (133.1 )     214.1       104.5       20.4       124.9  
                                                

Interest expense:

            

Deposits:

            

Savings, interest-bearing checking and
money market

     39.1       (8.1 )     31.0       (4.3 )     2.2       (2.1 )

Time

     58.3       (40.8 )     17.5       12.5       23.1       35.6  
                                                

Total deposits

     97.4       (48.9 )     48.5       8.2       25.3       33.5  
                                                

Borrowings:

            

FHLB advances

     0.8       —         0.8       (2.4 )     —         (2.4 )

Repurchase agreements

     2.1       —         2.1       —         —         —    

Federal funds purchased/Other

     0.5       (0.1 )     0.4       (8.0 )     0.6       (7.4 )
                                                

Total borrowings

     3.4       (0.1 )     3.3       (10.4 )     0.6       (9.8 )
                                                

Subordinated notes

     9.9       (1.3 )     8.6       (3.9 )     0.9       (3.0 )
                                                

Total change in interest expense

     110.7       (50.3 )     60.4       (6.1 )     26.8       20.7  
                                                

Change in net interest income

   $ 236.5     $ (82.8 )   $ 153.7     $ 110.6     $ (6.4 )   $ 104.2  
                                                

 

42


Table of Contents

The following table provides the weighted average yields earned and rates paid for each major category of earning assets and funding liabilities as of December 31, 2008.

 

As of December 31, 2008 (dollars in millions)

   Actual Balance      Yield/Rate  

Earning assets:

       

Short-term investments

   $ 1,138.8      0.50 %

Securities

     1,901.7      2.52  

Loans

     14,565.7      5.39  
               

Total earning assets

   $ 17,606.2      4.76 %
               

Funding liabilities:

       

Non-interest-bearing deposits

   $ 3,173.4      —   %

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market deposits

     6,214.7      1.01  

Time deposits

     4,881.3      3.00  

Borrowings

     187.9      1.06  

Subordinated notes

     180.5      7.28  
               

Total funding liabilities

   $ 14,637.8      1.53 %
               

Non-Interest Income

 

 

                     Percentage Increase
(Decrease)
 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2008    2007    2006     2008/2007     2007/2006  

Investment management fees

   $ 36.8    $ 12.0    $ 11.0     206.7 %   9.1 %

Insurance revenue

     33.3      26.8      27.3     24.3     (1.8 )

Brokerage commissions

     16.0      13.6      12.2     17.6     11.5  
                                  

Total wealth management income

     86.1      52.4      50.5     64.3     3.8  
                                  

Net security gains (losses):

            

Equity securities

     6.9      5.4      0.1     27.8     n/m  

Debt securities

     1.3      —        (27.4 )   n/m     n/m  

Trading account securities

     0.1      0.1      0.1     —       —    
                                  

Total net security gains (losses)

     8.3      5.5      (27.2 )   50.9     n/m  
                                  

Bank service charges

     127.7      93.1      93.9     37.2     (0.9 )

Merchant services income

     27.6      —        —       n/m     n/m  

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans

     6.5      3.0      2.0     116.7     50.0  

Bank-owned life insurance

     8.3      10.5      9.1     (21.0 )   15.4  

Other non-interest income

     39.1      20.9      19.1     87.1     9.4  
                                  

Total non-interest income

   $ 303.6    $ 185.4    $ 147.4     63.8 %   25.8 %
                                  

 

n/m – not meaningful

Non-interest income (especially fee-based revenues) is an important revenue source for People’s United Financial that can mitigate the impact of interest rate volatility on net interest income. People’s United Financial has focused on enhancing these revenue streams by leveraging its commercial banking relationships, growing existing fee-based revenue generating businesses, and strengthening its retail delivery network and products.

Total non-interest income increased $118.2 million in 2008 compared to 2007 primarily due to the effect of the Chittenden acquisition, including increases of $33.7 million in total wealth management income, $34.6 million in bank service charges, and $27.6 million in merchant services (payment processing) income.

 

43


Table of Contents

Securities gains in 2008 include a $6.9 million gain related to the Visa, Inc. IPO and gains of $1.5 million resulting from the sale of securities acquired in the Chittenden acquisition as a result of changes in market interest rates subsequent to January 1, 2008. The proceeds from these securities were subsequently reinvested in securities with shorter durations.

In the first quarter of 2008, People’s United Financial recorded a cash gain of $5.6 million (included in equity security gains) resulting from the mandatory redemption of a portion of its Class B Visa, Inc. shares as part of Visa’s IPO. People’s United Financial obtained its ownership in Visa shares as a result of its acquisition of Chittenden, which was a Visa member. In addition, People’s United Financial recorded a gain of $1.3 million (also included in equity security gains) representing its proportionate share of the litigation reserve escrow account established by Visa in conjunction with its IPO.

People’s United Financial continues to own 206,671 Visa Class B shares at December 31, 2008. Each Class B share was convertible at that date into 0.62957 Class A shares, which are traded on the New York Stock Exchange. The conversion ratio will change if additional reserves are required to be established by Visa in order to settle outstanding litigation. The Class B shares carry a three-year lock-up provision and may not be converted or redeemed during that period. If, as of December 31, 2008, those shares could have been converted into Class A shares, they would have had a fair value of approximately $6.8 million. The Class B shares have a zero carrying amount for financial statement purposes and there is no unrealized gain recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans increased $3.5 million, or 117%, compared to 2007, reflecting an increase in residential mortgage originations and corresponding sales in 2008 primarily due to the Chittenden acquisition.

BOLI income totaled $8.3 million ($12.8 million on a taxable-equivalent basis), compared to $10.5 million ($16.2 million on a taxable-equivalent basis) in 2007. The $2.2 million, or 21%, decrease primarily reflects the lower interest rate environment in 2008, and death benefits received totaling $0.5 million in 2008 compared to $1.1 million in 2007.

The increase in other non-interest income compared to 2007 reflects the effect of the Chittenden acquisition, including $3.5 million in payroll services income and $1.6 million mortgage servicing income, as well as a $2.8 million increase in rental income resulting from the higher level of equipment leased to PCLC customers and higher commercial loan fees. In addition, other non-interest income in 2008 includes gains totaling $4.0 million recorded in connection with the sale of (i) mortgage servicing rights and (ii) two branches located in northern New England.

Total non-interest income increased $38.0 million, or 26%, in 2007 compared to 2006, reflecting net security gains of $5.5 million in 2007 and net security losses of $27.2 million in 2006 (as part of balance sheet restructuring activities).

Wealth management income increased $1.9 million, or 4%, compared to 2006, reflecting increases in mutual fund and annuity commissions. Bank service charges decreased $0.8 million in 2007, or 1%, compared to 2006, reflecting changes in consumer behavior related to overdrafts and more customers qualifying for free ATM network transactions and free checking.

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans increased $1.0 million, or 50%, in 2007, reflecting People’s United Financial’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgages in the current interest rate environment. Residential mortgage sales volume increased 70% compared to 2006.

 

44


Table of Contents

BOLI income totaled $10.5 million in 2007 ($16.1 million on a taxable-equivalent basis), compared to $9.1 million ($13.7 million on a taxable-equivalent basis) in 2006. The $1.4 million, or 15%, increase primarily reflects death benefits of $1.1 million received in 2007.

The increase in other non-interest income compared to 2006 reflects a $3.8 million increase in rental income resulting from the higher level of equipment leased to PCLC customers. Other non-interest income in 2006 included a $0.7 million net gain from the sale of a large corporate insurance account by RC Knox, a $0.7 million gain from the redemption of common stock received in conjunction with the MasterCard Incorporated initial public offering given People’s United Financial’s debit card business and $0.6 million of interest related to the completion of a federal tax audit.

Non-Interest Expense

 

 

                       Percentage Increase
(Decrease)
 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     2006     2008/2007     2007/2006  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 344.6     $ 215.6     $ 202.9     59.8 %   6.3 %

Occupancy and equipment

     110.3       67.1       62.2     64.4     7.9  

Professional and outside service fees

     48.0       28.8       24.3     66.7     18.5  

Merchant services expense

     23.9       —         —       n/m     n/m  

Other non-interest expense:

          

Advertising and promotion

     15.2       12.1       10.3     25.6     17.5  

Stationery, printing and postage

     13.0       7.9       7.5     64.6     5.3  

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     21.3       1.0       1.1     n/m     (9.1 )

Other

     93.5       46.8       38.6     99.8     21.2  
                                    

Total other non-interest expense

     143.0       67.8       57.5     110.9     17.9  
                                    

Total

     669.8       379.3       346.9     76.6     9.3  

Contribution to The People’s United

          

Community Foundation

     —         60.0       —       n/m     n/m  

Merger-related expenses

     36.5       —         —       n/m     n/m  
                                    

Total non-interest expense

   $ 706.3     $ 439.3     $ 346.9     60.8 %   26.6 %
                                    

Efficiency ratio

     66.3 %     56.1 %     61.3 %    
                            

 

n/m – not meaningful

Total non-interest expense in 2008 increased $290.5 million compared to 2007, excluding the effect of $36.5 million of merger-related expenses recorded in 2008 and the $60.0 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation in 2007, primarily due to the effect of the Chittenden acquisition. Merger-related expenses include asset impairment charges of $19.3 million, costs relating to severance and branch closings of $10.5 million and other accrued liabilities of $6.7 million.

During the process of the company’s business integration of the Chittenden banks, and as a part of its strategic planning for possible future acquisitions, People’s United Financial undertook a comprehensive review of its options relating to technology strategy. This re-assessment resulted in a determination by management that in order to achieve its acquisition integration goals, the company should discontinue its Connecticut core deposit system replacement project. As a result of this determination, People’s United Financial recorded the aforementioned asset impairment charge, principally representing a write-off of the capitalized costs associated with the replacement project.

 

45


Table of Contents

The efficiency ratio increased to 66.3% in 2008 compared to 56.1% in 2007, reflecting the decline in interest rates that negatively impacted net interest income.

The increase in compensation and benefits compared to 2007 primarily reflects the additional Chittenden employees, as well as normal merit increases, higher benefits-related costs and $12.0 million of expense related to the 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan and the 2007 Stock Option Plan. Pension expense is expected to increase by approximately $8.0 million in 2009 as a result of recent market events and their impact on pension-related actuarial assumptions (see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

Increases in occupancy and equipment, professional and outside services, and stationery, printing and postage compared to 2007 primarily reflect the effect of the Chittenden acquisition. Merchant services expense relates to the merchant payment processing operation acquired in connection with the Chittenden acquisition.

The increase in amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles in 2008 reflects additional amortization of the intangible assets resulting from the Chittenden acquisition. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of the acquisition.

Included in other non-interest expense in 2008 are (i) one-time charges of $11.5 million, including benefit-related and other costs associated with the death of People’s United Financial’s former President, (ii) a charge of $2.0 million related to the vesting of outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards upon the dissolution of People’s United Financial’s Advisory Board, and (iii) a loss of $0.8 million on the sale of a portion of the company’s non-branch properties located in Bridgeport, Connecticut. On February 27, 2009, the FDIC approved an additional one-time special assessment of 20 basis points on deposits, in addition to an increase in regular assessment rates announced previously. As such, FDIC insurance expense is expected to increase significantly in 2009.

Total non-interest expense in 2007 increased $32.4 million compared to 2006, excluding the $60.0 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation. The improvement in People’s United Financial’s efficiency ratio in 2007 compared to 2006 reflects a $112.6 million, or 20%, increase in revenue, partially offset by a $34.2 million, or 10%, increase in operating expenses. The increase in operating revenue reflects the increase in net interest income due to the investment of the net proceeds from the second-step conversion.

Compensation and benefits increased $12.7 million in 2007 compared to 2006. The increase reflects amortization expense of $6.3 million related to the ESOP that was established in April 2007 and $2.6 million related to grants of restricted stock and stock options in October and December pursuant to the 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan and the 2007 Stock Option Plan, as well as higher compensation expense, reflecting normal merit increases, partially offset by lower pension expenses.

In 2007, occupancy and equipment increased $4.9 million compared to the 2006, primarily reflecting higher rent-related expense due to rate increases and additional branches. Professional and outside service fees increased $4.5 million compared to 2006, reflecting higher costs for information technology-related projects. Advertising and promotion increased $1.8 million compared to 2006, primarily due to costs associated with the rebranding of the Bank as a result of People’s Bank changing its name to People’s United Bank on June 6, 2007. The increase in other non-interest expense compared to 2006 primarily reflects a $2.8 million increase in the amortization of equipment leased to PCLC customers and higher insurance costs and regulatory assessment fees.

 

46


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

 

People’s United Financial continues to generate recoveries from collection efforts on previously charged-off credit card accounts that were not included in the sale of the credit card business. Recoveries, net of collection costs, totaled $2.3 million and $4.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Recoveries occurring subsequent to the sale and through December 31, 2007 were included in income from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Effective January 1, 2008, income from discontinued operations is no longer disclosed separately in the Consolidated Statements of Income as the level of recoveries continues to decline due to the aging and diminishing pool of charged-off accounts.

Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense from continuing operations totaled $68.0 million, $75.5 million and $57.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Income tax benefits of $1.1 million and $2.4 million are included in income tax expense from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2006, respectively. These benefits relate to (i) a non-taxable BOLI death benefit recognized in 2008 and (ii) the completion of federal income tax audits in 2008 and 2005.

Excluding these benefits from the respective years, People’s United Financial’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations would have been 33.3%, 33.6% and 33.5% for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. People’s United Financial’s effective income tax rate is expected to increase slightly in 2009 due to a higher level of non-deductible expenses and an increase in state income tax liabilities associated with the company’s expanded geographic franchise following the Chittenden acquisition.

Income tax expense for all three years reflects the state tax benefit resulting from the formation of People’s Mortgage Investment Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of People’s United Bank. The formation of this subsidiary was a result of Connecticut tax legislation, which became effective on January 1, 1999, that allows for the transfer of mortgage loans to a passive investment subsidiary. The related earnings of the subsidiary, and any dividends it pays to the parent, are not subject to Connecticut income tax.

In connection with the acquisition of Chittenden, People’s United Financial acquired $25 million of limited partnership investments to develop and operate affordable housing units for lower income tenants throughout New England. The cost of these investments is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the related federal income tax credits are realized (generally ten years). These credits totaled $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

47


Table of Contents

Securities

 

 

    2008   2007   2006

As of December 31 (in millions)

  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value

Trading account securities

  $ 21.4   $ 21.4   $ 18.7   $ 18.7   $ 29.6   $ 29.6
                                   

Securities held to maturity

    0.9     0.9     0.6     0.6     1.1     1.1
                                   

FHLB stock

    31.1     31.1     19.5     19.5     20.1     20.1
                                   

Securities available for sale:

           

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Treasury, agency and government- sponsored enterprise (“GSE”)

    1,469.2     1,472.1     22.0     22.0     25.9     25.9

U.S. agency and GSE mortgage-backed securities:

           

GNMA

    331.2     333.4     —       —       —       —  

GSE

    42.0     42.0     —       —       —       —  

State and municipal

    0.3     0.3     —       —       —       —  
                                   

Total debt securities

    1,842.7     1,847.8     22.0     22.0     25.9     25.9

Equity securities

    0.5     0.5     0.5     0.7     0.6     0.8
                                   

Total securities available for sale

    1,843.2     1,848.3     22.5     22.7     26.5     26.7

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

    5.1     —       0.2     —       0.2     —  
                                   

Total securities available for sale, at fair value

    1,848.3     1,848.3     22.7     22.7     26.7     26.7
                                   

Total securities

  $ 1,901.7   $ 1,901.7   $ 61.5   $ 61.5   $ 77.5   $ 77.5
                                   

People’s United Financial strives to maintain an appropriate balance between loan portfolio growth and deposit funding. People’s United Financial’s management believes that, other than for transitional deployment of excess deposits or excess equity, a large securities portfolio funded with wholesale borrowings provides limited economic value.

People’s United Financial has historically utilized the securities portfolio for earnings generation (in the form of interest and dividend income), liquidity, interest rate risk management, asset diversification and tax planning. Securities available for sale are used as part of People’s United Financial’s asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, factors such as changes in market conditions and interest rates, changes in security prepayment rates, liquidity considerations and regulatory capital requirements.

People’s United Financial invests in debt securities rated in the highest category assigned by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Management has internal guidelines for the credit quality and duration of People’s United Financial’s debt securities portfolio and monitors these on a regular basis.

The increase in debt securities available for sale in 2008 reflects (i) management’s decision to invest in GSE debt securities with maturities ranging from 91 to 180 days as an alternative to overnight federal funds sold, and (ii) the purchase of U.S. agency (GNMA) and GSE mortgage-backed securities late in the fourth quarter of 2008 to provide the optimal balance of credit risk (none for GNMA securities), yield and duration. Subsequent to December 31, 2008, People’s United Financial purchased an additional $360 million of U.S. agency (GNMA) and GSE mortgage-backed securities.

 

48


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2008, People’s United Financial’s securities portfolio totaled $1.9 billion, or 9% of total assets, and had no wholesale borrowings, which represent positions well below industry averages.

In 2006, People’s United Financial sold approximately $1.1 billion of debt securities as part of the restructuring of its balance sheet. Realized losses from these sales of $27.4 million are included in net security losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

At December 31, 2008, the fair value exceeded the book value of the securities available for sale portfolio by $5.1 million, while at December 31, 2007 and 2006, the book value and the fair value of the securities available for sale portfolio were approximately equivalent. All unrealized gains and those unrealized losses representing temporary declines in value are recorded in stockholders’ equity, net of income taxes. As a result, management anticipates continued fluctuations in stockholders’ equity due to changes in the fair value of these securities, albeit on a relatively small scale due to the size and short duration of the portfolio.

The duration of the debt securities portfolio was approximately 0.4 years at December 31, 2008, compared to 0.02 years at December 31, 2007.

At December 31, 2008, short-term investments included $110 million of GSE debt securities with maturities of 90 days or less. Given the short-term maturities of these securities, they are held to maturity and carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

Lending Activities

 

People’s United Financial conducts its lending businesses through its Retail Banking and Small Business, Commercial Banking, and Wealth Management business segments. People’s United Financial’s lending activities consist of originating loans secured by residential and commercial properties, and extending secured and unsecured loans to consumer and commercial customers.

Total loans increased $5.6 billion in 2008 compared to 2007, after a decrease of 5% in 2007 and an increase of 9% in 2006. The increase in 2008 is primarily due to $5.7 billion in loans acquired in the Chittenden acquisition. The $687 million decrease in residential mortgage loans in 2007 reflects People’s United Bank’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans due to the low spreads on such loans in the current interest rate environment.

The following table summarizes the loan portfolio. Amounts represent gross loans before deducting the allowance for loan losses.

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007    2006    2005    2004

Residential mortgage:

              

Adjustable rate

   $ 2,857.2    $ 3,123.8    $ 3,805.6    $ 3,410.8    $ 3,156.6

Fixed rate

     287.4      89.1      94.5      97.1      109.8
                                  

Total residential mortgage

     3,144.6      3,212.9      3,900.1      3,507.9      3,266.4
                                  

Consumer

     2,227.4      1,250.8      1,321.3      1,257.5      1,140.0
                                  

Commercial real estate

     4,967.3      1,885.6      1,786.7      1,778.3      1,838.1

Commercial and industrial lending

     2,999.5      1,618.9      1,493.8      1,394.5      1,235.9

Equipment financing

     1,226.9      981.5      869.8      634.7      453.0
                                  

Total commercial banking

     9,193.7      4,486.0      4,150.3      3,807.5      3,527.0
                                  

Total loans

   $ 14,565.7    $ 8,949.7    $ 9,371.7    $ 8,572.9    $ 7,933.4
                                  

 

49


Table of Contents

Total Loans

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

The following table presents the contractual maturity of total loans as of December 31, 2008.

 

As of December 31, 2008 (in millions)

   Residential
Mortgage and
Consumer
   Commercial
Banking
   Total

Amounts due:

        

One year or less

   $ 141.3    $ 1,632.3    $ 1,773.6
                    

After one year:

        

One to five years

     538.6      3,070.9      3,609.5

Over five years

     4,692.1      4,490.5      9,182.6
                    

Total due after one year

     5,230.7      7,561.4      12,792.1
                    

Total

   $ 5,372.0    $ 9,193.7    $ 14,565.7
                    

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2008, loan amounts due after December 31, 2009, and whether these loans have fixed interest rates or adjustable interest rates.

 

(in millions)

   Fixed    Adjustable    Total

Residential mortgage and consumer

   $ 852.8    $ 4,377.9    $ 5,230.7

Commercial banking

     4,183.6      3,377.8      7,561.4
                    

Total loans due after one year

   $ 5,036.4    $ 7,755.7    $ 12,792.1
                    

Residential Mortgage Lending

People’s United Financial offers its customers a wide range of residential mortgage loan products. These include conventional fixed rate loans, jumbo fixed rate loans (loans with principal balances greater than established Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae limits), adjustable rate loans, sometimes referred to as ARM loans, interest-only loans (loans where payments made by the borrower consist of only interest for a set period of time, before the payments change to principal and interest), as well as Federal Housing Authority insured loans and various state housing finance authority loans.

People’s United Financial originates these loans through its network of branches and calling officers, as well as in the wholesale market, which accounted for approximately 5%, 21% and 66% of People’s United Financial’s mortgage loan originations for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The decline in wholesale originations reflects People’s United Financial’s decision in April 2008 to discontinue using the wholesale market as a source for originating residential mortgage loans.

 

50


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, 69% and 91%, respectively, of the residential mortgage loan portfolio was secured by properties located in Connecticut. As a result of People’s United Financial’s acquisition of Chittenden, approximately 20% of the residential mortgage loan portfolio at December 31, 2008 was secured by properties located in Vermont, New Hampshire and Massachusetts. Included in residential mortgage loans are construction loans totaling $97 million and $96 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In 2008, People’s United Financial’s residential mortgage originations totaled $692 million, compared to $431 million in 2007 and $1.1 billion in 2006.

The mix and volume of residential mortgage loan originations vary in response to changes in market interest rates and customer preferences. Adjustable rate loans accounted for 22% of total residential mortgage originations in 2008, compared to 27% and 77% for 2007 and 2006, respectively.

At December 31, 2008, the residential mortgage loan portfolio included $1.4 billion of interest-only loans of which $135 million are stated income loans, compared to $1.8 billion and $158 million respectively, at December 31, 2007. People’s United Financial’s underwriting practices and credit review standards for such loans are generally consistent with those applied to other types of residential mortgage loan products.

People’s United Financial began originating interest-only residential mortgage loans in March 2003. The underwriting guidelines and requirements are more restrictive for interest-only loans than for amortizing adjustable rate mortgages. More specifically, properties must be single-family and owner-occupied primary residences, loan-to-value ratios are lower, higher credit scores are required, post closing reserve requirements are greater, and there are limits on cash-out refinances as compared to amortizing adjustable rate mortgages. Amortization of an interest-only loan begins after the initial interest rate change (e.g. after 5 years for a 5/1 adjustable rate mortgage).

Stated income loans represent a form of reduced documentation loan that requires a potential borrower to complete a standard mortgage application with full verification of the borrower’s asset information as contained in the loan application, but no verification of the provided income information. As with interest-only loans, underwriting guidelines for stated income loans require properties to be single-family and owner-occupied primary residences with lower loan-to-value ratios and higher credit scores. In addition, stated income loans require the receipt of an appraisal for the real estate used as collateral and a credit report on the prospective borrower.

People’s United Financial’s loan loss experience within the residential mortgage portfolio increased in 2008 and continues to be primarily attributable to a small number of loans.

Adjustable rate residential mortgage loans at December 31, 2008 decreased $267 million compared to year-end 2007, while fixed-rate mortgage loans increased $198 million. Excluding the effect of residential mortgage loans acquired in the Chittenden acquisition, residential mortgage loans would have decreased $813 million since December 31, 2007, reflecting People’s United Financial’s decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to begin selling essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. Total adjustable rate residential mortgage loans decreased $682 million in 2007 compared to year-end 2006, while fixed-rate mortgage loans decreased $5 million.

Historically, People’s United Financial has held virtually all of the adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans that it originates on its balance sheet and has sold virtually all of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that it originates into the secondary market. In 2006, People’s United Financial completed a reassessment of its pricing with respect to adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans in light of the prevailing interest rate environment at that time. As a result, People’s United Financial made the decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. People’s United Financial continues to actively offer residential mortgage loans of all types through its extensive distribution system.

 

51


Table of Contents

Residential mortgage loan balances are expected to continue to decline in the future until People’s United Financial resumes adding such loans to its portfolio to an extent that more than offsets repayments. The continued performance of the residential mortgage loan portfolio in 2009 may be adversely impacted by the level and direction of interest rates, consumer preferences and the regional economy.

Residential Mortgage Originations

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

Residential Mortgage Originations by Product

Year ended December 31, 2008 (percent)

LOGO

Consumer Lending

People’s United Financial offers home equity credit lines and second mortgage loans, and to a lesser extent, other forms of installment and revolving credit loans. Future growth of People’s United Financial’s consumer loan portfolio is highly dependent upon economic conditions, the interest rate environment and competitors’ strategies, as well as the success of People’s United Financial’s marketing programs and information-based strategies.

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007

Home equity credit lines

   $ 1,619.8    $ 938.5

Second mortgages

     325.7      285.9

Indirect auto

     224.8      —  

Other loans

     57.1      26.4
             

Total consumer

   $ 2,227.4    $ 1,250.8
             

The increase in consumer loans in 2008 reflects the Chittenden acquisition, as well as organic growth of $153 million. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately 62% and 99%, respectively, of the consumer loan portfolio was to customers located in Connecticut. At December 31, 2008 approximately 20% of the consumer loan portfolio represents loans to customers located in Vermont. The indirect auto portfolio was acquired in connection with the Chittenden acquisition.

 

52


Table of Contents

Commercial Banking

The Commercial Banking lending businesses include commercial real estate, commercial and industrial lending, and equipment financing by PCLC. Shared national credits are included in the commercial real estate and commercial and industrial lending portfolios. In January 2008, People’s United Financial announced its decision to unwind its shared national credits portfolio in an orderly manner over the next two to three years.

Commercial Real Estate

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007

Property Type:

     

Retail

   $ 1,204.5    $ 460.7

Office buildings

     1,047.4      409.3

Residential

     766.4      514.3

Industrial/manufacturing

     643.2      184.6

Hospitality and entertainment

     544.3      36.6

Mixed/Special use

     252.2      71.5

Land

     172.6      52.3

Self storage/industrial

     125.5      97.8

Health care

     86.4      47.2

Other properties

     124.8      11.3
             

Total commercial real estate

   $ 4,967.3    $ 1,885.6
             

People’s United Financial manages the commercial real estate portfolio by limiting the concentration in any loan type, term, industry, or to any individual borrower. Included in commercial real estate loans are shared national credits totaling $290 million and $284 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. People’s United Financial’s highest loan concentration in the commercial real estate loan portfolio was in the retail sector, which represented 24% of this loan portfolio at both December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Commercial Real Estate Portfolio

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

At December 31, 2008, approximately 29% of People’s United Financial’s commercial real estate portfolio was secured by properties located in Connecticut, compared to approximately 65% at December 31, 2007. In addition, approximately 47% of the commercial real estate portfolio was secured by properties located in Massachusetts, New Hampshire and Vermont at December 31, 2008. No other state exposure was greater than 10%. Included in the commercial real estate portfolio are construction loans totaling $902 million and $607 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

53


Table of Contents

Commercial real estate is dependent on the successful operation of the related income-producing real estate. Accordingly, the income streams generated by this portfolio can be impacted by changes in the real estate market and, to a large extent, New England’s economy. In 2008, the commercial real estate portfolio increased $3.1 billion compared to 2007, and increased $99 million in 2007 compared to 2006. The increase in the commercial real estate portfolio in 2008 reflects the Chittenden acquisition, as well as organic growth of $285 million, or 15%, in the commercial real estate loan portfolio. People’s United Financial continues to focus on maintaining strong asset quality standards in a competitive market generally characterized by aggressive pricing and less attractive underwriting terms. The growth and performance of this portfolio is largely dependent on the economic environment and may be adversely impacted if the economy continues to slow in 2009.

Commercial Real Estate Diversification

As of December 31, 2008 (percent)

LOGO

Commercial and Industrial Lending

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007

Industry:

     

Manufacturing

   $ 633.3    $ 386.1

Finance, insurance and real estate

     618.3      425.6

Service

     571.4      268.6

Wholesale distribution

     289.5      153.3

Retail sales

     195.0      121.9

Health services

     169.3      115.4

Construction

     130.2      29.8

Public administration

     107.8      8.2

Transportation/utility

     77.7      41.5

Arts/entertainment/recreation

     65.3      51.7

Agriculture

     33.6      0.1

Other

     108.1      16.7
             

Total commercial and industrial lending

   $ 2,999.5    $ 1,618.9
             

People’s United Financial provides diversified products and services to its commercial customers, including short-term working capital credit facilities, term financing, asset-based loans, letters of credit, cash management services and commercial deposit accounts.

Commercial products are generally packaged together to create a financing solution specifically tailored to the needs of the customer. Taking a total relationship-focused approach with commercial customers to meet their financing needs has resulted in substantial growth in non-interest-bearing deposits over time, as well as in opportunities to provide other banking services to principals and employees of these commercial customers.

 

54


Table of Contents

The borrower’s ability to repay a commercial loan is closely tied to the ongoing profitability and cash flow of the borrower’s business. Consequently, a commercial loan tends to be more directly impacted by changes in economic cycles that affect businesses generally and the borrower’s business specifically. The availability of adequate collateral is a factor in commercial loan decisions, and loans are generally collateralized and/or guaranteed by third parties.

In 2008, the commercial and industrial lending portfolio increased $1.4 billion compared to 2007, and increased $125 million in 2007 compared to 2006. The increase in the commercial and industrial lending portfolio in 2008 reflects the Chittenden acquisition, as well as organic growth of $102 million, or 6%, in the commercial and industrial lending portfolio. Included in commercial lending are shared national credits totaling $374 million and $454 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2008, approximately 39% of the commercial loan portfolio consisted of loans to Connecticut-based businesses, compared to approximately 66% at December 31, 2007. Commercial loan exposure in the states of Massachusetts, New Hampshire and Vermont totaled 37% at December 31, 2008. No other state exposure was greater than 6%. While People’s United Financial continues to focus on asset quality, the performance of the commercial lending portfolio may be adversely impacted if the economy continues to slow in 2009.

Commercial and Industrial Lending Diversification

As of December 31, 2008 (percent)

LOGO

Commercial and Industrial Lending Portfolio

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

 

55


Table of Contents

Shared National Credits

At December 31, 2008, the shared national credits loan portfolio totaled $664 million compared to $738 million at December 31, 2007, and represented 7% and 16% of the total Commercial Banking loan portfolio at the respective dates. As discussed above, included in the shared national credits portfolio at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were commercial loans totaling $374 million and $454 million, respectively, and commercial real estate loans totaling $290 million and $284 million, respectively. In January 2008, People’s United Financial announced its decision to unwind its shared national credits portfolio in an orderly manner over the next two to three years.

At December 31, 2008, the shared national credits loan portfolio consisted only of loans purchased from other financial institutions. At December 31, 2008, approximately $26 million, or 4%, of the shared national credits loan portfolio consisted of borrowers who are headquartered in Connecticut, while approximately $264 million, or 40%, consisted of borrowers located in Washington, California and New York. No other state exposure was greater than 9%.

PCLC

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007

Industry:

     

Printing

   $ 415.4    $ 340.8

Transportation/utility

     339.5      278.8

General manufacturing

     166.1      143.7

Retail sales

     135.6      95.5

Packaging

     87.3      77.0

Service

     33.8      25.8

Health services

     25.5      6.7

Wholesale distribution

     23.7      13.2
             

Total PCLC

   $ 1,226.9    $ 981.5
             

PCLC provides equipment financing for customers in 48 states, specializing in financing for the printing, transportation/utility, general manufacturing, retail sales and packaging industries. PCLC will buy or sell portions of financing transactions in the secondary market to manage the concentration risk of the overall portfolio. At December 31, 2008, approximately 38% of the portfolio consisted of loans to customers located in California, Texas, Florida and Illinois. No other state exposure was greater than 5%.

The PCLC portfolio grew $245 million, or 25%, in 2008, after increasing $112 million, or 13%, in 2007, reflecting management’s decision to grow this portfolio. Operating on a national scale, PCLC represented 13% of the Commercial Banking loan portfolio at December 31, 2008 compared to 22% at year-end 2007. While People’s United Financial continues to focus on asset quality, the performance of the equipment financing portfolio may be adversely impacted if the economy continues to slow in 2009.

 

56


Table of Contents

PCLC Diversification

As of December 31, 2008 (percent)

LOGO

PCLC Loan Portfolio

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

The following table sets forth the contractual maturity (based on final payment date) and interest rate sensitivity (based on next repricing date) of People’s United Financial’s construction loans and commercial loans:

 

As of December 31, 2008 (in millions)

   One Year
or Less
   After One
Year Through
Five Years
   After
Five Years
   Total

Contractual maturity:

           

Construction loans:

           

Residential mortgage

   $ 77.7    $ 13.4    $ 5.6    $ 96.7

Commercial real estate

     415.9      310.6      175.8      902.3

Commercial loans

     903.0      1,932.1      1,391.3      4,226.4
                           

Total

   $ 1,396.6    $ 2,256.1    $ 1,572.7    $ 5,225.4
                           

Interest rate sensitivity:

           

Predetermined rates

   $ 378.2    $ 1,107.1    $ 930.7    $ 2,416.0

Variable rates

     1,018.4      1,149.0      642.0      2,809.4
                           

Total

   $ 1,396.6    $ 2,256.1    $ 1,572.7    $ 5,225.4
                           

 

57


Table of Contents

Asset Quality

 

The past year has been marked by significant volatility in the financial and capital markets initially brought about by the fallout associated with the subprime mortgage market. This disruption led to significant credit and liquidity concerns, which resulted in government intervention within the banking sector and a substantial decline in activity within the secondary mortgage market. All of these issues have been further exacerbated by an accelerated softening of the real estate market and, in more recent months, a worsening recessionary economic environment. These events have, in turn, led to weakness within the commercial sector, prompting the federal government to implement a $787 billion stimulus package in February 2009, with the objective of reviving the U.S. economy.

People’s United Financial does not engage in subprime mortgage lending, which has been the riskiest sector of the residential housing market. People’s United Financial has virtually no exposure to subprime loans, or to similarly high-risk Alt-A loans and structured investment vehicles.

While People’s United Financial continues to adhere to prudent underwriting standards, the loan portfolio is geographically diverse and, therefore, is not immune to potential negative consequences arising as a result of general economic weakness and, in particular, a sharp downturn in the housing market on a national scale. Decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for loans. In addition, adverse changes in the economy could have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make scheduled loan payments, which would likely have an adverse impact on earnings. Further, an increase in loan delinquencies may serve to decrease net interest income and adversely impact loan loss experience, resulting in an increased provision and allowance for loan losses.

People’s United Financial actively manages asset quality through its underwriting practices and collection operations. Underwriting practices tend to focus on optimizing the return of a given loan as a result of its risk classification while collection operations focus on minimizing losses once an account becomes delinquent.

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized. People’s United Financial maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is deemed adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: People’s United Financial’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate, commercial and PCLC loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial’s independent loan review function; an evaluation of delinquent and non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions. While People’s United Financial seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, the identification of additional problem loans and other factors.

 

58


Table of Contents

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses and ratios:

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Beginning allowance for loan losses

   $ 72.7     $ 74.0     $ 75.0     $ 72.5     $ 70.5  
                                        

Charge-offs:

          

Commercial

     (5.6 )     (7.0 )     (5.2 )     (0.9 )     (0.6 )

Consumer

     (3.7 )     (2.7 )     (3.4 )     (4.9 )     (9.7 )

Indirect auto

     (3.5 )     —         —         —         —    

Commercial real estate

     (3.4 )     —         —         (0.1 )     (3.2 )

PCLC

     (1.5 )     (1.8 )     (0.6 )     (3.1 )     (1.5 )

Residential mortgage

     (1.5 )     —         (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.2 )
                                        

Total charge-offs

     (19.2 )     (11.5 )     (9.3 )     (9.1 )     (15.2 )
                                        

Recoveries:

          

Commercial

     1.3       0.3       0.4       0.4       0.3  

Consumer

     0.9       1.1       1.6       2.0       2.8  

Indirect auto

     1.2       —         —         —         —    

Commercial real estate

     0.2       0.1       2.5       0.1       0.1  

PCLC

     0.3       0.1       0.3       0.3       0.5  

Residential mortgage

     0.4       0.6       0.1       0.2       0.2  
                                        

Total recoveries

     4.3       2.2       4.9       3.0       3.9  
                                        

Net loan charge-offs

     (14.9 )     (9.3 )     (4.4 )     (6.1 )     (11.3 )

Provision for loan losses

     26.2       8.0       3.4       8.6       13.3  

Allowance recorded in the Chittenden acquisition

     73.5       —         —         —         —    
                                        

Ending allowance for loan losses

   $ 157.5     $ 72.7     $ 74.0     $ 75.0     $ 72.5  
                                        

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of:

          

Total loans

     1.08 %     0.81 %     0.79 %     0.87 %     0.91 %

Non-performing loans

     186.8       357.8       327.9       352.5       264.6  
                                        

The provision for loan losses in 2008 totaled $26.2 million, reflecting $14.9 million in net loan charge-offs and an $11.3 million increase in the allowance for loan losses, including a $4.5 million increase resulting from the alignment of the former Chittenden allowance for loan losses methodology with that of People’s United Financial. The provision for loan losses in 2007 totaled $8.0 million, reflecting net loan charge-offs of $9.3 million and a $1.3 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses. The increase in net loan charge-offs in 2008 is entirely attributable to loans acquired in the Chittenden acquisition.

The allowance for loan losses also reflects the allowance of $73.5 million recorded in the Chittenden acquisition with respect to loans not included in the scope of AICPA Statement of Position 03-3, which is discussed in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.08% at December 31, 2008 and 0.81% at December 31, 2007.

Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans equaled 0.10% in both 2008 and 2007. The very low level of net loan charge-offs in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of average loans is unlikely to be sustainable in the future.

The provision for loan losses increased $4.6 million in 2007 compared to 2006, reflecting higher net loan charge-offs in 2007 and a $1.3 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses in 2007, compared to a $1.0 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses in 2006. Net loan charge-offs in 2007 increased $4.9 million compared to 2006. Commercial loan net charge-offs in 2007 include a $5.9 million charge-off relating to one

 

59


Table of Contents

commercial banking loan that was placed on non-accrual status in the fourth quarter of 2006. Commercial real estate net recoveries in 2006 included a $2.3 million cash recovery on one non-performing loan that was resolved.

Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans equaled 0.10% in 2007, up from 0.05% in 2006, reflecting the increase in net loan charge-offs in 2007 and the impact on the ratio of a $120 million, or 1%, increase in average loans in 2007.

Net Loan Charge-Offs (Recoveries) as a Percentage of Average Total Loans

 

Years ended December 31

   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Indirect auto

   1.08 %   —   %   —   %   —   %   —   %

Consumer

   0.15     0.13     0.14     0.24     0.66  

Commercial

   0.15     0.44     0.34     0.04     0.03  

PCLC

   0.12     0.19     0.04     0.54     0.27  

Commercial real estate

   0.07     (0.01 )   (0.14 )   —       0.18  

Residential mortgage

   0.03     (0.02 )   —       —       —    
                              

Total portfolio

   0.10 %   0.10 %   0.05 %   0.07 %   0.15 %
                              

The following table presents the allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan category and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans:

 

     2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

As of December 31

(dollars in
millions)

   Amount    Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount    Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount    Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount    Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount    Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
 

Commercial real estate

   $ 84.7    34.1 %   $ 27.9    21.0 %   $ 27.5    19.1 %   $ 30.5    20.7 %   $ 30.5    23.1 %

Commercial

     54.0    20.6       24.7    18.1       27.5    15.9       25.5    16.3       23.5    15.6  

PCLC

     12.7    8.4       18.3    11.0       16.0    9.3       13.0    7.4       10.5    5.7  

Consumer

     3.3    15.3       1.1    14.0       2.0    14.1       3.0    14.7       5.0    14.4  

Residential mortgage

     2.8    21.6       0.7    35.9       1.0    41.6       3.0    40.9       3.0    41.2  
                                                                 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 157.5    100.0 %   $ 72.7    100.0 %   $ 74.0    100.0 %   $ 75.0    100.0 %   $ 72.5    100.0 %
                                                                 

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2008 reflects management’s assessment of credit risk and probable loss within each portfolio following the acquisition of Chittenden. This assessment is based on a variety of internal and external factors including, but not limited to, the likelihood and severity of loss, portfolio growth and related risk characteristics, and current economic conditions.

Non-Performing Assets

A loan is generally considered “non-performing” when it is placed on non-accrual status. A loan is generally placed on non-accrual status when it becomes 90 days past due as to interest or principal payments. However, a loan may be placed on non-accrual status earlier if such loan has been identified as presenting uncertainty with respect to the collectibility of interest and principal. A loan past due 90 days or more may remain on accruing status if such loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. People’s United Financial’s historical

 

60


Table of Contents

experience suggests that a portion of these non-performing assets will eventually be recovered. All non-performing loans are in various stages of collection, workout, settlement or foreclosure. When loan workout efforts are exhausted and it is determined that the borrower is unable to repay the obligation, People’s United Financial will complete foreclosure procedures, if applicable. Restructured commercial and commercial real estate loans are those for which concessions to below market terms, such as below market interest rates or deferral of interest, have been granted due to the borrowers’ financial condition.

The following table presents information on non-accrual loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets:

 

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Non-accrual loans:

          

Commercial real estate

   $ 29.8     $ 3.7     $ 0.2     $ 5.8     $ 8.7  

Residential mortgage

     24.2       8.9       6.7       6.7       7.5  

Commercial

     21.1       1.3       11.9       1.3       5.2  

PCLC

     5.8       3.1       2.1       6.2       5.1  

Consumer

     3.3       3.3       1.7       1.3       0.9  

Indirect auto

     0.1       —         —         —         —    
                                        

Total non-accrual loans (1)

     84.3       20.3       22.6       21.3       27.4  

Real estate owned (“REO”) and repossessed assets, net

     9.4       5.8       0.1       0.7       1.2  
                                        

Total non-performing assets

   $ 93.7     $ 26.1     $ 22.7     $ 22.0     $ 28.6  
                                        

Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans

     0.58 %     0.23 %     0.24 %     0.25 %     0.35 %

Non-performing assets as a percentage of:

          

Total loans, REO and repossessed assets

     0.64       0.29       0.24       0.26       0.36  

Stockholders’ equity and allowance for loan losses

     1.76       0.58       1.61       1.62       2.25  
                                        

 

(1) Reported net of government guarantees totaling $6.5 million at December 31, 2008 (none for prior periods).

Total non-performing assets increased $67.6 million from December 31, 2007 and were 0.64% of total loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets at December 31, 2008. The increase in non-performing assets from December 31, 2007 primarily reflects additional non-performing assets attributable to the acquired Chittenden loan portfolio, and includes increases in non-performing commercial real estate loans of $26.1 million, non-performing commercial loans of $19.8 million and non-performing residential mortgage loans of $15.3 million. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing totaled $8.0 million at December 31, 2008 (none for prior periods).

Total non-performing assets at December 31, 2007 increased $3.4 million from December 31, 2006 and were 0.29% of total loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets. Increases in non-performing commercial real estate loans of $3.5 million, REO and repossessed assets of $5.7 million, non-performing PCLC loans of $1.0 million and non-performing residential mortgage loans of $2.2 million, were partially offset by a decrease of $10.6 million in non-performing commercial loans. The decrease in non-performing commercial loans primarily reflects the $5.9 million charge-off related to one loan discussed above. The increase in non-performing commercial real estate loans reflects one loan totaling $3.4 million that was classified as non-performing in 2007. The increase in REO and repossessed assets primarily reflects the repossession of a printing press and ancillary equipment from one borrower and the transfer to real estate owned of the real estate securing the remaining balance of the non-performing commercial loan discussed above.

The level of non-performing assets is expected to fluctuate in response to changing economic and market conditions, and the relative sizes of the respective loan portfolios, along with management’s degree of success in resolving problem assets. Management takes a proactive approach with respect to the identification and resolution of problem loans. However, given the current state of the U.S. economy and, more specifically, the real estate market, it is anticipated that the level of non-performing assets will increase in 2009.

 

61


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004, People’s United Financial’s portfolio did not include any loans, not included in the table above, which are “troubled debt restructurings” as defined in SFAS No. 15, “Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings.”

As of December 31, 2008, if all non-accruing loans had been current in accordance with their terms and had been outstanding throughout 2008 or since origination if held for part of the year, the gross interest income that would have been recorded in 2008 on such loans would have amounted to approximately $8.6 million. The amount of interest income on the non-accruing loans included in net income in 2008 was $2.4 million.

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

 

Detailed discussions pertaining to People’s United Financial’s off-balance-sheet arrangements are included in the following sections: Funding, Liquidity, Capital and Market Risk Management.

Funding

 

At the current time, People’s United Financial’s primary funding sources are deposits and stockholders’ equity, which represent 96% of total assets at December 31, 2008. Borrowings also are an available source of funding. Based on People’s United Bank’s membership in the FHLB of Boston and the level of qualifying collateral available at December 31, 2008, People’s United Bank had up to $3.2 billion of borrowing capacity in the form of advances from the FHLB of Boston and Federal Reserve Bank, and repurchase agreements. People’s United Bank also had unsecured borrowing capacity of $0.5 billion at December 31, 2008.

Deposits

 

     2008     2007     2006  

As of December 31

(dollars in millions)

   Amount    Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average
Rate
 

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 3,173.4    —   %   $ 2,166.1    —   %   $ 2,294.4    —   %

Savings, interest-bearing
checking and money
market

     6,214.7    1.01       3,008.9    1.44       3,205.2    1.39  
                                       

Total

     9,388.1    0.67       5,175.0    0.84       5,499.6    0.81  
                                       

Time deposits maturing:

               

Within 6 months

     2,147.1    2.60       2,432.7    4.66       2,287.3    4.49  

After 6 months but within 1 year

     2,266.1    3.35       1,033.6    4.56       980.3    4.63  

After 1 but within 2 years

     325.2    2.99       158.4    3.74       220.8    3.65  

After 2 but within 3 years

     63.8    3.46       37.0    3.54       45.4    3.14  

After 3 years

     79.1    3.71       43.9    4.03       49.2    3.88  
                                       

Total

     4,881.3    3.00       3,705.6    4.57       3,583.0    4.45  
                                       

Total deposits

   $ 14,269.4    1.47 %   $ 8,880.6    2.40 %   $ 9,082.6    2.25 %
                                       

People’s United Financial’s strategy is to focus on increasing deposits by providing a wide range of convenient services to commercial, retail, small business and wealth management customers. People’s United Financial provides customers access to their deposits through over 300 branches, including 79 full-service Stop & Shop supermarket branches, over 400 ATMs, telephone banking and an Internet banking site.

 

62


Table of Contents

Deposits equaled 71% and 66% of total assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Total deposits increased $5.4 billion from year-end 2007 primarily due to $6.2 billion in deposits acquired in the Chittenden acquisition. Deposits and stockholders’ equity constituted over 98% of People’s United Financial’s funding base at December 31, 2008 and over 99% at December 31, 2007.

The expansion of People’s United Financial’s branch network and its commitment to developing full-service relationships with its customers are integral components of People’s United Financial’s strategy to leverage the success of its supermarket banking initiative, expand market share and continue growing deposits. At December 31, 2008, People’s United Financial’s network of Stop & Shop branches held deposits totaling $2.1 billion and deposits in supermarket branches open for more than one year averaged $28 million per store.

Non-interest-bearing deposits are an important source of low-cost funding and fee income for People’s United Financial. In addition, People’s United Financial believes that checking accounts represent one of the core relationships between a financial institution and its customers, and it is from these relationships that cross-selling of other financial services can be achieved. Non-interest-bearing deposits equaled 22% and 24% of deposits at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $1.4 billion at December 31, 2008, of which $533 million mature within three months, $232 million mature after three months but within six months, $577 million mature after six months but within one year and $104 million mature after one year. Brokered certificates of deposit acquired in the Chittenden acquisition totaled $17.1 million at December 31, 2008 (none at December 31, 2007 and 2006).

The following table presents, by rate category, time deposits as of December 31, 2008.

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008

2.50% or less

   $ 1,491.5

2.51% to 3.00%

     1,078.5

3.01% to 3.50%

     883.8

3.51% to 4.00%

     1,260.7

4.01% to 4.50%

     115.3

4.51% to 5.00%

     33.6

5.01% to 5.50%

     17.9
      

Total

   $ 4,881.3
      

The following table presents, by rate category, the remaining period to maturity of time deposits outstanding as of December 31, 2008.

 

     Period to Maturity from December 31, 2008

(in millions)

   Within
three
months
   Over
three to
six months
   Over six
months to
one year
   Over one
to
two years
   Over two
to
three years
   Over
three
years
   Total

2.50% or less

   $ 767.2    $ 338.5    $ 311.8    $ 60.3    $ 11.3    $ 2.4    $ 1,491.5

2.51% to 3.00%

     377.9      277.0      282.0      117.5      17.3      6.8      1,078.5

3.01% to 3.50%

     108.8      87.0      562.3      110.6      4.4      10.7      883.8

3.51% to 4.00%

     37.3      40.7      1,090.4      23.6      19.5      49.2      1,260.7

4.01% to 4.50%

     50.8      35.3      14.1      7.7      2.0      5.4      115.3

4.51% to 5.00%

     8.8      5.2      3.9      4.2      7.6      3.9      33.6

5.01% to 5.50%

     8.9      3.7      1.6      1.3      1.7      0.7      17.9
                                                

Total

   $ 1,359.7    $ 787.4    $ 2,266.1    $ 325.2    $ 63.8    $ 79.1    $ 4,881.3
                                                

 

63


Table of Contents

Total Deposits

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

LOGO

Borrowings

 

     2008     2007     2006  

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
 

Repurchase agreements maturing within
1 month

   $ 156.7    0.69 %   $ —      —       $ —      —    
                                       

Fixed rate FHLB advances maturing:

               

After 1 but within 2 years

     8.3    3.93       —      —         —      —    

After 2 but within 3 years

     1.8    3.96       —      —         —      —    

After 5 years

     5.0    2.14       —      —         —      —    
                                       

Total FHLB advances

     15.1    3.34       —      —         —      —    
                                       

Overnight federal funds purchased

     —      —         —      —         4.1    5.15  
                                       

Other

     16.1    2.52       —      —         —      —    
                                       

Total borrowings

   $ 187.9    1.06 %   $ —      —   %   $ 4.1    5.15 %
                                       

At December 31, 2008, total borrowings equaled less than 1% of total assets. The increase in borrowings is due to the borrowings acquired in connection with the Chittenden acquisition. Repurchase agreements at December 31, 2008 consisted of transactions with commercial and municipal customers.

In previous years, People’s United Financial’s primary source for borrowings were federal funds purchased, which are typically unsecured overnight loans among banks, and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, which provides credit for member institutions within its assigned region. People’s United Financial’s outstanding Federal Home Loan Bank advances at December 31, 2008 represented less than one-half of one percent of total assets.

Subordinated Notes

Subordinated notes totaled $181 million and $65 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. People’s United Financial assumed liability for subordinated notes with a fair value of $115 million in connection with the Chittenden acquisition. These subordinated notes, which were issued in February 2007, represent unsecured general obligations of People’s United Financial with interest payable semi-annually. The notes have a coupon of 5.80% for the first five years and convert to a variable rate in year six that is tied to three month LIBOR plus 68.5 basis points. Beginning February 14, 2012, People’s United Financial has the option to redeem some or all of the notes.

 

64


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, People’s United Bank had $65 million of 9.875% subordinated notes outstanding. These subordinated notes are due in 2010 and represent unsecured general obligations of People’s United Bank with interest payable semi-annually, are subordinated to the claims of depositors and People’s United Bank’s other creditors and are not redeemable prior to maturity without prior approval of the OTS. For regulatory capital purposes, the 9.875% subordinated notes qualify, up to certain limits, as supplementary (tier 2) capital for People’s United Bank’s total risk-based capital.

From time to time, People’s United Financial may seek to repurchase a portion of these subordinated notes. Repurchases will be made at management’s discretion, depending on its assessment of the desirability of alternative uses for the company’s capital, the price at which such repurchases may be effected, the company’s cash flow and capital levels, and general market conditions.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, People’s United Financial and People’s United Bank both opted in to the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, which provides a temporary guarantee of newly-issued senior unsecured debt, as defined (the “Debt Guarantee Program”). As of December 31, 2008, neither People’s United Financial nor People’s United Bank had any debt outstanding that qualifies under the Debt Guarantee Program. People’s United Bank may issue up to approximately $300 million of senior unsecured debt that would qualify under the Debt Guarantee Program. While People’s United Financial has retained the right to do so, the company does not, at this time, intend to issue senior unsecured debt that would qualify under the Debt Guarantee Program.

Contractual Cash Obligations

The following table is a summary of People’s United Financial’s contractual cash obligations, other than deposit liabilities, including operating leases. Additional information concerning these contractual cash obligations is included in Notes 10, 11 and 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Purchase obligations included in the table represent those agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transactions. A substantial majority of People’s United Financial’s purchase obligations are renewable on a year-to-year basis. As such, the purchase obligations included in this table only reflect the contractual commitment.

 

     Payments Due by Period

As of December 31, 2008 (in millions)

   Total    Less Than
1 Year
   1-3
Years
   4-5
Years
   After
5 Years

Borrowings

   $ 187.9    $ 172.8    $ 10.1    $ —      $ 5.0

Subordinated notes

     180.5      —        65.5      —        115.0
                                  

Total on-balance-sheet

     368.4      172.8      75.6      —        120.0

Operating leases

     189.9      31.5      57.0      32.6      68.8

Purchase obligations

     146.6      54.0      48.7      40.7      3.2
                                  

Total

   $ 704.9    $ 258.3    $ 181.3    $ 73.3    $ 192.0
                                  

FIN 48 income tax liabilities totaling $3.0 million, including related interest and penalties, are not included in the above table as the timing of their resolution cannot be estimated. Similarly, obligations totaling $11.7 million related to limited partnership affordable housing investments are not included in the above table as the timing of the related capital calls cannot be estimated. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of People’s United Financial’s unrecognized income tax positions and affordable housing investments.

 

65


Table of Contents

Liquidity

 

Liquidity is defined as the ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet all present and future funding requirements at reasonable costs. Liquidity management addresses People’s United Financial’s and People’s United Bank’s ability to fund new loans and investments as opportunities arise, to meet customer deposit withdrawals, and to repay borrowings and subordinated notes as they mature. People’s United Financial’s, as well as People’s United Bank’s, liquidity positions are monitored daily by management. The Asset and Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) of People’s United Bank has been authorized by the Board of Directors of People’s United Financial to set guidelines to ensure maintenance of prudent levels of liquidity for People’s United Financial as well as for People’s United Bank. ALCO reports to the Treasury and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors of People’s United Bank.

Asset liquidity is provided by: cash; short-term investments; proceeds from security sales, maturities and principal repayments; and proceeds from scheduled principal collections, prepayments and sales of loans. In addition, certain securities may be used to collateralize borrowings under repurchase agreements. The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows present data on cash provided by and used in People’s United Financial’s operating, investing and financing activities. At December 31, 2008, People’s United Financial’s liquid assets included $765 million in debt securities available for sale. People’s United Bank’s liquid assets included $1.5 billion in cash and cash equivalents (including $110 million of short-term GSE debt securities), $1.1 billion in debt securities available for sale and $21 million in trading account securities. Securities available for sale and short-term GSE debt securities, with a combined fair value of $622 million at December 31, 2008, were pledged as collateral for public deposits and for other purposes.

Liability liquidity is measured by People’s United Financial’s and People’s United Bank’s ability to obtain deposits and borrowings at cost-effective rates that are diversified with respect to markets and maturities. Deposits, which are considered the most stable source of liability liquidity, totaled $14.3 billion at December 31, 2008 and represented 72% of total funding. Borrowings are used to diversify People’s United Financial’s funding mix and to support asset growth. Borrowings totaled $188 million at December 31, 2008, representing 0.9% of total funding.

People’s United Bank’s current sources of borrowings include: federal funds purchased, advances from the FHLB of Boston and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, and repurchase agreements. At December 31, 2008, People’s United Bank’s borrowing limit from FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank advances, and repurchase agreements totaled $3.2 billion, based on the level of qualifying collateral available for these borrowing sources. In addition, People’s United Bank had unsecured borrowing capacity of $0.5 billion at that date.

At December 31, 2008, People’s United Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans totaling $0.9 billion and approved, but unused, lines of credit extended to customers totaling $4.3 billion (including $2.6 billion of home equity lines of credit). See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

66


Table of Contents

The sources of liquidity discussed above are deemed by management to be sufficient to fund outstanding loan commitments and to meet People’s United Financial’s and People’s United Bank’s other obligations.

Earning Asset Mix

$17.6 billion as of December 31, 2008 (percent)

LOGO

Funding Base

$19.8 billion as of December 31, 2008 (percent)

LOGO

Stockholders’ Equity and Dividends

 

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $5.18 billion at December 31, 2008, a $730 million increase from December 31, 2007. This increase primarily reflects the issuance of 44.3 million shares of common stock with a fair value of approximately $770 million (net of issuance costs) in connection with the Chittenden acquisition and net income of $139.5 million, partially offset by dividends paid of $194.4 million and a $56.8 million increase in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”) since December 31, 2007. The increase in AOCL, net of tax, primarily reflects an increase in the net actuarial loss and other amounts related to pension and other postretirement benefit plans ($78.7 million), partially offset by an increase in the net unrealized gains on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges ($18.2 million).

Stockholders’ equity equaled 25.7% of total assets at December 31, 2008 and 32.8% at December 31, 2007. Tangible stockholders’ equity (total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles) equaled 19.5% of tangible assets (total assets less goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles) at December 31, 2008 and 32.3% at December 31, 2007. The decline in these ratios from December 31, 2007 primarily reflects the increases in total assets, goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles resulting from the Chittenden acquisition.

In April 2008, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors approved an initial repurchase of up to 5%, or approximately 17.3 million shares, of its common stock outstanding as of April 17, 2008. The shares are expected to be purchased in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. Share purchases will be effected at management’s discretion, depending on management’s assessment of the desirability of alternative uses for the company’s capital, the market for the company’s common stock, the company’s cash flow and capital levels, and economic conditions. The repurchase program is expected to be partially funded by dividends paid by People’s United Bank to its parent, People’s United Financial. As of December 31, 2008, no shares had been repurchased.

 

67


Table of Contents

In January 2009, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend on its common stock of $0.15 per share. The dividend was paid on February 15, 2009 to shareholders of record on February 1, 2009.

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $4.45 billion at December 31, 2007, a $3.11 billion increase from December 31, 2006. This increase primarily reflects the $3.33 billion of net proceeds from the second-step conversion, net income of $150.7 million, a common stock contribution with a fair value of $40.0 million to The People’s United Community Foundation, and a $29.4 million decrease in AOCL since December 31, 2006, partially offset by purchases of common stock for the ESOP and the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan totaling $343.9 million, and dividends paid in 2007 of $131.1 million. The decrease in AOCL, net of tax, reflects a reduction in the net actuarial loss and other amounts related to pension and other postretirement benefits ($16.8 million), and an increase in the net unrealized gain on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges ($12.6 million).

Dividends declared and paid per common share (other than shares on which People’s Mutual Holdings waived receipt of dividends prior to completing the second-step conversion in April 2007) totaled $0.58, $0.52 and $0.46 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. People’s United Financial’s dividend payout ratio (dividends paid as a percentage of net income) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was 139.8%, 87.0% and 48.3%, respectively. For periods prior to April 2007 (the date of the second-step conversion) the dividend payout ratio reflects the waiver of dividends on the substantial majority of the common shares owned by People’s Mutual Holdings.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

OTS capital regulations require federally-chartered savings banks, such as People’s United Bank, to meet three minimum capital ratios:

Tangible Capital Ratio —A 1.5% tangible capital ratio, calculated as tangible capital to adjusted total assets.

Leverage (Core) Capital Ratio —A 4% leverage (core) capital ratio, calculated as core capital to adjusted total assets. The minimum leverage (core) capital ratio is reduced to 3% if the savings bank received the highest rating on its most recent safety and soundness examination.

Risk-Based Capital Ratio —An 8% total risk-based capital ratio, calculated as total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets. For purposes of this calculation, total risk-based capital equals the sum of core and supplementary capital, provided that supplementary capital may not exceed 100% of core capital.

In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the OTS takes into consideration not only these numeric factors but also qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where necessary. People’s United Bank, as a matter of prudent management, targets as its goal the maintenance of capital ratios which exceed these minimum requirements and that are consistent with People’s United Bank’s risk profile.

People’s United Bank’s tangible capital ratio, leverage (core) capital ratio, and total risk-based capital ratios were 10.0%, 10.0% and 13.4%, respectively, at December 31, 2008, compared to 24.1%, 24.1% and 33.4%, respectively, at December 31, 2007. The decrease in these ratios from December 31, 2007 primarily reflects (i) the reduction in People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital due to the $1.8 billion in dividends that People’s United Bank paid to its parent, People’s United Financial, in 2008, and (ii) increases in People’s United Bank’s adjusted total assets (the denominator in the calculation of the leverage (core) capital ratio) and its total risk-weighted assets (the denominator in the calculation of the total risk-based capital ratio), both as a result of the Chittenden acquisition.

 

68


Table of Contents

The following summary compares People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2008 to the OTS minimum requirements. In 2008, People’s United Bank paid $1.8 billion in dividends to its parent, People’s United Financial. At December 31, 2008, People’s United Bank’s adjusted total assets, as defined, totaled $18.0 billion and its total risk-weighted assets, as defined, totaled $14.7 billion. At December 31, 2008, People’s United Bank exceeded each of its regulatory capital requirements. Regulatory capital amounts and ratios presented are for People’s United Bank and therefore do not reflect the additional capital residing at People’s United Financial.

 

As of December 31, 2008

(dollars in millions)

   People’s United Bank     OTS Minimum
Requirements
 
   Amount     Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

Tangible capital

   $ 1,801.8 (1)   10.0 %   $ 270.0    1.5 %

Leverage (core) capital

     1,801.8 (1)   10.0       720.1    4.0  

Total risk-based capital

     1,968.0 (2)   13.4       1,177.3    8.0  

 

(1) Represents total stockholder’s equity, excluding (i) after-tax net unrealized gains (losses) on certain securities classified as available for sale, (ii) after-tax net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges, (iii) certain assets not recognized in tier 1 capital (principally goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles), and (iv) the amount recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) relating to SFAS No. 158.
(2) Represents tier 1 capital plus subordinated notes, up to certain limits, and the allowance for loan losses up to 1.25% of total risk-weighted assets.

Generally, a bank is considered well capitalized if it has a leverage (core) capital ratio of at least 5.0%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0% (calculated as tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets) and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%. People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2008 exceeded the OTS numeric criteria for classification as “well capitalized.” See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information concerning People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios.

People’s United Bank Capital Ratios

Compared to Regulatory Requirements

As of December 31, 2008 (percent)

LOGO

 

69


Table of Contents
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market Risk Management

 

Market risk is the risk of loss to earnings, capital and the fair values of certain assets and liabilities resulting from changes in interest rates, equity prices and foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

For People’s United Financial, the only relevant market risk at this time is interest rate risk (“IRR”), which is the potential exposure to earnings or capital that may result from changes in interest rates. People’s United Financial manages its IRR to achieve a balance between risk, earnings volatility and capital preservation. ALCO has primary responsibility for managing People’s United Financial’s IRR. To evaluate People’s United Financial’s IRR profile, ALCO monitors economic conditions, interest rate trends, liquidity levels and capital ratios. Management also reviews assumptions periodically for projected customer and competitor behavior, in addition to the expected repricing characteristics and cash flow projections for assets, liabilities and off-balance-sheet financial instruments. Actual conditions may vary significantly from People’s United Financial’s assumptions.

Management evaluates the impact of IRR on “Income at Risk” using an earnings simulation model to project earnings under multiple interest rate environments over a one-year time horizon resulting in a quantification of IRR. Income at Risk includes significant interest rate sensitive income sources, such as net interest income, gains on sales of residential mortgage loans and BOLI income.

The earnings projections are based on a static balance sheet and estimates of pricing levels for People’s United Financial’s products under multiple scenarios intended to reflect instantaneous yield curve shocks. People’s United Financial estimates its base case Income at Risk using current interest rates. Internal policy regarding IRR simulations specify that for instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve, estimated Income at Risk for the subsequent one-year period should not decline by more than: 10% for a 100 basis point shift; 15% for a 200 basis point shift; and 20% for a 300 basis point shift.

The following table shows the estimated percentage increase (decrease) in People’s United Financial’s Income at Risk over a one-year simulation period beginning December 31, 2008. Given the interest rate environment at December 31, 2008, simulations for declines in interest rates below 25 basis points were not deemed to be meaningful.

 

Rate Change (basis points)

   Percent Change in
Income at Risk
 

+300

   29.0 %

+200

   18.9  

+100

   8.6  

-25

   (2.6 )

While Income at Risk simulation identifies earnings exposure over a relatively short time horizon, “Equity at Risk” takes a long-term economic perspective when quantifying IRR, thereby identifying possible margin behavior over a longer time horizon. Base case Market Value of Equity (“MVE”) is calculated by estimating the net present value of all future cash flows from existing assets and liabilities using current interest rates. The base case scenario assumes that future interest rates remain unchanged.

Internal policy limits the exposure of a decrease in Equity at Risk resulting from instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve in the following manner: for 100 basis points—10% of base case MVE; for 200 basis points—15% of base case MVE; and for 300 basis points—20% of base case MVE.

 

70


Table of Contents

The following table shows the estimated percentage increase (decrease) in People’s United Financial’s Equity at Risk, assuming various shifts in interest rates. Given the interest rate environment at December 31, 2008, simulations for declines in interest rates below 25 basis points were not deemed to be meaningful.

 

Rate Change

(basis points)

   Percent Change in
Equity at Risk
 

+300

   (1.8 )%

+200

   (1.2 )

+100

   (0.8 )

-25

   0.1  

People’s United Financial’s interest rate risk position at December 31, 2008, as set forth in the Income at Risk and Equity at Risk tables above, reflects its significant excess capital position at that date. Management’s current posture is to invest a portion of such excess capital in highly liquid, low risk, short-term investments. While this strategy does place additional pressure on net interest income in a decreasing rate environment, management views such risk as an acceptable alternative in light of the current credit environment where capital has proven vital to the continued viability of many institutions. Given the uncertainty of the magnitude, timing and direction of future interest rate movements and the shape of the yield curve, actual results may vary from those predicted by People’s United Financial’s models.

People’s United Financial’s asset-sensitive balance sheet includes more than just its significant excess capital position. In fact, a 1% increase in interest rates translates to an approximate $50 million improvement in pre-tax income. Conversely, if the current 25 basis points targeted federal funds rate is annualized and compared to the 2.10% average federal funds rate experienced in 2008, the resultant 185 basis point differential translates into an approximate $90 million reduction in pre-tax income.

People’s United Financial uses derivative financial instruments, including interest rate floors and interest rate swaps, as components of its IRR management. People’s United Financial has written guidelines that have been approved by its Board of Directors and ALCO governing the use of these financial instruments, including approved counterparties and credit limits. Credit risk associated with these instruments is controlled and monitored though policies and procedures governing collateral management and credit approval. At December 31, 2008, each of People’s United Financial’s counterparties had an investment grade credit rating from the major rating agencies and is specifically approved up to a maximum credit exposure. People’s United Financial’s counterparty credit exposure on its outstanding derivative contracts, after considering the effect of the bilateral netting arrangements and posted collateral, totaled $22.6 million at December 31, 2008. Derivative financial instruments are primarily used for market risk management purposes (principally interest rate risk). Certain other derivatives are entered into in connection with transactions with commercial customers. Derivatives are not used for speculative purposes.

At December 31, 2008, People’s United Financial was using interest rate floors and interest rate swaps to manage IRR associated with certain interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. People’s United Financial uses interest rate floors to partially manage its exposure to a decrease in interest income resulting from declines in certain interest rates. These interest rate floors offer protection against a decline in interest income if the one-month LIBOR-index rate used to reprice certain floating-rate commercial loans declines below the strike rate on the interest rate floors. If the one-month LIBOR-index rate falls below the specified strike rate, People’s United Financial would receive an interest payment on the interest rate floor equal to the difference between the one-month LIBOR-index rate on the reset date and the strike rate, which in effect, would offset the decline in interest income earned on the hedged floating rate commercial loans from the decline in interest rates. Interest rate floors are accounted for as cash flow hedges.

Interest rate swaps are used to match more closely the repricing of fewer than five commercial real estate loans and the funding associated with these loans. The interest rate swaps effectively convert the funding

 

71


Table of Contents

liabilities from a variable interest rate into a fixed interest rate and consequently reduce People’s United Bank’s exposure to increases in interest rates and their effect on interest income and interest expense. Interest rate swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges.

By using derivatives, People’s United Financial is exposed to credit risk to the extent that counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as required. Should a counterparty fail to perform under the terms of a derivative contract, the company’s counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Amounts reported as derivative assets represent derivative contracts in a gain position, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty (to the extent subject to master netting arrangements) and posted collateral. People’s United Financial seeks to minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, execution of master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. Counterparty credit risk related to derivatives is considered and, if material, provided for separately.

In connection with the September 2008 bankruptcy filing by Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc., People’s United Financial terminated its $100 million (notional) derivative contract (interest rate floor) with Lehman Brothers. The derivative contract had a fair value of $5.3 million at the time of termination. After considering the master netting arrangement and posted collateral, the net amount due to the company was $1.4 million. People’s United Financial recognized a $1.2 million charge that is included in other non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income to reduce this receivable to the amount currently estimated to be realizable.

Foreign Currency Risk

Foreign exchange forward contracts are commitments to buy or sell foreign currency on a future date at a contractual price. People’s United Financial uses these instruments on a limited basis to eliminate its exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates on certain of its commercial loans that are denominated in foreign currencies. Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts substantially offset the translation gains and losses on the related loans.

 

72


Table of Contents

Derivative Financial Instruments

The following table summarizes certain information concerning derivative financial instruments utilized by People’s United Financial in its management of IRR and foreign currency risk. Also see Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2008

(dollars in millions)

   Interest Rate
Floors
    Interest Rate
Swaps
    Foreign Exchange
Contracts

Notional principal amounts

   $ 600.0     $ 6.4     $ 11.6

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     25       52       1

Increase (decrease) in pre-tax income

   $ 10.2     $ (0.2 )   $ —  

Fair value:

      

Recognized as an asset

     46.3       —         —  

Recognized as a liability

     —         0.8       0.5
                      

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2007

(dollars in millions)

   Interest Rate
Floors
    Interest Rate
Swaps
    Foreign Exchange
Contracts

Notional principal amounts

   $ 700.0     $ 6.7     $ 13.1

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     37       65       1

Decrease in pre-tax income

   $ (3.1 )   $ —       $ —  

Fair value:

      

Recognized as an asset

     27.6       —         0.1

Recognized as a liability

     —         0.4       —  
                      

In the third quarter of 2008, People’s United Financial began entering into interest rate swaps with certain of its commercial customers. In order to minimize its risk, these customer derivatives have been offset with essentially matching interest rate swaps with People’s United Financial’s counterparties. Changes in the fair value of all such interest rate swaps are recognized in current earnings.

The following table summarizes certain information concerning these interest rate swaps:

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2008

(dollars in millions)

   Interest Rate Swaps  
   Customer    Counterparty  

Notional principal amounts

   $ 60.3    $ 60.3  

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     124      124  

Increase (decrease) in pre-tax income

   $ 7.3    $ (6.9 )

Fair value:

     

Recognized as an asset

     7.3      —    

Recognized as a liability

     —        6.9  

In the first quarter of 2009, People’s United Financial terminated its remaining $600 million (notional) interest rate floor contracts. The decision to do so was based on management’s belief that, in light of the current interest rate environment, the derivative contracts had achieved their stated market risk management objective. Termination of the derivative contracts also served to reduce the company’s counterparty credit risk. At the time of termination, the interest rate floors had a fair value (unrealized gain) of $47.5 million. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 133, the unrealized gain is included (on a net-of-tax basis) as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss and will be recognized over the period during which the hedged items (certain floating rate commercial loans) affect earnings (approximately 2 years).

 

73


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The information required by this item begins on page F-1.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

People’s United Financial’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of People’s United Financial’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that People’s United Financial’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective, as of December 31, 2008, to ensure that information relating to People’s United Financial, which is required to be disclosed in the reports People’s United Financial files with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, there has not been any change in People’s United Financial’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, People’s United Financial’s internal control over financial reporting.

People’s United Financial’s Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appears on page 84 and the related Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon appears on page F-3.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

74


Table of Contents

Part III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors of the Corporation

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Election of Directors” in the People’s United Financial Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed within 120 days of People’s United Financial’s fiscal year end (the “Proxy Statement”) and is herein incorporated by reference.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Board of Directors has determined that Janet M. Hansen, a member of the Audit Committee of the Board, is an “audit committee financial expert” and is “independent” within the meaning of those terms as used in the instructions to this Item 10.

Executive Officers of the Corporation

The name, age, principal occupation and business experience for at least the last five years of each executive officer who is not a director of People’s United Financial is set forth below as of February 13, 2009.

John P. Barnes, age 53, has been a Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer since January 1, 2008. Mr. Barnes was an Executive Vice President of Chittenden Corporation since 1997. Mr. Barnes has served in various capacities for Chittenden Corporation since 1983.

David A. Bodor, age 62, has been an Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer since January 1, 2008. Mr. Bodor was a Senior Vice President (Chief Credit Officer) since 2006. Mr. Bodor has served in various capacities for People’s United Bank since 1996.

Paul D. Burner, age 55, became a Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in August 2008. Prior to joining People’s United Financial, Mr. Burner was the Chief Financial Officer for Citibank North America since 1998.

Robert R. D’Amore, age 56, has been a Senior Executive Vice President (Retail and Small Business Banking Group) since January 1, 2008. Mr. D’Amore was an Executive Vice President (Marketing and Regional Banking) since 2000. Mr. D’Amore has served in various capacities for People’s United Bank since 1981.

Brian F. Dreyer, age 62, has been a Senior Executive Vice President (Commercial Banking Group) since January 1, 2008. Mr. Dreyer was an Executive Vice President (Commercial Banking) since 2001. Mr. Dreyer has served in various capacities for People’s United Bank since 1991.

Henry R. Mandel, age 64, has been an Executive Vice President (Organization Effectiveness) since 2001. Mr. Mandel has served in various capacities for People’s United Bank since 1998.

Louise T. Sandberg, age 57, has been a Senior Executive Vice President (Wealth Management Group) since January 1, 2008. Mrs. Sandberg was a Senior Vice President (Wealth Management Division) at Chittenden Bank since 1997. Mrs. Sandberg has served in various capacities for Chittenden Corporation since 1977.

Robert E. Trautmann, age 55, became an Executive Vice President and General Counsel in November 2008 and served as Acting General Counsel from February 2008 until his appointment as General Counsel. Mr. Trautmann was a Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel since January 1, 2008. Mr. Trautmann has served in various capacities for People’s United Bank since 1994.

 

75


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller. The text of the Code of Ethics is available on People’s United Financial’s website at www.peoples.com , under “Investor Relations—Corporate Governance—Management.”

Additional information required by this item appears under the caption “Board of Directors Committees” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table provides summary information about People’s United Financial’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2008:

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan category

   Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)
   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
(b)
   Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))
(c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   10,399,487    $ 17.10    19,367,255  (1)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   0      n/a    0  

Total

   10,399,487    $ 17.10    19,367,255  (1)

 

(1) Of this amount, 371,525 shares are issuable as shares of restricted stock pursuant to the People’s United Financial, Inc. Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan. The remaining 18,995,730 shares are issuable pursuant to the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, the 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan, and the 2007 Stock Option Plan either in the form of options, stock appreciation rights, or shares of restricted stock. Information describing these plans appears in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Additional information required by this item appears under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Certain Transactions with Members of Our Board of Directors and Executive Officers” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Auditors” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

76


Table of Contents

Part IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)(1) The following consolidated financial statements of People’s United Financial, Inc. and the independent registered public accounting firm report thereon are included herein beginning on page F-1:

Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2008 and 2007

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

(a)(2) Financial statement schedules have been omitted as they are not applicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

(a)(3) Exhibits

The following Exhibits are filed with this Report or are incorporated by reference. Each exhibit identified by an asterisk constitutes a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

 

Designation

  

Description

  3.1    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
  3.2    Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of People’s United Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2008)
  4.1    Form of Stock Certificate of People’s United Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
  4.2    Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2007, by and between Chittenden Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee
  4.3    Form of Global Note, registered in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee (February 17, 2007)
  4.4    Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2000, between People’s Bank and Bankers Trust Company as Fiscal and Paying Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
  4.5    Form of Global Notes, registered in the name of the nominee of The Depository Trust Company (November 16, 2000) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.1    Employment Agreement dated May 15, 2008 by and between People’s United Financial, Inc. and Philip R. Sherringham (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K on May 20, 2008)

 

77


Table of Contents

Designation

 

Description

10.2   Reserved.
10.3   Reserved.
10.4   Reserved.
10.5(a)   Form of Change in Control Agreement (Senior Executive Vice Presidents)
10.5(b)   Form of Change in Control Agreement (Executive Vice Presidents)
10.6   Short Term Incentive Plan for Key Employees of People’s United Bank
10.7   People’s United Bank Split Dollar Cash Value Restoration Plan
10.8   Reserved.
10.9   Amended and Restated People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2007)
10.10   People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2008)
10.10(a)   Form of Amendment to Stock Option Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10(a) to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2006 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.11   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2006 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.12   Reserved.
10.13   First Amended and Restated People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan
10.14   The People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan - First Amendment and Restatement
10.15   Non-Qualified Pension Trust Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1997, between People’s Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.15(a)   Amendment to People’s Bank Non-Qualified Pension Trust Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2008)
10.16   People’s United Bank Nonqualified Savings and Retirement Plan
10.17   People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan Non-Qualified Trust Agreement, dated as of July 23, 1998, between People’s Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.17(a)   Amendment to People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan Non-Qualified Trust Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2008)

 

78


Table of Contents

Designation

 

Description

10.18  

Reserved.

10.19   Reserved.
10.20   Third Amended and Restated People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2006 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.21   The Norwich Savings Society Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.22   The Norwich Savings Society Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Trust Agreement, dated June 27, 1995, between The Norwich Savings Society and Sachem Trust National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.23   Amendment and Restatement of Deferred Compensation Agreements (undated) between The Norwich Savings Society and Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.24   Employee Stock Ownership Plan of People’s United Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2008)
10.24(a)   Employee Stock Ownership Plan of People’s United Financial, Inc. Amendment No. 1 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2008)
10.25   People’s Bank Change-in-Control Employee Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.26   People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (amended) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2008)
10.26(a)   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock (Executive Officers) under 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (corrected) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26(a) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2007)
10.26(b)   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock (Non-Executive Employees under 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26(b) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 31, 2007)
10.26(c)   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock (Non-Employee Directors) under 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26(c) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2007)
10.27   People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan (amended) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2008)

 

79


Table of Contents

Designation

 

Description

10.27(a)   Form of Grant Agreement for Stock Options (Executive Officers) under 2007 Stock Option Plan (corrected) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27(a) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2007)
10.27(b)   Form of Grant Agreement for Stock Options (Non-Executive Employees) under 2007 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27(b) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 31, 2007)
10.27(c)   Form of Grant Agreement for Stock Options (Non-Employee Directors) under 2007 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27(c) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2007)
10.28   Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
10.28(a)   Amendment Number 1 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
10.29   Eastern Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan
10.29(a)   Amendment to the Eastern Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan
10.30   The Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan
10.30(a)   Amendment Number 1 to the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan
21   Subsidiaries
23   Consent of KPMG LLP
31.1   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
31.2   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
32   Section 1350 Certifications
99.1   Impact of Inflation
99.2   Management Report on the Effectiveness of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Compliance With Designated Laws and Regulations
99.3   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Regarding Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

80


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, People’s United Financial, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
Date: February 27, 2009   By:  

/s/    P HILIP R. S HERRINGHAM        

    Philip R. Sherringham
    President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of People’s United Financial, Inc. and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date: February 27, 2009   By:  

/s/    P HILIP R. S HERRINGHAM        

    Philip R. Sherringham
    President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 27, 2009   By:  

/s/    P AUL D. B URNER        

    Paul D. Burner
   

Senior Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 27, 2009   By:  

/s/    J EFFREY H OYT        

    Jeffrey Hoyt
   

Senior Vice President, Controller

and Senior Accounting Officer

Date: February 27, 2009   By:  

/s/    C OLLIN P. B ARON        

    Collin P. Baron
    Director
Date: February 27, 2009   By:  

/s/    G EORGE P. C ARTER        

    George P. Carter
    Director
Date: February 27, 2009   By:  

/s/    J OHN K. D WIGHT        

    John K. Dwight
    Director
Date: February 27, 2009   By:  

/s/    J ERRY F RANKLIN        

    Jerry Franklin
    Director
Date: February 27, 2009   By:  

/s/    E UNICE S. G ROARK        

    Eunice S. Groark
    Director

 

81


Table of Contents
Date: February 27, 2009   By:  

/s/    J ANET M. H ANSEN        

    Janet M. Hansen
    Director
Date: February 27, 2009   By:  

/s/    R ICHARD M. H OYT        

    Richard M. Hoyt
    Director
Date: February 27, 2009   By:  

/s/    J EREMIAH J. L OWNEY , J R .        

    Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr.
    Director
Date: February 27, 2009   By:  

/s/    M ARK W. R ICHARDS        

    Mark W. Richards
    Director
Date:   By:  

 

    James A. Thomas
    Director

 

82


Table of Contents

STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY

Management is responsible for the preparation, content and integrity of the consolidated financial statements and all other information included in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements and related footnotes are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Management is also responsible for compliance with laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness as designated by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee composed of five outside directors, each of whom meets the criteria for independence as set forth in applicable listing standards. The Audit Committee meets regularly with the independent auditors, the internal auditors and management to ensure that internal control over financial reporting is being properly administered and that financial data is being properly reported. The Audit Committee reviews the scope and timing of internal audits, including recommendations made with respect to internal control over financial reporting. The independent auditors and the internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting for People’s United Financial, Inc. Management maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting, including an internal audit function, which is designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, transactions are properly authorized, and that accounting records are reliable for the preparation of financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that internal control over financial reporting may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In order to evaluate the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, management has conducted an assessment, including testing, using the criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on its assessment, management has concluded that People’s United Financial, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

 

/s/    Philip R. Sherringham               /s/    Paul D. Burner        
Philip R. Sherringham     Paul D. Burner
President and Chief Executive Officer     Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Date: February 27, 2009    

 

83


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Index To Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Condition at December 31, 2008 and 2007

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries (“People’s”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of People’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), People’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 27, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of People’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/    KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

February 27, 2009

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s”) as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) . People’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on People’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, People’s maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated February 27, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/    KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

February 27, 2009

 

F-3


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Condition

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008     2007  

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks (note 4)

   $ 345.1     $ 296.2  

Short-term investments (note 4)

     1,138.8       3,088.0  
                

Total cash and cash equivalents

     1,483.9       3,384.2  
                

Securities (note 5):

    

Trading account securities, at fair value

     21.4       18.7  

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     1,848.3       22.7  

Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $0.9 million and $0.6 million)

     0.9       0.6  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

     31.1       19.5  
                

Total securities

     1,901.7       61.5  
                

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     —         428.0  
                

Loans (note 6):

    

Commercial real estate

     4,967.3       1,885.6  

Commercial

     4,226.4       2,600.4  

Residential mortgage

     3,144.6       3,212.9  

Consumer

     2,227.4       1,250.8  
                

Total loans

     14,565.7       8,949.7  

Less allowance for loan losses

     (157.5 )     (72.7 )
                

Total loans, net

     14,408.2       8,877.0  
                

Bank-owned life insurance

     228.6       222.6  

Premises and equipment (note 7)

     262.4       156.8  

Goodwill (note 3)

     1,261.7       101.5  

Other acquisition-related intangibles (note 3)

     274.1       2.5  

Other assets (note 8)

     347.1       320.7  
                

Total assets

   $ 20,167.7     $ 13,554.8  
                

Liabilities

    

Deposits (note 9):

    

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 3,173.4     $ 2,166.1  

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     6,214.7       3,008.9  

Time

     4,881.3       3,705.6  
                

Total deposits

     14,269.4       8,880.6  
                

Borrowings (note 10):

    

Repurchase agreements

     156.7       —    

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     15.1       —    

Other

     16.1       —    
                

Total borrowings

     187.9       —    
                

Subordinated notes (note 11)

     180.5       65.4  

Other liabilities (note 12)

     354.4       163.4  
                

Total liabilities

     14,992.2       9,109.4  
                

Commitments and contingencies (notes 19 and 20)

    

Stockholders’ Equity (notes 2, 3 and 13)

    

Common stock ($0.01 par value; 1.95 billion shares authorized;
347.9 million shares and 301.1 million shares issued)

     3.5       3.0  

Additional paid-in capital

     4,485.1       3,642.8  

Retained earnings

     1,022.6       1,079.6  

Treasury stock, at cost (3.2 million shares and 2.8 million shares)

     (57.9 )     (51.8 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (note 16)

     (75.4 )     (18.6 )

Unallocated common stock of Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(9.8 million shares and 10.1 million shares)

     (202.4 )     (209.6 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     5,175.5       4,445.4  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 20,167.7     $ 13,554.8  
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions, except per share data)

   2008    2007    2006  

Interest and dividend income:

        

Commercial real estate

   $ 301.4    $ 127.7    $ 126.0  

Commercial

     229.8      167.6      146.5  

Residential mortgage

     189.9      183.9      185.2  

Consumer

     110.9      88.9      88.3  
                      

Total interest on loans

     832.0      568.1      546.0  

Short-term investments

     46.9      86.7      5.3  

Securities

     30.8      3.9      30.0  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     7.5      48.3      0.8  
                      

Total interest and dividend income

     917.2      707.0      582.1  
                      

Interest expense:

        

Deposits (note 9)

     262.1      213.6      180.1  

Borrowings (note 10)

     3.5      0.2      10.0  

Subordinated notes

     15.2      6.6      9.6  
                      

Total interest expense

     280.8      220.4      199.7  
                      

Net interest income

     636.4      486.6      382.4  

Provision for loan losses (note 6)

     26.2      8.0      3.4  
                      

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     610.2      478.6      379.0  
                      

Non-interest income:

        

Investment management fees

     36.8      12.0      11.0  

Insurance revenue

     33.3      26.8      27.3  

Brokerage commissions

     16.0      13.6      12.2  
                      

Total wealth management income

     86.1      52.4      50.5  

Bank service charges

     127.7      93.1      93.9  

Merchant services income

     27.6      —        —    

Bank-owned life insurance

     8.3      10.5      9.1  

Net security gains (losses) (note 5)

     8.3      5.5      (27.2 )

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans (note 6)

     6.5      3.0      2.0  

Other non-interest income (notes 1 and 7)

     39.1      20.9      19.1  
                      

Total non-interest income

     303.6      185.4      147.4  
                      

Non-interest expense:

        

Compensation and benefits (notes 17 and 18)

     344.6      215.6      202.9  

Occupancy and equipment

     110.3      67.1      62.2  

Professional and outside service fees

     48.0      28.8      24.3  

Merchant services expense

     23.9      —        —    

Merger-related expenses (note 3)

     36.5      —        —    

Contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation (note 2)

     —        60.0      —    

Other non-interest expense (notes 3 and 7)

     143.0      67.8      57.5  
                      

Total non-interest expense

     706.3      439.3      346.9  
                      

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

     207.5      224.7      179.5  

Income tax expense (note 12)

     68.0      75.5      57.8  
                      

Income from continuing operations

     139.5      149.2      121.7  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax (note 23)

     —        1.5      2.3  
                      

Net income

   $ 139.5    $ 150.7    $ 124.0  
                      

Earnings per common share (note 15)

        

Basic:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.42    $ 0.52    $ 0.41  

Net income

     0.42      0.52      0.42  

Diluted:

        

Income from continuing operations

     0.42      0.52      0.40  

Net income

     0.42      0.52      0.41  
                      

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

(in millions, except per share data)

  Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Unallocated
ESOP
Common
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2005

  $ 141.6     $ 172.0     $ 998.4     $ —       $ (23.4 )   $ —       $ 1,288.6  

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

    —         —         124.0       —         —         —         124.0  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
(note 16)

    —         —         —         —         15.4       —         15.4  
                   

Total comprehensive income

                139.4  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.46 per share)

    —         —         (60.0 )     —         —         —         (60.0 )

Stock options and related tax benefits

    0.6       10.9       —         —         —         —         11.5  

Adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive loss upon adoption of SFAS No. 158 as of December 31, 2006 (note 17)

    —         —         —         —         (40.0 )     —         (40.0 )
                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2006

    142.2       182.9       1,062.4       —         (48.0 )     —         1,339.5  

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

    —         —         150.7       —         —         —         150.7  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
(note 16)

    —         —         —         —         29.4       —         29.4  
                   

Total comprehensive income

                180.1  

Exchange of common stock pursuant to second-step conversion (note 2)

    (59.0 )     59.0       —         —         —         —         —    

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock pursuant to second-step conversion (note 2)

    1.7       3,333.1       —         —         —         —         3,334.8  

Common stock issued and contributed to The People’s United Community Foundation
(note 2)

    —         40.0       —         —         —         —         40.0  

Cancellation of common stock owned by People’s Mutual Holdings (note 2)

    (82.0 )     82.0       —         —         —         —         —    

Capital contribution pursuant to dissolution of People’s Mutual Holdings (note 2)

    —         8.1       —         —         —         —         8.1  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.52 per share)

    —         —         (131.1 )     —         —         —         (131.1 )

Common stock repurchased

    —         —         —         (127.1 )     —         —         (127.1 )

Restricted stock awards

    —         (67.7 )     (1.5 )     75.3       —         —         6.1  

Purchase of common stock for ESOP (note 17)

    —         —         —         —         —         (216.8 )     (216.8 )

ESOP common stock committed to be released (note 17)

    —         —         (0.9 )     —         —         7.2       6.3  

Stock options and related tax benefits

    0.1       5.4       —         —         —         —         5.5  
                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2007

    3.0       3,642.8       1,079.6       (51.8 )     (18.6 )     (209.6 )     4,445.4  

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

    —         —         139.5       —         —         —         139.5  

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
(note 16)

    —         —         —         —         (55.8 )     —         (55.8 )
                   

Total comprehensive income

                83.7  

Common stock issued in the Chittenden Corporation acquisition, net of issuance costs (note 3)

    0.5       769.7       —         —         —         —         770.2  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.58 per share)

    —         —         (194.4 )     —         —         —         (194.4 )

Restricted stock awards

    —         29.6       (0.6 )     (6.1 )     —         —         22.9  

ESOP common stock committed to be released (note 17)

    —         —         (1.2 )     —         —         7.2       6.0  

Stock options and related tax benefits

    —         40.3       —         —         —         —         40.3  

Tax benefits related to dissolution of People’s

             

Mutual Holdings (note 2)

    —         2.7       —         —         —         —         2.7  

SFAS No. 158 effect of changing pension plan measurement date, net of tax (note 17)

    —         —         (0.3 )     —         (1.0 )     —         (1.3 )
                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 3.5     $ 4,485.1     $ 1,022.6     $ (57.9 )   $ (75.4 )   $ (202.4 )   $ 5,175.5  
                                                       

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008     2007     2006  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Net income

   $ 139.5     $ 150.7     $ 124.0  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         (1.5 )     (2.3 )
                        

Income from continuing operations

     139.5       149.2       121.7  

Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to net cash
provided by operating activities of continuing operations:

      

Provision for loan losses

     26.2       8.0       3.4  

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

     31.7       18.4       19.0  

Impairment loss on premises and equipment

     19.3       —         —    

Amortization of leased equipment

     8.3       6.1       3.3  

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     21.3       1.0       1.1  

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     (15.4 )     (5.7 )     33.8  

Net security (gains) losses

     (8.3 )     (5.5 )     27.2  

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans

     (6.5 )     (3.0 )     (2.0 )

ESOP common stock committed to be released

     6.0       6.3       —    

Expense related to share-based awards

     22.1       8.0       3.7  

Originations of loans held-for-sale

     (587.3 )     (383.8 )     (251.2 )

Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale

     535.3       335.3       197.6  

Net (increase) decrease in trading account securities

     (2.7 )     10.9       (2.3 )

Pension plan contributions

     (1.6 )     (1.1 )     (92.6 )

Contribution of common stock to The People’s United Community Foundation

     —         40.0       —    

Net changes in other assets and other liabilities

     48.2       (4.2 )     (2.9 )
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

     236.1       179.9       59.8  
                        

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

      

Net decrease (increase) in securities purchased under agreements to resell

     428.0       (428.0 )     24.7  

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

     645.5       5.4       1,648.0  

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available for sale

     1,610.6       101.2       223.4  

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities held to maturity

     0.5       0.5       0.3  

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (3,131.7 )     (96.5 )     (581.7 )

Proceeds from sales of loans

     53.2       4.9       12.5  

Net loan principal collections (disbursements)

     29.8       443.7       (580.7 )

Purchase of loans

     —         —         (188.2 )

Purchase of bank-owned life insurance

     (0.2 )     (0.5 )     (50.5 )

Return of premium on bank-owned life insurance

     1.4       0.5       0.9  

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (28.3 )     (38.4 )     (15.7 )

Purchases of leased equipment

     (22.6 )     (25.1 )     (21.2 )

Net cash paid in sale of branches

     (20.7 )     —         —    

Cash paid, net of cash acquired, in acquisition of Chittenden Corporation

     (762.8 )     —         —    
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (1,197.3 )     (32.3 )     471.8  
                        

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

      

Net decrease in deposits

     (817.1 )     (202.0 )     —    

Net increase (decrease) in borrowings with terms of three months or less

     48.7       (4.1 )     (290.8 )

Repayments of borrowings with terms of more than three months

     (4.7 )     —         —    

Cash dividends paid on common stock

     (194.4 )     (131.1 )     (60.0 )

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock pursuant to second-step conversion

     —         3,334.8       —    

Capital contribution pusuant to dissolution of People’s Mutual Holdings

     —         8.1       —    

Purchase of common stock for ESOP

     —         (216.8 )     —    

Common stock repurchased

     —         (127.1 )     —    

Proceeds from stock options exercised, including excess income tax benefits

     28.4       4.6       5.6  

Repayments of subordinated notes

     —         —         (43.5 )
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (939.1 )     2,666.4       (388.7 )
                        

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:

      

Operating activities

     —         1.5       2.3  
                        

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

     —         1.5       2.3  
                        

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,900.3 )     2,815.5       145.2  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     3,384.2       568.7       423.5  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 1,483.9     $ 3,384.2     $ 568.7  
                        

Supplemental Information:

      

Interest payments

   $ 271.4     $ 220.2     $ 200.0  

Income tax payments

     82.2       82.2       42.5  

Real estate properties acquired by foreclosure

     7.6       6.9       0.4  
                        

The fair values of non-cash assets acquired, excluding goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles, and liabilities assumed in the Chittenden Corporation acquisition on January 1, 2008 were $6.8 billion and $6.7 billion, respectively. Common stock and additional paid-in capital (net of issuance costs) increased by $770.2 million as a result of the acquisition.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

People’s United Financial, Inc. is a Delaware corporation and the holding company for People’s United Bank. On April 16, 2007, People’s United Financial, People’s United Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings completed their second-step conversion from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. See Note 2 for a further discussion of the second-step conversion. People’s United Financial had not engaged in any business through March 31, 2007; accordingly, the financial information for periods prior to March 31, 2007 is that of People’s United Bank. On June 6, 2007, People’s Bank changed its name to People’s United Bank. The name “People’s United Bank” is used to refer to the Bank both before and after the name change.

On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Chittenden Corporation, a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Burlington, Vermont. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and accordingly, Chittenden’s assets and liabilities were recorded by People’s United Financial at their estimated fair values as of that date. Financial data for periods prior to the acquisition date do not include the results of Chittenden. See Note 3 for a further discussion of the acquisition.

The principal business of People’s United Financial is to provide, through People’s United Bank and its subsidiaries, commercial banking, retail and small business banking, and wealth management services to individual, corporate and municipal customers. People’s United Bank, which is a federally-chartered stock savings bank, provides a full range of traditional banking services, including accepting deposits and originating loans, as well as specialized financial services through its non-bank subsidiaries, including: brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance through People’s Securities, Inc. and Chittenden Securities, LLC; equipment financing through People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. (“PCLC”); and other insurance services through R.C. Knox and Company, Inc. and Chittenden Insurance Group, LLC. People’s United Financial’s overall financial results are particularly dependent on economic conditions in New England, which is its primary market, although economic conditions elsewhere in the United States affect its equipment financing and national lending businesses. Deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).

People’s United Financial is a savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act. As such, People’s United Financial is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) and subject to OTS examination, supervision and reporting requirements. Under its federal charter People’s United Bank is regulated by the OTS.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include the accounts of People’s United Financial and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from management’s current estimates, as a result of changing conditions and future events. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in these significant estimates. Several accounting estimates are particularly critical and are susceptible to significant near-term change, including the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of derivative financial instruments, and asset impairment judgments, such as other-than-temporary declines in the value of securities and the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets. These significant accounting policies and critical estimates, which are included in the

 

F-8


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

discussion below, are reviewed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The judgments used by management in applying these critical accounting policies may be affected by a further and prolonged deterioration in the economic environment, which may result in changes to future financial results. For example, subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods, and the inability to collect outstanding principal may result in increased loan losses.

For purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, cash equivalents include highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less (determined as of the date of purchase), including interest-earning deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank, government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) debt securities, federal funds sold, commercial paper and money market mutual funds. These instruments are reported as short-term investments in the Consolidated Statements of Condition at cost or amortized cost, which approximates fair value. GSE debt securities carry the implicit backing of the U.S. government but are not direct obligations of the U.S. government.

Securities

Marketable equity and debt securities (other than those reported as short-term investments) are classified as either trading account securities, held to maturity securities (applicable only to debt securities) or available for sale securities. Management determines the classification of a security at the time of its purchase.

Securities purchased for sale in the near term as well as those held by People’s Securities and Chittenden Securities (in accordance with the requirements for a broker-dealer) are classified as trading account securities and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in non-interest income.

Debt securities for which People’s United Financial has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity securities and reported at amortized cost. All other securities are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported on an after-tax basis in stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted to interest income for debt securities, using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for the effect of actual prepayments in the case of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and other asset-backed securities.

People’s United Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Boston, is currently required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Boston in an amount equal to its membership base investment plus an activity based investment determined according to the company’s level of outstanding FHLB advances. FHLB stock is a non-marketable equity security and is, therefore, reported at cost, which equals par value. As with other investment securities, the investment in FHLB stock is periodically evaluated for impairment based on, among other things, the capital adequacy of the FHLB and its overall financial condition. No impairment losses have been recorded through December 31, 2008.

Security transactions are generally recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and reported in non-interest income.

Management conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the decline in fair value of any security is deemed to be other than temporary. If the decline is deemed to be other than temporary, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss is reported in non-interest income. The factors considered by management in its periodic review include, but are not limited to: the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; the ratings of the security; whether the decline in fair value appears to be issuer specific or, alternatively, a reflection of general market or industry conditions; and People’s United Financial’s intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in fair value.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Securities Resale Agreements

In securities resale agreements, a counterparty transfers securities to People’s United Financial under an agreement to resell the same or substantially the same securities at a fixed price in the future. These agreements are accounted for as a secured lending transaction since the counterparty maintains effective control over the transferred securities and the transfer meets the other criteria for such accounting. The transferred securities are pledged by the counterparty as collateral and People’s United Financial has the right by contract to sell or repledge that collateral provided the same or substantially the same collateral and related interest, if any, is transferred to the counterparty upon maturity of the underlying agreement. The fair value of the pledged collateral approximates the recorded amount of the secured loan. Decreases in the fair value of the transferred securities below an established threshold require the counterparty to provide additional collateral.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate, considering the effect of forward sales commitments, with any adjustment for net unrealized losses reported in non-interest income. All other loans are reported at amortized cost less the allowance for loan losses. Management identifies and designates as loans held for sale all newly originated adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that meet certain secondary market requirements, as these loans are originated with the intent to sell. From time to time, management identifies and designates certain adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans held in the loan portfolio for sale, and, accordingly, these loans are transferred to loans held for sale.

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance when realized.

Management maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is deemed adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: People’s United Financial’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate, commercial and PCLC loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial’s independent loan review function; an evaluation of delinquent and non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions. While management seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, the identification of additional problem loans and other factors.

The allowance for loan losses consists of amounts determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” and SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” In applying SFAS No. 5, management considers the factors listed in the preceding paragraph in order to estimate a loss allowance for (i) each homogeneous pool of smaller balance loans (residential mortgage and consumer loans) that are evaluated on a collective basis, and (ii) commercial real estate and commercial loans that are not subjected to an individual evaluation for impairment under SFAS No. 114. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that People’s United Financial will be unable to collect all principal and interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan. People’s United Financial applies SFAS No. 114 to loans that are individually evaluated for collectibility in accordance with its normal loan review procedures. Under SFAS No. 114, if the measurement of an impaired loan is less than its recorded investment, an impairment loss is recognized as part of the allowance for loan losses.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Interest and Fees on Loans

Interest on loans is accrued to income monthly based on outstanding principal balances. Generally, a loan is classified as non-accrual when it becomes 90 days past due as to interest or principal payments. However, a loan may be placed on non-accrual status earlier if such loan has been identified as presenting uncertainty with respect to the collectibility of interest and principal. A loan past due 90 days or more may remain on accruing status if such loan is both well secured and in the process of collection.

All previously accrued but unpaid interest on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income in the current period. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans (including impaired loans) are generally applied as a reduction of principal if future collections are doubtful, although such interest payments may be recognized as income. A loan remains on non-accrual status until the factors that indicated doubtful collectibility no longer exist or until a loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged off against the allowance for loan losses.

Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net fee or cost is recognized in interest income as an adjustment of yield. Depending on the loan portfolio, deferred amounts are amortized using either the actual life or the estimated average life of the loan.

Wealth Management and Other Fee-Based Revenues

Investment management fees are accrued when earned based on total assets under custody and management, which are not reported as assets of People’s United Financial. Insurance revenue represents commissions earned solely from performing broker- and agency-related services. Insurance commission revenues related to agency-billed policies are recognized at the later of the policy billing date or the policy effective date. Insurance commission revenues on premiums directly billed by insurance carriers are generally recognized as revenue during the period commissions are paid by the insurance carrier. Brokerage commissions are recognized on a trade-date basis. Bank service charges are recorded when earned.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents the cash surrender value of life insurance policies purchased on the lives of certain management-level employees. BOLI funds are invested in separate accounts and are supported by a stable wrap agreement to fully insulate the underlying investments against changes in fair value. Increases in the cash surrender value of these policies and death benefits in excess of the related invested premiums are included in non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The company’s BOLI policies have been underwritten by highly-rated third party insurance carriers and the investments underlying these policies are deemed to be of low-to-moderate market risk.

On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial adopted the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue Nos. 06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements,” and 06-10, “Accounting for Collateral Assignment Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements.” EITF 06-4 requires recognition of a liability and related compensation expense for endorsement split-dollar life insurance policies that provide a benefit to an employee that extends into postretirement periods. EITF 06-10 requires that a liability be recognized for a postretirement benefit obligation associated with a collateral assignment arrangement, if, on the basis of the substantive agreement with the employee, the employer has agreed to (i) maintain a life insurance policy during the postretirement period or (ii) provide a death benefit. Adoption of EITF Issue Nos. 06-4 and 06-10 did not have a significant impact on the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are reported at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, except for land, which is reported at cost. Buildings, data processing and other equipment, computer software, furniture and fixtures are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term, the estimated useful life of the improvements or 10 years. Capitalized software development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software. The estimated useful lives are as follows: buildings—40 years; data processing and other equipment—3 to 5 years; computer software—3 to 5 years; and furniture and fixtures—10 years.

Goodwill and Other Acquisition-Related Intangibles

SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” requires, among other things, use of the purchase method to account for all business combinations and specifies criteria that acquired intangible assets must meet in order to be recognized and reported separately from goodwill. The assets and liabilities of an acquired company are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets are recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the acquisition cost over the fair value of the tangible net assets acquired. “Other acquisition-related intangibles” are separately identified, where appropriate, for assets such as trade names and the estimated values of acquired core deposits and/or customer relationships. Trade names recognized by People’s United Financial are deemed to have indefinite useful lives and, accordingly, are not amortized. Core deposit intangibles are amortized over 10 years on an accelerated basis that reflects the manner in which the related benefit attributable to the acquired deposits will be recognized. Customer relationship intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis (approximating the manner in which the benefit is realized) over the estimated remaining average life of those relationships (ranging from 7 to 15 years from the respective acquisition dates). The remaining intangible asset is classified as goodwill.

SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires that goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets be reviewed for impairment at least annually, with impairment losses charged to expense when they occur. Acquisition-related intangible assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are periodically reviewed by management to assess recoverability. Impairment losses on other acquisition-related intangibles are recognized as a charge to expense if carrying amounts exceed fair values.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. The test is performed as of an annual impairment testing date or more frequently if a triggering event indicates that impairment may have occurred. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step (“Step 1”) is used to identify potential impairment, and involves comparing each reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not deemed to be impaired. Should the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceed its estimated fair value, an indicator of potential impairment is deemed to exist and a second step is performed to measure the amount of such impairment, if any.

The second step (“Step 2”) involves calculating the implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which impairment was indicated in Step 1. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how the amount of goodwill is determined in a business combination (i.e. by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in Step 1, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles applicable to that reporting unit as of the impairment testing date). If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, no impairment exists. If the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to such excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss (write-down) establishes a new carrying amount for the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted.

People’s United Financial uses a present-value measurement technique (discounted cash flow analysis) to estimate the fair value of its reporting units. This analysis is based on significant assumptions and judgments including (i) future growth rates and (ii) discount rates reflecting management’s assessment of market participant views of the risks associated with the projected cash flows of the reporting units. Differences in the identification of reporting units or in the selection of valuation techniques and related assumptions could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment.

For the purpose of goodwill impairment testing, management has identified reporting units based upon geographical composition within each of the following business segments: Commercial Banking, Retail Banking and Small Business, and Wealth Management. People’s United Financial performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2008 and determined that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its respective carrying amount. As a result, no impairment loss was recognized in 2008.

Real Estate Owned

Real estate owned (“REO”) properties acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure are recorded initially at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less costs to sell. Any write-down of the recorded investment in the related loan is charged to the allowance for loan losses upon transfer to REO. Thereafter, an allowance for REO losses is established for any further declines in the property’s value. This allowance is increased by provisions charged to income and decreased by charge-offs for realized losses. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an analysis of individual properties, as well as a general assessment of current real estate market conditions.

Securities Repurchase Agreements

In securities repurchase agreements, People’s United Financial transfers securities to a counterparty under an agreement to repurchase the same or substantially the same securities at a fixed price in the future. These agreements are accounted for as a secured financing transaction since People’s United Financial maintains effective control over the transferred securities and the transfer meets the other criteria for such accounting. The transferred securities are pledged by People’s United Financial as collateral and the counterparty has the right by contract to sell or repledge that collateral provided the same or substantially the same collateral and related interest, if any, is returned by the counterparty upon maturity of the underlying agreement.

Income Taxes

FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB No. 109” (“FIN 48”), specifies the criteria that an individual tax position must satisfy for some or all of the benefits of that position to be recognized in a company’s financial statements. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not, and a measurement attribute for all tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return, in order for those tax positions to be recognized in the financial statements.

Deferred taxes are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to “temporary differences” and tax loss carryforwards. Temporary differences are differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. A deferred tax liability is recognized for all temporary differences that will result in future taxable income. A deferred tax asset is recognized for all temporary differences that will result in future tax deductions and for all tax loss carryforwards, subject to reduction of the asset by a valuation allowance in certain circumstances. This valuation allowance is recognized if, based on an

 

F-13


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

analysis of available evidence, management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance is subject to ongoing adjustment based on changes in circumstances that affect management’s judgment about the realizability of the deferred tax asset.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to future taxable income. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax laws or rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date of the change. Tax benefits attributable to deductions arising from the exercise of non-statutory stock options are credited to additional paid-in capital.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock (such as stock options) were exercised or converted into additional common shares that would then share in the earnings of the entity. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year, plus an incremental number of common-equivalent shares computed using the treasury stock method.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

People’s United Financial uses derivatives primarily for market risk management purposes (principally interest rate risk). Certain other derivatives are entered into in connection with transactions with commercial customers. Derivatives are not used for speculative purposes.

All derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities and are measured at fair value. Until such time that a derivative is settled, favorable changes in fair values result in unrealized gains that are recognized as assets, while unfavorable changes result in unrealized losses that are recognized as liabilities. People’s United Financial applies hedge accounting to its derivatives used for market risk management purposes. The hedge accounting methods depend on whether the derivative instrument is classified as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. Hedge accounting is permitted only if specific criteria are met, including a requirement that a highly effective relationship exist between the derivative instrument and the hedged item, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis. Changes in the fair value of effective fair value hedges are recognized in current earnings. Changes in the fair value of effective cash flow hedges are recognized in other comprehensive income or loss until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. Ineffective portions of hedge results are recognized in current earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives for which hedge accounting is not applied are recognized in current earnings.

People’s United Financial formally documents at inception all relationships between the derivative instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as hedges to specific assets and liabilities, or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. People’s United Financial also formally assesses, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective or has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, People’s United Financial would discontinue hedge accounting prospectively. Gains or losses resulting from the termination of a derivative accounted for as a cash flow hedge generally remain in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss and are amortized to earnings over the remaining period of the former hedging relationship.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

People’s United Financial uses the dollar offset method, regression analysis and scenario analysis to assess hedge effectiveness at inception and on an ongoing basis. Such methods are chosen based on the nature of the hedge strategy and are used consistently throughout the life of the hedging relationship.

Interest rate-lock commitments extended to borrowers relate to the origination of residential mortgage loans. To mitigate the interest rate risk inherent in these commitments, People’s United Financial enters into mandatory delivery and best efforts contracts to sell adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans (servicing released). Forward commitments to sell and interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans are considered derivatives and their respective estimated fair values are adjusted based on changes in interest rates and, prior to January 1, 2008, excluded the value of mortgage servicing rights. On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial adopted the provisions of Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, “Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value through Earnings” (“SAB No. 109”), which requires that the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan be included in the measurement of all written loan commitments accounted for at fair value through earnings. Adoption of SAB No. 109 did not have a significant impact on the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair Value Measurements

Effective January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” for (i) all financial instruments and (ii) non-financial instruments accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis, if any. FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” deferred, until January 1, 2009, the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for non-financial instruments that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a non-recurring basis. Accordingly, the fair value measurement and disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 157 will not apply to People’s United Financial for the following valuation measures until 2009: (i) goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets; (ii) real estate acquired by foreclosure; and (iii) other long-lived assets.

FSP FAS 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active,” was issued in October 2008 to clarify the application of SFAS No. 157 in a market that is not active and to illustrate how an entity, such as People’s United Financial, would determine fair value when the market for a financial asset is not active. FSP FAS 157-3 did not change the fair value measurement objective of SFAS No. 157, as described below, and was effective for relevant fair value measurements on or after September 30, 2008. FSP FAS 157-3 did not affect the company’s fair value measurements under SFAS No. 157.

SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a new framework for measuring fair value, and expands related disclosures. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are to be applied whenever other standards require (or permit) assets and liabilities to be measured at fair value, but does not require the use of fair value measurements in any new circumstances.

Broadly, the SFAS No. 157 framework defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Accordingly, SFAS No. 157 requires an “exit price” approach to value. In support of this principle, SFAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value, requiring entities to maximize the use of market or observable inputs (as more reliable measures) and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs generally require significant management judgment. The three levels within the SFAS No. 157 fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

   

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access at the measurement date (such as active exchange-traded equity securities and most U.S. and government agency debt securities).

 

F-15


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

   

Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as:

 

   

quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets (such as U.S. agency and GSE-issued mortgage-backed securities);

 

   

quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets (such as corporate and municipal bonds that trade infrequently); and

 

   

other inputs that (i) are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability (e.g. interest rates, yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, etc.) or (ii) can be corroborated by observable market data (such as interest rate and currency derivatives and certain other securities).

 

   

Level 3—Valuation techniques that require unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and are significant to the fair value measurement of the asset or liability (such as pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that typically reflect management’s own estimates of the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability).

People’s United Financial maintains policies and procedures to value assets and liabilities using the most relevant data available. Described below are the valuation methodologies used by People’s United Financial and the resulting fair value measurement of those financial instruments reported at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis.

Investments in Debt and Equity Securities

When available, People’s United Financial uses quoted market prices received from a third party nationally recognized pricing service, to determine the fair value of investment securities such as U.S. Treasury and agency securities. Accordingly, such instruments are included in Level 1. When quoted market prices for identical securities are unavailable, People’s United Financial uses prices provided by the independent pricing service based on recent trading activity and other observable information including, but not limited to, market interest rate curves, referenced credit spreads and estimated prepayment rates where applicable. These investments include corporate and municipal debt securities, and government agency-issued mortgage-backed securities, all of which are included in Level 2. With respect to mortgage-backed securities, People’s United Financial holds GNMA residential mortgage-backed securities with a fair value of $333 million at December 31, 2008. While these securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government and, as a result, present no credit risk, they have been classified as Level 2 assets due to the method used in determining their fair value. The remaining residential mortgage-backed securities held by Peoples’s United Financial have been issued by GSEs and are also included in Level 2.

Derivatives

People’s United Financial values its derivatives portfolio using internal models that are based on market observable inputs including interest rate curves and forward/spot prices for selected currencies. Derivative assets and liabilities included in Level 2 represent interest rate floors, interest rate swaps, foreign currency forward contracts, interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans, and forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans.

Loans

Loans Held for Sale —Residential mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value and are therefore measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. When available, People’s United Financial uses observable secondary market data, including pricing on recent closed market transactions for loans with similar characteristics. Accordingly, such loans are classified as Level 2 measurements. When observable data is unavailable, valuation methodologies using current market interest rate data adjusted for inherent credit risk are used, and such loans are included in Level 3. At December 31, 2008, residential mortgage loans held for

 

F-16


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

sale totaling $6.1 million were recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Condition. No fair value adjustments were recorded for residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Impaired Loans —In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 114, loan impairment is deemed to exist when full repayment of principal and interest according to the contractual terms of the loan is no longer probable. Under SFAS No. 114, impaired loans are reported based on one of three measures: the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; the loan’s observable market price; or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Accordingly, certain impaired loans may be subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis. People’s United Financial has estimated the fair values of these assets using Level 3 inputs, such as the fair value of collateral based on independent third-party appraisals for collateral-dependent loans. At December 31, 2008, loans deemed to be impaired under SFAS No. 114 and subject to fair value measurement under SFAS No. 157 totaled $33.0 million. Related impairment charges totaled $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the servicing rights as compared to their amortized cost. The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated net servicing income. This model incorporates certain assumptions that market participants would likely use in estimating future net servicing income, such as interest rates, prepayment speeds and the cost to service (including delinquency and foreclosure costs), all of which require a degree of management judgment. Adjustments are only recorded when the discounted cash flows derived from the valuation model are less than the carrying value of the asset. As such, mortgage servicing rights are subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis and, when applicable, are classified as Level 3 assets. In the fourth quarter of 2008, People’s United Financial sold approximately $12.0 million of mortgage servicing rights and recorded a gain on sale of $2.6 million that is included in other non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. At December 31, 2008, remaining mortgage servicing rights totaled $0.8 million. Impairment charges related to mortgage servicing rights totaled $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The following table summarizes People’s United Financial’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2008:

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using

(in millions)

   Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total

Assets:

           

Trading account securities

   $ 21.4    $ —      $ —      $ 21.4

Securities available for sale

     1,472.1      376.2      —        1,848.3

Interest rate floors

     —        46.3      —        46.3

Interest rate swaps

     —        7.3      —        7.3

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     —        0.5      —        0.5
                           

Total

   $ 1,493.5    $ 430.3    $ —      $ 1,923.8
                           

Liabilities:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ —      $ 7.7    $ —      $ 7.7

Foreign currency contracts

     —        0.5      —        0.5

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     —        0.5      —        0.5
                           

Total

   $ —      $ 8.7    $ —      $ 8.7
                           

 

F-17


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Also effective January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” which permits entities, at their option, to choose to report many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. As of December 31, 2008, People’s United Financial has not elected the SFAS No. 159 fair value option for any eligible items.

Stock-Based Compensation

People’s United Financial’s stock-based compensation plans provide for awards of stock options and restricted stock to directors, officers and employees (see Note 18). SFAS No. 123 (R), “Share-Based Payment,” requires that costs resulting from the issuance of such share-based payment awards be recognized in the financial statements based on the grant date fair value of the award. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.

Accounting Standards

In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued SFAS No. 141 (R), “Business Combinations (Revised 2007),” which replaces SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and applies to all transactions and other events in which one entity obtains control over one or more other businesses. SFAS No. 141 (R) requires an acquirer, upon initially obtaining control of another entity, to recognize the assets, liabilities and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, if any, at fair value as of the acquisition date. Contingent consideration, if any, is required to be recognized and measured at fair value on the date of acquisition rather than at a later date when the amount of that consideration may be determinable beyond a reasonable doubt. This fair value approach replaces the cost-allocation process required under SFAS No. 141, whereby the cost of an acquisition was allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value.

In addition, SFAS No. 141 (R) requires (i) that acquisition-related transaction costs be expensed as incurred rather than allocating such costs to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as was previously the case under SFAS No. 141, (ii) that the requirements of SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” be met in order to accrue for a restructuring plan in purchase accounting, and (iii) that certain pre-acquisition contingencies be recognized at fair value. SFAS No. 141 (R), which is effective for People’s United Financial on January 1, 2009, is expected to have a significant impact on its accounting for business combinations closing after that date.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51.” SFAS No. 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” to establish accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary, which is sometimes referred to as minority interest, is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as a component of equity in the consolidated financial statements. Among other requirements, SFAS No. 160 requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the non-controlling interest. It also requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated income statement, of the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interest. SFAS No. 160 is effective for People’s United Financial on January 1, 2009 and is not expected to have a significant impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133.” SFAS No. 161 changes the disclosure requirements for

 

F-18


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

derivative instruments and hedging activities and specifically requires (i) qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, (ii) quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of, and gains and losses on, derivative instruments, and (iii) disclosures about credit risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. The provisions of SFAS No. 161 are effective for interim and annual financial statements issued beginning with the first quarter of 2009.

In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP 142-3”), which amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” The intent of FSP 142-3 is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS No. 141 (R) and other U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. FSP 142-3 is effective for People’s United Financial on a prospective basis beginning January 1, 2009 and is not expected to have a significant impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions are Participating Securities” (“FSP 03-6-1”), which requires unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) to be considered participating securities, as defined in EITF 03-6, “Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128.” Accordingly, such awards are treated as a separate class of common stock and included in the basic earnings per share calculation. The provisions of FSP 03-6-1, including a requirement to restate prior period earnings per share data, are effective for People’s United Financial beginning January 1, 2009. FSP 03-6-1 is not expected to have a material impact on the company’s computation of earnings per share.

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 132 (R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits” (“FSP 132 (R)-1”), to provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. In particular, FSP 132 (R)-1 requires that employers disclose the following with respect to such plans: (i) how investment allocation decisions are made; (ii) the major categories of plan assets, including concentrations of risk and related fair value measurements; and (iii) the fair value techniques and pertinent inputs used to determine the fair value of plan assets. The provisions of FSP 132 (R)-1 are effective for People’s United Financial on a prospective basis beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009.

In February 2009, the FASB issued Proposed FSP FAS 107-b and APB 28-a, “Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (the “Proposed FSP”), to require disclosure of the fair values of financial instruments in interim financial statements as well as in annual financial statements. The Proposed FSP, if approved, would be effective, on a prospective basis, for interim and annual reporting periods ending after March 15, 2009 (March 31, 2009 for People’s United Financial).

NOTE 2—Second-Step Conversion

 

On April 16, 2007, People’s United Financial, Inc., People’s United Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings completed their second-step conversion from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. People’s Mutual Holdings merged with and into People’s United Bank, with People’s United Bank as the surviving entity, and People’s United Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial, Inc. The dissolution of People’s Mutual Holdings resulted in credits to additional paid-in capital of (i) $8.1 million at the merger date, and (ii) $2.7 million in 2008 related to People’s Mutual Holdings’ tax net operating loss carryforwards utilized by People’s United Financial upon filing its 2007 federal income tax return.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

People’s United Financial sold 172.2 million shares of common stock in a public offering at a price of $20 per share. Net proceeds from the stock offering totaled approximately $3.33 billion, after deducting approximately $110 million in offering costs. People’s United Financial also exchanged 2.1 shares of its common stock for each share of People’s United Bank common stock outstanding, except for those shares owned by People’s Mutual Holdings.

Additionally, in connection with the second-step conversion, People’s United Financial contributed 2.0 million shares of its common stock, with a fair market value of $40 million, and $20 million in cash to The People’s United Community Foundation (included in non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income).

NOTE 3—Acquisition of Chittenden Corporation

 

On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Chittenden Corporation (“Chittenden”), a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Burlington, Vermont. At December 31, 2007, Chittenden had total assets of $7.4 billion, total loans of $5.7 billion, total deposits of $6.2 billion and 140 branches.

The six Chittenden banks (together the “Subsidiary Banks”), which continue to do business under their existing names as divisions of People’s United Bank, are: Chittenden Trust Company based in Burlington, Vermont; Flagship Bank and Trust Company based in Worcester, Massachusetts; Maine Bank & Trust Company based in Portland, Maine; Merrill Merchants Bank based in Bangor, Maine; Ocean Bank based in Portsmouth, New Hampshire; and The Bank of Western Massachusetts based in Springfield, Massachusetts.

Total consideration paid in the Chittenden acquisition of $1.8 billion consisted of approximately $1.0 billion in cash and 44.3 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock with a fair value of approximately $0.8 billion. Cash consideration was paid at the rate of $35.636 per share of Chittenden common stock and stock consideration was paid at the rate of 2.0457 shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of Chittenden common stock. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and accordingly, Chittenden’s assets and liabilities were recorded by People’s United Financial at their estimated fair values as of January 1, 2008. Financial data for periods prior to the acquisition date do not include the results of Chittenden.

Merger-related charges totaling $41.0 million were recorded in the first quarter of 2008. Included in this amount was a $4.5 million charge to the provision for loan losses to align allowance for loan losses methodologies across the combined organization. In addition, non-interest expense included $36.5 million of merger-related expenses, including asset impairment charges ($19.3 million), costs relating to severance and branch closings ($10.5 million), and other accrued liabilities ($6.7 million). During the process of the company’s business integration of the Subsidiary Banks, and as a part of its strategic planning for possible future acquisitions, People’s United Financial undertook a comprehensive review of its options relating to technology strategy. This re-assessment resulted in a determination by management that in order to achieve its acquisition integration goals, the company should discontinue its Connecticut core deposit system replacement project. As a result of this determination, People’s United Financial recorded the aforementioned asset impairment charge, principally representing a write-off of the capitalized costs associated with the replacement project.

The acquisition cost has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair value at the date of acquisition. The excess of the acquisition cost over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The acquisition-date fair value of these assets and liabilities is summarized as follows:

 

(in millions)

    

Assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 300.5

Securities

     923.5

Loans, net

     5,598.5

Premises and equipment

     129.7

Goodwill

     1,160.2

Core deposit intangible

     124.1

Trade names

     122.7

Other intangibles

     46.1

Other assets

     149.1
      

Total assets

   $ 8,554.4
      

Liabilities:

  

Deposits

   $ 6,229.9

Borrowings

     143.9

Subordinated notes

     115.0

Other liabilities

     232.4
      

Total liabilities

   $ 6,721.2
      

Total acquisition cost

   $ 1,833.2
      

Net deferred tax liabilities totaling $135.4 million were established in connection with the recording of intangible assets (other than goodwill) and other purchase accounting adjustments.

As described in Note 1, the core deposit intangible and other intangibles will be amortized to expense over the respective periods to be benefitted. Acquired trade names are deemed to have indefinite useful lives and, accordingly, will not be amortized. Fair value adjustments to assets acquired and liabilities assumed will be amortized on a straight-line basis over periods consistent with the average life, useful life and/or contractual term of the related assets and liabilities. At December 31, 2008, other liabilities included $5.6 million of employee-related costs accrued in connection with the acquisition.

People’s United Financial applied the provisions of AICPA Statement of Position (“SOP”) 03-3, “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer,” in connection with the acquisition of Chittenden’s loan portfolio. Accordingly, acquired loans exhibiting evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination, such that all contractually required payments are unlikely of being collected, were recorded upon acquisition at their estimated net realizable value, without an allocated allowance for loan losses. Upon acquisition, loans within the scope of SOP 03-3 had an outstanding contractual balance of $9.2 million. As a result of repayments and charge-offs, the outstanding contractual balance of such loans decreased to $1.6 million at December 31, 2008. The amount of non-accretable discount applicable to these loans is not significant.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following table presents summarized unaudited pro forma selected financial information reflecting the acquisition of Chittenden assuming the acquisition was completed as of January 1, 2007:

 

(in millions, except per share data)

   Year ended
December 31, 2007

Net interest income

   $ 702.9

Provision for loan losses

     15.0

Total non-interest income

     281.2

Total non-interest expense

     697.0

Net income

     176.9

Diluted earnings per common share

     0.53
      

The unaudited pro forma selected financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial results of the combined companies that would have been reported had the acquisition actually been completed at the beginning of the period presented, nor does it indicate future results for any other period. Pro forma diluted earnings per common share was calculated using People’s United Financial’s actual weighted-average shares outstanding for the period presented, plus the incremental shares issued, assuming the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the period presented.

Intangible Assets

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are summarized as follows for the year ended December 31, 2008. There were no changes in goodwill during 2007.

 

     Business Segment     

(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
   Retail Banking
and
Small Business
   Wealth
Management
   Total

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 25.2    $ 61.3    $ 15.0    $ 101.5

Acquisition of Chittenden

     591.7      533.7      34.8      1,160.2
                           

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 616.9    $ 595.0    $ 49.8    $ 1,261.7
                           

The following is a summary of other acquisition-related intangibles as of December 31:

 

     2008    2007

(in millions)

   Gross
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Carrying
Amount
   Gross
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Carrying
Amount

Intangibles amortized:

                 

Core deposit intangible

   $ 124.1    $ 17.1    $ 107.0    $ —      $ —      $ —  

Trust relationships

     42.7      2.8      39.9      —        —        —  

Insurance relationships

     31.5      27.0      4.5      28.1      25.6      2.5
                                         
   $ 198.3    $ 46.9      151.4    $ 28.1    $ 25.6      2.5
                                 

Trade names (not amortized)

           122.7            —  
                         

Total acquisition-related intangibles

         $ 274.1          $ 2.5
                         

 

F-22


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Other acquisition-related intangible assets recorded in connection with the Chittenden acquisition totaled $292.9 million at January 1, 2008. Other acquisition-related intangible assets subject to amortization have an original weighted-average amortization period of 11 years. Amortization expense of other acquisition-related intangible assets subject to amortization totaled $21.3 million, $1.0 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows: $20.2 million in 2009; $18.5 million in 2010; $16.8 million in 2011; $15.5 million in 2012; and $14.9 million in 2013.

NOTE 4—Cash and Short-Term Investments

 

Reserves in the form of deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank and vault cash totaling $156.8 million and $151.4 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were maintained to satisfy federal regulatory requirements. These amounts are included in cash and due from banks in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

Short-term investments consist of the following cash equivalents:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007

Interest-earning deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank

   $ 759.6    $ —  

Federal funds sold

     208.9      2,034.2

GSE debt securities

     110.0      —  

Money market mutual funds

     54.2      1,040.9

Commercial paper

     —        12.9

Other

     6.1      —  
             

Total short-term investments

   $ 1,138.8    $ 3,088.0
             

At December 31, 2008, short-term investments included $110.0 million of GSE debt securities with maturities of 90 days or less. Given the short-term maturities of these securities, they are held to maturity and carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. These securities are an alternative to overnight federal funds sold and had a weighted average yield of 0.44% at December 31, 2008. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Federal Reserve began paying financial institutions, such as People’s United Bank, interest on both required reserves and excess cash balances on deposit at the Federal Reserve. These deposits are also an alternative to overnight federal funds sold and had a yield of 0.25% at December 31, 2008.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 5 – Securities

 

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of People’s United Financial’s securities are as follows:

 

As of December 31, 2008 (in millions)    Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value

Trading account securities

   $ 21.4      —        —      $ 21.4
                           

Securities available for sale:

           

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Treasury, agency and GSE

     1,469.2      2.9      —        1,472.1

U.S. agency and GSE mortgage-backed securities

     373.2      2.2      —        375.4

State and municipal

     0.3      —        —        0.3
                           

Total debt securities

     1,842.7      5.1      —        1,847.8

Equity securities

     0.5      —        —        0.5
                           

Total securities available for sale

     1,843.2      5.1      —        1,848.3
                           

Securities held to maturity

     0.9      —        —        0.9

FHLB stock

     31.1      —        —        31.1
                           

Total securities

   $ 1,896.6    $ 5.1    $ —      $ 1,901.7
                           
As of December 31, 2007 (in millions)    Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value

Trading account securities

   $ 18.7    $ —      $ —      $ 18.7
                           

Securities available for sale:

           

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Treasury, agency and GSE

     22.0      —        —        22.0

Equity securities

     0.5      0.2      —        0.7
                           

Total securities available for sale

     22.5      0.2      —        22.7
                           

Securities held to maturity

     0.6      —        —        0.6

FHLB stock

     19.5      —        —        19.5
                           

Total securities

   $ 61.3    $ 0.2    $ —      $ 61.5
                           

Securities available for sale and GSE debt securities classified as short-term investments, with a combined fair value of $622.1 million and $22.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were pledged as collateral for public deposits and for other purposes.

Dividend income on FHLB stock and equity securities available for sale totaled $1.3 million, $1.4 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following table is a summary of the amortized cost, fair value and fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) yield of debt securities. Information is based on remaining period to contractual maturity for categories other than mortgage-backed securities:

 

     Available for Sale     Held to Maturity  

As of December 31, 2008

(dollars in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   FTE
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   FTE
Yield
 

U.S. Treasury, agency and GSE:

                

Within 1 year

   $ 1,468.7    $ 1,471.6    2.15 %   $ —      $ —      —   %

After 1 but within 5 years

     0.5      0.5    3.17       —        —      —    
                                        

Total

     1,469.2      1,472.1    2.15       —        —      —    
                                        

State and municipal:

                

After 1 but within 5 years (1)

     —        —      4.26       —        —      —    

After 10 years

     0.3      0.3    6.08       —        —      —    
                                        

Total

     0.3      0.3    6.02       —        —      —    
                                        

Other:

                

Within 1 year

     —        —      —         0.6      0.6    4.71  

After 1 but within 5 years

     —        —      —         0.3      0.3    4.52  
                                        

Total

     —        —      —         0.9      0.9    4.65  
                                        

Total:

                

Within 1 year

     1,468.7      1,471.6    2.15       0.6      0.6    4.71  

After 1 but within 5 years

     0.5      0.5    3.19       0.3      0.3    4.52  

After 10 years

     0.3      0.3    6.08       —        —      —    
                                        

Total

     1,469.5      1,472.4    2.15       0.9      0.9    4.65  
                                        

U.S. agency and GSE mortgage-backed securities

     373.2      375.4    4.23       —        —      —    
                                        

Total debt securities

   $ 1,842.7    $ 1,847.8    2.57 %   $ 0.9    $ 0.9    4.65 %
                                        

 

(1) Represents amounts less than $50,000.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The components of net security gains (losses) are summarized below. Net gains on trading account securities included below totaled $0.1 million in each of the years presented.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008     2007    2006  

Equity securities:

       

Gains

   $ 7.0     $ 5.5    $ 0.2  

Losses

     —         —        —    
                       

Total equity securities

     7.0       5.5      0.2  
                       

Debt securities:

       

Gains

     1.8       —        0.1  

Losses

     (0.5 )     —        (27.5 )
                       

Total debt securities

     1.3       —        (27.4 )
                       

Net security gains (losses)

   $ 8.3     $ 5.5    $ (27.2 )
                       

In the first quarter of 2008, People’s United Financial recorded a cash gain of $5.6 million (included in equity security gains above) resulting from the mandatory redemption of a portion of its Class B Visa, Inc. shares as part of Visa’s initial public offering (“IPO”). People’s United Financial obtained its ownership in Visa shares as a result of its acquisition of Chittenden, which was a Visa member. In addition, People’s United Financial recorded a gain of $1.3 million (also included in equity security gains above) representing its proportionate share of the litigation reserve escrow account established by Visa in conjunction with its IPO.

People’s United Financial continues to own 206,671 Visa Class B shares at December 31, 2008. Each Class B share was convertible at that date into 0.62957 Class A shares, which are traded on the New York Stock Exchange. The conversion ratio will change if additional reserves are required to be established by Visa in order to settle outstanding litigation. The Class B shares carry a three-year lock-up provision and may not be converted or redeemed during that period. If, as of December 31, 2008, those shares could have been converted into Class A shares, they would have had a fair value of approximately $6.8 million. The Class B shares have a zero carrying amount for financial statement purposes and there is no unrealized gain recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income.

During 2006, People’s United Financial sold approximately $1.1 billion of debt securities as part of the restructuring of its balance sheet. Realized losses from these sales of $27.4 million are included in net security losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Of the 40 securities owned by People’s United Financial at December 31, 2008, eight securities classified as available for sale with a fair value of $0.3 million had continuous unrealized losses of less than 12 months totaling less than $50,000 at that date. Management reviews securities with unrealized losses on a regular basis in accordance with the impairment measurement and recognition guidance in SFAS No. 115, SAB No. 59, EITF 99-20, FSP EITF 99-20-1, and FSP FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1. Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held to maturity until they mature, at which time People’s United Financial expects to receive full value for the securities. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2008, management also had the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as available for sale for a period of time sufficient for a recovery of cost. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2008, management believes that all impairments within the securities portfolio are temporary in nature and, as such, no impairment loss has been recognized in People’s United Financial’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 6—Loans

 

The following table summarizes People’s United Financial’s loan portfolio:

 

     2008    2007

As of December 31 (in millions)

   Connecticut    Other    Total    Connecticut    Other    Total

Commercial real estate

   $ 1,417.8    $ 3,549.5    $ 4,967.3    $ 1,227.1    $ 658.5    $ 1,885.6

Commercial

     1,183.9      3,042.5      4,226.4      1,084.0      1,516.4      2,600.4

Residential mortgage

     2,156.8      987.8      3,144.6      2,929.9      283.0      3,212.9

Consumer

     1,383.5      843.9      2,227.4      1,239.4      11.4      1,250.8
                                         

Total loans

   $ 6,142.0    $ 8,423.7    $ 14,565.7    $ 6,480.4    $ 2,469.3    $ 8,949.7
                                         

People’s United Financial’s loan portfolio is primarily concentrated within the state of Connecticut with 42% and 72% of the total loan portfolio involving customers within the state at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As a result of People’s United Financial’s acquisition of Chittenden’s $5.7 billion loan portfolio, approximately 33% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2008 represents loans to customers located in Vermont, New Hampshire and Massachusetts. Substantially all (approximately 96% at both December 31, 2008 and 2007) of the equipment financing activities of PCLC, which is included in commercial, involves customers outside of New England. Approximately 38% of PCLC’s loans at December 31, 2008 were to customers located in California, Texas, Florida and Illinois. No other state exposure was greater than 5%. PCLC loans and leases totaled $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

At December 31, 2008, the residential mortgage loan portfolio included $1.4 billion of interest-only loans of which $135.3 million are stated income loans, compared to $1.8 billion and $158.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2007. People’s United Financial’s underwriting practices and credit review standards for such loans are generally consistent with those applied to other types of residential mortgage loan products. One-to-four family residential mortgage loans totaled $3.1 billion at both December 31, 2008 and 2007. People’s United Financial continues to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans.

Residential mortgage and commercial real estate loans include construction loans totaling $1.0 billion and $703.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, net of the unadvanced portion of such loans totaling $351.8 million and $556.4 million, respectively.

The consumer loan portfolio included $1.9 billion and $1.2 billion of home equity loans at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $224.8 million of indirect auto loans at December 31, 2008 (acquired in connection with the Chittenden acquisition).

Net deferred loan costs that are included in total loans and accounted for as interest yield adjustments totaled $35.2 million and $22.4 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Certain residential mortgage loans originated by People’s United Financial are sold without recourse in the secondary market. Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans totaled $6.5 million, $3.0 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Residential mortgage loans at December 31, 2008 and 2007 included loans held for sale (substantially all to be sold servicing released) of $6.1 million and $22.2 million, respectively, which approximate fair value.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following is a summary of activity in the allowance for loan losses:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008     2007     2006  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 72.7     $ 74.0     $ 75.0  
                        

Charge-offs:

      

Commercial

     (5.6 )     (7.0 )     (5.2 )

Consumer

     (3.7 )     (2.7 )     (3.4 )

Indirect auto

     (3.5 )     —         —    

Commercial real estate

     (3.4 )     —         —    

PCLC

     (1.5 )     (1.8 )     (0.6 )

Residential mortgage

     (1.5 )     —         (0.1 )
                        

Total charge-offs

     (19.2 )     (11.5 )     (9.3 )
                        

Recoveries:

      

Commercial

     1.3       0.3       0.4  

Consumer

     0.9       1.1       1.6  

Indirect auto

     1.2       —         —    

Commercial real estate

     0.2       0.1       2.5  

PCLC

     0.3       0.1       0.3  

Residential mortgage

     0.4       0.6       0.1  
                        

Total recoveries

     4.3       2.2       4.9  
                        

Net loan charge-offs

     (14.9 )     (9.3 )     (4.4 )

Provision for loan losses

     26.2       8.0       3.4  

Allowance recorded in the Chittenden acquisition

     73.5       —         —    
                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 157.5     $ 72.7     $ 74.0  
                        

The principal balances of non-accrual loans are summarized as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007    2006

Commercial real estate

   $ 29.8    $ 3.7    $ 0.2

Residential mortgage

     24.2      8.9      6.7

Commercial

     21.1      1.3      11.9

PCLC

     5.8      3.1      2.1

Consumer

     3.3      3.3      1.7

Indirect auto

     0.1      —        —  
                    

Total non-accrual loans (1)

   $ 84.3    $ 20.3    $ 22.6
                    

 

(1) Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing totaled $8.0 million at December 31, 2008 (none in prior periods).

If interest payments on all loans classified as non-accrual at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 had been made during the respective years in accordance with the loan agreements, interest income of $8.6 million, $2.3 million and $1.9 million would have been recognized on such loans for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Interest income actually recognized on non-accrual loans totaled $2.4 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

People’s United Financial’s impaired loans, as defined by SFAS No. 114, consist of certain non-accrual commercial real estate loans and commercial loans. The recorded investment in impaired loans was $56.6 million at December 31, 2008 and $24.0 million at December 31, 2007, with allowances for loan impairment measured

 

F-28


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

under SFAS No. 114 of $4.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively. These allowances are included in the overall allowance for loan losses. People’s United Financial’s average recorded investment in impaired commercial real estate loans and commercial loans was approximately $40.3 million, $19.1 million and $10.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Interest collections and income recognized on impaired loans totaled $1.6 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and was insignificant in 2006.

The recorded investment in accruing impaired restructured loans requiring an allowance for loan losses as defined by SFAS No. 114 totaled $0.5 million and $0.6 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, with no related allowance for loan losses at either date. People’s United Financial’s average recorded investment in accruing impaired restructured loans was approximately $0.6 million, $0.7 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to these debtors. The recognition of interest income on these accruing impaired loans is based upon an individual assessment of each loan; however, interest income is not accrued on a loan that is more than 90 days past due. Interest income recognized on these loans under the accrual method was insignificant for 2008, 2007 and 2006.

NOTE 7—Premises and Equipment

 

The components of premises and equipment are summarized below:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007

Land

   $ 38.6    $ 14.6

Buildings

     246.8      168.3

Leasehold improvements

     63.1      43.6

Furniture and equipment

     288.2      208.1
             

Total

     636.7      434.6

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     374.3      277.8
             

Total premises and equipment, net

   $ 262.4    $ 156.8
             

Depreciation and amortization expense included in occupancy and equipment in the Consolidated Statements of Income totaled $31.7 million, $18.4 million and $19.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, People’s United Financial sold a portion of its non-branch properties located in Bridgeport, Connecticut with a carrying amount of $9.0 million, and recognized a loss on sale of $0.8 million that is included in other non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Also in the fourth quarter, People’s United Financial sold two of its branch offices located in New Hampshire. Included in the sale were approximately $24.0 million in deposits and $1.4 million of fixed assets. People’s United Financial recorded a gain on sale of $1.4 million that is included in other non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 8—Other Assets

 

Selected components of other assets are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007

Leased equipment

   $ 60.4    $ 46.1

Accrued interest receivable

     55.7      41.9

Fair value of derivative financial instruments (note 21)

     54.1      27.8

Economic development investments (note 12)

     39.4      12.4

Receivables arising from securities brokerage and insurance businesses

     33.4      38.8

Other receivables (1)

     28.8      5.9

Other real estate owned and repossessed assets

     13.1      9.5

Pension benefits (note 17)

     10.5      107.8
             

 

(1) Includes $14.3 million at December 31, 2008, which represents a portion of the proceeds from the sale of mortgage servicing rights. See Note 1.

NOTE 9—Deposits

 

The following is an analysis of People’s United Financial’s total deposits by product type:

 

     2008     2007  

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
 

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 3,173.4    —   %   $ 2,166.1    —   %

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     6,214.7    1.01       3,008.9    1.44  
                          

Total

     9,388.1    0.67       5,175.0    0.84  
                          

Time deposits maturing:

          

Within 6 months

     2,147.1    2.60       2,432.7    4.66  

After 6 months but within 1 year

     2,266.1    3.35       1,033.6    4.56  

After 1 but within 2 years

     325.2    2.99       158.4    3.74  

After 2 but within 3 years

     63.8    3.46       37.0    3.54  

After 3 years

     79.1    3.71       43.9    4.03  
                          

Total

     4,881.3    3.00       3,705.6    4.57  
                          

Total deposits

   $ 14,269.4    1.47 %   $ 8,880.6    2.40 %
                          

Time deposits issued in amounts of $100,000 or more totaled $1.4 billion and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Non-interest-bearing deposit overdrafts totaling $15.3 million and $7.3 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, have been classified as loans.

Interest expense on deposits is summarized as follows:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007    2006

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

   $ 78.5    $ 47.5    $ 49.6

Time

     183.6      166.1      130.5
                    

Total interest expense

   $ 262.1    $ 213.6    $ 180.1
                    

 

F-30


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 10—Borrowings

 

People’s United Financial’s borrowings as of December 31, 2008 are as follows (none at December 31, 2007):

 

As of December 31, 2008 (dollars in millions)

   Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
 

Repurchase agreements maturing within 1 month

   $ 156.7    0.69 %
             

Fixed rate FHLB advances maturing:

     

After 1 but within 2 years

     8.3    3.93  

After 2 but within 3 years

     1.8    3.96  

After 5 years

     5.0    2.14  
             

Total FHLB advances

     15.1    3.34  
             

Other

     16.1    2.52  
             

Total borrowings

   $ 187.9    1.06 %
             

At December 31, 2008, People’s United Bank’s borrowing limit from FHLB of Boston and Federal Reserve Bank of New York advances, and repurchase agreements was $3.2 billion, based on the level of qualifying collateral available for these borrowing sources. In addition, People’s United Bank had unsecured borrowing capacity of $0.5 billion at that date. FHLB advances are secured by People’s United Bank’s investment in FHLB stock and by a blanket security agreement that requires People’s United Bank to maintain, as collateral, sufficient qualifying assets not otherwise pledged (principally single-family residential mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and loans, and commercial real estate loans).

Information concerning People’s United Financial’s borrowings is presented below:

 

As of and for the years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     2006  

Repurchase agreements:

      

Balance at year end

   $ 156.7     $ —       $ —    

Carrying amount of collateral securities at year end

     165.2       —         —    

Average outstanding during the year

     123.0       —         —    

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     167.4       —         —    

Average interest rate during the year

     1.72 %     —   %     —   %

FHLB advances:

      

Balance at year end

   $ 15.1     $ —       $ —    

Average outstanding during the year

     16.2       0.1       47.2  

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     20.2       0.8       155.0  

Average interest rate during the year

     5.16 %     5.04 %     5.15 %

Federal funds purchased:

      

Balance at year end

   $ —       $ —       $ 4.1  

Average outstanding during the year

     —         3.3       158.2  

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     —         9.7       277.9  

Average interest rate during the year

     —   %     5.23 %     4.78 %
                        

 

F-31


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Interest expense on borrowings consists of the following:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007    2006

Repurchase agreements

   $ 2.1    $ —      $ —  

FHLB advances

     0.8      —        2.4

Federal funds purchased

     —        0.2      7.6

Other

     0.6      —        —  
                    

Total interest expense

   $ 3.5    $ 0.2    $ 10.0
                    

NOTE 11—Subordinated Notes

 

Subordinated notes are summarized as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007

People’s United Financial:

     

5.80% fixed rate/floating rate subordinated notes due 2017

   $ 115.0    $ —  

People’s United Bank:

     

9.875% fixed rate subordinated notes due 2010

     65.5      65.4
             

Total subordinated notes

   $ 180.5    $ 65.4
             

People’s United Financial acquired the 5.80% subordinated notes in connection with the Chittenden acquisition. These subordinated notes, which were issued in February 2007, represent unsecured general obligations of People’s United Financial with interest payable semi-annually. The notes have a coupon of 5.80% for the first five years and convert to a variable rate in year six that is tied to the three month LIBOR plus 68.5 basis points. Beginning February 14, 2012, People’s United Financial has the option to redeem some or all of the notes.

The 9.875% subordinated notes represent unsecured general obligations of People’s United Bank with interest payable semi-annually; are subordinated to the claims of depositors and People’s United Bank’s other creditors; and are not redeemable prior to maturity without prior approval of the OTS. For regulatory capital purposes, the 9.875% subordinated notes qualify, up to certain limits, as supplementary (tier 2) capital for People’s United Bank’s total risk-based capital (see Note 14).

NOTE 12—Income Taxes

 

The following is a summary of total income tax expense:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007    2006

Income tax expense:

        

From continuing operations

   $ 68.0    $ 75.5    $ 57.8

From discontinued operations

     —        0.8      1.1
                    

Total income tax expense

   $ 68.0    $ 76.3    $ 58.9
                    

 

F-32


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The components of income tax expense applicable to pre-tax income from continuing operations are summarized in the following table. State income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 reflects People’s United Financial’s expanded geographic franchise following the acquisition of Chittenden. The income tax effects on the components of other comprehensive income (loss) are described in Note 16.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008     2007     2006

Current tax expense:

      

Federal

   $ 77.7     $ 81.1     $ 23.9

State

     5.7       0.1       0.1
                      

Total current tax expense

     83.4       81.2       24.0

Deferred tax (benefit) expense (1)

     (15.4 )     (5.7 )     33.8
                      

Total income tax expense

   $ 68.0     $ 75.5     $ 57.8
                      

 

(1) Includes the effect of (decreases) increases in the valuation allowance for state deferred tax assets of $(4.8) million, $4.0 million and $12.3 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The following is a reconciliation of expected income tax expense, computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%, to actual income tax expense from continuing operations:

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     2006  

Expected income tax expense

   $ 72.6     $ 78.7     $ 62.8  

State income tax, net of federal benefit

     3.7       0.1       0.1  

Federal income tax credits (1)

     (4.0 )     —         —    

Income from bank-owned life insurance

     (3.7 )     (3.7 )     (3.2 )

Tax-exempt interest and dividends received deduction

     (3.4 )     (0.4 )     (0.3 )

Other, net

     2.8       0.8       (1.6 )
                        

Actual income tax expense

   $ 68.0     $ 75.5     $ 57.8  
                        

Effective income tax rate

     32.8 %     33.6 %     32.2 %

 

(1) In connection with the acquisition of Chittenden, People’s United Financial acquired $25 million of limited partnership investments to develop and operate affordable housing units for lower income tenants throughout New England. The cost of these investments is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the related federal income tax credits are realized (generally ten years).

In 1998, People’s United Bank formed a passive investment company, People’s Mortgage Investment Company, in accordance with Connecticut tax laws, which permit transfers of mortgage loans to such subsidiaries on or after January 1, 1999. The related earnings of the subsidiary, and any dividends it pays to the parent, are not subject to Connecticut income tax. As a result of the exclusion of such earnings and dividends from Connecticut taxable income beginning in 1999, People’s United Bank has established a valuation allowance for the full amount of its Connecticut deferred tax asset attributable to net temporary differences and state net operating loss carryforwards. Connecticut tax net operating loss carryforwards totaled $1.2 billion at December 31, 2008 and expire between 2020 and 2028.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to People’s United Financial’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008     2007  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses and non-accrual interest

   $ 63.7     $ 29.8  

State tax net operating loss carryforwards, net of federal tax effect

     59.4       53.9  

Charitable contribution carryforward

     6.9       12.7  

Leasing activities

     12.7       7.1  

Equity-based compensation

     11.0       4.3  

Pension and other postretirement benefits

     9.1       —    

Other deductible temporary differences

     19.2       13.1  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     182.0       120.9  

Less valuation allowance for state deferred tax assets

     (47.1 )     (51.9 )
                

Total deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance

     134.9       69.0  
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Acquisition-related deferred tax liabilities

     (133.4 )     —    

Tax over book depreciation

     (52.9 )     (26.3 )

Pension and other postretirement benefits

     —         (30.8 )

Book over tax income recognized on consumer loans

     (5.5 )     (6.3 )

Mark-to-market and original issue discounts for tax purposes

     (6.1 )     (5.9 )

Other taxable temporary differences

     (26.4 )     (13.9 )
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (224.3 )     (83.2 )
                

Net deferred tax liability (included in other liabilities)

   $ (89.4 )   $ (14.2 )
                

Based on People’s United Financial’s recent historical and anticipated future pre-tax earnings and the reversal of taxable temporary differences, management believes it is more likely than not that People’s United Financial will realize its total deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance.

People’s United Financial adopted the provisions of FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007. As of the date of adoption, People’s United Financial’s unrecognized income tax benefits totaled $1.0 million.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized income tax benefits is as follows:

 

(in millions)

   2008     2007

Balance at January 1

   $ 1.4     $ 1.0

Unrecognized benefits recorded in the Chittenden acquisition

     1.7       —  

Additions for tax positions taken in the current year

     0.2       0.4

Additions for tax positions taken in prior years

     —         —  

Reductions for tax positions taken in prior years

     (0.3 )     —  

Reductions attributable to audit settlements/lapse of statue of limitations

     —         —  
              

Balance at December 31

   $ 3.0     $ 1.4
              

If recognized, the unrecognized income tax benefits at December 31, 2008 would minimally affect People’s United Financial’s annualized income tax rate. Accrued interest expense related to the unrecognized income tax benefits totaled $0.5 million and $0.1 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. People’s United Financial recognizes accrued interest related to unrecognized income tax benefits in interest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Penalties, if incurred, would be recognized as a component of income tax expense.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

People’s United Financial files a consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return and files income tax returns in several states. People’s United Financial does not have any foreign operations and therefore is not subject to income taxes in any foreign jurisdictions.

People’s United Financial is no longer subject to either federal or state income tax examinations through 2004. While People’s United Financial is not currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service, several state examinations have recently commenced. It is not anticipated that the amount of total unrecognized income tax benefits will change significantly within the next twelve months.

NOTE 13—Stockholders’ Equity and Dividends

 

People’s United Financial, Inc. is authorized to issue 50 million shares of preferred stock, par value of $0.01 per share, none of which were outstanding as of December 31, 2008, and 1.95 billion shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of which 347.9 million shares were issued as of December 31, 2008.

In conjunction with establishing the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (the “RRP”) in October 2007 (see Note 18), a trustee purchased 7.0 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the open market with funds provided by People’s United Financial. At December 31, 2008, 3.2 million shares, which have been classified as treasury stock in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, were available to be awarded in the form of restricted stock under the provisions of the RRP.

People’s United Financial established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”) subsequent to the second-step conversion (see Notes 2 and 17). In April 2007, People’s United Financial loaned the ESOP $216.8 million to purchase 10.5 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the open market. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock are held by the ESOP and allocated to eligible participants annually based upon a percentage of each participant’s eligible compensation. At December 31, 2008, a total of 9.8 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock, with a contra-equity balance of $202.4 million, have not been allocated or committed to be released.

In April 2008, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors approved an initial repurchase of up to 5%, or approximately 17.3 million shares, of its common stock outstanding as of April 17, 2008. The shares are expected to be purchased in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. Share purchases will be effected at management’s discretion, depending on management’s assessment of the desirability of alternative uses for the company’s capital, the market for the company’s common stock, the company’s cash flow and capital levels, and economic conditions. The repurchase program is expected to be partially funded by dividends paid by People’s United Bank to its parent, People’s United Financial. As of December 31, 2008, no shares had been repurchased.

Dividends declared and paid per common share (other than shares on which People’s Mutual Holdings waived receipt of dividends prior to completing the second-step conversion in April 2007) totaled $0.58, $0.52 and $0.46 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. People’s United Financial’s dividend payout ratio (dividends paid as a percentage of net income) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was 139.8%, 87.0% and 48.3%, respectively.

As a federally-chartered stock savings bank, People’s United Bank’s ability to make capital distributions directly or indirectly to its shareholder, such as cash dividends, is governed by OTS regulations. As the subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, People’s United Bank currently must file a notice with the OTS at least 30 days prior to each capital distribution. However, if the total amount of all capital distributions

 

F-35


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

(including any proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year exceeds net income (as determined under generally accepted accounting principles) for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two years, then People’s United Bank must file an application to receive the approval of the OTS for a proposed capital distribution. The term “retained net income” as defined by the OTS means People’s United Bank’s net income for each year, less the amount of capital distributions declared in each such year.

People’s United Bank may not pay dividends to its shareholder if, after paying those dividends, it would fail to meet the required minimum levels under risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage and tangible capital ratio requirements or if the OTS notified People’s United Bank that it was in need of more than normal supervision. See Note 14 for a discussion of regulatory capital requirements. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, an insured depository institution such as People’s United Bank is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act). Payment of dividends by People’s United Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the appropriate regulator if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

In 2008, People’s United Bank’s paid $1.8 billion in dividends to its parent, People’s United Financial, which may be used for general corporate purposes, including the payment of dividends to People’s United Financial’s shareholders and the stock repurchase program discussed above. As a result, such amounts reduced People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital. At December 31, 2008, People’s United Bank’s retained net income (deficit), as defined by the OTS, totaled $(1.7) billion.

NOTE 14—Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

OTS regulations require federally-chartered savings banks to meet three minimum capital ratios: (i) a tangible capital ratio of 1.5% (calculated as tangible capital to adjusted total assets); (ii) a leverage (core) capital ratio of 4.0% (calculated as core capital to adjusted total assets); and (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% (calculated as total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets).

Under its prompt corrective action regulations, the OTS is required to take certain supervisory actions (and may take additional discretionary actions) with respect to an undercapitalized bank. These actions could have a direct material effect on a bank’s financial statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of banks into five categories: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly-undercapitalized and critically-undercapitalized. Generally, a bank is considered well-capitalized if it has a leverage (core) capital ratio of at least 5.0%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0% (calculated as tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets) and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%.

The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting guidelines. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the OTS about capital components, risk weightings and other factors.

Management believes that, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, People’s United Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Further, the most recent regulatory notification categorized People’s United Bank as a well-capitalized institution under the prompt corrective action regulations. No conditions or events have occurred since that notification that have caused management to believe any change in People’s United Bank’s capital classification would be warranted.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following summary compares People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 to the OTS requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution and for minimum capital adequacy. The decrease in these ratios from December 31, 2007 primarily reflects (i) the reduction in People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital due to the $1.8 billion in dividends that People’s United Bank has paid to its parent, People’s United Financial, in 2008, and (ii) increases in People’s United Bank’s adjusted total assets and its total risk-weighted assets, both as a result of the Chittenden acquisition. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, People’s United Bank’s adjusted total assets, as defined, totaled $18.0 billion and $12.1 billion, respectively, and its total risk-weighted assets, as defined, totaled $14.7 billion and $9.0 billion, respectively. Regulatory capital amounts and ratios presented are for People’s United Bank and therefore do not reflect the additional capital residing at People’s United Financial.

 

                    OTS Requirements  
      People’s United Bank     Classification as
Well-Capitalized
   Minimum
Capital Adequacy
 

(dollars in millions)

  Amount     Ratio     Amount   Ratio    Amount    Ratio  

As of December 31, 2008

               

Tangible capital

  $ 1,801.8   (1 )   10.0 %     n/a   n/a    $ 270.0    1.5 %

Leverage (core) capital

    1,801.8   (1 )   10.0     $ 900.1   5.0%      720.1    4.0  

Risk-based capital:

               

Tier 1

    1,801.8   (1 )   12.2       883.0   6.0      588.7    4.0  

Total

    1,968.0   (2 )   13.4       1,471.7   10.0      1,177.3    8.0  
                                     

As of December 31, 2007

               

Tangible capital

  $ 2,903.8   (1 )   24.1 %     n/a   n/a    $ 180.8    1.5 %

Leverage (core) capital

    2,903.8   (1 )   24.1     $ 602.6   5.0%      482.1    4.0  

Risk-based capital:

               

Tier 1

    2,903.8   (1 )   32.3       539.4   6.0      359.6    4.0  

Total

    3,001.0   (2 )   33.4       899.0   10.0      719.2    8.0  
                                     

 

(1) Represents total stockholder’s equity, excluding (i) after-tax net unrealized gains (losses) on certain securities classified as available for sale, (ii) after-tax net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges, (iii) certain assets not recognized in tier 1 capital (principally goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles), and (iv) the amount recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) relating to SFAS No. 158.
(2) Represents tier 1 capital plus subordinated notes, up to certain limits, and the allowance for loan losses up to 1.25% of total risk-weighted assets.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 15—Earnings Per Common Share

 

The following is an analysis of People’s United Financial’s basic and diluted EPS:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions, except per share data)

   2008    2007    2006

Income from continuing operations

   $ 139.5    $ 149.2    $ 121.7

Income from discontinued operations

     —        1.5      2.3
                    

Net income

   $ 139.5    $ 150.7    $ 124.0
                    

Average common shares outstanding for basic EPS

     329.3      290.8      297.4

Effect of dilutive stock options and unvested stock awards

     1.4      1.5      1.5
                    

Average common and common-equivalent shares for diluted EPS

     330.7      292.3      298.9
                    

Basic EPS:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.42    $ 0.52    $ 0.41

Income from discontinued operations

     —        —        0.01

Net income

     0.42      0.52      0.42

Diluted EPS:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.42    $ 0.52    $ 0.40

Income from discontinued operations

     —        —        0.01

Net income

     0.42      0.52      0.41
                    

All unallocated ESOP common shares and all common shares accounted for as treasury shares have been excluded from the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for 2008 and 2007 (not applicable in 2006). A total of 9.3 million and 10.3 million anti-dilutive stock options and unvested stock awards were excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively (none in 2006).

NOTE 16—Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income represents the sum of net income and items of “other comprehensive income or loss” that are reported directly in stockholders’ equity on an after-tax basis. These items include (i) net actuarial gains and losses, prior service credits and costs, and transition assets and obligations related to People’s United Financial’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans, and (ii) net unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale and on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges. People’s United Financial’s total comprehensive income for 2008, 2007 and 2006 is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity.

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is included in People’s United Financial’s stockholders’ equity on an after-tax basis, are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008     2007     2006  

Net actuarial loss and other amounts related to pension and other postretirement benefit plans

   $ (106.0 )   $ (27.3 )   $ (44.1 )

Net unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges

     26.8       8.6       (4.0 )

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     3.8       0.1       0.1  
                        

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (75.4 )   $ (18.6 )   $ (48.0 )
                        

 

F-38


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following is a summary of the changes in the components of People’s United Financial’s other comprehensive income (loss):

 

Year ended December 31, 2008 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax
Effect
    After-Tax
Amount
 

Net actuarial gain or loss on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Net actuarial loss adjustment arising during the year

   $ (121.0 )   $ 42.5     $ (78.5 )

Reclassification adjustment for net actuarial loss included in net income

     1.7       (0.6 )     1.1  
                        

Net actuarial loss

     (119.3 )     41.9       (77.4 )
                        

Prior service cost on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Prior service credit adjustment arising during the year

     (0.5 )     0.2       (0.3 )

Reclassification adjustment for prior service credit included in net income

     (0.4 )     0.2       (0.2 )
                        

Prior service cost

     (0.9 )     0.4       (0.5 )
                        

Transition obligation on other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for transition obligation on other postretirement benefits included in net income

     0.4       (0.2 )     0.2  
                        

Net actuarial loss, prior service cost and transition obligation

     (119.8 )     42.1       (77.7 )
                        

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year

     4.9       (1.2 )     3.7  
                        

Net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Net unrealized gains arising during the year

     23.9       (8.4 )     15.5  

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     4.1       (1.4 )     2.7  
                        

Net unrealized gains

     28.0       (9.8 )     18.2  
                        

Other comprehensive loss

   $ (86.9 )   $ 31.1     $ (55.8 )
                        

 

F-39


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Year ended December 31, 2007 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax
Effect
    After-Tax
Amount
 

Net actuarial gain or loss on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Net actuarial gain adjustment arising during the year

   $ 18.9     $ (6.6 )   $ 12.3  

Reclassification adjustment for net actuarial loss included in net income

     4.5       (1.6 )     2.9  
                        

Net actuarial gain

     23.4       (8.2 )     15.2  
                        

Prior service credit on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Prior service credit adjustment arising during the year

     2.1       (0.7 )     1.4  

Reclassification adjustment for prior service credit included in net income

     (0.1 )     —         (0.1 )
                        

Prior service credit

     2.0       (0.7 )     1.3  
                        

Reclassification adjustment for transition obligation on other postretirement benefits included in net income:

     0.4       (0.1 )     0.3  
                        

Net actuarial gain, prior service credit and transition obligation

     25.8       (9.0 )     16.8  
                        

Net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Net unrealized gains arising during the year

     16.4       (5.8 )     10.6  

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     3.1       (1.1 )     2.0  
                        

Net unrealized gains

     19.5       (6.9 )     12.6  
                        

Other comprehensive income

   $ 45.3     $ (15.9 )   $ 29.4  
                        

Year ended December 31, 2006 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax
Effect
    After-Tax
Amount
 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year

   $ 1.9     $ (0.7 )   $ 1.2  

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     27.3       (9.6 )     17.7  
                        

Net unrealized gains

     29.2       (10.3 )     18.9  
                        

Net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Net unrealized losses arising during the year

     (6.7 )     2.3       (4.4 )

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     0.8       (0.3 )     0.5  
                        

Net unrealized losses

     (5.9 )     2.0       (3.9 )
                        

Minimum pension liability adjustment

     0.6       (0.2 )     0.4  
                        

Other comprehensive income

   $ 23.9     $ (8.5 )   $ 15.4  
                        

NOTE 17—Employee Benefit Plans

 

People’s United Financial Employee Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Plans

People’s United Financial maintains a qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan that covers substantially all full-time and part-time employees who meet certain age and length of service requirements and who were employed by People’s United Bank prior to August 14, 2006. Benefits are based upon the employee’s years of credited service and either the average compensation for the last five years or the average compensation for the five consecutive years of the last ten years that produce the highest average.

New employees of People’s United Bank starting on or after August 14, 2006 are not eligible to participate in the defined benefit pension plan. Instead, People’s United Financial makes contributions on behalf of these employees to a qualified defined contribution plan in an annual amount equal to 3% of the covered employee’s eligible compensation. Employee eligibility for this contribution is restricted to those employees who are at least 21 years of age and have worked at least 1,000 hours in a year. Both full-time and part-time employees are eligible to receive this contribution as long as they meet these requirements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

In addition, People’s United Financial maintains (i) unfunded, nonqualified supplemental plans to provide retirement benefits to certain senior officers and (ii) an unfunded plan that provides retirees with optional medical, dental and life insurance benefits (“other postretirement benefits”). People’s United Financial accrues the cost of these postretirement benefits over the employees’ years of service to the date of their eligibility for such benefits.

SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” requires, among other things, that an employer recognize the funded status of its pension and other postretirement benefit plans in its statement of financial position. The funded status is measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the applicable benefit obligation, which is the projected benefit obligation for the pension plans and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for the postretirement plan. People’s United Financial adopted these provisions of SFAS No. 158 effective December 31, 2006. SFAS No. 158 also requires the measurement of plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end (eliminating the use of earlier measurement dates), effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008.

Accordingly, on January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial adopted the measurement date transition provisions of SFAS No. 158. In doing so, People’s United Financial performed a measurement of plan assets and benefit obligations as of January 1, 2008 and recorded the net periodic benefit cost for the period between the measurement date used for purposes of 2007 year-end reporting (September 30, 2007) and December 31, 2007 as an adjustment, net of tax, to the opening balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2008. Other changes in the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligations for the period between September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007 were recognized, net of tax, as a separate adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated other comprehensive loss as of January 1, 2008. Application of the transition provisions of SFAS No. 158 on January 1, 2008 resulted in People’s United Financial recording a pre-tax reduction in retained earnings of $0.4 million ($0.3 million net of tax) and a pre-tax increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $1.6 million ($1.0 million net of tax).

People’s United Financial’s funding policy is to contribute the amounts required by applicable regulations, although additional amounts may be contributed from time to time. In 2009, no employer contributions are expected to be made for the qualified plan. Employer contributions for 2009 are expected to total $2.7 million for all of the unfunded supplemental pension plans and the other postretirement benefits plan, representing net benefit payments expected to be paid under these plans. Expected future net benefit payments for the pension plans as of December 31, 2008 are: $9.3 million in 2009; $10.2 million in 2010; $10.1 million in 2011; $13.8 million in 2012; $13.8 million in 2013; and an aggregate of $75.8 million in 2014 through 2018. Expected future net benefit payments for the other postretirement benefits plan as of December 31, 2008 are: $1.1 million in 2009; $1.1 million in 2010; $1.1 million in 2011; $1.0 million in 2012; $0.9 million in 2013; and an aggregate of $4.2 million in 2014 through 2018.

While The Pension Protection Act of 2006 had some effect on specific plan provisions in People’s United Financial’s retirement program, its primary effect was to change the minimum funding requirements for plan years beginning in 2008.

The effects of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) have been recognized in People’s United Financial’s postretirement benefits plan in 2008 and 2007 in accordance with the guidance provided in FASB Staff Position FAS 106-2. The prescription drug benefit provided by People’s United Financial for certain retirees is at least actuarially equivalent to the benefit provided under the Act.

The following table summarizes changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets for (i) the pension plans (combining the funded plan and the unfunded supplemental plans), and (ii) the other postretirement benefits plan. The table also shows the funded status (or the difference between benefit obligations and plan assets) recognized

 

F-41


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. As a result of the adoption of the measurement date provisions of SFAS No. 158 on January 1, 2008, all plans now have a December 31 measurement date that coincides with People’s United Financial’s year end. However, for 2007, People’s United Financial used a measurement date of September 30 for plan accounting purposes and, accordingly, changes in benefit obligations and plan assets are presented in the table for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2007. Changes in benefit obligations and plan assets presented in the table for 2008 are for the fifteen-month period from September 30, 2007 to December 31, 2008. Plan assets for the funded plan of $231.2 million as of December 31, 2008 exceeded both the related accumulated benefit obligation of $207.5 million and the projected benefit obligation of $230.9 million at that date.

 

       Pension Benefits     Other
Postretirement
Benefits
 

(in millions)

   2008     2007     2008     2007  

Benefit obligations: (1)

        

Beginning of year/period

   $ 231.9     $ 227.5     $ 11.1     $ 11.2  

Transition period:

        

Service cost

     2.1       —         —         —    

Interest cost

     3.6       —         0.2       —    

Actuarial gain

     (7.2 )     —         (0.2 )     —    

Benefits paid

     (1.8 )     —         (0.2 )     —    

Service cost

     8.0       8.3       0.2       0.2  

Interest cost

     14.9       13.4       0.6       0.6  

Plan amendments

     0.5       (2.1 )     —         —    

Actuarial loss (gain)

     21.4       (8.3 )     (0.2 )     (0.1 )

Actuarial loss due to Medicare subsidy

     —         —         0.1       —    

Benefits paid

     (8.1 )     (6.9 )     (0.8 )     (0.8 )

Curtailments

     (1.3 )     —         —         —    
                                

End of year/period

     264.0       231.9       10.8       11.1  
                                

Fair value of plan assets:

        

Beginning of year/period

     309.0       282.0       —         —    

Transition period:

        

Actual loss on assets

     (3.5 )     —         —         —    

Employer contributions

     0.3       —         0.2       —    

Benefits paid

     (1.8 )     —         (0.2 )     —    

Actual (loss) return on assets

     (66.3 )     32.8       —         —    

Employer contributions

     1.6       1.1       0.8       0.8  

Benefits paid

     (8.1 )     (6.9 )     (0.8 )     (0.8 )
                                

End of year/period

     231.2       309.0       —         —    
                                

Funded status at September 30, 2007

       77.1         (11.1 )

Fourth quarter 2007 contributions

       0.3         0.2  
                                

Funded status at end of year

   $ (32.8 )   $ 77.4     $ (10.8 )   $ (10.9 )
                                

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of condition:

        

Other assets

   $ 0.3     $ 107.8     $ —       $ —    

Other liabilities

     (33.1 )     (30.4 )     (10.8 )     (10.9 )
                                

Funded status at end of year

   $ (32.8 )   $ 77.4     $ (10.8 )   $ (10.9 )
                                

 

(1) Represents the projected benefit obligations for the pension plans and the accumulated benefit obligation for the postretirement plan.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the accumulated and projected benefit obligations for the funded and unfunded pension plans at the respective measurement dates:

 

     Pension Benefits

(in millions)

   At December 31,
2008
   At September 30,
2007
     

Accumulated benefit obligations:

     

Funded plan

   $ 207.5    $ 180.4

Unfunded plans

     30.0      27.0
             

Total

   $ 237.5    $ 207.4
             

Projected benefit obligations:

     

Funded plan

   $ 230.9    $ 201.2

Unfunded plans

     33.1      30.7
             

Total

   $ 264.0    $ 231.9
             

Components of the net periodic benefit (income) expense and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income or loss are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  

Net periodic benefit (income) expense:

            

Service cost

   $ 8.0     $ 8.3     $ 7.9     $ 0.2     $ 0.2     $ 0.2  

Interest cost

     14.9       13.4       12.1       0.6       0.6       0.6  

Expected return on plan assets

     (24.5 )     (22.3 )     (14.1 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of unrecognized net transition obligation

     —         —         —         0.4       0.4       0.4  

Recognized net actuarial loss

     1.7       4.5       6.4       —         —         —    

Recognized prior service (credit) cost

     (0.2 )     0.1       0.1       (0.2 )     (0.2 )     (0.2 )

Curtailments

     (1.3 )     —         —         —         —         —    
                                                

Net periodic benefit (income) expense

     (1.4 )     4.0       12.4       1.0       1.0       1.0  
                                                

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income or loss:

            

Net actuarial loss (gain)

     110.7       (23.3 )     —         (0.3 )     (0.1 )     —    

Transition obligation

     —         —         —         (0.6 )     (0.4 )     —    

Prior service (credit) cost

     0.6       (2.2 )     —         0.3       0.2       —    
                                                

Total recognized in other comprehensive income or loss

     111.3       (25.5 )     —         (0.6 )     (0.3 )     —    
                                                

Total recognized in net periodic benefit (income) expense and other comprehensive income or loss

   $ 109.9     $ (21.5 )   $ 12.4     $ 0.4     $ 0.7     $ 1.0  
                                                

 

F-43


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The pre-tax amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss that have not been recognized as components of net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other
    Postretirement Benefits    
 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008     2007     2008     2007  

Net actuarial loss

   $ 155.8     $ 43.5     $ 0.2     $ 0.5  

Transition obligation

     —         —         1.4       1.9  

Prior service credit

     (1.5 )     (2.2 )     (1.4 )     (1.7 )
                                

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ 154.3     $ 41.3     $ 0.2     $ 0.7  
                                

In 2009, approximately $5.7 million and $0.2 million in net actuarial losses and prior service credit, respectively, are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic pension cost for the funded and unfunded plans, and approximately $0.4 million and $0.2 million in net transition obligation and prior service credit, respectively, are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost for the other postretirement benefit plans.

The following assumptions were used in determining the benefit obligations and net periodic benefit (income) expense:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
       2008         2007         2006         2008         2007         2006    

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31:

            

Discount rate

   6.10 %   6.40 %   6.00 %   6.10 %   6.40 %   6.00 %

Rate of compensation increase

   3.50     3.50     3.50     n/a     n/a     n/a  

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:

            

Discount rate

   6.60 %   6.00 %   5.75 %   6.60 %   6.00 %   5.75 %

Expected return on plan assets

   8.25     8.25     8.25     n/a     n/a     n/a  

Rate of compensation increase

   3.50     3.50     3.50     n/a     n/a     n/a  

Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31: (1)

            

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

   n/a     n/a     n/a     9.00 %   9.50 %   10.00 %

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

   n/a     n/a     n/a     5.00     5.00     5.00  

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   n/a     n/a     n/a     2017     2014     2013  
                                    

 

n/a—not applicable

(1) Changes in the periodic benefit cost and the benefit obligation from a one-percentage-point increase or decrease in this assumed trend rate would not be significant.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

In developing an expected long-term rate of return on asset assumption for the funded pension plan, People’s United Financial considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns within each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio. This resulted in an expected long-term rate of return assumption of 8.25%, which is intended to reflect expected asset returns over the life of the related pension benefits expected to be paid. The discount rate reflects the current rates available on long-term high-quality fixed-income debt instruments, and is reset annually on the measurement date. To determine the discount rate, People’s United Financial reviews, along with its independent actuary, spot interest rate yield curves based upon yields from a broad population of high-quality bonds adjusted to match the timing and amounts of expected benefit payments under the pension and postretirement plans.

The following table summarizes the percentages of fair value for each major category of plan assets as of the respective measurement dates:

 

     Plan Assets  
       At
December 31,
2008
    At
September 30,
2007
 

Equity securities

   51 %   61 %

Cash and fixed income securities

   49     39  
            

Total

   100 %   100 %
            

People’s United Financial’s retirement plan investment policy includes the following asset allocation guidelines:

 

     Asset Class
     Policy Target %    Policy Range %

Cash reserves

   3    1 - 5

Equity securities

   64    50 - 76

Fixed income securities

   33    27 - 39
         

The change in plan asset mix from September 30, 2007 to December 31, 2008 was in direct response to the extreme volatility experienced in the equity markets during that period. Pension assets were redirected from equity securities to fixed income securities with the primary objective of preserving asset value. This resulted in a cash and fixed income allocation at December 31, 2008 that is outside of the plan’s asset allocation guidelines.

Equity securities may include convertible securities, and are required to be diversified among industries and economic sectors. Limitations are placed on the overall allocation to any individual security at both cost and market value. A limit of 22% of equity holdings may be invested in international equities. Short sales, margin purchases and similar speculative transactions are prohibited.

Fixed income securities are oriented toward risk-averse, investment-grade securities rated “A” or higher. A limit of up to 10% of the fixed income holdings may be invested in issues rated below “Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s, if the higher investment risk is compensated for by the prospect of a positive incremental investment return. With the exception of U.S. Government securities, in which the plan may invest the entire fixed income allocation, fixed income securities require diversification among individual securities and sectors. There is no limit on the maximum maturity of securities held. Short sales, margin purchases and similar speculative transactions are prohibited.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Chittenden Pension Plan

In addition to the plans described above, People’s United Financial continues to maintain a qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan that covers former Chittenden employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Effective December 31, 2005, benefits accrued under this defined benefit plan were frozen based on participants’ then current service and pay levels. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of plan assets totaled $76.8 million and the projected benefit obligation totaled $66.6 million resulting in a funded status of $10.2 million, which has been recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. A discount rate of 6.00% was used in determining the related pension obligation at December 31, 2008 and pre-tax net actuarial losses totaling $8.8 million ($5.6 million net of tax) were included in accumulated other comprehensive loss at that date. Net periodic benefit income for this plan totaled $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. In 2009, net periodic benefit income is expected to be approximately $1.4 million. The weighted average assumptions used to determine 2008 net periodic benefit income were (i) a discount rate of 6.25%, and (ii) an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 6.50%. In 2009, no employer contributions are expected to be made for this plan. Expected future net benefit payments for this plan as of December 31, 2008 are: $5.4 million in 2009; $4.6 million in 2010; $4.3 million in 2011; $4.7 million in 2012; $5.3 million in 2013; and an aggregate of $24.0 million in 2014 through 2018.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

People’s United Financial established the ESOP subsequent to the second-step conversion (see Note 2). In April 2007, People’s United Financial loaned the ESOP $216.8 million to purchase 10,453,575 shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the open market. In order for the ESOP to repay the loan, People’s United Financial expects to make annual cash contributions of approximately $18.8 million until 2036. Such cash contributions may be reduced by the cash dividends paid on unallocated ESOP shares, which for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 totaled $5.9 million and $4.2 million, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the loan balance totaled $208.1 million.

Employee participation in this plan is restricted to those employees who are at least 18 years of age and have worked at least 1,000 hours within 12 months of their hire date or any plan year (January 1 to December 31) after their date of hire. Employees meeting the aforementioned eligibility criteria during the plan year must continue to be employed as of the last day of the plan year in order to receive an allocation of shares for that plan year.

Shares of People’s United Financial common stock are held by the ESOP and allocated to eligible participants annually based upon a percentage of each participant’s eligible compensation. Since the ESOP was established, 696,905 shares of People’s United Financial common stock have been allocated or committed to be released to participants’ accounts. At December 31, 2008, a total of 9,756,670 shares of People’s United Financial common stock, with a fair value of $174.0 million, have not been allocated or committed to be released.

Compensation expense related to the ESOP is recognized at an amount equal to the number of common shares committed to be released by the ESOP for allocation to participants’ accounts multiplied by the average fair value of People’s United Financial’s common stock during the reporting period. The difference between the fair value of the shares of People’s United Financial’s common stock committed to be released and the cost of those common shares is recorded as an adjustment to either additional paid-in capital (if fair value exceeds cost) or retained earnings (if fair value is less than cost). Expense recognized for the ESOP totaled $6.0 million and $6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Employee Savings Plans

People’s United Financial sponsors an employee savings plan that qualifies as a 401(k) plan under the Internal Revenue Code. Under the current plan, effective January 1, 2009 employees may contribute up to 50% of their pre-tax compensation up to certain limits, and People’s United Financial makes a matching contribution equal to 100% of a participant’s contributions up to 4% of pre-tax compensation. People’s United Financial may increase the amount of its matching contribution to 5% of pre-tax compensation if certain bankwide performance objectives are met. Participants vest immediately in their own contributions and after one year in People’s United Financial contributions. A supplemental savings plan has also been established for certain senior officers. Expense recognized for the 401(k) and supplemental savings plans totaled $5.7 million, $6.4 million and $7.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

In addition to the plan described above, People’s United Financial maintained, throughout 2008, a savings plan that covered former Chittenden employees. Expense related to this plan totaled $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This plan was merged with and into the People’s United Financial’s employee savings plan in the first quarter of 2009.

NOTE 18—Stock-Based Compensation Plans

 

Long-Term Incentive Plan

People’s United Financial’s 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2008 Incentive Plan”) and the predecessor 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “1998 Incentive Plan”) (together the “Incentive Plans”) provide for awards to officers and employees in the form of (i) incentive stock options that may afford tax benefits to recipients, (ii) non-statutory stock options that do not afford tax benefits to recipients but may provide tax benefits to People’s United Financial, and (iii) stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and performance units. A total of 10,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2008 Incentive Plan. At December 31, 2008, a total of 9,840,196 reserved shares remain available for future awards.

Non-statutory stock options have been granted under the Incentive Plans at exercise prices equal to the fair value of People’s United Financial common stock at the grant dates. Option expiration dates are fixed at the grant date, with a maximum term of ten years. Options granted under the Incentive Plans generally vest 50% after two years, 75% after three years and 100% after four years. All options become fully exercisable in the event of a change of control, as defined in the Incentive Plans.

People’s United Financial has also granted restricted stock awards under the Incentive Plans. Employees become fully vested in these shares generally after a three- or four-year period, with requisite service conditions and no performance-based conditions to such vesting. Unvested restricted stock awards become fully vested in the event of a change in control, as defined in the Incentive Plans. During the vesting period, dividends are accrued on the restricted stock and the recipients are entitled to vote these restricted shares. The fair value of all restricted stock awards is measured at the grant date based on quoted market prices.

Recognition and Retention Plan and Stock Option Plan

The People’s United Financial 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan and 2007 Stock Option Plan (together the “2007 Plans”) provide for awards to directors, officers and employees in the form of (i) incentive stock options that may afford tax benefits to recipients, (ii) non-statutory stock options that do not afford tax benefits to recipients but may provide tax benefits to People’s United Financial, and (iii) restricted stock. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock were purchased in the open market in October 2007 by a trustee with funds

 

F-47


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

provided by People’s United Financial for the maximum number of shares available to be awarded in the form of restricted stock. A maximum of 6,969,050 shares and 15,244,796 shares of People’s United Financial common stock are available for restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively. At December 31, 2008, a total of 3,174,447 shares and 5,981,087 shares remain available for future restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively, under the 2007 Plans.

Non-statutory stock options are granted under the 2007 Plans at exercise prices equal to the fair value of People’s United Financial’s common stock at the grant date. The fair value of all restricted stock awarded under the 2007 Plans is measured at the grant date based on quoted market prices. All restricted stock and stock options awarded vest 20% per year over a five year period with requisite service conditions and no performance-based conditions to such vesting. As defined in the 2007 Plans, 45% of certain awards become vested upon the death or disability of the award recipient and 55% of these awards are forfeited upon the death or disability of the award recipient. All restricted stock awards and stock options become fully vested and exercisable, respectively, in the event of a change of control, as defined in the 2007 Plans. During the vesting period, dividends are paid on the restricted stock and the recipients are entitled to vote these restricted shares.

Stock Options Granted

People’s United Financial granted 549,390 stock options in 2008 under the Incentive Plans, and 323,413 stock options in 2007 and 552,060 stock options in 2006 under the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2.99 per option, $4.35 per option and $3.09 per option, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with assumptions as follows: dividend yield of 3.5% in 2008, 2.3% in 2007 and 2.8% in 2006; expected volatility rate of 24% in 2008, 21% in 2007 and 23% in 2006; risk-free interest rate of 2.9% in 2008, 4.6% in 2007 and 4.6% in 2006; and expected option life of approximately 5 years in 2008, 2007 and 2006.

People’s United Financial granted 1,213,175 stock options in 2008 and 9,935,186 stock options in 2007 to directors, key executive officers and employees under the 2007 Plans. The estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted under the 2007 Plans was $2.98 per option in 2008 and $3.38 per option in 2007, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with assumptions as follows: dividend yield of 3.4% in 2008 and 3.0% in 2007; expected volatility rate of 24% in 2008 and 22% in 2007; risk-free interest rate of 3.0% in 2008 and 4.1% in 2007; and expected option life of approximately 5 years in both 2008 and 2007.

In arriving at the grant date fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, expected volatilities were based on the historical volatilities of People’s United Financial traded common stock. The expected term of stock options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. People’s United Financial used historical data to estimate voluntary suboptimal (early) exercises by continuing employees, and estimates of post-vest option exercise or forfeiture by terminated employees. Suboptimal exercise data and employee termination estimates are incorporated into Monte Carlo simulations of People’s United Financial common stock prices to calculate the expected term. The risk-free interest rate approximated the U.S. Treasury rate curve matched to the expected option term at the time of the grant.

Expense relating to stock options granted is recognized on a straight-line basis generally over the applicable option vesting period and totaled $6.0 million, $1.5 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Unamortized cost for unvested stock options, which reflects an estimated forfeiture rate of 5.8% per year over the vesting period, totaled $20.2 million at December 31, 2008, and is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 3.8 years. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $14.9 million, $3.9 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following is a summary of stock option activity under the 2008 Incentive Plan, the 1998 Incentive Plan, and the 2007 Stock Option Plan:

 

     Shares
Subject

To Option
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)

Options outstanding at December 31, 2005

   2,977,547     $ 7.69      

Granted

   552,060       14.96      

Forfeited

   (6,804 )     14.91      

Exercised

   (529,937 )     6.61      
                  

Options outstanding at December 31, 2006

   2,992,866       9.20      
                  

Granted

   10,258,599       18.01      

Forfeited

   (13,503 )     17.43      

Exercised

   (341,521 )     7.52      
                  

Options outstanding at December 31, 2007

   12,896,441       16.24      
                  

Granted

   1,762,565       16.92      

Forfeited

   (2,007,114 )     18.08      

Exercised

   (2,252,405 )     11.18      
                  

Options outstanding at December 31, 2008

   10,399,487     $ 17.10    8.6    $ 7.6
                        

Options exercisable at December 31, 2008

   2,610,944     $ 15.38    7.8    $ 6.4
                        

Additional information concerning options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2008 is summarized as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable
          Weighted Average          

Exercise Price Range

   Number    Remaining
Life

(in years)
   Exercise
Price
   Number    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

$ 4.78 – $ 5.31

   86,453    4.0    $ 5.21    86,453    $ 5.21

   5.45 –    9.63

   350,480    4.9      9.07    350,480      9.07

 12.02 –  17.76

   3,924,892    8.6      16.27    1,037,397      15.25

 18.10 –  21.63

   6,037,662    8.9      18.28    1,136,614      18.22
                            

Excess income tax benefits of $3.2 million, $2.0 million and $2.1 million were classified as a cash flow from financing activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Restricted Stock Awarded

The following is a summary of restricted stock award activity under the 2008 Incentive Plan, the 1998 Incentive Plan, and the 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan:

 

     Shares     Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2005

   694,634     $ 8.92

Granted

   553,507       15.98

Forfeited

   (33,810 )     10.24

Vested

   (275,633 )     6.96
            

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2006

   938,698       13.61
            

Granted

   4,378,574       18.07

Forfeited

   (17,274 )     15.51

Vested

   (225,600 )     9.61
            

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2007

   5,074,398       17.63
            

Granted

   895,681       17.00

Forfeited

   (949,732 )     18.07

Vested

   (1,461,756 )     17.00
            

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2008

   3,558,591     $ 17.61
            

Straight-line amortization of unvested restricted stock awards resulted in expense of $15.2 million, $6.3 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Unamortized cost for unvested restricted stock awards, which reflects an estimated forfeiture rate of 5.6% per year over the vesting period, totaled $51.0 million at December 31, 2008, and is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 3.5 years. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $24.2 million, $4.8 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan

The People’s United Financial, Inc. Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan (“Directors’ Equity Plan”) provides for an annual award of shares of People’s United Financial common stock with a fair value of $95,000 to each non-employee director immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock issued pursuant to the Directors’ Equity Plan are not transferable until the third anniversary of the grant date or, if earlier, upon the director’s cessation of service. A total of 892,500 shares of People’s United Financial common stock are reserved for issuance under the Directors’ Equity Plan.

In April 2008, directors were granted a total of 53,500 shares of People’s United Financial common stock with a grant date fair value of $17.41 per share. No grants were made to directors under the Directors Equity Plan in 2007. Expense totaling $0.9 million, $0.2 million and $0.9 million was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, for the Directors’ Equity Plan. At December 31, 2008 a total of 371,525 shares remain available for issuance.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 19—Financial Instruments

 

In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial is a party to both on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet financial instruments involving, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in addition to the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The contractual amounts of off-balance-sheet instruments reflect the extent of People’s United Financial’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

A summary of the contractual or notional amounts of People’s United Financial’s financial instruments follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007

Lending-Related Instruments: (1)

     

Loan origination commitments and unadvanced lines of credit:

     

Consumer

   $ 2,721.2    $ 1,787.7

Commercial

     1,690.8      1,123.7

Commercial real estate

     637.1      672.6

Residential mortgage

     136.0      33.6

Letters of credit

     146.0      73.9
             

Derivative Financial Instruments: (2)

     

Interest rate floors

     600.0      700.0

Foreign exchange contracts

     11.6      13.1

Interest rate swaps:

     

For market risk management

     6.4      6.7

For commercial customers:

     

Customer

     60.3      —  

Counterparty

     60.3      —  

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     48.6      26.2

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     49.8      26.2
             

 

(1) The contractual amounts of these financial instruments represent People’s United Financial’s maximum potential exposure to credit loss, assuming (i) the instruments are fully funded at a later date, (ii) the borrower does not meet contractual repayment obligations, and (iii) any collateral or other security proves to be worthless.
(2) The contractual or notional amounts of these financial instruments are substantially greater than People’s United Financial’s maximum potential exposure to credit loss.

Lending-Related Instruments

The contractual amounts of People’s United Financial lending-related financial instruments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements since certain of these instruments may expire without being funded and others may not be fully drawn upon. These instruments are subject to People’s United Financial’s credit approval process, including an evaluation of the customer’s creditworthiness and related collateral requirements. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee by the customer. The geographic distribution of People’s United Financial’s lending-related financial instruments is similar to the distribution of its loan portfolio, as described in Note 6.

People’s United Financial issues both stand-by and commercial letters of credit. Stand-by letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by People’s United Financial to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The letter of credit is generally extended for an average term of one year and is secured in a manner

 

F-51


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

similar to existing extensions of credit. For each letter of credit issued, if the customer fails to perform under the terms of the agreement, People’s United Financial would have to fulfill the terms of the letter of credit. The fair value of People’s United Financial’s obligations relating to $138.9 million of stand-by letters of credit at December 31, 2008 was $0.3 million, which is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The credit risk involved in issuing stand-by letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

A commercial letter of credit is normally a short-term instrument issued by a financial institution on behalf of its customer. The letter of credit authorizes a beneficiary to draw drafts on the financial institution or one of its correspondent banks, provided the terms and conditions of the letter of credit have been met. In issuing a commercial letter of credit, the financial institution has substituted its credit standing for that of its customer. After drafts are paid by the financial institution, the customer is charged or an obligation is created under an existing reimbursement agreement. An advance under a reimbursement agreement is recorded as a loan by the financial institution and is subject to terms and conditions similar to other commercial obligations. At December 31, 2008, People’s United Financial had issued $7.1 million of commercial letters of credit.

Derivative Financial Instruments

People’s United Financial uses derivative financial instruments primarily for market risk management purposes (principally interest rate risk). Certain other derivatives are entered into in connection with transactions with commercial customers. Derivatives are not used for speculative purposes. Credit risk associated with these instruments is controlled and monitored though policies and procedures governing collateral management and credit approval. Under netting arrangements collateral is obtained, when appropriate, through physical delivery of securities or cash to reduce People’s United Financial’s exposure to credit losses in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to these transactions. People’s United Financial also controls its counterparty risk by entering into arrangements only with highly-rated counterparties that are specifically approved by People’s United Financial up to a maximum credit exposure. People’s United Financial’s counterparty credit exposure on its outstanding derivative contracts, after considering the effect of bilateral netting arrangements and posted collateral, totaled $22.6 million and $24.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

People’s United Financial’s principal derivative positions outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were interest rate floors that are accounted for as cash flow hedges relating to certain floating-rate commercial loans that reprice based on the one-month LIBOR-index rate. To a much lesser extent, People’s United Financial engages in derivative transactions (interest rate swaps) that are accounted for as fair value hedges. Hedge ineffectiveness recorded in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was insignificant.

The following sections further discuss each class of derivative financial instrument used by People’s United Financial, including management’s principal objectives and risk management strategies.

Interest Rate Floors

Interest rate floors are a type of option contract that exercises when the underlying interest rate falls below a specified strike rate. People’s United Financial purchased interest rate floors for the purpose of partially managing its exposure to decreases in the one-month LIBOR-index rate used to reprice certain long-term commercial loans. If the one-month LIBOR-index rate falls below the specified strike rate, People’s United Financial would receive an interest payment on the interest rate floor equal to the difference between the one-month LIBOR-index rate on the reset date and the strike rate.

The change in fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. The fair value of interest rate floors at December 31,

 

F-52


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

2008 reflected the unamortized premium and unrealized gain (with a corresponding credit to accumulated other comprehensive loss, after applicable taxes). The pre-tax unrealized gain of $41.3 million reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2008 represented the changes in fair value resulting from decreases in interest rates since the original dates the interest rate floors were purchased. Interest rate floors outstanding at December 31, 2008 have a fair value of $46.3 million and mature in 2011.

The group of individual transactions being hedged is People’s United Financial’s one-month Libor-index commercial loan monthly interest cash flows. People’s United Financial has identified the hedged forecasted transaction as the first one-month Libor-index interest payments received on commercial loans. These are individual transactions that share the same risk exposure, because the interest payments received on the one-month Libor-index commercial loans are subject to interest rate risk related to changes in the one-month Libor rate. The occurrence of one-month Libor interest payment cash flows is probable, and the prepayment of a given loan is not expected to have an effect on the hedging relationship, as the aggregate principal balance of the one-month Libor-index rate commercial loan portfolio underlying the interest payments is maintained at an amount sufficiently greater than the notional amount of the interest rate floors.

Interest Rate Swaps

People’s United Financial has also entered into pay fixed/receive floating swaps, which are accounted for as fair value hedges. These swaps hedge the change in fair value of fewer than five fixed-rate commercial real estate loans from rising interest rates. Under interest rate swaps, People’s United Financial agrees with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed rate and floating rate interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed notional amount.

The change in fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, is recorded in earnings. The change in fair value of the hedged asset or liability is also recorded in earnings. People’s United Financial’s liability at December 31, 2008 of $0.8 million represented the unrealized losses at that date on these fair value hedges. The notional amount of interest rate swaps outstanding at December 31, 2008 mature in 2012 ($4.4 million) and 2016 ($2.0 million).

The net effect of interest rate floors and interest rate swaps was to increase net interest income by $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and decrease net interest income by $3.1 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Forward Exchange Contracts

Foreign exchange forward contracts are commitments to buy or sell foreign currency on a future date at a contractual price. People’s United Financial uses these instruments on a limited basis to eliminate its exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates on certain of its commercial loans that are denominated in foreign currencies. Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts substantially offset the translation gains and losses on the related loans.

Forward Commitments to Sell Residential Mortgage Loans and Related Interest Rate-Lock Commitments

People’s United Financial enters into forward commitments to sell adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans (substantially all to be sold servicing released) in order to reduce the market risk associated with originating loans for sale in the secondary market. In order to fulfill a forward commitment, People’s United Financial delivers originated loans at prices or yields specified by the contract. The risks associated with such contracts arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the contract terms or People’s United

 

F-53


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Financial’s inability to originate the necessary loans. Gains and losses realized on the forward contracts are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income as a component of the net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans. In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial will commit to an interest rate on a mortgage loan application at a time after the application is approved by People’s United Financial. Fixed-rate residential mortgage loan commitments on held-for-portfolio loans totaled $0.6 million (interest rates from 4.25% to 5.38%) at December 31, 2008 and $0.7 million (interest rates from 5.63% to 6.38%) at December 31, 2007. The risks associated with these interest rate-lock commitments arise if market interest rates change prior to the closing of these loans. Both forward sales commitments and interest rate-lock commitments made to borrowers on held-for-sale loans are accounted for as derivatives and are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Condition at fair value. See Note 21.

The following is a summary of certain information concerning derivative financial instruments utilized by People’s United Financial for market risk management purposes:

 

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2008    2007

Interest Rate Floors:

     

Notional principal amounts

   $ 600.0    $ 700.0

Weighted average strike rate

     5.00%      5.00%

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     25      37

Fair value recognized as an asset

   $ 46.3    $ 27.6
             

Interest Rate Swaps:

     

Notional principal amounts

   $ 6.4    $ 6.7

Weighted average interest rates:

     

Pay fixed (receive floating)

     5.60%(1.90%)      5.59%(5.23%)

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     52      65

Fair value recognized as a liability

   $ 0.8    $ 0.4
             

Foreign Exchange Contracts:

     

Notional principal amounts

   $ 11.6    $ 13.1

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     1      1

Fair value recognized as an asset

   $ —      $ 0.1

Fair value recognized as a liability

     0.5      —  
             

By using derivatives, People’s United Financial is exposed to credit risk to the extent that counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as required. Should a counterparty fail to perform under the terms of a derivative contract, the company’s counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Amounts reported as derivative assets represent derivative contracts in a gain position, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty (to the extent subject to master netting arrangements) and posted collateral. People’s United Financial seeks to minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, execution of master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. Counterparty credit risk related to derivatives is considered and, if material, provided for separately.

In connection with the September 2008 bankruptcy filing by Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc., People’s United Financial terminated its $100 million (notional) derivative contract (interest rate floor) with Lehman Brothers. The derivative contract had a fair value of $5.3 million at the time of termination. After considering the master netting arrangement and posted collateral, the net amount due from the counterparty was $1.4 million. People’s United Financial recognized a $1.2 million charge that is included in other non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income to reduce this receivable to the amount currently estimated to be realizable.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

In the third quarter of 2008, People’s United Financial began entering into interest rate swaps with certain of its commercial customers. In order to minimize its risk, these customer derivatives have been offset with essentially matching interest rate swaps with People’s United Financial’s counterparties. Changes in the fair value of all such interest rate swaps are recognized in current earnings.

The following table summarizes certain information concerning these interest rate swaps:

 

As of December 31, 2008    Interest Rate Swaps

(dollars in millions)

   Customer    Counterparty

Notional principal amounts

   $ 60.3    $ 60.3

Weighted average interest rates:

     

Pay fixed (receive floating)

     1.90%(3.93%)      3.84%(1.90%)

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     124      124

Fair value:

     

Recognized as an asset

   $ 7.3    $ —  

Recognized as a liability

     —        6.9
             

NOTE 20—Legal Proceedings and Lease Commitments

 

Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial has various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities that are not required to be and, therefore, have not been reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

On April 21, 2008, People’s United Bank was served with a complaint naming it as a defendant in a lawsuit filed by a group of individuals in Connecticut Superior Court. The plaintiffs, who state that they are customers of People’s United Bank, claim to have suffered damages as a result of People’s United Bank’s alleged failure to safeguard the plaintiffs’ financial and personal information. The plaintiffs have moved for certification of the case as a class action on behalf of themselves and all People’s United Bank customers who are similarly situated.

Management, in conjunction with legal counsel, has reviewed the allegations made in the complaint and intends to defend the action vigorously. Management is not currently in a position to express any view on the likelihood of success of the plaintiffs’ claims against People’s United Bank, or the extent (if any) to which these actions may affect the financial condition or results of operations of People’s United Financial in any future period.

On May 23, 2008, People’s United Bank was served with a complaint naming it as a defendant in a lawsuit filed by a group of individuals in Connecticut Superior Court. The complaint, which also names BNY Mellon LLC as a defendant, alleges that the plaintiffs were damaged by BNY Mellon’s loss of unencrypted electronic data including personal information about the plaintiffs. BNY Mellon served as the conversion agent in connection with the second-step conversion in 2007, pursuant to which People’s United Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial.

The plaintiffs have moved for certification of the case as a class action on behalf of themselves and all People’s United Bank customers who are similarly situated. The case has since been removed from state court to the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut.

Management, in conjunction with legal counsel, has reviewed the allegations made in the complaint and intends to defend the action vigorously. Management is not currently in a position to express any view on the

 

F-55


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

likelihood of success of the plaintiffs’ claims against People’s United Bank, or the extent (if any) to which these actions may affect the financial condition or results of operations of People’s United Financial in any future period.

In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial is also subject to various other legal proceedings. Management has discussed the nature of these legal proceedings with legal counsel. In the opinion of management, People’s United Financial’s financial condition and results of operations will not be affected materially as a result of the outcome of these legal proceedings.

Lease Commitments

At December 31, 2008, People’s United Financial was obligated under various noncancelable operating leases for office space, which expire on various dates through 2032. Certain leases contain renewal options and provide for increased rentals based principally on the consumer price index and fair market rental value provisions. The future minimum rental commitments under operating leases in excess of one year at December 31, 2008 were: $31.5 million in 2009; $31.1 million in 2010; $25.9 million in 2011; $17.8 million in 2012; $14.8 million in 2013; and an aggregate of $68.8 million in 2014 through 2032. Rent expense under operating leases totaled $27.3 million, $18.1 million and $17.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

NOTE 21—Fair Values of Financial Instruments

 

The following is a summary of the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of People’s United Financial’s financial instruments:

 

    2008   2007

As of December 31 (in millions)

  Carrying
Amount
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Carrying
Amount
  Estimated
Fair Value

Financial assets (other than derivatives):

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,483.9   $ 1,483.9   $ 3,384.2   $ 3,384.2

Securities (1)

    1,901.7     1,901.7     61.5     61.5

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

    —       —       428.0     428.0

Loans, net

    14,408.2     14,598.9     8,877.0     8,885.6

Accrued interest receivable

    55.7     55.7     41.9     41.9
                       

Financial liabilities (other than derivatives):

       

Time deposits

    4,881.3     4,926.9     3,705.6     3,703.6

Other deposits

    9,388.1     9,388.1     5,175.0     5,175.0

Repurchase agreements

    156.7     156.6     —       —  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

    15.1     15.1     —       —  

Other borrowings

    16.1     16.0     —       —  

Subordinated notes

    180.5     162.6     65.4     72.0

Accrued interest payable

    8.8     8.8     3.4     3.4
                       

Derivative financial instruments: (2)

       

Recognized as an asset:

       

Interest rate floors

    46.3     46.3     27.6     27.6

Interest rate swaps

    7.3     7.3     —       —  

Foreign exchange contracts

    —       —       0.1     0.1

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

    0.5     0.5     —       —  

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

    —       —       0.1     0.1

Recognized as a liability:

       

Interest rate swaps

    7.7     7.7     0.4     0.4

Foreign exchange contracts

    0.5     0.5     —       —  

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

    —       —       0.1     0.1

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

    0.5     0.5     —       —  
                       

 

F-56


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

(1) Includes trading account securities of $21.4 million and $18.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. No other financial instruments in this table were held for trading purposes.
(2) See Note 19 for a further discussion of derivative financial instruments. People’s United Financial has certain off-balance-sheet financial instruments, as described in Note 19, with carrying amounts that primarily consist of deferred fee income and other accruals. The estimated fair values of these other instruments approximated the carrying amounts, which were not significant.

As stated in Note 1, People’s United Financial adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157 on January 1, 2008. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Accordingly, SFAS No. 157 requires an “exit price” approach to value.

SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” which requires disclosures about the fair values of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate fair value, was amended to adopt the SFAS No. 157 definition of fair value. SFAS No. 107 disclosure requirements apply to (i) financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis and, therefore, are subject to the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 157, and (ii) other financial instruments that are not subject to those disclosure requirements. See Note 1 for a discussion of financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis (securities and derivatives) and the methods used to determine the fair value of such instruments.

SFAS No. 107 provides examples of acceptable valuation techniques (when quoted market prices are not available) that might be used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments. These techniques include discounted cash flow analyses and comparison to similar instruments. Such estimates are highly subjective and require judgments regarding significant matters such as the amount and timing of future cash flows and the selection of discount rates that appropriately reflect market and credit risks. Changes in these judgments often have a material impact on the fair value estimates. In addition, since these estimates are made as of a specific point in time, they are susceptible to material near-term changes. Fair values disclosed in accordance with SFAS No. 107 do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from the sale of a large volume of a particular financial instrument, nor do they reflect possible tax ramifications or estimated transaction costs.

The following is a description of the principal valuation methods used by People’s United Financial for financial instruments other than securities and derivatives, which are discussed in Note 1:

Loans

For valuation purposes, the loan portfolio was segregated into its significant categories, which are residential mortgage, commercial real estate, commercial and consumer. These categories were further segregated, where appropriate, into components based on significant financial characteristics such as type of interest rate (fixed or adjustable) and payment status (performing or non-performing). Fair values were estimated for each component using a valuation method selected by management.

The fair values of performing residential mortgage, commercial real estate, commercial and consumer loans were estimated by discounting the anticipated cash flows from the respective portfolios. Estimates of the timing and amount of these cash flows considered factors such as future loan prepayments and credit losses. The discount rates reflected current market rates for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The fair values of non-performing loans were based on recent collateral appraisals or management’s analysis of estimated cash flows discounted at rates commensurate with the credit risk involved.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The fair value of home equity lines of credit was based on the outstanding loan balances, as required by SFAS No. 107, and, therefore, does not reflect the value associated with earnings from future loans to existing customers. Management believes that the fair value of these customer relationships has a substantial intangible value separate from the loan balances currently outstanding.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair values of time deposits represent contractual cash flows discounted using interest rates currently offered on time deposits with similar characteristics and remaining maturities. In accordance with SFAS No. 107, the fair values of other deposit liabilities (those with no stated maturity, such as checking and savings accounts) are equal to the carrying amounts payable on demand. As required by SFAS No. 107, deposit fair values do not include the intangible value of core deposit relationships that comprise a significant portion of People’s United Financial’s deposit base. Management believes that People’s United Financial’s core deposit relationships provide a relatively stable, low-cost funding source that has a substantial intangible value separate from the deposit balances.

Borrowings and Subordinated Notes

The fair values of FHLB advances, repurchase agreements and other borrowings represent contractual repayments discounted using interest rates currently available on borrowings with similar characteristics and remaining maturities. The fair values of subordinated notes were based on dealer quotes.

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities

The fair value of securities purchased under agreements to resell was estimated using an independent pricing model. Cash and cash equivalents, and accrued interest receivable and payable have fair values that approximate the respective carrying amounts because the instruments are payable on demand or have short-term maturities, and present relatively low credit risk and interest rate risk.

Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values of People’s United Financial’s off-balance-sheet financial instruments approximate the respective carrying amounts. These include commitments to extend credit and unadvanced lines of credit for which fair values were estimated based on an analysis of the interest rates and fees currently charged to enter into similar transactions, considering the remaining terms of the commitments and the creditworthiness of the potential borrowers.

NOTE 22—Business Segment Information

 

SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” requires public companies to report (i) certain financial and descriptive information about “reportable operating segments,” as defined, and (ii) certain enterprise-wide financial information about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. Operating segment information is reported using a “management approach” that is based on the way management organizes the segments for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing performance.

As a result of the Chittenden acquisition, People’s United Financial’s business segments have been realigned to correspond with its three core businesses. All business segment results for prior years have been restated to conform to the current presentation.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

People’s United Financial’s three primary business segments that represent its core businesses are as follows:

Commercial Banking consists principally of commercial lending, commercial real estate lending, indirect auto lending, and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of PCLC, as well as cash management, correspondent banking, municipal banking and corporate trust.

Retail Banking and Small Business includes, as its principal business lines, consumer and small business deposit gathering activities, consumer lending (including residential mortgage and home equity) and small business lending.

Wealth Management consists of private banking, trust services, brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by People’s Securities and Chittenden Securities, and other insurance services provided through R.C. Knox and Chittenden Insurance Group.

In addition, Treasury is responsible for managing the securities portfolio, short-term investments, wholesale funding activities, such as borrowings, and the funding center.

People’s United Financial’s business segment disclosure is based on information generated by an internal profitability reporting system, which generates information by business segment based on a series of management estimates and allocations regarding funds transfer pricing (“FTP”), the provision for loan losses, non-interest expense and income taxes. These estimates and allocations, some of which can be subjective in nature, are continually being reviewed and refined. Any changes in estimates and allocations that may affect the reported results of any business segment will not affect the consolidated financial position or results of operations of People’s United Financial as a whole.

FTP is used in the calculation of each business segment’s net interest income, and measures the value of funds used in and provided by a business segment. Under this process, a money desk buys funds from liability-generating business lines (such as consumer deposits) and sells funds to asset-generating business lines (such as commercial lending). The price at which funds are bought and sold on any given day is set by People’s United Financial’s Treasury group and is based on the wholesale cost to People’s United Financial of assets and liabilities with similar maturities. Liability-generating businesses sell newly originated liabilities to the money desk and recognize a funding credit, while asset-generating businesses buy funding for newly originated assets from the money desk and recognize a funding charge. Once funding for an asset is purchased from or a liability is sold to the money desk, the price that is set by the Treasury group will remain with that asset or liability until it matures or reprices, which effectively transfers responsibility for managing interest rate risk to the Treasury group. This process results in a difference between total net interest income for the reportable business segments and the amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income; this difference is reflected in the funding center as part of Treasury.

A five-year rolling average net charge-off rate is used as the basis for the provision for loan losses for the respective segment. People’s United Financial’s allocates a majority of non-interest expenses to each business segment using a full-absorption costing process. Direct and indirect costs are analyzed and pooled by process and assigned to the appropriate business segment, and corporate overhead costs are allocated to each business segment. Income tax expense is allocated to each business segment using a constant rate, based on an estimate of the consolidated effective income tax rate for the year. Total average assets are reported for each business segment due to management’s reliance, in part, on average balances for purposes of assessing business segment performance. Included in “Other” are assets such as cash, premises and equipment, and other assets.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The category “Other” includes the residual financial impact from the allocation of revenues and expenses and certain revenues and expenses not attributable to a particular segment, and the FTP impact from excess capital. This category also includes: certain nonrecurring items, including $6.9 million of security gains related to the Visa IPO (included in non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2008), $51.3 million of merger-related expenses and other one-time charges (included in non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008), $5.4 million of security gains related to the sale of People’s United Financial’s entire holdings of MasterCard Incorporated Class B Common Stock (included in non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2007) and the $60.0 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation (included in non-interest expense for the year December 31, 2007); income from discontinued operations; and certain income tax benefits.

The following tables provide selected financial information for People’s United Financial’s business segments:

 

Year ended December 31, 2008

(in millions)

  Commercial
Banking
  Retail
Banking

and Small
Business
  Wealth
Management
    Total
Business
Segments
  Treasury     Other     Total
Consolidated

Net interest income (loss)

  $ 266.1   $ 398.2   $ 4.4     $ 668.7   $ (166.9 )   $ 134.6     $ 636.4

Provision for loan losses

    18.7     5.5     0.1       24.3     —         1.9       26.2

Non-interest income

    76.4     123.7     86.5       286.6     10.4       6.6       303.6

Non-interest expense

    175.3     368.3     85.8       629.4     (0.7 )     77.6       706.3
                                               

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

    148.5     148.1     5.0       301.6     (155.8 )     61.7       207.5

Income tax expense (benefit)

    50.4     50.3     1.6       102.3     (55.9 )     21.6       68.0
                                               

Net income (loss)

  $ 98.1   $ 97.8   $ 3.4     $ 199.3   $ (99.9 )   $ 40.1     $ 139.5
                                               

Total average assets

  $ 9,289.7   $ 6,501.0   $ 294.3     $ 16,085.0   $ 3,022.4     $ 1,265.6     $ 20,373.0
                                               

Year ended December 31, 2007

(in millions)

  Commercial
Banking
  Retail
Banking
and Small
Business
  Wealth
Management
    Total
Business
Segments
  Treasury     Other     Total
Consolidated

Net interest income (loss)

  $ 115.9   $ 264.4   $ (0.9 )   $ 379.4   $ (29.8 )   $ 137.0     $ 486.6

Provision for loan losses

    10.3     3.6     —         13.9     —         (5.9 )     8.0

Non-interest income

    25.9     85.9     56.3       168.1     10.6       6.7       185.4

Non-interest expense

    61.9     261.5     49.1       372.5     (0.3 )     67.1       439.3
                                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit)

    69.6     85.2     6.3       161.1     (18.9 )     82.5       224.7

Income tax expense (benefit)

    24.4     29.8     2.1       56.3     (10.3 )     29.5       75.5
                                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    45.2     55.4     4.2       104.8     (8.6 )     53.0       149.2

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    —       —       —         —       —         1.5       1.5
                                               

Net income (loss)

  $ 45.2   $ 55.4   $ 4.2     $ 104.8   $ (8.6 )   $ 54.5     $ 150.7
                                               

Total average assets

  $ 4,151.0   $ 4,978.7   $ 79.7     $ 9,209.4   $ 2,890.6     $ 651.3     $ 12,751.3
                                               

 

F-60


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Year ended December 31, 2006

(in millions)

  Commercial
Banking
  Retail
Banking
and Small
Business
  Wealth
Management
    Total
Business
Segments
  Treasury     Other     Total
Consolidated

Net interest income (loss)

  $ 112.9   $ 274.5   $ (0.5 )   $ 386.9   $ (26.2 )   $ 21.7     $ 382.4

Provision for loan losses

    9.7     3.8     —         13.5     —         (10.1 )     3.4

Non-interest income

    21.2     87.0     55.1       163.3     (18.2 )     2.3       147.4

Non-interest expense

    52.4     237.7     49.4       339.5     0.5       6.9       346.9
                                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit)

    72.0     120.0     5.2       197.2     (44.9 )     27.2       179.5

Income tax expense (benefit)

    25.2     42.0     1.8       69.0     (18.9 )     7.7       57.8
                                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    46.8     78.0     3.4       128.2     (26.0 )     19.5       121.7

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    —       —       —         —       —         2.3       2.3
                                               

Net income (loss)

  $ 46.8   $ 78.0   $ 3.4     $ 128.2   $ (26.0 )   $ 21.8     $ 124.0
                                               

Total average assets

  $ 3,804.6   $ 5,193.2   $ 81.0     $ 9,078.8   $ 1,066.4     $ 637.9     $ 10,783.1
                                               

NOTE 23—Discontinued Operations

 

On March 5, 2004, People’s United Financial completed the sale of its credit card business, which included $2.0 billion of credit card receivables, as well as the transfer of its related credit card operations and 420 employees, to The Royal Bank of Scotland Group.

People’s United Financial continues to generate recoveries from collection efforts on previously charged-off credit card accounts that were not included in the sale of the credit card business. Recoveries, net of collection costs, totaled $2.3 million and $4.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Recoveries occurring subsequent to the sale and through December 31, 2007 were included in income from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Effective January 1, 2008, income from discontinued operations is no longer disclosed separately in the Consolidated Statements of Income as the level of recoveries continues to decline due to the aging and diminishing pool of charged-off accounts.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 24—Parent Company Financial Information

 

On April 16, 2007, People’s United Financial, People’s United Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings completed their second-step conversion from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure (see Note 2). People’s United Financial had not engaged in any business through March 31, 2007; accordingly, the financial information for 2007 covers the period from April 16, 2007 through December 31, 2007.

The condensed financial information of People’s United Financial (parent company only) is presented below:

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2008    2007

Assets:

     

Cash at bank subsidiary

   $ 1,280.0    $ 1.0

Short-term investments

     —        1,013.2

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     —        428.0

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     764.9      —  

Goodwill

     175.9      —  

Investments in subsidiaries:

     

Bank subsidiary

     3,084.8      2,989.2

Non-bank subsidiary

     3.2      3.0

Other assets

     20.2      18.3
             

Total assets

   $ 5,329.0    $ 4,452.7
             

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

     

Subordinated notes

   $ 115.0    $ —  

Other liabilities

     38.5      7.3

Stockholders’ equity

     5,175.5      4,445.4
             

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 5,329.0    $ 4,452.7
             

 

F-62


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

(in millions)

   Year ended
December 31, 2008
    For the period
April 16, 2007 through
December 31, 2007
 

Revenues:

    

Interest income:

    

Short-term investments

   $ 13.8     $ 0.4  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     7.6       48.3  

Securities

     4.4       —    
                

Total interest income

     25.8       48.7  

Dividends from bank subsidiary

     1,800.0       206.0  

Other non-interest income

     0.1       0.1  
                

Total revenues

     1,825.9       254.8  
                

Expenses:

    

Interest on subordinated notes

     8.5       —    

Contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation

     —         60.0  

Other non-interest expense

     12.6       3.6  
                

Total expenses

     21.1       63.6  
                

Income before income tax expense (benefit) and subsidiary distributions in excess of income

     1,804.8       191.2  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     1.7       (5.2 )
                

Income before subsidiary distributions in excess of income

     1,803.1       196.4  

Subsidiary distributions in excess of income

     (1,663.6 )     (45.7 )
                

Net income

   $ 139.5     $ 150.7  
                

 

F-63


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(in millions)

   Year ended
December 31, 2008
    For the period
April 16, 2007
through
December 31, 2007
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

    

Net income

   $ 139.5     $ 150.7  

Subsidiary distributions in excess of income

     1,663.6       45.7  

Net change in other assets and other liabilities

     14.5       (14.8 )

Contribution of common stock to The People’s United
Community Foundation

     —         40.0  
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,817.6       221.6  
                

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

    

Net decrease (increase) in securities purchased under
agreements to resell

     428.0       (428.0 )

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (763.4 )     —    

Decrease (increase) in investments in subsidiaries

     12.9       (1,667.4 )

Cash paid in acquisition of Chittenden Corporation

     (1,063.3 )     —    
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,385.8 )     (2,095.4 )
                

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

    

Cash dividends paid on common stock

     (194.4 )     (115.6 )

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock pursuant
to second-step conversion

     —         3,334.8  

Capital contribution pursuant to dissolution of People’s Mutual Holdings

     —         8.1  

Purchase of common stock for ESOP

     —         (216.8 )

Common stock repurchased

     —         (127.1 )

Proceeds from stock options exercised, including excess income tax benefits

     28.4       4.6  
                

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (166.0 )     2,888.0  
                

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     265.8       1,014.2  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     1,014.2       —    
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 1,280.0     $ 1,014.2  
                

 

F-64


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

NOTE 25—Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

The following table presents People’s United Financial’s quarterly financial data for 2008 and 2007:

 

    2008     2007  

(in millions, except per share data)

  First     Second     Third     Fourth     First     Second     Third     Fourth  

Interest and dividend income

  $ 254.9     $ 227.5     $ 222.4     $ 212.4     $ 149.4     $ 187.5     $ 189.4     $ 180.7  

Interest expense

    88.6       70.5       62.6       59.1       54.1       55.5       55.1       55.7  
                                                               

Net interest income

    166.3       157.0       159.8       153.3       95.3       132.0       134.3       125.0  

Provision for loan losses

    8.3       2.4       6.8       8.7       0.8       1.8       2.5       2.9  
                                                               

Net interest income after provision
for loan losses

    158.0       154.6       153.0       144.6       94.5       130.2       131.8       122.1  

Non-interest income

    82.3       73.4       74.2       73.7       43.6       45.5       50.2       46.1  

Non-interest expense

    219.2       162.9       158.7       165.5       88.1       155.7       95.5       100.0  
                                                               

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

    21.1       65.1       68.5       52.8       50.0       20.0       86.5       68.2  

Income tax expense

    6.0       22.1       22.5       17.4       16.9       6.9       29.2       22.5  
                                                               

Income from continuing operations

    15.1       43.0       46.0       35.4       33.1       13.1       57.3       45.7  

Income from discontinued operations,
net of tax

    —         —         —         —         0.5       0.4       0.3       0.3  
                                                               

Net income

  $ 15.1     $ 43.0     $ 46.0     $ 35.4     $ 33.6     $ 13.5     $ 57.6     $ 46.0  
                                                               

Basic earnings per common share (1)

  $ 0.05     $ 0.13     $ 0.14     $ 0.11     $ 0.11     $ 0.05     $ 0.20     $ 0.16  

Diluted earnings per common share (1)

    0.05       0.13       0.14       0.11       0.11       0.05       0.20       0.16  

Average common shares outstanding:

               

Basic

    327.87       328.71       329.72       330.97       297.75       290.98       289.65       284.91  

Diluted

    329.20       330.19       331.32       332.33       299.26       292.38       290.84       286.60  

Common stock price:

               

High

  $ 18.25     $ 18.52     $ 21.76     $ 20.15     $ 22.81     $ 21.38     $ 18.62     $ 18.60  

Low

    14.29       15.52       13.92       14.75       19.78       17.56       14.78       15.83  

Dividends paid (2)

    44.3       49.9       50.0       50.2       15.5       38.7       38.7       38.2  

Dividends per share (2)

    0.13       0.15       0.15       0.15       0.12       0.13       0.13       0.13  

Dividend payout ratio (2)

    293.0 %     116.1 %     108.7 %     141.8 %     46.1 %     286.4 %     67.2 %     83.2 %
                                                               

 

(1) The sum of the quarterly earnings per common share amounts may not equal the respective full-year amount due to rounding and/or changes in average share count.
(2) Reflects the waiver of dividends on the substantial majority of the common shares owned by People’s Mutual Holdings prior to completing the second-step conversion in April 2007. See Note 13.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Designation

 

Description

4.2   Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2007, by and between Chittenden Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee
4.3   Form of Global Note, registered in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee (February 17, 2007)
10.5(a)*   Form of Change in Control Agreement (Senior Executive Vice Presidents)
10.5(b)*   Form of Change in Control Agreement (Executive Vice Presidents)
10.6*   Short Term Incentive Plan for Key Employees of People’s United Bank
10.7*   People’s United Bank Split Dollar Cash Value Restoration Plan
10.13*   First Amended and Restated People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan
10.14*   The People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan—First Amendment and Restatement
10.16*   People’s United Bank Nonqualified Savings and Retirement Plan
10.28*   Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
10.28(a)*   Amendment Number 1 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
10.29*   Eastern Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan
10.29(a)*   Amendment to the Eastern Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan
10.30*   The Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan
10.30(a)*   Amendment Number 1 to the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan
21   Subsidiaries
23   Consent of KPMG LLP
31.1   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
31.2   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
32   Section 1350 Certifications
99.1   Impact of Inflation
99.2   Management’s Report on the Effectiveness of Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Compliance with Designated Laws and Regulations
99.3   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Regarding Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

* Each exhibit identified by an asterisk constitutes a management contract or compensation plan, contract or arrangement.

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

CHITTENDEN CORPORATION

TO

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

TRUSTEE

 

 

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 14, 2007

 

 

SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 


CHITTENDEN CORPORATION

RECONCILIATION AND TIE BETWEEN TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 AND

INDENTURE, DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 14, 2007

 

TRUST INDENTURE ACT SECTION    INDENTURE SECTION
Section 310    (a)(1)       6.09
   (a)(2)       6.09
   (a)(3)       Not Applicable
   (a)(4)       Not Applicable
   (a)(5)       6.09
   (b)       6.08 and 6.10
   (c)       Not Applicable
Section 311    (a)       6.13
   (b)       6.13
   (c)       Not Applicable
Section 312    (a)       7.01 and 7.02(a)
   (b)       7.02(b)
   (c)       7.02(c)
Section 313    (a)       7.03(a) and (b)
   (b)       7.03(a)
   (c)       7.03(a)
   (d)       7.03(c)
Section 314    (a)       7.04
   (b)       Not Applicable
   (c)(1)       1.02
   (c)(2)       1.02
   (c)(3)       Not Applicable
   (d)       Not Applicable
   (e)       1.02
Section 315    (a)       6.01
   (b)       6.02
   (c)       6.01
   (d)       6.01
   (e)       5.14
Section 316    (a)(1)(A)       5.12
   (a)(1)(B)       5.13
   (a)(2)       Not Applicable
   (b)       5.08
   (c)       1.04
Section 317    (a)(1)       5.03
   (a)(2)       5.04
   (b)       10.03
Section 318    (a)       1.07

 

NOTE: THIS RECONCILIATION AND TIE SHALL NOT, FOR ANY PURPOSE, BE DEEMED TO BE A PART OF THE INDENTURE.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
ARTICLE ONE - DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION    1
   Section 1.01    Definitions.    1
   Section 1.02    Compliance Certificates and Opinions.    8
   Section 1.03    Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.    9
   Section 1.04    Acts of Holders.    9
   Section 1.05    Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company.    10
   Section 1.06    Notice to Holders; Waiver.    10
   Section 1.07    Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.    11
   Section 1.08    Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.    11
   Section 1.09    Successors and Assigns.    11
   Section 1.10    Separability Clause.    11
   Section 1.11    Benefits of Indenture.    11
   Section 1.12    Governing Law.    11
   Section 1.13    Legal Holidays.    12
   Section 1.14    Immunity of Stockholders, Directors, Officers and Agents of the Company    12
   Section 1.15    Waiver of Jury Trial    12
   Section 1.16    Force Majeure    12
ARTICLE TWO - SECURITY FORMS    13
   Section 2.01    Forms Generally.    13
   Section 2.02    Form of Face of Security.    13
   Section 2.03    Form of Reverse of Security.    15
   Section 2.04    Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.    20
   Section 2.05    Form of Legend for Global Securities.    20
ARTICLE THREE - THE SECURITIES    20
   Section 3.01    Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series.    20
   Section 3.02    Denominations.    23
   Section 3.03    Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.    23
   Section 3.04    Temporary Securities.    25
   Section 3.05    Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.    25
   Section 3.06    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.    26
   Section 3.07    Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.    27
   Section 3.08    Persons Deemed Owners.    28
   Section 3.09    Cancellation.    29
   Section 3.10    Computation of Interest.    29
   Section 3.11    Payment to be in Proper Currency.    29
ARTICLE FOUR - SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE    30
   Section 4.01    Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.    30

 

i


   Section 4.02    Application of Trust Money.    31
ARTICLE FIVE - REMEDIES    31
   Section 5.01    Events of Default.    31
   Section 5.02    Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.    32
   Section 5.03    Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.    34
   Section 5.04    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.    35
   Section 5.05    Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.    36
   Section 5.06    Application of Money Collected.    36
   Section 5.07    Limitation on Suits.    36
   Section 5.08    Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest.    37
   Section 5.09    Restoration of Rights and Remedies.    37
   Section 5.10    Rights and Remedies Cumulative.    37
   Section 5.11    Delay or Omission not Waiver.    38
   Section 5.12    Control by Holders.    38
   Section 5.13    Waiver of Past Defaults.    38
   Section 5.14    Undertaking for Costs.    39
   Section 5.15    Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.    39
ARTICLE SIX - THE TRUSTEE    40
   Section 6.01    Certain Duties and Responsibilities.    40
   Section 6.02    Notice of Defaults.    40
   Section 6.03    Certain Rights of Trustee.    40
   Section 6.04    Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.    42
   Section 6.05    May Hold Securities.    42
   Section 6.06    Money Held in Trust.    42
   Section 6.07    Compensation and Reimbursement.    42
   Section 6.08    Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.    43
   Section 6.09    Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.    43
   Section 6.10    Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.    43
   Section 6.11    Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.    44
   Section 6.12    Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.    45
   Section 6.13    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.    46
   Section 6.14    Appointment of Authenticating Agent.    46
ARTICLE SEVEN - HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY    47
   Section 7.01    Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.    47
   Section 7.02    Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.    48
   Section 7.03    Reports by Trustee.    48
   Section 7.04    Reports by Company.    48
ARTICLE EIGHT - CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE    49
   Section 8.01    Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.    49

 

ii


   Section 8.02    Successor Substituted.    50
ARTICLE NINE - SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES    50
   Section 9.01    Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders.    50
   Section 9.02    Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.    51
   Section 9.03    Execution of Supplemental Indentures.    52
   Section 9.04    Effect of Supplemental Indentures.    53
   Section 9.05    Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.    53
   Section 9.06    Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.    53
   Section 9.07    Notice of Supplemental Indentures.    53
ARTICLE TEN - COVENANTS    53
   Section 10.01    Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.    53
   Section 10.02    Maintenance of Office or Agency.    53
   Section 10.03    Money for Securities Payments to be Held in Trust.    54
   Section 10.04    Existence.    55
   Section 10.05    Maintenance of Properties.    55
   Section 10.06    Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.    55
   Section 10.07    Waiver of Certain Covenants.    56
ARTICLE ELEVEN - REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES    56
   Section 11.01    Applicability of Article.    56
   Section 11.02    Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.    56
   Section 11.03    Selection by Trustee of Securities to be Redeemed.    57
   Section 11.04    Notice of Redemption.    57
   Section 11.05    Deposit of Redemption Price.    58
   Section 11.06    Securities Payable on Redemption Date.    58
   Section 11.07    Securities Redeemed in Part.    58
ARTICLE TWELVE - SINKING FUNDS    59
   Section 12.01    Applicability of Article.    59
   Section 12.02    Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.    59
   Section 12.03    Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.    59
ARTICLE THIRTEEN - SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES    60
   Section 13.01    Subordination to Senior Indebtedness.    60
   Section 13.02    Company not to Make Payments with Respect to Securities in Certain Circumstances.    60
   Section 13.03    Securities Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Indebtedness of the Company on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of the Company; Subrogation.    60
   Section 13.04    Obligation of the Company Unconditional.    62
   Section 13.05    No Fiduciary Duty to Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company.    63
   Section 13.06    Notice to Trustees of Facts Prohibiting Payments.    63
   Section 13.07    Application by Trustee of Moneys Deposited with It.    63

 

iii


   Section 13.08    Subordination Rights not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Company or Holders of Senior Indebtedness (or Creditors in Respect of General Obligations).    64
   Section 13.09    Authorization of Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Securities.    64
   Section 13.10    Right of Trustee to Hold Senior Indebtedness of the Company (or to be a Creditor in Respect of General Obligations of the Company).    64
   Section 13.11    Article Thirteen not to Prevent Events of Default.    64
   Section 13.12    Article Applicable to Paying Agents.    65
   Section 13.13    Trustee Compensation not Prejudiced.    65
   Section 13.14    Payment of Proceeds in Certain Cases.    65
   Section 13.15    Automatic Termination.    66
ARTICLE FOURTEEN - MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES    66
   Section 14.01    Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called.    66
   Section 14.02    Call, Notice and Place of Meetings.    67
   Section 14.03    Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings.    67
   Section 14.04    Quorum; Action.    67
   Section 14.05    Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings.    68
   Section 14.06    Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings.    69

 

iv


INDENTURE, dated as of February 14, 2007, between CHITTENDEN CORPORATION, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Vermont (hereinafter called the “ Company ”), having its principal office at Two Burlington Square, Burlington, Vermont 05401, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A., a national banking association, as Trustee (hereinafter called the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (hereinafter called the “ Securities ”), to be issued in one or more series as provided in this Indenture.

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of series thereof, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE - DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 1.01 Definitions .

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

(2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

(3) any gender used in this Indenture shall be deemed and construed to include correlative words of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender;

(4) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted at the date of such computation; and

(5) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. Certain terms, used principally in Article Six, are defined in that Article.


Act ”, when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 1.04.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Authenticating Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.14 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series.

Board of Directors ” means either the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee appointed by that board.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

Business Day ”, when used with respect to any Place of Payment, means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions generally in that Place of Payment or Boston, Massachusetts are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

Company ” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

Company Request ” or “ Company Order ” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its President, its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, a Vice President, its Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or any other authorized officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee at which at any particular time this Indenture shall be principally administered, which office on the date of execution of this Indenture is located at 222 Berkeley Street, 2 nd Floor, Boston, MA 02116-3748

Corporation ” includes corporations, associations, companies, joint-stock companies and business trusts.

 

2


Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.03.

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Securities of any series issuable or issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, the clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 3.01 or any successor clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act as contemplated by Section 3.05, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Depositary” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Depositary with respect to the Securities of such series.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.14.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

General Obligations ” means all obligations of the Company to make payment on account of claims of general creditors, including any obligations on account of indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed not expressly made subordinate to such General Obligations, other than (A) obligations on account of Senior Indebtedness and (B) obligations on account of the Securities and indebtedness for money borrowed ranking pari passu with or subordinate to the Securities; provided, however, that if the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or other federal banking supervisor that shall at the time of determination be the Company’s primary federal banking supervisor) shall promulgate any rule or issue any interpretation defining or describing the term “general creditor” or “general creditors” or “senior indebtedness” for purposes of its criteria for the inclusion of subordinated debt of a bank holding company in capital, or otherwise defining or describing the obligations to which subordinated debt of a bank holding company must be subordinated to be included in capital, to include any obligations not included in the definition of “Senior Indebtedness” herein, the term “General Obligations” shall mean such obligations as defined or described in the most recent rule or interpretation, other than obligations described in clauses (A) and (B) above. The term “claim” as used in the foregoing paragraph shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended. The term “indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed” as used in the foregoing paragraph shall mean any obligation of, or any obligation guaranteed by, the Company for the repayment of money borrowed, whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other written instruments, and any deferred obligation for the payment of the purchase price of property or assets.

Global Security ” means a Security bearing the legend specified in Section 2.05 evidencing all or part of a series of Securities, issued to the Depositary for such series or its nominee, and registered in the name of such Depositary or nominee (or such legend as may be specified by Section 3.01 for such Securities).

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register.

 

3


Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 3.01; provided, however, that, if at any time more than one Person is acting as Trustee under this instrument due to the appointment of one or more separate Trustees for any one or more separate series of Securities pursuant to Section 6.10(e), “Indenture” shall mean, with respect to such series of Securities for which any such Person is Trustee, this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of the particular series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee established as contemplated by Section 3.01, exclusive, however, of any provisions or terms which relate solely to other series of Securities for which such Person is not Trustee, regardless of when such terms or provisions were adopted, and exclusive of any provisions or terms adopted by means of one or more indentures supplemental hereto executed and delivered after such Person had become such Trustee but to which such Person, as such Trustee, was not a party.

interest ”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

Interest Payment Date ”, when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, a Vice President, the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or any other authorized officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Company, and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

Original Issue Discount Security ” means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02.

Outstanding ”, when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(A) Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(B) Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the

 

4


Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

(C) Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 3.06 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or whether a quorum is present at a meeting of Holders of Securities, (i) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, (ii) the principal amount of a Security denominated in one or more foreign currencies or currency units that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined in the manner provided as contemplated by Section 3.01 as of the date of original issuance of such Security, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined as of the date of original issuance of such Security, of the amount determined as provided in (i) above) of such Security as determined by the Company pursuant to Section 3.01, and (iii) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and/or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company.

Periodic Offering ” means an offering of Securities of a series from time to time the specific terms of which Securities, including, without limitation, the rate or rates of interest (or formula for determining the rate or rates of interest), if any, thereon, the Stated Maturity or Maturities thereof and the redemption provisions, if any, with respect thereto, are to be determined by the Company or its agents upon the issuance of such Securities.

Person ” means any individual, Corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other legal entity.

Place of Payment ”, when used with respect to the Securities of any series, means the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and/or interest on the

 

5


Securities of that series are payable, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served as contemplated by Section 3.01.

Predecessor Security ” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

Principal Subsidiary Bank ” means any Subsidiary which is organized as a banking organization under Federal or State law and which represents 30% or more of the consolidated assets of the Company determined as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements of the Company.

Redemption Date ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

Redemption Price ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Securities of any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 3.01.

Responsible Officer ”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee assigned by it to administer its corporate trust matters.

Securities ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture; provided, however, that if at any time there is more than one Person acting as Trustee under this Indenture, “Securities” with respect to the Indenture as to which such Person is Trustee shall have the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and shall more particularly mean Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, exclusive, however, of Securities of any series as to which such Person is not Trustee.

Security Register ” and “ Security Registrar ” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.05.

Senior Indebtedness ” of the Company means (i) the principal of (and premium, if any), and interest on all indebtedness of the Company for money purchased or borrowed, whether or not evidenced by securities, bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments issued by the Company, (ii) all capital lease obligations of the Company, (iii) all obligations of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of the Company, and all obligations of the Company under any conditional sale or title retention agreement except trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business, (iv) all obligations of the Company in respect of any letters of credit, bankers acceptance, security

 

6


purchase facilities and similar credit transactions, (v) all obligations of the Company in respect of interest rate swap, cap or other agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contracts and other similar agreements, (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in (i) through (v) above of other Persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor, or otherwise, (vii) all obligations of the type referred to in (i) through (vi) above of other Persons secured by any lien on any of the properties or assets of the Company, whether or not the Company assumes such obligation, and (viii) any deferrals, renewals or extensions of any such Senior Indebtedness. The term Senior Indebtedness shall not include (i) the Securities, (ii) any indebtedness that by its terms is subordinated to, or ranks pari passu with, the Securities (including the Company’s junior subordinated debentures issued to Chittenden Capital Trust I), and (iii) any indebtedness between or among the Company and its Affiliates, including all other indebtedness and guarantees in respect of indebtedness issued to any trust, or a trustee of such trust, partnership or other entity affiliated to the Company which is a financing vehicle of the Company in connection with the issuance by such financing vehicle of capital securities or other securities guaranteed by the Company pursuant to an instrument that ranks pari passu with or junior in respect of payment to the Securities.

Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.07.

Stated Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

Subsidiary ” means a Corporation more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and/or by one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Termination Event ” means (a) the promulgation of any rule or regulation or the issuance of any interpretation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or other federal banking supervisor that shall at the time of determination be the Company’s primary federal banking supervisor) that (i) defines or describes the terms “general creditor” or “general creditors” or “senior indebtedness” for purposes of its criteria for the inclusion of subordinated debt of a bank holding company in capital, or otherwise defines or describes the obligations to which subordinated debt of a bank holding company must be subordinated for the debt to be included in capital, to include no obligations other than those covered by the definition of “Senior Indebtedness”, (ii) permits the Company to include the Securities in its capital if they were subordinated in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness without regard to any other obligations of the Company, (iii) otherwise eliminates the requirement that subordinated debt of a bank holding company must be subordinated in right of payment to the claims of its general creditors in order to be included in capital or (iv) causes the Securities to be excluded from capital notwithstanding the provisions of this Indenture referred to in Section 13.15 or (b) any event that results in the Company not being subject to capital requirements under the rules, regulations or interpretations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or other federal banking supervisor.

 

7


Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed, except as provided in Section 9.05.

Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

Vice President ”, when used with respect to the Company, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”.

Voting Stock ”, when used with respect to a Corporation, means stock of the class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

Section 1.02 Compliance Certificates and Opinions .

Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

8


Section 1.03 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee .

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of any officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representation by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representation with respect to the matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Section 1.04 Acts of Holders .

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

9


(c) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register. The Company may fix any day as the record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Securities of any series entitled to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, or to vote on any action, authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series. If not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder of Securities of such series made by any Person in respect of any such action, or, in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, the record date for any such action or vote shall be the 30th day (or, if later, the date of the most recent list of Holders required to be provided pursuant to Section 7.01) prior to such first solicitation or vote, as the case may be. With regard to any record date for action to be taken by the Holders of one or more series of Securities, only the Holders of Securities of such series on such date (or their duly designated proxies) shall be entitled to give or take, or vote on, the relevant action.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

Section 1.05 Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company .

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:

(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration; or

(2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument (Attention: Chief Financial Officer) or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

Section 1.06 Notice to Holders; Waiver .

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person

 

10


entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made by or with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

Section 1.07 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

This Indenture is subject to, and shall be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.

Section 1.08 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 1.09 Successors and Assigns .

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company and the Trustee shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 1.10 Separability Clause .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 1.11 Benefits of Indenture .

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than (a) the parties hereto, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Securities Registrar, and their successors hereunder, (b) the holders of Senior Indebtedness, (c) the Holders of Securities and (d) subject to the final paragraph of Section 9.01, creditors in respect of General Obligations, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 1.12 Governing Law .

This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

11


Section 1.13 Legal Holidays .

Except as may be otherwise specified with respect to any particular series, in any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, provided that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.

Section 1.14 Immunity of Stockholders, Directors, Officers and Agents of the Company .

No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, or in any Security, or because of any indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any past, present or future stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, of the Company or of any successor, either directly or through the Company or any successor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the acceptance of the Securities by the Holders and as part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

Section 1.15 Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 1.16 Force Majeure.

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

12


ARTICLE TWO - SECURITY FORMS

Section 2.01 Forms Generally .

The Securities of each series shall be in substantially the form set forth in this Article, or in such other form as shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate or established by one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities. If the form of Securities of any series is established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section 3.03 for the authentication and delivery of such Securities.

The Trustee’s certificates of authentication shall be in substantially the form set forth in this Article with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture.

The definitive Securities may be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

Section 2.02 Form of Face of Security .

THIS SECURITY IS AN UNSECURED SUBORDINATED DEBT OBLIGATION OF CHITTENDEN CORPORATION. THIS SECURITY IS NOT A DEPOSIT OR SAVINGS ACCOUNT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

[INSERT ANY LEGEND REQUIRED BY THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE AND THE REGULATIONS THEREUNDER OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW.]

CHITTENDEN CORPORATION

 

No.                     

  [$]                     

Chittenden Corporation, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Vermont (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                      , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                              [Dollars] on                              . [If the Security is to bear interest prior to Maturity, insert —, and to pay interest thereon from                              or from the most recent Interest Payment

 

13


Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for,                              on                      and                      of each year, commencing                      , at the rate of          % per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment [if applicable insert —, and (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) at the rate of          % per annum on any overdue principal and premium and on any overdue installment of interest]]. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be                              or                              (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of this series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture]. [If the Security is not to bear interest prior to Maturity, insert — The principal of this Security shall not bear interest except in the case of a default in payment of principal upon acceleration, upon redemption or at Stated Maturity and in such case the overdue principal of this Security shall bear interest at the rate of          % per annum (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), which shall accrue from the date of such default in payment to the date payment of such principal has been made or duly provided for. Interest on any overdue principal shall be payable on demand. Any such interest on any overdue principal that is not so paid on demand shall bear interest at the rate of          % per annum (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), which shall accrue from the date of such demand for payment to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for, and such interest shall also be payable on demand.]

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and [if applicable, insert — any such] interest on this Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in Boston Massachusetts; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

[If applicable, insert — [The Securities of this series are/This Security is] subject to redemption prior to the Stated Maturity as described on the reverse hereof.]

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

Dated:    CHITTENDEN CORPORATION

 

By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Attest:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Section 2.03 Form of Reverse of Security .

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the “Securities”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of                      , 20      (herein called the “Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, initally limited in aggregate principal amount to $125,000,000. The Company may issue additional Securities of this series, having the same terms as this Security (except for the issue date) and, if issued, such additional Securities will be part of the same series as this Security. In addition, by the terms of the Indenture, additional Securities [if applicable, insert — of this series and] of other separate series, which may vary as to date, amount, Stated Maturity, interest rate or method of calculating the interest rate and in other respects as therein provided, may be issued in an unlimited principal amount.

The Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities is, to the extent and in the manner provided in the Indenture referred to above, subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the principal of (and premium, if any), and interest on all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as defined in the Indenture, and each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by the provisions of the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination of this Security as provided in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture regarding payments to creditors in respect of General Obligations (as defined in the

 

15


Indenture). In particular, the Indenture provides that if upon the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency relating to the Company, there remains, after giving effect to the subordination provisions referred to in the preceding paragraph, any amount of cash, property or securities available for payment or distribution in respect of Securities (as defined in the Indenture, “Excess Proceeds”), and if, at such time, any creditors in respect of General Obligations have not received payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of such General Obligations, then such Excess Proceeds shall first be applied to pay or provide for the payment in full of such General Obligations before any payment or distribution may be made in respect of Securities. This paragraph shall immediately and automatically terminate, be null and void ab initio and have no further effect upon the occurrence of a Termination Event (as defined in the Indenture).

[If applicable, insert — [The Securities of this series are/This Security is] subject to redemption prior to the Stated Maturity hereof upon not less than 30 days’ notice by mail to the Person[s] in whose name[s] [the Securities to be redeemed are/this Security is] registered at the address specified in the Security Register, [if applicable, insert — (1) on                              in any year commencing with the year                      and ending with the year                      through operation of the sinking fund for this series at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount, and (2)] [at any time] [on any Interest Payment Date] [on or after                                      ], as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount): If redeemed [on or before                      ,          %, and if redeemed] during the 12-month period beginning                      of the years indicated,

 

YEAR

 

REDEMPTION PRICE

 

YEAR

 

REDEMPTION PRICE

     
     
     

and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to          % of the principal amount [if applicable, insert —, together in the case of any such redemption [if applicable, insert — (whether through operation of the sinking fund or otherwise)] with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, provided, however, that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the [Holders of such Securities/Holder of this Security] (or one or more Predecessor Securities) of record at the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Dates or Special Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture]. [If there is no sinking fund, insert — [The Securities of this series are/This Security is] not subject to any sinking fund.]]

[If applicable, insert — [The Securities of this series are/This Security is] subject to redemption prior to the Stated Maturity hereof upon not less than 30 days’ notice by mail to the Person[s] in whose name[s] [the Securities to be redeemed are/this Security is] registered at the address specified in the Security Register, (1) on                              in any year commencing with the year                      and ending with the year                      through operation of the sinking fund for this series at the Redemption Prices for redemption through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below, and (2) at any time [on or after                      ], as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the Redemption Prices for redemption otherwise than through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below. If redeemed during the 12-month period beginning                      of the years indicated,

 

16


YEAR

 

REDEMPTION PRICE

FOR REDEMPTION

THROUGH OPERATION

OF THE SINKING FUND

 

REDEMPTION PRICE FOR

REDEMPTION

OTHERWISE THAN

THROUGH OPERATION OF

THE SINKING FUND

   
   

and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to          % of the principal amount [if applicable, insert —, together in the case of any such redemption (whether through operation of the sinking fund or otherwise) with accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the [Holders of such Securities/Holder of this Security] (or one or more Predecessor Securities) of record at the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Dates or Special Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture].]

[Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not, prior to                      , redeem any Securities of this series as contemplated by [clause (2) of] the preceding paragraph as a part of, or in anticipation of, any refunding operation by the application, directly or indirectly, of moneys borrowed having an interest cost to the Company (calculated in accordance with generally accepted financial practice) of less than          % per annum.]

[The sinking fund for this series provides for the redemption on                              in each year beginning with the year                      and ending with the year                      of [not less than] [$]              [(“mandatory sinking fund”) and not more than [$]              ] aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series. [Securities of this series acquired or redeemed by the Company otherwise than through [mandatory] sinking fund payments may be credited against subsequent [mandatory] sinking fund payments otherwise required to be made in the inverse order in which they become due.]]

[In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities of this series and of like tenor of an authorized denomination for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.]

[If the Security is not an Original Issue Discount Security, — If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities of this series may (subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture) be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.]

[If the Security is an Original Issue Discount Security, — If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, a lesser amount than the principal amount due at the Stated Maturity of the Securities of this series may (subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture) be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. The amount due and payable on this Security in the event that

 

17


this Security is declared due and payable prior to the Stated Maturity hereof shall be — insert formula for determining the amount — or in the event that this Security is redeemed shall be the specified percentage of — insert formula for determining the amount. Upon payment (i) of the amount of principal so declared due and payable and (ii) of interest on any overdue principal and overdue interest (in each case to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), all of the Company’s obligations in respect of the payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of this series shall terminate.]

The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and in certain circumstances, to all General Obligations, and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each Holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected and, for certain purposes, without the consent of the Holders of any Securities at the time Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

[If the Security is an Original Issue Discount Security, — In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under the Indenture or whether a quorum is present at a meeting of Holders of Securities, the principal amount of any Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon the acceleration of the Maturity thereof.]

Subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company set forth in this Security and as provided in the Indenture referred to above, no reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

18


As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series and of like tenor of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series and subsequently may not be exchanged by a Holder for Securities in denominations of less than $1,000.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered in the Security Register as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

19


Section 2.04 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .

This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

Section 2.05 Form of Legend for Global Securities .

Any Global Security authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form or such similar form as may be required by the Depositary:

“This Security is a Global Security within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of a Depositary or a nominee of a Depositary. This Security is exchangeable for Securities registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture, and no transfer of this Security (other than a transfer of this Security as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary) may be registered except in such limited circumstances.”

ARTICLE THREE - THE SECURITIES

Section 3.01 Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series .

The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The Securities shall be subordinated in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness as provided in Article Thirteen.

The Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution and, subject to Section 3.03, set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officer’s Certificate or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the initial issuance of Securities of any series:

(1) the title of the Securities of the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from Securities of any other series);

(2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 9.06 or 11.07 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 3.03, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

 

20


(3) the Person to whom any interest on a Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest;

(4) the date or dates on which the principal or installments of principal of the Securities of the series is payable and any rights to extend such date or dates;

(5) the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the formula pursuant to which such rate or rates shall be determined, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date;

(6) the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on Securities of the series shall be payable, any Securities of the series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and notices and demands to or upon the Company with respect to the Securities of the series and this Indenture may be served;

(7) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company;

(8) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

(9) if other than denominations of $1,000 or any amount in excess thereof which is an integral multiple of $1,000, the denominations in which Securities of the series shall be issuable;

(10) the currency, currencies or currency units in which payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on any Securities of the series shall be payable if other than the currency of the United States of America, the manner of determining the U.S. dollar equivalent of the principal amount thereof for purposes of the definition of “Outstanding” in Section 1.01, and, if the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series is to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in one or more currencies or currency units other than that or those in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the currency, currencies or currency units in which payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on Securities of such series as to which such election is made shall be payable, and the periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which such election is to be made;

 

21


(11) if the amount of payments of principal of and any premium and interest on any Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

(12) any other event or events of default applicable with respect to Securities of the series in addition to or in lieu of those provided in Section 5.01(1)-(4);

(13) if less than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02;

(14) whether the Securities of the series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, if so, (a) the Depositary with respect to such Global Security or Securities, (b) the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by any such Global Security in addition to or in lieu of that set forth in Section 2.05 and (c) the circumstances under which any such Global Security may be exchanged for Securities registered in the name of, and any transfer of such Global Security may be registered to, a Person other than such Depositary or its nominee, if other than as set forth in Section 3.05;

(15) if convertible, the terms on which such Securities are convertible, including the initial conversion price or rate and the conversion period and any applicable limitations on the ownership or transferability of the securities receivable on conversion; and

(16) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, except as permitted by Section 9.01(5)).

All Securities of any one series (other than Securities offered in a Periodic Offering) shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided by or pursuant to the Board Resolution referred to above and, subject to Section 3.03, set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in the Officer’s Certificate referred to above or in any such indenture supplemental hereto. All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time and, unless otherwise provided, a series may be reopened, without the consent of the Holders, for issuances of additional Securities of such series.

If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate setting forth the terms of the series.

With respect to Securities of a series offered in a Periodic Offering, such Board Resolution and Officer’s Certificate or supplemental indenture may provide general terms or parameters for Securities of such series and provide either that the specific terms of particular Securities of such series shall be specified in a Company Order or that such terms shall be determined by the Company or its agents in accordance with other procedures specified in a Company Order as contemplated by the third paragraph of Section 3.03.

 

22


Section 3.02 Denominations .

The Securities of each series shall be issued in registered form without coupons in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 3.01. In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Securities of such series shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 or any amount in excess thereof which is an integral multiple of $1,000.

Section 3.03 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating .

The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its President or one of its Vice Presidents and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.

Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, or, in the case of Securities offered in a Periodic Offering, from time to time in accordance with such other procedures (including, without limitation, the receipt by the Trustee of electronic instructions from the Company or its duly authorized agents, promptly confirmed in writing by the Company) acceptable to the Trustee as may be specified from time to time by a Company Order for establishing the specific terms of particular Securities being so offered, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. If the form or terms of the Securities of the series have been established by or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions as permitted by Sections 2.01 and 3.01, in authenticating such Securities and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating:

(a) that the form of such Securities has been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

(b) that the terms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

(c) that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and to general equity principles;

 

23


provided, however, that, with respect to Securities of a series offered in a Periodic Offering, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive such Opinion of Counsel in connection only with the first authentication of Securities of such series and that the opinions described in clauses (b) and (c) above may state, respectively, that:

(1) if the terms of such Securities shall have been established pursuant to a Company Order or pursuant to such procedures as may be specified from time to time by a Company Order, all as contemplated by a Board Resolution or action taken pursuant thereto, such terms will have been duly authorized by the Company and established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

(2) such Securities, when executed by the Company, completed, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture, and issued and delivered by the Company and paid for, all in accordance with any agreement of the Company relating to the offering, issuance and sale of such Securities, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and to general principles of equity.

With respect to Securities of a series offered in a Periodic Offering, the Trustee may rely, as to the authorization by the Company of any of such Securities, the form and terms thereof and the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability thereof, upon the Opinion of Counsel and other documents delivered pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 3.01 and this Section, as applicable, in connection with the first authentication of Securities of such series and it shall not be necessary for the Company to deliver such Opinion of Counsel and other documents (except as may be required by the specified other procedures, if any, referred to above) at or prior to the time of authentication of each Security of such series unless and until the Trustee receives notice that such Opinion of Counsel or other documents have been superseded or revoked, and may assume compliance with any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel (other than any conditions to be performed by the Trustee). If such form or terms have been so established, the Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.09 together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Security has never been issued and sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

24


Section 3.04 Temporary Securities .

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of like tenor of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in any Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series and of like tenor and of any authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series and tenor.

Section 3.05 Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange .

The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities. The Trustee is hereby appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers of Securities as herein provided.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of any series at the office or agency of the Company in any Place of Payment for such series, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (in the name of the designated transferee or transferees) one or more new Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor.

At the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Company in any Place of Payment for such series. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

25


Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04, 9.06 or 11.07 not involving any transfer.

The Company may but shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of that series selected for redemption under Section 11.03 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, any Global Security shall be exchangeable pursuant to this Section 3.05 for Securities registered in the name of Persons other than the Depositary for such Security or its nominee only if (i) such Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or if at any time such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series, or (iii) there shall exist such circumstances, if any, in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as have been specified for this purpose pursuant to Section 3.01. Upon the occurrence in respect of any Global Security of any series of any one or more of the conditions specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of the preceding sentence or such other conditions as may be specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for such series, such Global Security may be exchanged for Securities not bearing the legend specified in Section 2.05 and registered in the names of such Persons as may be specified by the Depositary (including Persons other than the Depositary).

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, a Global Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary for such Global Security to a nominee of such Depositary, or by a nominee of such Depositary, to such Depositary, or another nominee of such Depositary.

Section 3.06 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities .

If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee together with, in proper cases, such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save each of them or any agent of either of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount.

 

26


If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

Section 3.07 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved .

Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to any series of Securities, interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered in the Security Register at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such Interest Payment Date.

Any interest on any Security of any series which is payable but is not punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”), shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below.

(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date

 

27


for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities of such series at his or her address as it appears in the Security Register not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

Section 3.08 Persons Deemed Owners .

Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Security is registered in the Security Register as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 3.07) interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

No holder of any beneficial interest in any Global Security held on its behalf by a Depositary (or its nominee) shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to such Global Security or any Security represented thereby, and such Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee, and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the owner of such Global

 

28


Security or any Security represented thereby for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Global Security, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by a Depositary or impair, as between a Depositary and such holders of beneficial interests, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of the Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of any Security.

Section 3.09 Cancellation .

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be destroyed unless otherwise directed by a Company Order.

Section 3.10 Computation of Interest .

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Section 3.11 Payment to be in Proper Currency .

In the case of any Securities denominated in any currency (the “Required Currency”) other than United States Dollars, except as otherwise provided therein, the obligation of the Company to make any payment of principal, premium or interest thereon shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender by the Company, or recovery by the Trustee, in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the Trustee timely holding the full amount of the Required Currency then due and payable. If any such tender or recovery is in a currency other than the Required Currency, the Trustee may take such actions as it considers reasonably appropriate to exchange such currency for the Required Currency (which may include utilization of the foreign exchange services of its commercial banking department, for which it may earn compensation). The costs and risks of any such exchange, including, without limitation, the risks of delay and exchange rate fluctuation, shall be borne by the Company, the Company shall remain fully liable for any shortfall or delinquency in the full amount of Required Currency then due and payable, and in no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable therefor except in the case of its negligence or willful misconduct. The Company hereby waives any defense of payment based upon any such tender or recovery which is not in the Required Currency, or which, when exchanged for the Required Currency by the Trustee, is less than the full amount of Required Currency then due and payable.

 

29


ARTICLE FOUR - SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 4.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, at the request and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when:

(1) either

(A) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.06 and (ii) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 10.03) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(B) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation:

(i) have become due and payable;

(ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year; or

(iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company;

and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount, in the currency in which such Securities are payable, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the respective Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 6.07 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.02 and the last paragraph of Section 10.03 shall survive.

 

30


Section 4.02 Application of Trust Money .

Subject to provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

ARTICLE FIVE - REMEDIES

Section 5.01 Events of Default .

“Event of Default”, wherever used herein with respect to Securities of any series, and unless otherwise provided with respect to Securities of any series pursuant to Section 3.01(12), means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(1) the entry by a court having jurisdiction of (A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (B) a decree or order adjudging the Company bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed, a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under any applicable federal or state law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(2) the commencement by the Company of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Company in furtherance of any such action;

 

31


(3)(A) the appointment by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or other competent government agency having primary regulatory authority over a Principal Subsidiary Bank) under any applicable federal or state banking, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect of a receiver, conservator or other similar official for a Principal Subsidiary Bank or for all or substantially all of its assets or (B) the entry of a decree or order in any case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state banking, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect adjudging a Principal Subsidiary Bank insolvent or bankrupt, or appointing any receiver, conservator or other similar official for a Principal Subsidiary Bank or for all or substantially all of its assets, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs;

(4)(A) the filing by a Principal Subsidiary Bank with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or other competent government agency having primary regulatory authority over the Principal Subsidiary Bank) of a notice of voluntary liquidation or other similar action under any applicable federal or state banking, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or (B) the commencement by a Principal Subsidiary Bank of any case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state banking, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect to be adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt or seeking the appointment of a receiver, conservator or other similar official for the Principal Subsidiary Bank or for all or substantially all of its assets, or the consent by a Principal Subsidiary Bank to the entry of a decree or order in any case or proceeding under federal or state banking, insolvency or other similar laws adjudging the Principal Subsidiary Bank insolvent or bankrupt, or appointing any receiver, conservator or other similar official for the Principal Subsidiary Bank or for all or substantially all of its assets, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, or the taking of any corporate action by the Principal Subsidiary Bank in furtherance of such action; or

(5) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that series pursuant to Section 3.01(12).

Section 5.02 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .

If an Event of Default with respect to Outstanding Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal amount (or, if any of the Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such lesser portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all of the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified portion thereof) shall become immediately due and payable.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Outstanding Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders

 

32


of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(A) all overdue interest on all Securities of that series;

(B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of that series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities;

(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities; and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07; and

(2) all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities of that series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Upon receipt by the Trustee of any written notice declaring such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, with respect to Securities of a series all or part of which is represented by a Global Security, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day which is 90 days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission or annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice which has been cancelled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.02.

 

33


Section 5.03 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .

The Company covenants that if:

(1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

(2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) on any Security at the Maturity thereof; or

(3) default is made in the performance of any covenant or a breach occurs in any warranty of the Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or which has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of a series of one or more Securities other than that series), and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and on any overdue interest, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. The events referred to in Sections 5.03(1), (2) and (3) are herein referred to as “Defaults”.

If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.

If a Default or an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

34


Upon receipt by the Trustee of any Notice of Default pursuant to Section 5.03(3) with respect to Securities of a series all or part of which is represented by a Global Security, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such Notice of Default, which record date shall be at the close of business on the date the Trustee receives such Notice of Default. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such Notice of Default, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, or their proxies, shall have joined in such Notice of Default prior to the day which is 90 days after such record date, such Notice of Default shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new Notice of Default which is identical to a Notice of Default which has been cancelled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.03.

Section 5.04 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and premium, if any), or such portion of the principal amount of any series of Original Issue Discount Securities as may be specified in the terms of such series, and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07.

 

35


Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 5.05 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities .

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and for any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

Section 5.06 Application of Money Collected .

Subject to the provisions of Article Thirteen, any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07;

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto.

Section 5.07 Limitation on Suits .

No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;

(2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

 

36


(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(4) the Trustee, for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

(5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.

Section 5.08 Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest .

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 3.07) interest on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

Section 5.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 5.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 3.06, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

37


Section 5.11 Delay or Omission not Waiver .

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 5.12 Control by Holders .

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right (subject to Section 6.03(e)) to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series; provided that:

(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture; and

(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

Upon receipt by the Trustee of any written notice directing the time, method or place of conducting any such proceeding or the exercise of any such trust or power with respect to Securities of a series all or part of which is represented by a Global Security, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain after such record date; provided that, unless Holders of a majority (or, in the case of Section 5.07(2), 25%) in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall have joined in such notice prior to the day which is 90 days after such record date, such notice shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new notice identical to a notice which has been cancelled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.12.

Section 5.13 Waiver of Past Defaults .

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series, waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default:

 

38


(1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series; or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to waive any past default hereunder. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to waive any default hereunder, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such majority in principal amount shall have waived such default prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such waiver of such default previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 5.14 Undertaking for Costs .

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Company, to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security on or after the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

Section 5.15 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws .

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

39


ARTICLE SIX - THE TRUSTEE

Section 6.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities .

The provisions of TIA Section 315 shall apply to the Trustee; provided that, (i) for purposes of TIA Section 315(a)(1), except during the continuance of an Event of Default known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties as are specifically set out in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Indenture Trustee; and (ii) for purposes of TIA Section 315(c), in case an Event of Default known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

Section 6.02 Notice of Defaults .

Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders of Securities of such series, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, notice of such default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series or in the payment of any sinking fund installment with respect to Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of Securities of such series; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.01(4) with respect to Securities of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.

Section 6.03 Certain Rights of Trustee .

Subject to the provisions of TIA Section 315(a) through 315(d):

(a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order or as otherwise expressly provided herein and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

 

40


(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate;

(d) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its own choosing and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(h) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

(i) the Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it;

(j) the grant of a permissive right or power to the Trustee hereunder shall not be construed to impose a duty to act, and the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any matter unless a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office; and

(k) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

41


Section 6.04 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

Section 6.05  May Hold Securities .

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.

Section 6.06 Money Held in Trust .

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.

Section 6.07 Compensation and Reimbursement .

The Company agrees:

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith on its part; and

(3) to indemnify the Trustee and its agents for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.07 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and

 

42


discharge of this Indenture. Such additional indebtedness shall be a senior claim to that of the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on particular Securities, and the Securities are hereby subordinated to each senior claim.

Section 6.08 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests .

The provisions of TIA Section 310(b) shall apply to the Trustee.

Section 6.09 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility .

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be eligible to act under TIA Section 310(a) (1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such Corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. Neither the Company, nor any Person or Corporation directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, shall act as Trustee hereunder.

Section 6.10 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.11.

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 6.11 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 60 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by an Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

(d) If at any time:

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months;

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.09 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder; or

 

43


(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (ii) subject to Section 5.14, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.11. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any Series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.11, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any Series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 6.11, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of such series as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

Section 6.11 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

 

44


(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates. Whenever there is a successor Trustee with respect to one or more (but less than all) series of securities issued pursuant to this Indenture, the terms “Indenture” and “Securities” shall have the meanings specified in the provisos to the respective definitions of those terms in Section 1.01 which contemplate such situation.

(c) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

(d) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

Section 6.12 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .

Any Corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such Corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties

 

45


hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities; in case any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of such predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

Section 6.13 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company .

The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a). A Trustee which has resigned or been removed is subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

Section 6.14 Appointment of Authenticating Agent .

At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding, the Trustee, with the concurrence of the Company, may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a Corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state or District of Columbia authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

Any Corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any Corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating

 

46


Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such Corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company, in its sole discretion, and shall mail written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.

If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST

COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee

By:  

 

  Authenticating Agent
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

ARTICLE SEVEN - HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

Section 7.01 Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders .

If the Trustee is not acting as Security Registrar for the Securities of any series, the Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

(a) at intervals of no more than six months commencing after the first issue of such series, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such information is furnished; and

 

47


(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished.

Section 7.02 Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders .

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by TIA Section 312(b).

(c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance with Section 7.02(b), regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 7.02(b).

Section 7.03 Reports by Trustee .

(a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act, at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto.

(b) Reports so required to be transmitted at stated intervals of not more than 12 months shall be transmitted no later than May 15 in each calendar year, commencing with the first May 15 after the first issuance of Securities under this Indenture.

(c) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which any Securities are listed and also with the Commission. The Company will notify the Trustee when any Securities are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 7.04 Reports by Company .

The Company shall:

(1) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information,

 

48


documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then it shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;

(2) file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

(3) furnish to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, a brief certificate of the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer as to his or her knowledge of the Company’s compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture. For purposes of this paragraph, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture.

ARTICLE EIGHT - CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

Section 8.01 Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person unless:

(1) the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be a Corporation, partnership or trust, shall be organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

 

49


(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Section 8.02 Successor Substituted .

Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger by the Company into any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 8.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

ARTICLE NINE - SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 9.01 Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders .

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities;

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;

(3) to add any additional Events of Default (and if such Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such Events of Default are being included solely for the benefit of such series);

(4) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in bearer form, registrable or not registrable as to principal, and with or without interest coupons;

(5) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities, provided that any such addition, change or elimination (i) shall neither (A) apply to any Security of any series created

 

50


prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (B) modify the rights of the Holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or (ii) shall become effective only when there is no such Security Outstanding;

(6) to secure the Securities;

(7) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 2.01 and 3.01;

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.11(b); or

(9) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect; or

(10) to confirm any “automatic” amendment pursuant to Section 13.15.

Notwithstanding any provision in this Indenture or otherwise, the rights of creditors in respect of General Obligations under this Indenture and otherwise in respect of the Securities may, at any time and from time to time, be reduced or eliminated by a supplemental indenture entered into by the Company and the Trustee, which supplemental indenture will not require the consent of the Holders of Securities or any creditor in respect of General Obligations.

Section 9.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders .

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby:

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal of or interest on, any such Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, or change any Place of Payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any such Security or any premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to

 

51


institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) or modify the provisions of this Indenture with respect to the subordination of the Securities in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Securities;

(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture; or

(3) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 5.13 or Section 10.07, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby; provided, however, that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes in this Section and Section 10.07, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 6.11(b) and 9.01(8).

A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto. If a record date is fixed for such purpose, the Holders on such record date or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

Section 9.03 Execution of Supplemental Indentures .

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

52


Section 9.04 Effect of Supplemental Indentures .

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby to the extent provided therein.

Section 9.05 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act .

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 9.06 Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures .

Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in a form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

Section 9.07 Notice of Supplemental Indentures .

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holders of each Outstanding Security so affected, pursuant to Section 1.06, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture.

ARTICLE TEN - COVENANTS

Section 10.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest .

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture. In the absence of contrary provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of any series may, at the option of the Company, be paid by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as it appears on the Security Register.

Section 10.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency .

The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location and any change in the location of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with

 

53


the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designation; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

Section 10.03 Money for Securities Payments to be Held in Trust .

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum in the currency in which such series of Securities is payable sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sum shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.

The Company will cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

(1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Securities of that series in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

(2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of that series) in the making of any payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of that series; and

(3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any

 

54


Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 10.04 Existence .

Subject to Article Eight, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

Section 10.05 Maintenance of Properties .

The Company will cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary to be maintained as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

Section 10.06 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

55


provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

Section 10.07 Waiver of Certain Covenants .

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 10.04 to 10.06, inclusive, with respect to the Securities of any series if before the time for such compliance the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to waive any such term, provision or condition. If a record date is fixed for such purpose, the Holders on such record date or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to waive any such term, provision or condition hereunder, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall have waived such term, provision or condition prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such waiver previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

ARTICLE ELEVEN - REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

Section 11.01 Applicability of Article .

Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

Section 11.02 Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee .

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate. The Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of:

(1) such Redemption Date;

(2) if the Securities of such series have different terms and less than all of the Securities of such series are to be redeemed, the terms of the Securities to be redeemed; and

(3) if less than all the Securities of such series with identical terms are to be redeemed, the principal amount of such Securities to be redeemed.

 

56


In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

Section 11.03 Selection by Trustee of Securities to be Redeemed .

If less than all the Securities of like tenor of any series are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of like tenor of such series not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of like tenor of that series or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of such series of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.

Section 11.04 Notice of Redemption .

Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 1.06 not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, at his address appearing in the Security Register.

All notices of redemption shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date;

(2) the Redemption Price;

(3) if less than all the Outstanding Securities of like tenor of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed;

(4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date;

(5) the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and

(6) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case.

 

57


Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

Section 11.05 Deposit of Redemption Price .

Not later than 1:00 PM (New York time) on, or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date.

Section 11.06 Securities Payable on Redemption Date .

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

Section 11.07 Securities Redeemed in Part .

Any Security which is to be redeemed in part shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment for such series (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered; provided, however, that if a Global Security is so surrendered, such new Security so issued shall be a new Global Security in a denomination equal to the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Global Security so surrendered.

 

58


ARTICLE TWELVE - SINKING FUNDS

Section 12.01 Applicability of Article .

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for Securities of such series.

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment”, and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 12.02. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

Section 12.02 Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities .

The Company (1) may deliver Outstanding Securities of like tenor of a series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (2) may apply as a credit Securities of like tenor of a series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of like tenor of such series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series; provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited.

Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

Section 12.03 Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund .

Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for Securities of like tenor of a series, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for such Securities pursuant to the terms of such Securities, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of like tenor of that series pursuant to Section 12.02 and, at the time of delivery of such Officer’s Certificate, will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Not less than 45 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 11.03 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 11.04. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 11.06 and 11.07.

 

59


ARTICLE THIRTEEN - SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

Section 13.01 Subordination to Senior Indebtedness .

The Company, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Security likewise covenants and agrees by his or her acceptance thereof, that any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on each and all of the Securities is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter provided, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company.

Section 13.02 Company not to Make Payments with Respect to Securities in Certain Circumstances .

No payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Securities shall be made and no Holder of the Securities shall be entitled to demand or receive any such payment (i) unless all amounts then due for principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including interest accruing subsequent to the commencement of any proceeding for the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect) on all Senior Indebtedness of the Company have been paid in full or duly provided for, or (ii) if, at the time of such payment or immediately after giving effect thereto, there shall exist with respect to any such Senior Indebtedness any event of default permitting the holders thereof to accelerate the maturity thereof or any event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become such an event of default.

Section 13.03 Securities Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Indebtedness of the Company on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of the Company; Subrogation .

Upon any distribution of the assets of the Company in connection with dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Company or otherwise), the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall first be entitled to receive payment in full in accordance with the terms of such Senior Indebtedness of the principal thereof (and premium, if any) and the interest due thereon (including interest accruing subsequent to the commencement of any proceeding for the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect) before the Holders of the Securities are entitled to receive any payment upon the principal thereof (and premium, if any) or interest thereon; and, upon any such dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article, including any such payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to the payment of the Securities, shall be made by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making such payment or distribution, whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or otherwise, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instruments evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have

 

60


been issued, ratably according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including interest accruing subsequent to the commencement of any proceeding for the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar law now or hereafter in effect) on the Senior Indebtedness of the Company held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to pay in full all such Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

If the Holders of the Securities or any of them, shall fail to file a proper claim in the form required in any proceeding referred to in the first paragraph of this Section, prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim or claims, and if the Trustee shall likewise fail, prior to 15 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim or claims, pursuant to the authority granted to the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.03 and 5.04, then the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim or claims for and on behalf of the Holders of the Securities in the form required in any such proceeding.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, upon any such dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, including any such payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to the payment of the Securities, shall be received by the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Holders of the Securities before all Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be paid over to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instruments evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably as aforesaid, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company remaining unpaid until all such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution (or provision thereof) to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

None of the payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article or of payments over, pursuant to the provisions of this Article, to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Securities, be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of such Senior Indebtedness; it being understood that the provisions of this Article are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of the Company, on the other hand.

Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of assets of the Company applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until the Securities shall be paid in full. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company within the meaning of this Article. The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, shall be entitled to assume that no such event has occurred and shall not be charged with

 

61


knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee or the taking of any other action by the Trustee, unless the Company or any one or more holders of Senior Indebtedness (or any one or more creditors in respect of General Obligations) or any trustee therefor who shall have been certified or otherwise established to the satisfaction of the Trustee to be such a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or creditor in respect of General Obligations) or trustee has given written notice thereof to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office. Upon any distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article Six, and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to rely upon: (1) any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or (2) a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders of the Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (and the creditors in respect of General Obligations), the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person, as a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a creditor in respect of General Obligations), to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness (or General Obligations) held by such Person, as to the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, and as to other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Section, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

Section 13.04 Obligation of the Company Unconditional .

Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company and the Holders of the Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Securities the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including interest accruing subsequent to the commencement of any proceeding for the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect) on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms thereof, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company, other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness (and, in the case of Section 13.14, other than creditors in respect of General Obligations), nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Securities from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article of the holders of Senior Indebtedness (and the rights, if any, under Section 13.14 of creditors in respect of General Obligations) in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

 

62


Section 13.05 No Fiduciary Duty to Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, the Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (or creditors in respect of General Obligations), and shall have no duties to such holders of Senior Indebtedness (or creditors in respect of General Obligations), except as expressly set forth in this Article and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be liable to holders of Senior Indebtedness (or creditors in respect of General Obligations) if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders of Securities or the Company monies or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness (or creditors in respect of General Obligations) shall be entitled by virtue of this Article.

Section 13.06 Notice to Trustees of Facts Prohibiting Payments .

Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Article or any other provision of this Indenture (other than Section 6.01), the Trustee shall not at any time be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee or the taking of any other action by the Trustee, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received at its Corporate Trust Office written notice thereof from the Company or from one or more holders of Senior Indebtedness (or from one or more creditors in respect of General Obligations) or from any trustee therefor who shall have been certified by the Company or otherwise established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee to be such a holder (or creditor in respect of General Obligations) or trustee; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee shall be entitled, subject to Section 6.01, in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided that, if prior to the fifth business day preceding the date upon which by the terms hereof any such moneys may become payable for any purpose, or in the event of the execution of an instrument pursuant to Section 4.01 acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, then if prior to the second business day preceding the date of such execution, the Trustee shall not have received with respect to such moneys the notice provided for in this Section, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee may, in its discretion, receive such moneys and/or apply the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, which may be received by it on or after such date; provided, however, no such application shall affect the obligations under this Article of the Persons receiving such moneys from the Trustee.

Section 13.07 Application by Trustee of Moneys Deposited with It .

Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, any deposit of moneys by the Company with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (whether or not in trust) for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Securities shall, except as provided in Section 13.06, be subject to the provisions of Sections 13.01, 13.02 and 13.03.

 

63


Section 13.08 Subordination Rights not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Company or Holders of Senior Indebtedness (or Creditors in Respect of General Obligations) .

No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Indebtedness (or any present or future creditors in respect of General Obligations) to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder of Senior Indebtedness (or such creditor in respect of General Obligations), or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof with which any such holder of Senior Indebtedness (or any such creditor in respect of General Obligations) may have or be otherwise charged. The holders of Senior Indebtedness (and creditors of General Obligations) may at any time or from time to time and in their absolute discretion change the manner, place or terms of payment, change or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, any such Senior Indebtedness (or any such General Obligation), or amend or supplement any instrument pursuant to which any such Senior Indebtedness (or any such General Obligation) is issued or by which it may be secured, or release any security therefor or exercise or refrain from exercising any other of their rights under the Senior Indebtedness (or the General Obligation), including, without limitation, the waiver of default thereunder, all without notice to or assent from the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee and without affecting the obligations of the Company, the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities under this Article.

Section 13.09 Authorization of Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Securities .

Each Holder of a Security, by such Holder’s acceptance thereof, authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee on such Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, as between the Holders of the Securities and the holders of Senior Indebtedness (and creditors in respect of General Obligations), the subordination provided in this Article and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

Section 13.10 Right of Trustee to Hold Senior Indebtedness of the Company (or to be a Creditor in Respect of General Obligations of the Company) .

The Trustee shall be entitled to all of the rights set forth in this Article in respect of any Senior Indebtedness (or General Obligations) of the Company at any time held by it or owed to it to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness (or creditor in respect of such General Obligations), and nothing in this Indenture shall be construed to deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder (or creditor in respect of such General Obligations).

Section 13.11 Article Thirteen not to Prevent Events of Default .

The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Securities by reason of any provision in this Article shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a default, a Default or an Event of Default.

 

64


Section 13.12 Article Applicable to Paying Agents .

In case at any time a Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term “Trustee” as used in this Article shall in such case (unless the context shall require otherwise) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, however, that Sections 13.06 and 13.10 shall not apply to the Company if it acts as Paying Agent hereunder.

Section 13.13 Trustee Compensation not Prejudiced .

Nothing in this Article shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.07.

Section 13.14 Payment of Proceeds in Certain Cases .

(a) Upon any distribution of the assets of the Company in connection with the dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Company or otherwise), the provisions of Section 13.03 shall be given effect to determine the amount of cash, property or securities which may be payable or deliverable as between the holders of Senior Indebtedness, on the one hand, and the Holders of Securities, on the other hand.

(b) If, after giving effect to the provisions of Section 13.03, any amount of cash, property or securities shall be available for payment or distribution in respect of the Securities (“Excess Proceeds”), and any creditors in respect of General Obligations shall not have received payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of such General Obligations, then such Excess Proceeds shall first be applied (ratably with any amount of cash, property or securities available for payment or distribution in respect of any other indebtedness of the Company that by its express terms provides for the payment over of amounts corresponding to Excess Proceeds to creditors in respect of General Obligations) to pay or provide for the payment of the General Obligations remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay all such General Obligations in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for creditors in respect of General Obligations. Any Excess Proceeds remaining after the payment (or provision for payment) in full of all General Obligations shall be available for payment or distribution in respect of the Securities.

(c) In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, upon any such dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, including any such payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to the payment of the Securities, shall be received by the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Holders of the Securities before all General Obligations are paid in full or payment thereof is duly provided for, subject to any obligation that the Trustee or such Holder may have pursuant to Section 13.03, such payment or distribution shall be paid over or delivered forthwith to the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee, agent or other Person making payment or distribution of assets of the Company for payment in accordance with subsection (b).

 

65


(d) Subject to the payment in full of all General Obligations, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with the holders of all indebtedness of the Company that by its express terms provides for the payment over of amounts corresponding to Excess Proceeds to creditors in respect of such General Obligations and is entitled to like rights of subrogation) to the rights of the creditors in respect of such General Obligations to receive payments and distributions of cash, property and securities applicable to such General Obligations until the Securities shall be paid in full, and none of the payments or distributions to creditors in respect of such General Obligations to which Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Section and no payments over, pursuant to the provisions of this Section, to creditors in respect of such General Obligations by Holders of Securities or the Trustee, shall, as among the Company, its creditors other than creditors in respect of such General Obligations, and the Holders of Securities, be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of such General Obligations.

(e) The provisions of subsections (b), (c) and (d) of this Section are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the creditors in respect of General Obligations, on the other hand, after giving effect to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, as provided in this Article. Nothing contained in subsections (b), (c) and (d) of this Section is intended to or shall affect the relative rights against the Company of the Holders of the Securities and (1) the holders of Senior Indebtedness or (2) other creditors of the Company other than creditors in respect of General Obligations.

Section 13.15 Automatic Termination .

Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Company will promptly notify the Trustee, this Indenture shall be automatically amended such that it no longer subordinates the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities to the prior payment of the General Obligations and the following provisions of this Indenture shall immediately and automatically terminate, be null and void ab initio and have no further effect: (1) the definitions of “Excess Proceeds” and “General Obligations”; (2) clause (d) of Section 1.11; (3) the third paragraph of Section 2.03; (4) the last paragraph of Section 9.01; (5) all language in each parenthetical containing the words “General Obligations” in Sections 13.03, 13.04, 13.05, 13.06, 13.08, 13.09 and 13.10; and (6) Section 13.14. The Trustee shall have the right at any time to request that the Company supply it with an Opinion of Counsel as to whether a Termination Event shall have occurred, on which Opinion of Counsel the Trustee may rely.

ARTICLE FOURTEEN - MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

Section 14.01 Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called .

A meeting of Holders of Securities of any series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series.

 

66


Section 14.02 Call, Notice and Place of Meetings .

(a) The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series for any purpose specified in Section 14.01, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 1.06, not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

(b) In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Securities of such series for any purpose specified in Section 14.01, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have made the first publication of the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Company or the Holders of Securities of such series in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.

Section 14.03 Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings .

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, a Person shall be (a) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series, or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

Section 14.04 Quorum; Action .

(a) The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Securities of such series; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent or waiver which this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series, the Persons entitled to vote such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes after the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Securities of such series, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than ten days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at the reconvening of any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than ten days; at the reconvening of any meeting adjourned or further adjourned for lack of a quorum, the Persons entitled to vote 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Securities shall constitute a quorum for the taking of any action set forth in the notice of the original meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 14.02(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened.

 

67


(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities represented at such meeting.

(c) Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Securities of such series, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 14.04, if any action is to be taken at a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected thereby, or of the Holders of such series and one or more additional series:

(i) there shall be no minimum quorum requirement for such meeting; and

(ii) the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series that vote in favor of such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be taken into account in determining whether such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action has been made, given or taken under this Indenture.

Section 14.05 Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings .

(a) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Securities of a series in regard to proof of the holding of Securities of such series and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.04 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.04. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 1.04 or other proof.

(b) The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Securities as provided in Section 14.02(b), in which case the Company or the Holders of Securities of the series calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a

 

68


temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting.

(c) At any meeting each Holder of a Security of such series or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by him; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Security of such series or proxy.

(d) Any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly called pursuant to Section 14.02 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

Section 14.06 Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings .

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Securities of such series or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in duplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the fact, setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 14.02 and, if applicable, Section 14.04. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

* * * *

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

69


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

CHITTENDEN CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Paul A. Perrault

Name:   Paul A. Perrault
Title:   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Attest:

 

 

/s/ Paul A. Benoit

Name:   Paul A. Benoit
Title:   Senior Vice President, Senior
  Counsel, and Assistant
  Corporate Secretary

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
By:  

/s/ Peter M. Murphy

Name:   Peter M. Murphy
Title:   Vice President

Attest:

 

 

/s/ Julie A. Balerna

Name:   Julie A. Balerna
Title:   Vice President

 

70

Exhibit 4.3

FORM OF GLOBAL NOTE

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN SUCH LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

THIS SECURITY IS AN UNSECURED SUBORDINATED DEBT OBLIGATION OF CHITTENDEN CORPORATION. THIS SECURITY IS NOT A DEPOSIT OR SAVINGS ACCOUNT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

CHITTENDEN CORPORATION

5.80% FIXED RATE/FLOATING RATE SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2017

 

No.   Principal Amount:                         
  CUSIP: 170228AB6                    

Chittenden Corporation, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Vermont (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of                                               on February 14, 2017, unless previously redeemed, and to pay interest thereon as set forth below. This Security will bear interest from February 14, 2007 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for. From and including February 14, 2007 to but excluding February 14, 2012 (the “Fixed Rate Period”), this Security will bear interest at the rate of 5.80% per annum. During the period from and including February 14, 2012, to but excluding the date of maturity or earlier redemption date (the “Floating Rate Period”), the interest rate per annum payable on this Security will be reset quarterly on the first day of each Interest Reset Period (as defined below) to a rate, as determined by an appointed agent (the “Calculation Agent”) equal to LIBOR (as defined below), plus 0.685%. The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, will initially act as the Calculation Agent. During the Fixed Rate Period, the amount of interest payable on this Security will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. During the Floating Rate Period, the amount of interest for each day this Security is outstanding (the “Daily Interest Amount”) will be calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for that day by 360 and multiplying the result by the outstanding principal amount of this Security. The amount of interest to be paid on this Security for each Interest Period (as defined below) during the Floating Rate Period will be calculated by adding the Daily Interest Amounts for each day in the Interest Period.


Through February 14, 2012, the Company will pay interest on this Security semi-annually in arrears on each February 14 and August 14, commencing August 14, 2007. After February 14, 2012, the Company will pay interest on this Security quarterly in arrears on each February 14, May 14, August 14, and November 14, commencing May 14, 2012. Each such payment of interest is referred to as an “Interest Payment Date” for this Security. Interest will be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) was registered at the close of business on the 15 th calendar day (whether or not a Business Day (as defined below)) preceding the related Interest Payment Date (“Regular Record Date”). Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and will be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, all as more fully provided in said Indenture. The term “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday and that is not a day on which banking institutions are generally authorized or required by law or executive order to be closed in The City of New York or Boston, Massachusetts.

Except as described below for the first and last Interest Periods, on each Interest Payment Date, the Company will pay interest for the period commencing on and including the immediately preceding Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day preceding that Interest Payment Date (an “Interest Period”). The first Interest Period will begin on and include February 14, 2007 and end on and include August 13, 2007. The last Interest Period will begin on and include the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of maturity or early redemption date, as applicable, and end on and include the day immediately preceding the date of maturity or early redemption date, as applicable.

In the event that an Interest Payment Date with respect to interest accruing during the Fixed Rate Period (including February 14, 2012) is not a Business Day, the Company will pay interest on the next day that is a Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, and without any additional interest or other payment with respect to the delay. In the event that an Interest Payment Date (other than the date of maturity or earlier redemption date) with respect to interest accruing during the Floating Rate Period is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding Business Day; provided, however, if such next succeeding Business Day is in a different month, such Interest Payment Date will be the immediately preceding Business Day. If the date of maturity or early redemption date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of principal and interest, if any, will be made on the next day that is a Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on such date of maturity or earlier redemption date, and without any additional interest or other payment with respect to the delay.

“LIBOR,” with respect to an Interest Reset Period, shall be the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in United States dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day (as defined below) after the Determination Date (as defined


below) that appears on Reuters Page LIBOR01 (as defined below) as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on the Determination Date. If Reuters Page LIBOR01 does not include this rate or is unavailable on the Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide that bank’s offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum) as of approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in a Representative Amount (as defined below) in United Stated dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Bank Day after the Determination Date. If at least two offered quotations are so provided, LIBOR for that Interest Reset Period will be the arithmetic mean of those quotations. If fewer than two quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide that bank’s rate (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Determination Date for loans in a Representative Amount in United States dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two rates are so provided, LIBOR for that Interest Reset Period will be the arithmetic mean of those rates. If fewer than two rates are so provided, then LIBOR for the Interest Reset Period will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Reset Period or, in the case of the first Interest Reset Period, the rate per annum during the Fixed Rate Period.

“Determination Date” with respect to an Interest Reset Period will be the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of the Interest Reset Period.

“Interest Reset Period” shall mean each period, during the Floating Rate Period, commencing on and including an Interest Payment Date and ending on but excluding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, or the date of maturity or earlier redemption date, as applicable. The first Interest Reset Period shall commence on and include February 14, 2012 and end on and exclude May 14, 2012.

“London Banking Day” is any day in which dealings in United States dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

“Representative Amount” means a principal amount, but not less than $1,000,000, that is representative for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.

“Reuters Page LIBOR01” means the display designated as “LIBOR01” on Reuters 3000 Xtra (or any successor service) (or such other page as may replace Page LIBOR01 on Reuters 3000 Xtra or any successor service).

All percentages resulting from any of the above calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)) and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).

The interest rate on this Security will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general application. Under present New York law, the maximum rate of interest is 25% per annum on a simple interest basis.


The Calculation Agent will, upon the request of the holder of any new Security, provide the interest rate then in effect. All calculations of the Calculation Agent, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Company and holders of this Security.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and any such interest on this Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in Boston, Massachusetts; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

This Security is subject to redemption prior to the Stated Maturity as described on the reverse hereof.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

Dated:   CHITTENDEN CORPORATION
  By  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Attest:

 

Name:

Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
  as Trustee
  By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  


Form of Reverse of Security.

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the “Securities”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2007 (herein called the “Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, initially limited in aggregate principal amount to $125,000,000. The Company may issue additional Securities of this series, having the same terms as this Security (except for the issue date) and, if issued, such additional Securities will be part of the same series as this Security. In addition, by the terms of the Indenture, additional Securities of other separate series, which may vary as to date, amount, Stated Maturity, interest rate or method of calculating the interest rate and in other respects as therein provided, may be issued in an unlimited principal amount.

The Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities is, to the extent and in the manner provided in the Indenture referred to above, subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the principal of (and premium, if any), and interest on all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as defined in the Indenture, and each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by the provisions of the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination of this Security as provided in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture regarding payments to creditors in respect of General Obligations (as defined in the Indenture). In particular, the Indenture provides that if upon the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency relating to the Company, there remains, after giving effect to the subordination provisions referred to in the preceding paragraph, any amount of cash, property or securities available for payment or distribution in respect of Securities (as defined in the Indenture, “Excess Proceeds”), and if, at such time, any creditors in respect of General Obligations have not received payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of such General Obligations, then such Excess Proceeds shall first be applied to pay or provide for the payment in full of such General Obligations before any payment or distribution may be made in respect of Securities. This paragraph shall immediately and automatically terminate, be null and void ab initio and have no further effect upon the occurrence of a Termination Event (as defined in the Indenture).


Beginning on February 14, 2012, and on any Interest Payment Date thereafter, the Company may, at its option and subject to prior regulatory approval, if required, redeem some or all of the Securities of this series at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed, plus any accrued interest and any additional amounts then payable with respect to such redeemed Securities to but excluding the date fixed for redemption. The Holders will be notified not more than 60 days or less than 30 days before the Securities are redeemed. If only some of the Securities are redeemed, the Trustee will select the Securities to be redeemed in principal amounts of $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof in such manner as it deems appropriate and fair. Securities that have been called for redemption and with respect to which monies sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on those Securities have been made available to the Trustee shall cease to be outstanding from and after the redemption date.

The Securities of this series are not subject to any sinking fund.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and in certain circumstances, to all General Obligations, and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each Holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected and, for certain purposes, without the consent of the Holders of any Securities at the time Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

Subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company set forth in this Security and as provided in the Indenture referred to above, no reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.


As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series and of like tenor of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series and subsequently may not be exchanged by a Holder for Securities in denominations of less than $1,000.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered in the Security Register as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Exhibit 10.5(a)

Form of Change in Control Agreement – Senior Executive Vice President

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the      day of             , 20     between People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and                     , an officer of the Company or its wholly-owned subsidiary, People’s United Bank (the “Bank”) or one of the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries (the “ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to secure Executive’s continued services and to ensure Executive’s continued dedication to Executive’s duties in the event of any threat or occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2(e)); and

WHEREAS the Company desires to enter into this Agreement with Executive according to the terms set forth herein, and Executive desires to enter into this Agreement with the Company on such terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement .

(a) This Agreement is effective on the date hereof and shall continue in effect until the third anniversary of the date hereof; provided , that , notwithstanding the occurrence of such third anniversary, this Agreement shall continue in effect until the end of the Protection Period (as defined in Section 1(b)) if a Change in Control shall have occurred during the term of this Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate if (1) either Executive or the Company terminates Executive’s employment for any reason before a Change in Control, or (2) a Change in Control occurs and Executive’s employment continues through the end of the Protection Period.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Protection Period ” means the period commencing on the date on which a Change in Control occurs and ending on the third anniversary of such date.

2. Termination .

(a) Rights and Duties . If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason during the Protection Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive the payment and benefits shown on the applicable row of the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 2, beyond which the Company and Executive shall have no further obligations to each other, except: (1) Executive’s obligations under Section 3; (2) the Company’s obligation’s under Sections 2, 4 and 18; (3) the Company’s and Executive’s


respective obligations under Sections 8 and 10; and (4) as set forth in any written agreement the parties may subsequently enter into. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, upon a Change in Control, all equity or equity-based awards that have been granted to Executive by the Company, its subsidiaries and/or their affiliates shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained in the applicable plans and award agreements. For purposes of clarity, Executive shall not be entitled to any payment under this Section 2 if Executive’s Employment does not terminate during the Protection Period.

 

(i) DISCHARGE FOR CAUSE DURING THE PROTECTION PERIOD   

Payment when due of any unpaid base salary, awarded but unpaid cash bonus, and expense reimbursements; plus base salary for any accrued but unused vacation.

 

In addition, Executive shall be entitled to any rights and benefits under any retirement and non-retirement employee benefit plans and programs (including deferred compensation programs) and under any outstanding long-term incentives in accordance with the terms and conditions of the relevant plan or program.

(ii) DISCHARGE OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE DURING THE PROTECTION PERIOD   

Same as “Discharge for Cause” EXCEPT that, in exchange for Executive’s execution of a claims release in accordance with this Section 2 and subject to Sections 8, 13, and 18 below, in addition, Executive shall receive:

 

(1) additional cash severance equal to three times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual base salary as of the date immediately before Executive’s termination, and (ii) the amount of Executive’s target annual cash bonus for the year prior to the Change in Control (the amount in clause (ii) of this paragraph is referred to as the “ Target Bonus Level ”);

 

(2) a pro rata amount of Executive’s annual cash bonus during the year of termination based on the Target Bonus Level;

 

(3) an amount equal to the retirement benefits that Executive would have earned, if Executive had remained employed for two additional years following the Date of Termination (assuming that Executive’s annual base salary as of the date immediately before Executive’s termination and the Target Bonus Level continued during such years), under the People’s Bank Employee’s Retirement Plan, the People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan, the People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan (to the extent that the Bank continues to maintain such plans), and any other supplemental retirement agreement covering Executive (such amount to be paid at the same time as benefits under the applicable nonqualified plan are payable); and

 

-2-


  

(4) for two years, Executive, Executive’s spouse and dependents (if any) will continue to be entitled to participate in the Company’s group health plans in which Executive participates immediately prior to the Date of Termination at the Company’s expense, provided that Executive timely elects continuation coverage under COBRA, and provided that if the Company is unable to provide such coverage after the end of the COBRA continuation period under the Company’s group health plan, the Company shall, following the expiration of the COBRA coverage period, provide Executive and Executive’s dependents with substantially identical medical coverage to that provided under the Company’s group health plan during the remainder of such post-COBRA period.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Date of Termination ” means (i) the effective date on which Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as specified in a prior written notice by the Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, delivered pursuant to Section 12, or (ii) if Executive’s employment by the Company terminates by reason of death, the date of death of Executive.

(iii) RESIGNATION WITHOUT GOOD REASON DURING THE PROTECTION PERIOD    Same as above for “Discharge for Cause During the Protection Period.”
(iv) RESIGNATION FOR GOOD REASON DURING THE PROTECTION PERIOD    Same as above for “Discharge Other Than for Cause During the Protection Period”
(v) DEATH OR DISABILITY DURING THE PROTECTION PERIOD   

Same as “Discharge for Cause During the Protection Period” EXCEPT that, in addition, Executive shall receive:

 

(1) cash severance equal to one times Executive’s annual base salary at the rate applicable as of the Date of Termination due to Executive’s death or disability; and

 

(2) a pro rata amount of Executive’s annual bonus during the year of termination, based on the Target Bonus Level.

 

-3-


(b) Discharge for Cause . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for Cause. “ Cause ” shall mean (i) Executive’s willful failure to perform or substantially perform Executive’s duties with the Company or People’s United Bank (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ Bank ”)); (ii) illegal conduct or gross misconduct by Executive that is willful and demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company’s or the Bank’s business, monetarily or otherwise; (iii) a willful and material breach by Executive of Section 3 of this Agreement or the Company’s written code of conduct; (iv) Executive’s indictment for, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere with respect to, a felony crime or a crime involving moral turpitude, fraud, forgery, embezzlement or similar conduct; or (v) Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Company’s affairs pursuant to an order issued under Section 21C(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or in the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; provided , however , that the actions in (i) through (iii), above, shall not be considered Cause unless Executive has failed to cure such actions within 30 days of receiving written notice specifying with particularity the events allegedly giving rise to Cause and that such actions shall not be considered Cause unless the Company provides such written notice within 180 days of any Board member (other than Executive, if applicable at the time of such notice) having knowledge of the relevant action. Further, no act or failure to act by the Executive shall be deemed “willful” unless done or omitted to be done not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action or omission was in the Company’s best interests, and any act or omission by Executive pursuant to authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or on the advice of counsel for the Company will be deemed made in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. Executive shall not be deemed to be discharged for Cause hereunder unless and until there is delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board (excluding Executive, if applicable), at a meeting called and duly held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive and Executive’s counsel to be heard before the Board), finding in good faith that Executive is guilty of the conduct set forth above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(c) Discharge Other Than for Cause or Resignation for Good Reason, in each case during the Protection Period . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time for any reason, and without advance notice. If, during the Protection Period, the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, then Executive will only receive the special benefits provided under Section 2(a) if Executive signs and delivers a release of claims in the form of Annex 1 in favor of the Company and its related companies and affiliates within 21 days following the date of Executive’s termination. Unless such release is timely executed and delivered in accordance herewith and such release becomes effective in accordance with applicable law following the expiration of any applicable revocation period, no payments or benefits shall be provided to Executive pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement. Within 30 days following the earlier of the effective date of the general release and the 30th day following the Date of Termination,

 

-4-


the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum equal to any cash payments that Executive is entitled in accordance with Section 2(a) of this Agreement (it being acknowledged by the parties that this Agreement is intended to provide for payments that satisfy the short term deferral exception under Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(b)(4) and are thus not intended to be deferred compensation under Internal Revenue Code section 409A).

(d) Resignation . During the Protection Period, Executive shall not resign from employment without giving the Company at least 30 days advance written notice unless Executive has Good Reason to resign. The Company may accept Executive’s resignation effective on the date set forth in Executive’s notice or any earlier date. “ Good Reason ” for resignation shall exist upon (i) a material diminution of Executive’s duties or responsibilities, authorities, powers, or functions without Executive’s written consent, (ii) any material reduction in Executive’s rate of annual base salary or target annual cash bonus, in each case as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control, (iii) a relocation that would result in Executive’s principal location of employment being moved fifty miles or more away from the Executive’s principal location immediately prior to a Change in Control, or (iv) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement without Executive’s written consent, provided , however , that the actions in (i) through and (iv), above, shall not be considered Good Reason unless Executive notifies the Company in writing within 30 days of Executive’s knowledge of the actions giving rise to the Good Reason, and the Company has failed to cure such actions within 30 days of receiving written notice thereof.

(e) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events during the term of this Agreement:

(i) Any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”)) (“Person”) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that for purposes of this paragraph, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (X) any acquisition by the Company, (Y) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates or (Z) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 2(e)(iii)(A), 2(e)(iii)(B), and 2(e)(iii)(C) of this Agreement;

(ii) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Company’s Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director

 

-5-


subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either (A) an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board or (B) agreement with any third party;

(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or the Bank (or the issuance of stock by the Company), a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the deposits of the Bank, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company (each, a “ Business Combination ”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination;

(iv) Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

-6-


(v) Any event that would be described in Section 2(e)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) if the term “Bank” were substituted for the term “Company” therein.

(f) Golden Parachute Tax and Related Limitations .

(i) If there is a change in ownership or control of any member of the Bank’s or the Company’s “affiliated group” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 or any successor thereto) (collectively, the “ Company Group ”) that causes any payment or distribution by any member of the Bank, the Company or any other person or entity to Executive or for Executive’s benefit (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section) (a “ Payment ”) to be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (such excise tax, together with any interest or penalties incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax, the “ Excise Tax ”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive will retain an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that Executive would otherwise be entitled to a Gross-Up Payment but that the Payments would not be subject to the Excise Tax if the Payments were reduced by an amount that is less than 10% of the Payments, then Executive will not receive the Gross-Up Payment, and the Payments will be reduced to the maximum amount that would not result in the imposition of the Excise Tax. The payments to be reduced will be determined in a manner which has the least economic cost to Executive and, to the extent the economic cost is equivalent, will be reduced in the inverse order of when payment would have been made to Executive until the 10% reduction is achieved.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of this Section 2(ii), all determinations required to be made under this Section, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by an outside nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company or the Board, in its sole and absolute discretion (the “ Accounting Firm ”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting

 

-7-


Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, if applicable, as determined pursuant to this Section 2(f), shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within 30 days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. All determinations made by the Accounting Firm shall be based on detailed supporting calculations provided both to the Company and Executive at such time as is requested by either party. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 2(f) (and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment (as defined below) that has occurred which shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive. In no event shall the Gross-Up Payment be made later than the end of the Executive’s taxable year next following the Executive’s taxable year in which the related taxes are remitted to the taxing authority.

(iii) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require an additional Payment or Payments, as the case may be, which have not been made by the Company, but could have been made pursuant to this Section 2(f)(iii) (the “ Underpayment ”). Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claims, Executive shall:

(1) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

(2) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

(3) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

(4) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim; provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all reasonable costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest

 

-8-


and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. In no event shall the payment of any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) be made later than the end of the Executive’s taxable year next following the Executive’s taxable year in which the related taxes are remitted to the taxing authority. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 2(f)(iii), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine and subject to the Company covering all out of pocket expenses incurred in such contest; provided, however, that if the Company directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues and/or claims that are materially related to the imposition of any Excise Tax or with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be otherwise payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority. The Company and Executive shall promptly deliver to each other copies of any written communications and summaries of any verbal communications with any taxing authority regarding the matters addressed herein.

(iv) If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 2(f)(i), Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 2 promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 2, a determination is made that Executive

 

-9-


shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

(g) Definition of Disability . “ Disability ” shall mean termination because of any physical or mental impairment which qualifies Executive for disability benefits under the applicable long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or, if no such plan applies, which would qualify Executive for disability benefits under the Federal Social Security System.

3. Confidentiality . During the term of this Agreement, in exchange for Executive’s promises to use such information solely for the Company Group’s benefit, the Company and members of the Company Group will provide Executive with Confidential Information concerning, among other things, its business, operations, clients, investors, and business partners. “ Confidential Information ” refers to information not generally known by others in the form in which it is used by the Company Group, and which gives the Company or any member of the Company Group a competitive advantage over other companies which do not have access to this information, including secret, confidential, or proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company and the Company Group, conveyed orally or reduced to a tangible form in any medium, including information concerning the operations, future plans, customers, business models, strategies, and business methods of the Company and the Company Group, as well as information about their customers, clients and business partners and their respective operations and confidential information. Confidential Information does not include information that (i) Executive knew prior to his employment with the Company or any predecessor company, (ii) subsequently came into Executive’s possession other than through his work for the Company, the Company Group or any predecessor company and not as a result of a breach of any duty owed to the Company, or (iii) is generally known within the relevant industry.

(a) Promise Not to Disclose . During the term of this Agreement and for any period of employment following the term of this Agreement, Executive agrees not to use and not to disclose any Confidential Information, provided that Executive may use and disclose Confidential Information only for the Company’s benefit and in accordance with any restrictions placed on its use or disclosure by the Company. To the extent that Executive is not employed by the Company during the two-year period following the term of this Agreement, Executive will not use or disclose any Confidential Information. Notwithstanding this paragraph, Executive may disclose Confidential Information (i) as required to do so by court order, subpoena, or otherwise as required by law, the Office of Thrift Supervision, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, provided that, to the extent permitted by law, upon receiving such order, subpoena, or request and prior to disclosure, Executive shall provide written notice to the Company of such order,

 

-10-


subpoena, or request and of the content of any testimony or information to be disclosed and shall cooperate fully with the Company to lawfully resist disclosure of the information, and (ii) to an attorney for the purpose of securing professional advice, provided that such attorney has been advised of the confidential nature of such information and has agreed in writing to keep such information confidential in accordance with the terms hereof.

4. Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify Executive against any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising by reason of Executive’s status as a director, officer, employee and/or agent of the Company or the Bank during Executive’s employment (whether before or after the date of this Agreement and/or the expiration of this Agreement). In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company will advance or reimburse any expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, Executive incurs in investigating and defending any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding for which Executive may be entitled to indemnification under this Section 4. Executive agrees to repay any expenses paid or reimbursed by the Company if it is ultimately determined that Executive is not legally entitled to be indemnified by the Company. If the Company’s ability to make any payment contemplated by this Section 4 depends on an investigation or determination by the Board or the board of directors of the Bank, at Executive’s request the Company will use its best efforts to cause the investigation to be made (at the Company’s expense) and to have the relevant board reach a determination as soon as reasonably possible. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4 does not limit any indemnification, advancement and similar obligations the Company or the Bank may have to Executive under their respective constituent documents, which shall apply in accordance with their terms.

5. Amendment . No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged except by a written document signed by a duly authorized Company officer and Executive. A waiver of any conditions or provisions of this Agreement in a given instance shall not be deemed a waiver of such conditions or provisions at any other time in the future.

6. Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut (excluding any that mandate the use of another jurisdiction’s laws).

7. Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, Executive and his estate, but Executive may not assign or pledge this Agreement or any rights arising under it, except to the extent permitted under the terms of the benefit plans in which he participates. The Company shall be required to cause this Agreement to be assigned to and assumed by any successor to the business and/or the assets of the Company and/or Bank. For purposes of clarity, this Agreement shall not be terminated by any Business Combination; in the event of any Business Combination, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the surviving entity, and such surviving entity shall be treated as the Company hereunder.

 

-11-


8. Taxes . The Company shall withhold taxes from any payments it makes pursuant to this Agreement as it reasonably determines to be required by applicable law. Executive shall be solely responsible for all taxes imposed on Executive by reason of the receipt of any amount of compensation or benefits payable to Executive hereunder. The Company agrees to structure the payments and benefits described in this Agreement, and Executive’s other compensation, to be exempt from or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent applicable (including, but only to the extent applicable, to suspend certain payments or benefits until the end of the six month period following Executive’s termination of employment). The Company will not take any action (or omit to take any action that is required to be taken) in respect of Executive’s compensation or benefits, other than as expressly required by applicable law, that would cause Executive to incur tax under Section 409A of the Code. If Executive or the Company believes, at any time, that any feature of Executive’s compensation or benefits does not comply with (or is not exempt from) Section 409A of the Code or that any action taken or contemplated to be taken (including any failure to take action) in regards to Executive’s compensation or benefits caused or might cause a violation of Section 409A of the Code, Executive or the Company will promptly advise the other and will reasonably negotiate in good faith to amend the terms of the payments or benefits or alter the action or contemplated action (in a manner that in the aggregate does not have a material adverse economic effect on Executive) in order that Executive’s payments or benefit arrangements comply with (or are exempt from) the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or in order to mitigate any additional taxes that may apply under Section 409A of the Code if compliance or exemption is not practicable. If it is not possible to amend the terms of the payments or benefits or alter the action in a way that causes Executive’s payments or benefit arrangements to comply with (or be exempt from) the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, Executive and the Company will reasonably negotiate in good faith to amend the terms of Executive’s payments or benefits (including if necessary through payments made to Executive either before or after Executive have ceased employment) to put Executive in an economic position materially equivalent to the position Executive would have been in had the payments and benefits complied with (or been exempt from) Section 409A of the Code.

9. No Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payments provided pursuant to this Agreement, whether by seeking employment or otherwise; nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit due under this Agreement be set-off in any manner, or reduced by any compensation or benefit that Executive earns after his discharge.

10. Dispute Costs . The Company shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Executive against reasonable costs, including legal fees, incurred by him in conjunction with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which Executive may be involved, as a result of Executive’s efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the

 

-12-


terms of this Agreement, so long as Executive substantially prevails in such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that indemnification shall not be provided to the extent Executive is found to not have acted in good faith in bringing or defending the relevant action pursuant to a judgment, decree or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or of an arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company will advance or reimburse any expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, Executive incurs in investigating, defending or bringing any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding for which Executive may be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10 Executive agrees to repay any expenses paid or reimbursed by the Company if it is ultimately determined that Executive is not legally entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The determination of whether Executive shall have failed to act in good faith and is therefore not entitled to such indemnification, shall be made by the court or arbitrator, as applicable. The Company will pay directly or reimburse Executive for all attorneys and advisors fees incurred by him in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and other related documents.

11. Scope of Agreement . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to entitle Executive to continued employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, and if Executive’s employment shall terminate before a Change in Control, Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement (except as may be otherwise specifically provided in Section 4).

12. Notice .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, all notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or 5 days after deposit in the United States mail, certified and return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to Executive:    To the address of the Executive on the records of the Company.
If to the Company:    People’s United Financial, Inc.
   850 Main Street
  

Bridgeport, CT 06604

Attn: Corporate Secretary

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

(b) A written notice of Executive’s Date of Termination by the Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, shall (i) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) specify the

 

-13-


termination date. The failure by Executive or the Company to set forth in such notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

13. Full Settlement; Resolution of Disputes .

(a) The Company’s obligation to make any payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall be in lieu and in full settlement of all other severance payments to Executive under any other severance or employment agreement between Executive and the Company, and any severance or change in control plan of the Company, including but not limited to The People’s Bank Change in Control Employee Severance Plan.

(b) Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Bridgeport, Connecticut by three arbitrators in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award in any court having jurisdiction.

14. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

16. Entire Agreement . All oral or written agreements or representations express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement are set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement between the Company or any predecessor and Executive with respect to the subject matter contained herein, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided.

17. Modification and Waiver . This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

-14-


18. Banking Law Restrictions .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated to make, and Executive shall have no right to receive, any payment, benefit, or amount under this Agreement which would violate Section 1828(k)(1) of Title 12 of the United States Code and any related regulation or order of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. To the extent the preceding sentence shall limit any payment, benefit or amount under this Agreement, the Company will use best efforts promptly to apply to the appropriate federal banking agency for a determination that the payment, benefit or amount is permissible. Any of the preceding that is determined permissible will be paid or provided in accordance with its terms or, if due before the date of determination, will be paid or provided within 10 days of determination together with interest at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code). If and to the extent that the foregoing provision shall cease to be required by applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative as though eliminated by formal amendment of this Agreement.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, the Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time without any liability to Executive. However, any such termination shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

-15-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company and Executive has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

EXECUTIVE
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

Senior Executive Vice President


ANNEX 1

GENERAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This General Release of Claims (this “Release”), dated as of              , 20      , confirms the following understandings and agreements between People’s United Financial, Inc. (“Company”) and                      (hereinafter referred to as “you” or “your”).

In consideration of the promises set forth in that certain Change in Control Agreement between you and the Company dated                     , 2008 (the “Change in Control Agreement”), as well as any promises set forth in this Release, you agree as follows:

1. Opportunity for Review and Revocation . You have twenty-one (21) days to review and consider this Release. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Release will not become effective or enforceable for a period of seven (7) calendar days following the date of its execution, during which time you may revoke your acceptance of this Release by notifying the General Counsel of the Company in writing. To be effective, such revocation must be received by the Company no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh calendar day following its execution. Provided that the Release is executed and you do not revoke it, the eighth (8 th ) day following the date on which this Release is executed shall be its effective date (the “Effective Date”), and the Release will be fully effective on such date. In the event of your revocation of this Release pursuant to this Section 1, this Release will be null and void and of no effect, and the Company will have no obligations hereunder.

2. Employee Release and Waiver of Claims .

As used in this Release, the term “claims” will include all claims, covenants, warranties, promises, undertakings, actions, suits, causes of action, obligations, debts, accounts, attorneys’ fees, judgments, losses and liabilities, of whatsoever kind or nature, in law, equity or otherwise.

For and in consideration of the payments and benefits described in the Change in Control Agreement (the “Consideration”), which are being provided in exchange for your execution of this Release and would not be provided absent your execution of this Release, you, for and on behalf of yourself and your heirs, administrators, executors and assigns, effective the date hereof, do fully and forever release, remise and discharge the Company, the Bank, their direct and indirect parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, together with their respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, employees and agents (collectively, and with the Company and the Bank, the “Group”) from any and all claims whatsoever up to the date hereof which you had, may have had, or now have against the Group, for or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, including any claim arising out of or attributable to your employment or the termination of your employment with the Company, whether for tort, breach of express or implied employment contract, intentional infliction of emotional distress, wrongful termination, unjust dismissal, defamation, libel or slander, or under any federal, state or local law dealing with

 

A-1


discrimination based on age, race, sex, national origin, handicap, religion, disability or sexual orientation. This release of claims includes, but is not limited to, all claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Family Medical Leave Act, and the Equal Pay Act, and the following laws:

Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended;

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) (except for any vested benefits under any tax qualified benefit plan);

The Immigration Reform and Control Act, as amended;

The Workers Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, as amended;

The Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended;

The Fair Credit Reporting Act

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

The Connecticut Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-51kk et seq. ;

The Connecticut Fair Employment Practices Act, as amended, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 46a-51 et seq. ;

The Connecticut Whistleblower Statute, as amended, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-51m et seq. ;

The Connecticut Equal Pay Laws, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-58(e) et seq. ; §§ 31-75 and 31-76;

Connecticut Statutory Provision Regarding Retaliation/Discrimination for Filing a Workers’ Compensation Claim, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-290a;

The Connecticut First Amendment/Free Speech Statute, as amended, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-51q;

The Connecticut Drug Testing Law, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-51t et seq. ;

Connecticut AIDS Testing and Confidentiality Law, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 19a-581 et seq. ;

Connecticut Age Discrimination and Employee Benefits Law, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 38a-543;

Connecticut Reproductive Hazards, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-40g, et seq. ;

Connecticut Smoking Outside the Workplace Law, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-40s;

Connecticut Electronic Monitoring of Employees, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-48b;

Connecticut Wage Hour and Wage Payment Laws, as amended;

Connecticut OSHA, as amended;

as each as may be amended from time to time, and all other federal, state and local laws, the common law and any other purported restriction on an employer’s right to terminate the employment of employees.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Release to the contrary, by executing this Release, you are not releasing any claims relating to: (i) your rights with respect to the Consideration or any other benefits provided in exchange for this Release, (ii) any claims arising after the date of this Release, (iii) your rights with respect to payments and/or benefits under any plans, programs or arrangements maintained or contributed to by any member of the Group, (iv) your right to reimbursement of business expenses, and (v) any indemnification or similar rights you may have as a current or former officer or director of the Group, including, without limitation, any and all rights thereto referenced in the Change in

 

A-2


Control Agreement, any member of the Group’s bylaws, other governance documents, or any rights with respect to the Group’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policies.

3. Knowing and Voluntary Waiver . You expressly acknowledge and agree that you:

Are able to read the language, and understand the meaning and effect, of this Release;

Have no physical or mental impairment of any kind that has interfered with your ability to read and understand the meaning of this Release or its terms, and that your not acting under the influence of any medication, drug or chemical of any type in entering into this Release;

Are specifically agreeing to the terms of the release contained in this Release in consideration of the Company’s commitments under the Change in Control Agreement. The Company has agreed to provide the compensation and benefits in the Change in Control Agreement in consideration of your services during your period of employment with the Company and because of your execution of this Release;

Understand that, by entering into this Release, you do not waive rights or claims under ADEA that may arise after the Effective Date;

Had or could have had 21 calendar days in which to review and consider this Release;

Were advised to consult with your attorney regarding the terms and effect of this Release; and

Have signed this Release knowingly and voluntarily.

4. No Suit . You represent that you have not filed or permitted to be filed against the Group, individually or collectively, any complaints or lawsuits arising out of your employment, or any other matter arising on or prior to the date hereof. Both parties acknowledge that this Release does not limit either party’s right, where applicable, to file or participate in an investigative proceeding of any federal, state, or local governmental agency. To the extent permitted by law, you agree that if such an administrative charge is made, you will not be entitled to recover any individual monetary relief or other individual remedies.

5. Cooperation with the Company After Termination of Employment . You agree, as a condition of this Release, to reasonably cooperate with the Company and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, attorneys and experts in all matters relating to your pending work on behalf of the Company and the orderly transfer of any such pending work to other employees of the Company as may be designated by the Company.

 

A-3


6. Non-Admission of Wrongdoing . The parties agree that neither this Release nor the furnishing of consideration for this Release shall be deemed or construed at any time as an admission of liability or wrongdoing by the Company or any affiliates.

7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Federal law and the laws of the State of Connecticut, applicable to releases made and to be performed in that State.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, you have executed this Release as of the date first written above.

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.5(b)

Form of Change in Control Agreement – Executive Vice President

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the      day of             , 20       between People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and                     , an officer of the Company or its wholly-owned subsidiary, People’s United Bank (the “Bank”) or one of the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries (the “ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to secure Executive’s continued services and to ensure Executive’s continued dedication to Executive’s duties in the event of any threat or occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2(e)); and

WHEREAS the Company desires to enter into this Agreement with Executive according to the terms set forth herein, and Executive desires to enter into this Agreement with the Company on such terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement .

(a) This Agreement is effective on the date hereof and shall continue in effect until the third anniversary of the date hereof; provided , that , notwithstanding the occurrence of such third anniversary, this Agreement shall continue in effect until the end of the Protection Period (as defined in Section 1(b)) if a Change in Control shall have occurred during the term of this Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate if (1) either Executive or the Company terminates Executive’s employment for any reason before a Change in Control, or (2) a Change in Control occurs and Executive’s employment continues through the end of the Protection Period.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Protection Period ” means the period commencing on the date on which a Change in Control occurs and ending on the third anniversary of such date.

2. Termination .

(a) Rights and Duties . If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason during the Protection Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive the payment and benefits shown on the applicable row of the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 2, beyond which the Company and Executive shall have no further obligations to each other, except: (1) Executive’s obligations under Section 3; (2) the Company’s obligation’s under Sections 2, 4 and 18; (3) the Company’s and Executive’s


respective obligations under Sections 8 and 10; and (4) as set forth in any written agreement the parties may subsequently enter into. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, upon a Change in Control, all equity or equity-based awards that have been granted to Executive by the Company, its subsidiaries and/or their affiliates shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained in the applicable plans and award agreements. For purposes of clarity, Executive shall not be entitled to any payment under this Section 2 if Executive’s Employment does not terminate during the Protection Period.

 

(i) DISCHARGE FOR CAUSE DURING THE PROTECTION PERIOD   

Payment when due of any unpaid base salary, awarded but unpaid cash bonus, and expense reimbursements; plus base salary for any accrued but unused vacation.

 

In addition, Executive shall be entitled to any rights and benefits under any retirement and non-retirement employee benefit plans and programs (including deferred compensation programs) and under any outstanding long-term incentives in accordance with the terms and conditions of the relevant plan or program.

(ii) DISCHARGE OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE DURING THE PROTECTION PERIOD   

Same as “Discharge for Cause” EXCEPT that, in exchange for Executive’s execution of a claims release in accordance with this Section 2 and subject to Sections 8, 13, and 18 below, in addition, Executive shall receive:

 

(1) additional cash severance equal to two and one-half (2-  1 / 2 ) times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual base salary as of the date immediately before Executive’s termination, and (ii) the amount of Executive’s target annual cash bonus for the year prior to the Change in Control (the amount in clause (ii) of this paragraph is referred to as the “ Target Bonus Level ”);

 

and

 

(2) for two years, Executive, Executive’s spouse and dependents (if any) will continue to be entitled to participate in the Company’s group health plans in which Executive participates immediately prior to the Date of Termination at the Company’s expense, provided that Executive timely elects continuation coverage under COBRA, and provided that if the Company is unable to provide such coverage after the end of the COBRA continuation period under the Company’s group health plan, the Company shall, following the expiration of the COBRA coverage period, provide Executive and Executive’s dependents with substantially identical medical coverage to that provided under the Company’s group health plan during the remainder of such post-COBRA period.

 

 

-2-


   For purposes of this Agreement, “ Date of Termination ” means (i) the effective date on which Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as specified in a prior written notice by the Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, delivered pursuant to Section 12, or (ii) if Executive’s employment by the Company terminates by reason of death, the date of death of Executive.
(iii) RESIGNATION WITHOUT GOOD REASON DURING THE PROTECTION PERIOD    Same as above for “Discharge for Cause During the Protection Period.”
(iv) RESIGNATION FOR GOOD REASON DURING THE PROTECTION PERIOD    Same as above for “Discharge Other Than for Cause During the Protection Period”
(v) DEATH OR DISABILITY DURING THE PROTECTION PERIOD   

Same as “Discharge for Cause During the Protection Period” EXCEPT that, in addition, Executive shall receive:

 

(1) cash severance equal to one times Executive’s annual base salary at the rate applicable as of the Date of Termination due to Executive’s death or disability; and

 

(2) a pro rata amount of Executive’s annual bonus during the year of termination, based on the Target Bonus Level.

(b) Discharge for Cause . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for Cause. “ Cause ” shall mean (i) Executive’s willful failure to perform or substantially perform Executive’s duties with the Company or People’s United Bank (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ Bank ”)); (ii) illegal conduct or gross misconduct by Executive that is willful and demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company’s or the Bank’s business, monetarily or otherwise; (iii) a willful and material breach by Executive of Section 3 of this Agreement or the Company’s written code of conduct; (iv) Executive’s indictment for, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere with respect to, a felony crime or a crime involving moral turpitude, fraud, forgery, embezzlement or similar conduct; or (v) Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Company’s affairs pursuant to an order issued under Section 21C(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or in the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; provided , however , that the actions in (i) through (iii), above, shall not be considered Cause unless Executive has failed to cure such actions within 30

 

-3-


days of receiving written notice specifying with particularity the events allegedly giving rise to Cause and that such actions shall not be considered Cause unless the Company provides such written notice within 180 days of any Board member (other than Executive, if applicable at the time of such notice) having knowledge of the relevant action. Further, no act or failure to act by the Executive shall be deemed “willful” unless done or omitted to be done not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action or omission was in the Company’s best interests, and any act or omission by Executive pursuant to authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or on the advice of counsel for the Company will be deemed made in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. Executive shall not be deemed to be discharged for Cause hereunder unless and until there is delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board (excluding Executive, if applicable), at a meeting called and duly held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive and Executive’s counsel to be heard before the Board), finding in good faith that Executive is guilty of the conduct set forth above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(c) Discharge Other Than for Cause or Resignation for Good Reason, in each case during the Protection Period . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time for any reason, and without advance notice. If, during the Protection Period, the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, then Executive will only receive the special benefits provided under Section 2(a) if Executive signs and delivers a release of claims in the form of Annex 1 in favor of the Company and its related companies and affiliates within 21 days following the date of Executive’s termination. Unless such release is timely executed and delivered in accordance herewith and such release becomes effective in accordance with applicable law following the expiration of any applicable revocation period, no payments or benefits shall be provided to Executive pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement. Within 30 days following the earlier of the effective date of the general release and the 30th day following the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum equal to any cash payments that Executive is entitled in accordance with Section 2(a) of this Agreement (it being acknowledged by the parties that this Agreement is intended to provide for payments that satisfy the short term deferral exception under Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(b)(4) and are thus not intended to be deferred compensation under Internal Revenue Code section 409A).

(d) Resignation . During the Protection Period, Executive shall not resign from employment without giving the Company at least 30 days advance written notice unless Executive has Good Reason to resign. The Company may accept Executive’s resignation effective on the date set forth in Executive’s notice or any earlier date. “ Good Reason ” for resignation shall exist upon (i) a material diminution of Executive’s duties or responsibilities, authorities, powers, or functions without Executive’s written consent, (ii) any material reduction in Executive’s rate of annual base salary or target annual cash bonus, in each case as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control, (iii) a relocation that would result in Executive’s principal

 

-4-


location of employment being moved fifty miles or more away from the Executive’s principal location immediately prior to a Change in Control, or (iv) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement without Executive’s written consent, provided , however , that the actions in (i) through and (iv), above, shall not be considered Good Reason unless Executive notifies the Company in writing within 30 days of Executive’s knowledge of the actions giving rise to the Good Reason, and the Company has failed to cure such actions within 30 days of receiving written notice thereof.

(e) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events during the term of this Agreement:

(i) Any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”)) (“Person”) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that for purposes of this paragraph, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (X) any acquisition by the Company, (Y) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates or (Z) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 2(e)(iii)(A), 2(e)(iii)(B), and 2(e)(iii)(C) of this Agreement;

(ii) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Company’s Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either (A) an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board or (B) agreement with any third party;

(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or the Bank (or the issuance of stock by the Company), a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the deposits of the Bank, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company (each, a

 

-5-


Business Combination ”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination;

(iv) Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(v) Any event that would be described in Section 2(e)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) if the term “Bank” were substituted for the term “Company” therein.

(f) Golden Parachute Tax and Related Limitations .

(i) If there is a change in ownership or control of any member of the Bank’s or the Company’s “affiliated group” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.280G-1 or any successor thereto) (collectively, the “ Company Group ”) that causes any payment or distribution by any member of the Bank, the Company or any other person or entity to Executive or for Executive’s benefit (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section) (a “ Payment ”) to be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (such excise tax, together with any interest or penalties

 

-6-


incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax, the “ Excise Tax ”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive will retain an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that Executive would otherwise be entitled to a Gross-Up Payment but that the Payments would not be subject to the Excise Tax if the Payments were reduced by an amount that is less than 10% of the Payments, then Executive will not receive the Gross-Up Payment, and the Payments will be reduced to the maximum amount that would not result in the imposition of the Excise Tax. The payments to be reduced will be determined in a manner which has the least economic cost to Executive and, to the extent the economic cost is equivalent, will be reduced in the inverse order of when payment would have been made to Executive until the 10% reduction is achieved.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of this Section 2(ii), all determinations required to be made under this Section, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by an outside nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company or the Board, in its sole and absolute discretion (the “ Accounting Firm ”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, if applicable, as determined pursuant to this Section 2(f), shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within 30 days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. All determinations made by the Accounting Firm shall be based on detailed supporting calculations provided both to the Company and Executive at such time as is requested by either party. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 2(f) (and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment (as defined below) that has occurred which shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive. In no event shall the Gross-Up Payment be made later than the end of the Executive’s taxable year next following the Executive’s taxable year in which the related taxes are remitted to the taxing authority.

 

-7-


(iii) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require an additional Payment or Payments, as the case may be, which have not been made by the Company, but could have been made pursuant to this Section 2(f)(iii) (the “ Underpayment ”). Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claims, Executive shall:

(1) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

(2) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

(3) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

(4) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim; provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all reasonable costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. In no event shall the payment of any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) be made later than the end of the Executive’s taxable year next following the Executive’s taxable year in which the related taxes are remitted to the taxing authority. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 2(f)(iii), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund

 

-8-


or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine and subject to the Company covering all out of pocket expenses incurred in such contest; provided, however, that if the Company directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues and/or claims that are materially related to the imposition of any Excise Tax or with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be otherwise payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority. The Company and Executive shall promptly deliver to each other copies of any written communications and summaries of any verbal communications with any taxing authority regarding the matters addressed herein.

(iv) If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 2(f)(i), Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 2 promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 2, a determination is made that Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

(g) Definition of Disability . “ Disability ” shall mean termination because of any physical or mental impairment which qualifies Executive for disability benefits under the applicable long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or, if no such plan applies, which would qualify Executive for disability benefits under the Federal Social Security System.

 

-9-


3. Confidentiality . During the term of this Agreement, in exchange for Executive’s promises to use such information solely for the Company Group’s benefit, the Company and members of the Company Group will provide Executive with Confidential Information concerning, among other things, its business, operations, clients, investors, and business partners. “ Confidential Information ” refers to information not generally known by others in the form in which it is used by the Company Group, and which gives the Company or any member of the Company Group a competitive advantage over other companies which do not have access to this information, including secret, confidential, or proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company and the Company Group, conveyed orally or reduced to a tangible form in any medium, including information concerning the operations, future plans, customers, business models, strategies, and business methods of the Company and the Company Group, as well as information about their customers, clients and business partners and their respective operations and confidential information. Confidential Information does not include information that (i) Executive knew prior to his employment with the Company or any predecessor company, (ii) subsequently came into Executive’s possession other than through his work for the Company, the Company Group or any predecessor company and not as a result of a breach of any duty owed to the Company, or (iii) is generally known within the relevant industry.

(a) Promise Not to Disclose . During the term of this Agreement and for any period of employment following the term of this Agreement, Executive agrees not to use and not to disclose any Confidential Information, provided that Executive may use and disclose Confidential Information only for the Company’s benefit and in accordance with any restrictions placed on its use or disclosure by the Company. To the extent that Executive is not employed by the Company during the two-year period following the term of this Agreement, Executive will not use or disclose any Confidential Information. Notwithstanding this paragraph, Executive may disclose Confidential Information (i) as required to do so by court order, subpoena, or otherwise as required by law, the Office of Thrift Supervision, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, provided that, to the extent permitted by law, upon receiving such order, subpoena, or request and prior to disclosure, Executive shall provide written notice to the Company of such order, subpoena, or request and of the content of any testimony or information to be disclosed and shall cooperate fully with the Company to lawfully resist disclosure of the information, and (ii) to an attorney for the purpose of securing professional advice, provided that such attorney has been advised of the confidential nature of such information and has agreed in writing to keep such information confidential in accordance with the terms hereof.

4. Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify Executive against any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising by reason of Executive’s status as a director, officer, employee and/or agent of the Company or the Bank during Executive’s employment (whether before or after the date of this Agreement and/or the expiration of this Agreement). In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the

 

-10-


Company will advance or reimburse any expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, Executive incurs in investigating and defending any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding for which Executive may be entitled to indemnification under this Section 4. Executive agrees to repay any expenses paid or reimbursed by the Company if it is ultimately determined that Executive is not legally entitled to be indemnified by the Company. If the Company’s ability to make any payment contemplated by this Section 4 depends on an investigation or determination by the Board or the board of directors of the Bank, at Executive’s request the Company will use its best efforts to cause the investigation to be made (at the Company’s expense) and to have the relevant board reach a determination as soon as reasonably possible. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4 does not limit any indemnification, advancement and similar obligations the Company or the Bank may have to Executive under their respective constituent documents, which shall apply in accordance with their terms.

5. Amendment . No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged except by a written document signed by a duly authorized Company officer and Executive. A waiver of any conditions or provisions of this Agreement in a given instance shall not be deemed a waiver of such conditions or provisions at any other time in the future.

6. Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut (excluding any that mandate the use of another jurisdiction’s laws).

7. Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, Executive and his estate, but Executive may not assign or pledge this Agreement or any rights arising under it, except to the extent permitted under the terms of the benefit plans in which he participates. The Company shall be required to cause this Agreement to be assigned to and assumed by any successor to the business and/or the assets of the Company and/or Bank. For purposes of clarity, this Agreement shall not be terminated by any Business Combination; in the event of any Business Combination, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the surviving entity, and such surviving entity shall be treated as the Company hereunder.

8. Taxes . The Company shall withhold taxes from any payments it makes pursuant to this Agreement as it reasonably determines to be required by applicable law. Executive shall be solely responsible for all taxes imposed on Executive by reason of the receipt of any amount of compensation or benefits payable to Executive hereunder. The Company agrees to structure the payments and benefits described in this Agreement, and Executive’s other compensation, to be exempt from or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent applicable (including, but only to the extent applicable, to suspend certain payments or benefits until the end of the six month period following Executive’s termination of employment). The Company will not take any action (or omit to take any action that is required to be taken) in respect of Executive’s compensation or benefits, other than as expressly required by applicable law,

 

-11-


that would cause Executive to incur tax under Section 409A of the Code. If Executive or the Company believes, at any time, that any feature of Executive’s compensation or benefits does not comply with (or is not exempt from) Section 409A of the Code or that any action taken or contemplated to be taken (including any failure to take action) in regards to Executive’s compensation or benefits caused or might cause a violation of Section 409A of the Code, Executive or the Company will promptly advise the other and will reasonably negotiate in good faith to amend the terms of the payments or benefits or alter the action or contemplated action (in a manner that in the aggregate does not have a material adverse economic effect on Executive) in order that Executive’s payments or benefit arrangements comply with (or are exempt from) the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or in order to mitigate any additional taxes that may apply under Section 409A of the Code if compliance or exemption is not practicable. If it is not possible to amend the terms of the payments or benefits or alter the action in a way that causes Executive’s payments or benefit arrangements to comply with (or be exempt from) the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, Executive and the Company will reasonably negotiate in good faith to amend the terms of Executive’s payments or benefits (including if necessary through payments made to Executive either before or after Executive have ceased employment) to put Executive in an economic position materially equivalent to the position Executive would have been in had the payments and benefits complied with (or been exempt from) Section 409A of the Code.

9. No Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payments provided pursuant to this Agreement, whether by seeking employment or otherwise; nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit due under this Agreement be set-off in any manner, or reduced by any compensation or benefit that Executive earns after his discharge.

10. Dispute Costs . The Company shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Executive against reasonable costs, including legal fees, incurred by him in conjunction with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which Executive may be involved, as a result of Executive’s efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the terms of this Agreement, so long as Executive substantially prevails in such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that indemnification shall not be provided to the extent Executive is found to not have acted in good faith in bringing or defending the relevant action pursuant to a judgment, decree or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or of an arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company will advance or reimburse any expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, Executive incurs in investigating, defending or bringing any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding for which Executive may be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10 Executive agrees to repay any expenses paid or reimbursed by the Company if it is ultimately determined that Executive is not legally entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The determination of whether Executive shall have failed to act in good faith and is therefore not entitled to such indemnification, shall be made by the court or arbitrator, as applicable. The Company will pay directly or reimburse Executive for all attorneys and advisors fees incurred by him in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and other related documents.

 

-12-


11. Scope of Agreement . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to entitle Executive to continued employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, and if Executive’s employment shall terminate before a Change in Control, Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement (except as may be otherwise specifically provided in Section 4).

12. Notice .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, all notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or 5 days after deposit in the United States mail, certified and return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

  If to Executive:    To the address of the Executive on the records of the Company.
  If to the Company:   

People’s United Financial, Inc.

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, CT 06604

     Attn: Corporate Secretary

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

(b) A written notice of Executive’s Date of Termination by the Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, shall (i) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) specify the termination date. The failure by Executive or the Company to set forth in such notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

13. Full Settlement; Resolution of Disputes .

(a) The Company’s obligation to make any payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall be in lieu and in full settlement of all other severance payments to Executive under any other severance or employment agreement between Executive and the Company, and any severance or change in control plan of the Company, including but not limited to The People’s Bank Change in Control Employee Severance Plan.

 

-13-


(b) Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Bridgeport, Connecticut by three arbitrators in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award in any court having jurisdiction.

14. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

16. Entire Agreement . All oral or written agreements or representations express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement are set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement between the Company or any predecessor and Executive with respect to the subject matter contained herein, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided.

17. Modification and Waiver . This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

18. Banking Law Restrictions .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated to make, and Executive shall have no right to receive, any payment, benefit, or amount under this Agreement which would violate Section 1828(k)(1) of Title 12 of the United States Code and any related regulation or order of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. To the extent the preceding sentence shall limit any payment, benefit or amount under this Agreement, the Company will use best efforts promptly to apply to the appropriate federal banking agency for a determination that the payment, benefit or amount is permissible. Any of the preceding that is determined permissible will be paid or provided in accordance with its terms or, if due before the

 

-14-


date of determination, will be paid or provided within 10 days of determination together with interest at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code). If and to the extent that the foregoing provision shall cease to be required by applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative as though eliminated by formal amendment of this Agreement.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, the Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time without any liability to Executive. However, any such termination shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

-15-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company and Executive has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

EXECUTIVE

By:

 

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

Executive Vice President


ANNEX 1

GENERAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This General Release of Claims (this “Release”), dated as of                  , 20    , confirms the following understandings and agreements between People’s United Financial, Inc. (“Company”) and                     (hereinafter referred to as “you” or “your”).

In consideration of the promises set forth in that certain Change in Control Agreement between you and the Company dated             , 2008 (the “Change in Control Agreement”), as well as any promises set forth in this Release, you agree as follows:

1. Opportunity for Review and Revocation . You have twenty-one (21) days to review and consider this Release. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Release will not become effective or enforceable for a period of seven (7) calendar days following the date of its execution, during which time you may revoke your acceptance of this Release by notifying the General Counsel of the Company in writing. To be effective, such revocation must be received by the Company no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh calendar day following its execution. Provided that the Release is executed and you do not revoke it, the eighth (8 th ) day following the date on which this Release is executed shall be its effective date (the “Effective Date”), and the Release will be fully effective on such date. In the event of your revocation of this Release pursuant to this Section 1, this Release will be null and void and of no effect, and the Company will have no obligations hereunder.

2. Employee Release and Waiver of Claims .

As used in this Release, the term “claims” will include all claims, covenants, warranties, promises, undertakings, actions, suits, causes of action, obligations, debts, accounts, attorneys’ fees, judgments, losses and liabilities, of whatsoever kind or nature, in law, equity or otherwise.

For and in consideration of the payments and benefits described in the Change in Control Agreement (the “Consideration”), which are being provided in exchange for your execution of this Release and would not be provided absent your execution of this Release, you, for and on behalf of yourself and your heirs, administrators, executors and assigns, effective the date hereof, do fully and forever release, remise and discharge the Company, the Bank, their direct and indirect parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, together with their respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, employees and agents (collectively, and with the Company and the Bank, the “Group”) from any and all claims whatsoever up to the date hereof which you had, may have had, or now have against the Group, for or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, including any claim arising out of or attributable to your employment or the termination of your employment with the Company, whether for tort, breach of express or implied employment contract, intentional infliction of emotional distress, wrongful termination, unjust dismissal, defamation, libel or slander, or under any federal, state or local law dealing with

 

A-1


discrimination based on age, race, sex, national origin, handicap, religion, disability or sexual orientation. This release of claims includes, but is not limited to, all claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Family Medical Leave Act, and the Equal Pay Act, and the following laws:

Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended;

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) (except for any vested benefits under any tax qualified benefit plan);

The Immigration Reform and Control Act, as amended;

The Workers Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, as amended;

The Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended;

The Fair Credit Reporting Act

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

The Connecticut Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-51kk et seq. ;

The Connecticut Fair Employment Practices Act, as amended, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 46a-51 et seq. ;

The Connecticut Whistleblower Statute, as amended, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-51m et seq. ;

The Connecticut Equal Pay Laws, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-58(e) et seq. ; §§ 31-75 and 31-76;

Connecticut Statutory Provision Regarding Retaliation/Discrimination for Filing a Workers’ Compensation Claim, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-290a;

The Connecticut First Amendment/Free Speech Statute, as amended, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-51q;

The Connecticut Drug Testing Law, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-51t et seq. ;

Connecticut AIDS Testing and Confidentiality Law, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 19a-581 et seq. ;

Connecticut Age Discrimination and Employee Benefits Law, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 38a-543;

Connecticut Reproductive Hazards, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-40g, et seq. ;

Connecticut Smoking Outside the Workplace Law, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-40s;

Connecticut Electronic Monitoring of Employees, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-48b;

Connecticut Wage Hour and Wage Payment Laws, as amended;

Connecticut OSHA, as amended;

as each as may be amended from time to time, and all other federal, state and local laws, the common law and any other purported restriction on an employer’s right to terminate the employment of employees.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Release to the contrary, by executing this Release, you are not releasing any claims relating to: (i) your rights with respect to the Consideration or any other benefits provided in exchange for this Release, (ii) any claims arising after the date of this Release, (iii) your rights with respect to payments and/or benefits under any plans, programs or arrangements maintained or contributed to by any member of the Group, (iv) your right to reimbursement of business expenses, and (v) any indemnification or similar rights you may have as a current or former officer or director of the Group, including, without limitation, any and all rights thereto referenced in the Change in

 

A-2


Control Agreement, any member of the Group’s bylaws, other governance documents, or any rights with respect to the Group’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policies.

3. Knowing and Voluntary Waiver . You expressly acknowledge and agree that you:

Are able to read the language, and understand the meaning and effect, of this Release;

Have no physical or mental impairment of any kind that has interfered with your ability to read and understand the meaning of this Release or its terms, and that your not acting under the influence of any medication, drug or chemical of any type in entering into this Release;

Are specifically agreeing to the terms of the release contained in this Release in consideration of the Company’s commitments under the Change in Control Agreement. The Company has agreed to provide the compensation and benefits in the Change in Control Agreement in consideration of your services during your period of employment with the Company and because of your execution of this Release;

Understand that, by entering into this Release, you do not waive rights or claims under ADEA that may arise after the Effective Date;

Had or could have had 21 calendar days in which to review and consider this Release;

Were advised to consult with your attorney regarding the terms and effect of this Release; and

Have signed this Release knowingly and voluntarily.

4. No Suit . You represent that you have not filed or permitted to be filed against the Group, individually or collectively, any complaints or lawsuits arising out of your employment, or any other matter arising on or prior to the date hereof. Both parties acknowledge that this Release does not limit either party’s right, where applicable, to file or participate in an investigative proceeding of any federal, state, or local governmental agency. To the extent permitted by law, you agree that if such an administrative charge is made, you will not be entitled to recover any individual monetary relief or other individual remedies.

5. Cooperation with the Company After Termination of Employment. You agree, as a condition of this Release, to reasonably cooperate with the Company and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, attorneys and experts in all matters relating to your pending work on behalf of the Company and the orderly transfer of any such pending work to other employees of the Company as may be designated by the Company.

 

A-3


6. Non-Admission of Wrongdoing . The parties agree that neither this Release nor the furnishing of consideration for this Release shall be deemed or construed at any time as an admission of liability or wrongdoing by the Company or any affiliates.

7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Federal law and the laws of the State of Connecticut, applicable to releases made and to be performed in that State.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, you have executed this Release as of the date first written above.

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.6

People’s United Bank Short Term Incentive Plan for Key Employees

People’s United Bank maintains a Short Term Incentive Plan (the STIP) for certain key employees of the company. The STIP is administered under the authority of the Human Resources Committee (HRC) of the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Eligibility . All employees who are classified as Grade 45 or higher, and who are not participants in any other management, production or sales incentive plan are eligible to participate. The Chief Executive Officer and all other executive officers of the company are participants in the STIP.

Target Awards . A target payout amount is established for each STIP participant on an annual basis. The target amount is expressed as a percentage of the participant’s base salary for the applicable fiscal year. In general, target award percentages increase as seniority levels increase within the company.

Performance Priorities . Generally, three performance priorities are set for each STIP participant (including the Chief Executive Officer) for the applicable fiscal year. Individual performance priorities relate to the company’s strategic business objectives for that year.

Company Performance Measure(s) . The availability of funds for payment of STIP awards is dependent on the company’s attainment of a specified level of performance compared to objective performance measure (e.g., earnings per share) or measures over the course of the company’s fiscal year. No funds are available for the payment of STIP awards if the company’s performance does not meet or exceed a specified minimum performance level(s). Conversely, the amount available for the payment of STIP awards is capped once the company’s performance exceeds a specified level compared to the objective measure(s). The performance measure(s), minimum performance level(s), and cap level(s) are determined by the HRC on an annual basis .

Payouts . STIP payouts are determined following the close of the applicable fiscal year. No payouts are made to any STIP participant unless (a) the company has attained at least the minimum performance level specified for the applicable fiscal year, and (b) the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios meet or exceed their required levels. Assuming these conditions have been met, each participant’s achievement of his or her performance priorities is evaluated and the amount of his or her STIP award payment is calculated. The participant must demonstrate a specified minimum percentage achievement of his or her performance priorities, with the amount of the payout dependent on the degree of achievement attained. Preliminary payout calculations for a participant may then be increased or decreased by as much as 30% (in 10% increments) after evaluating the participant’s leadership behaviors.

Reserved Authority . The HRC and the full Board of Directors of the Bank reserve the authority to approve, modify, or disallow any payment proposed to be made pursuant to the STIP.

Exhibit 10.7

People’s United Bank

Split-Dollar Cash Value Restoration Plan

This Plan, made effective the 10th day of July, 2003 (the Effective Date), as amended effective January 1, 2008, is intended to provide a portion of the benefits previously provided to certain executive officers of People’s United Bank pursuant to a split-dollar life insurance program maintained by the Bank.

§1. Definitions . For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Affiliate” means any company controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Bank.

“Age at Termination” means an Eligible Officer’s age, expressed as a whole number of years without any adjustment for fractional years, on the date of such Eligible Officer’s termination of employment prior to age 65.

“Bank” means People’s United Bank, a federally-chartered capital stock savings bank, and any successor thereto.

“Benefit” means the amount of the benefit payable to an Eligible Officer as calculated in accordance with Section 3 hereof.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which the corporate headquarters of the Bank is not open for business.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“Combined Tax Rate” means the sum of (a) the Federal Rate, (b) the State Rate, (c) the OASDI Rate, and (d) the HI Rate; provided, however , that the OASDI Rate and/or the HI Rate (as applicable) shall not be included in the Combined Tax Rate to the extent, on the Payment Date, the Bank is not required to withhold FICA taxes based on one or both of such rates; and provided further , that the Committee may from time to time in its discretion revise the definition of Combined Tax Rate to reflect changes in the tax laws (other than changes in one or more of the Federal Rate, State Rate, OASDI Rate or HI Rate) applicable to the payment of Benefits hereunder, insofar as such changes would affect the personal tax obligations of the Eligible Officer receiving the Benefit.


“Committee” means the Human Resources Committee of the Board, or such other Committee as may be described in Section 2 hereof.

“Disability” means permanent and total disability as determined under procedures established by the Committee for purposes of the Bank’s 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or any successor thereto.

“Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Plan.

“Eligible Officer” means an individual who (a) served as an Executive Vice President or more senior officer of the Bank on July 30, 2002 (the effective date of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), and (b) serves as an Executive Vice President or more senior officer of the Bank on the effective date of this Plan.

“Employment with the Bank” (and terms substantially equivalent thereto, whether or not capitalized) means a subsisting employer-employee relationship between the Bank and the Eligible Officer.

“FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor agency thereto.

“Federal Rate” means the highest marginal rate in effect on any applicable Payment Date at which basic income taxes are imposed pursuant to the Code on income earned by individuals. The Federal Rate shall be determined without reference to or adjustment for any applicable credits or deductions, or for any other taxes (e.g., the alternative minimum tax) or surtaxes that may be imposed pursuant to the Code, or for any special tax rates that may apply to income derived from specific sources (e.g., dividends or capital gains). The Federal Rate is 35.0% on the Effective Date.

“Full Benefit” means, for each Eligible Officer under the Plan, the difference between (a) the amount reflected in Schedule A hereto as the “Projected Benefit” payable to such Eligible Officer at age 65, minus (b) the Net Projected Cash Surrender Value (updated no less often than annually) at age 65 of the Policy or Policies insuring the life of such Eligible Officer, and minus (c) the amount of any outstanding loan against the Policy or Policies insuring the life of such Eligible Officer.

“HI Rate” means the rate at which employers are required to withhold the employee’s portion of so-called FICA taxes in order to fund Medicare or “HI” benefits (without regard to any applicable earnings caps) on any applicable Payment Date. The HI Rate is 1.45% on the Effective Date.

“Net Projected Cash Surrender Value” means, with respect to all Policies insuring the life of an Eligible Officer, the projected cash surrender value of such Policy (or, in the event multiple Policies are in effect, the aggregate projected cash


surrender value of all such Policies) at the Eligible Officer’s Age at Termination or age 65 (whichever is applicable), minus an amount equal to the aggregate premiums paid by the Bank prior to July 30, 2002 to provide insurance benefits to such Eligible Officer pursuant to the split-dollar life insurance program previously maintained by the Bank for the benefit of its executive officers generally, to the extent the Bank is entitled to reimbursement of such previously paid premiums.

“Nominal State Rate” means, on any applicable Payment Date, the highest marginal rate at which basic income taxes are imposed pursuant to the State Code on income earned by individuals. The Nominal State Rate shall be determined without reference to or adjustment for any applicable credits or deductions, or for any other taxes or surtaxes that may be imposed pursuant to the State Code, or for any special tax rates that may apply to income derived from specific sources (e.g., dividends, interest or capital gains). The Nominal State Rate is 5% on the Effective Date.

“OASDI Rate” means the rate at which employers are required to withhold the employee’s portion of so-called FICA taxes in order to fund Social Security or “OASDI” benefits (without regard to any applicable earnings caps) on any applicable Payment Date. The OASDI Rate is 6.20% on the Effective Date.

“Paid-up Policy” means a fully paid up whole life insurance policy issued by Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company and insuring the life of an Eligible Officer.

“Payment Date” means the first regularly scheduled payroll date in the seventh month following termination of the Eligible Officer’s employment with the Bank.

“Plan” means this Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Executive Officers, as set forth herein and as hereinafter amended from time to time.

“Policy” or “Policies” means, with respect to each Eligible Officer, the Paid-up Policy or Variable Policy, or both (as the case may be) insuring the life of such Eligible Officer, as identified by issuer and policy number in Schedule B hereto under such Eligible Officer’s name.

“Pre-Retirement Benefit” means, for each Eligible Officer under the Plan, the difference between (a) the amount reflected in Schedule A hereto as the “Projected Benefit” payable to such Eligible Officer at the Eligible Officer’s Age at Termination, minus (b) the Net Projected Cash Surrender Value (updated no less often than annually) of the Policy or Policies insuring the life of such Eligible Officer at such Eligible Officer’s Age at Termination, and minus (c) the amount of any outstanding loan against the Policy or Policies insuring the life of such Eligible Officer.


“Retirement” means the termination of an Eligible Officer’s employment at or after age 65.

“State Code” means the provisions of Title 12, Chapter 229 of the Connecticut General Statutes, imposing an income tax on residents of the State of Connecticut, as the same may be amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“State Rate” means the product obtained by multiplying (i) the Nominal State Rate, by (ii) the difference obtained by subtracting the Federal Rate (expressed as a decimal) from one.

“Termination for Cause” (and terms substantially equivalent thereto, whether or not capitalized) means a termination of employment by reason of an Eligible Officer’s act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, insubordination, or an intentional or grossly negligent act detrimental to the interests of the Bank or any Affiliate.

“Variable Policy” means a variable life insurance policy issued by New England Life Insurance Company and insuring the life of an Eligible Officer.

§2. Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or such other committee of the Board that is designated and empowered to perform the functions of the Committee. The Committee shall supervise and administer the Plan and shall have plenary powers and authority to adopt, amend and rescind such rules and regulations and establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for the administration of the Plan, and generally to conduct and administer the Plan and to make all determinations in connection therewith as may be necessary or advisable. Any questions of interpretation of the Plan or any such rules and regulations, shall be determined by the Committee, and such determinations shall be binding and conclusive, and such determinations shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons.

§3. Calculation of Benefit . The Benefit payable to an Eligible Officer pursuant to this Plan shall be determined as follows:

 

  (a) Termination by Reason of Retirement . If an Eligible Officer’s employment terminates by reason of Retirement, the benefit amount shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Full Benefit, by (ii) the difference obtained by subtracting the Combined Tax Rate (expressed as a decimal) from one.

 

  (b) Termination Other than by Reason of Retirement or Death . If an Eligible Officer’s employment terminates for any reason other than Retirement or death (e.g., by reason of disability, resignation or involuntary discharge prior to age 65), the benefit amount shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Pre-Retirement Benefit, by (ii) the difference obtained by subtracting the Combined Tax Rate (expressed as a decimal) from one.


  (c) Termination by Reason of Death . If an Eligible Officer’s employment terminates by reason of his or her death, no benefits shall be payable pursuant to this Plan.

§4. Withholding Taxes . In determining the net amount to be paid to an Eligible Officer, the Bank shall deduct from the amount determined pursuant to Section 3 any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any payment made pursuant to this Plan.

§5. Payment of Benefit . Following termination of an Eligible Officer’s employment with the Bank for any reason other than death, the Bank shall, on the Payment Date, pay the Benefit, net of all taxes withheld pursuant to Section 4, to the Eligible Officer (or to his or her duly designated beneficiaries or to his or her estate, if the Eligible Officer shall have died prior to the Payment Date); provided, however , that no benefits shall be paid or payable to an Eligible Officer (or to his or her beneficiaries or estate, if applicable) pursuant to this Plan if (a) his or her employment is terminated for cause, or (b) prior to the Payment Date, the Bank notifies the Eligible Officer (or his or her beneficiary or the legal representatives of his or her estate) that the Bank is aware of facts that would have justified the Eligible Officer’s termination for cause, or (c) the Eligible Officer shall have acted in disregard of the provisions of Section 6 hereof.

§6. Actions Affecting Policy . An Eligible Officer shall not (a) except in connection with the termination of his or her employment by the Bank and in conjunction with the payment of Benefits hereunder, cancel, surrender or otherwise take any action that would cause any Policy insuring his or her life to lapse; (b) in the case of a Variable Policy insuring his or her life, make investment elections other than those approved in advance by the Bank; or (c) take any action with respect to any Policy insuring his or her life that would (i) change the manner in which dividends payable pursuant to the Policy are applied, or (ii) otherwise adversely affect the projected cash surrender value of the Policy. The foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the Eligible Officer from borrowing against the cash surrender value of any Policy insuring his or her life.

§7. Prohibited Payments . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Bank shall not be obligated to make, and no Eligible Officer shall have a right to receive, any payment, benefit or amount under this Plan which would violate any law, regulation or regulatory order applicable (directly or indirectly) to the Bank at the time such payment, benefit or amount is due, including, without limitation, Section 1828(k)(1) of Title 12 of the United States Code and any regulation or order thereunder of the FDIC. In such event, any payment, benefit or amount payable pursuant to this Plan (but for the provisions of this Section 7) shall be due and payable within 30 days of the first date on which the Bank may legally make such payment. The Bank will use reasonable efforts to obtain the FDIC’s permission to make such payments.

§8. General Provisions . The following general provisions shall apply to the Plan:

 

  (a) The Plan and all actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut.


  (b) Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Bank or any Affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for Eligible Officers.

 

  (c) Adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any Eligible Officer any right to continued employment nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Bank or any Affiliate to terminate the employment of an Eligible Officer at any time.

 

  (d) Each Eligible Officer shall have the status of a general creditor of the Bank with respect to the benefits payable pursuant to this Plan, and no Eligible Officer shall have any claim against any specific asset or assets of the Bank (including any investment purchased or designated by the Bank as a source of funding for the Bank’s obligations hereunder) for the payment of such benefits.

 

  (e) The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for an Eligible Officer to designate one or more beneficiaries to whom any amounts payable in the event of such officer’s death are to be paid.

 

  (f) The Board of Directors of the Bank may amend the Plan as it deems appropriate in order to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations or regulatory guidance issued pursuant thereto.

--------------- oo00oo --------------

Exhibit 10.13

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK CAP EXCESS PLAN

January 1, 2008


THE PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK

CAP EXCESS PLAN

FIRST AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

People’s United Bank, a federally chartered savings bank (the “Bank”), hereby amends and restates the People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan (the “Plan”) as of January 1, 2008 except as otherwise provided herein.

ARTICLE I

BACKGROUND

The Plan was established by the Bank (then called People’s Bank) as of January 1, 1997. As of that date the Bank maintained a defined benefit retirement plan now known as The People’s United Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan (the “ERP”) which covered all employees of the Bank meeting certain eligibility requirements.

The purpose of the Plan was to supplement benefits under the ERP for individuals eligible to participate in the Plan. The Plan was designed so that the aggregate benefits payable from the ERP and the Plan to participating individuals would equal the amount that would have been payable to such individuals under the ERP but for provisions of the Code and applicable regulations thereunder, limiting (a) the amount of annual compensation that may be taken into account for purposes of calculating benefits under tax-qualified plans such as the ERP, and (b) the total amount of benefits payable under tax qualified plans such as the ERP.

Individuals initially employed by the Bank on or after August 14, 2006 are not eligible to participate in the ERP. Consequently, such individuals are likewise not eligible to participate in the Plan.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Unless specifically provided otherwise, the terms used in this document shall have the same meaning as defined in the ERP. Further, the following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this document.

2.1. “Actuary” shall mean the actuary or actuarial firm retained by the Bank to perform actuarial valuations under the Enhanced Plan or such other actuary who may pursuant to any provisions of the Trust Agreement be selected by the Trustee or the Advisory Committee.

2.2. “Advisory Committee” shall mean the Advisory Committee provided for by the provisions of Article XIII hereof.

2.3. “Beneficiary” shall mean any person entitled to receive benefits under this Plan as a result of a Participant’s death.

2.4. “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Bank or any similar body carrying out the functions such body carried out as of January 1, 2008.


2.5. “CEO” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank or such officer or other person as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank as of January 1, 2008.

2.6. “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) The Board of Directors of the Bank or its Parent shall approve (i) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) of the Bank or the Parent with any other corporation other than (A) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) which would result in the voting stock (as described in paragraph (b) of this subsection) of the Bank or its Parent outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting stock of the surviving entity) more than eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting stock of the Bank or its Parent (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Bank or its Parent (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined in paragraph (b) of this subsection) acquires more than twenty percent (20%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or its Parent, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Bank or its Parent, or (iii) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Bank;

(b) Any person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, corporation, or other entity (other than the Bank, its Parent, or any benefit plan, including, but not limited to, any employee stock ownership plan, sponsored by the Bank, its Parent, or any subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Bank or its Parent ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire such securities); or

(c) During any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire board of directors of the Bank or its Parent, and any new director (excluding a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Bank or its Parent to effect a transaction described in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section) whose election by the board or nomination for election by the shareholders of the Bank or its Parent was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

2.7. “Committee” shall mean the Human Resources Committee of the Board, or such other committee of the Board as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Human Resources Committee as of January 1, 2008.

 

-2-


2.8. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as it has been, or hereafter from time to time may be amended, and all reference to it or any provision thereof shall include any law which in the future may supersede it or such provision.

2.9. “Credited Service” shall mean Credited Service as computed in accordance with the provisions of Article XIV.

2.10. “Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 1997.

2.11. [intentionally omitted]

2.12. “Enhanced Plan” shall mean the People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan adopted by the Bank as of January 1, 1997, as it has been or hereafter from time to time may be amended.

2.13. “ERP” shall mean the People’s United Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan as it has been or hereafter from time to time may be amended.

2.14. A Participant’s “ERP Benefit” shall mean such Participant’s vested Accrued Annual Benefit in the Single Life Form calculated pursuant to Article V of the ERP, including the value of the Participant’s benefit assigned under a qualified domestic relations order described in Code Section 414(p), if applicable, provided, however, that there shall be excluded the amount of the pension supplement provided by Section 5.8 of the ERP.

2.14A. “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.15. “Full Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Actuary calculates based on the best information available (including, when necessary, estimates and forecasts) to him to be equal to the present value of the total amount of all vested and unpaid Plan benefits under this Plan of all Participants (and their Beneficiaries) and all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants and all vested and unpaid benefits under the Enhanced Plan (exclusive of any benefits under the SRP in pay status prior to January 1, 1995, and not at the time of reference payable from the Trust) as of the valuation requirement date. For purposes of this Section 2.15, the “valuation requirement date” refers to the date of an actual Change in Control or the date which is reasonably selected during a Potential Change in Control Period by the Bank or the Trustee under the terms of the Trust as a likely date for an actual Change in Control to occur or, if such calculation is not on or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period, any date which is reasonable and convenient. Calculations and recalculations of the Full Funding Amount (as described in Article VII of this Plan) shall assume that each Participant terminated employment as of the valuation requirement date of such calculation or recalculation. Present values and liabilities under the Plan shall be determined in a manner consistent with the assumptions applied in annual valuations of the ERP for purposes of funding requirements under the Act, or if the ERP is no longer being so valued annually (by reason of its termination or otherwise), such assumptions which the CEO determines on the basis of advice from the Actuary would be so applied if the ERP were to be so valued. In computing the Full Funding Amount,

 

-3-


there shall be added an amount equal to an amount calculated by the Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses, including reasonable expenses of the Advisory Committee (if then existing), in administering or terminating the Trust and distributing benefits including expenses of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than extremely remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank.

2.16. The Bank shall be considered “Insolvent” for purposes of this Plan if (i) the Bank is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Bank is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) the Bank is determined to be insolvent by the Office of Thrift Supervision, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Bank or any other federal or state authority having the power to act as or appoint a receiver or similar officer in the event it finds the Bank is insolvent.

2.17. “Interim Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Actuary calculates based on the best information available (including, when necessary, estimates and forecasts) to him to be equal to the present value of the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of (i) all Participants who are as of the Interim Valuation Requirement Date requiring such calculation either (A) no longer employees of the Bank or (B) attained age sixty-three (63) and three hundred twenty-five (325) days and Beneficiaries of such Participants and (ii) all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants. The benefits of any Participant (and his Beneficiary) described in clause (i)(B) of the last preceding sentence shall be determined on the basis of the Actuary’s best estimate of such Participant’s benefit at the later of (1) age sixty-five (65) or earlier date of termination of employment with the Bank indicated by such Participant or (2) such Interim Valuation Requirement Date. Present values and liabilities under the Plan shall be determined in a manner consistent with the assumptions applied in annual valuations of the ERP for purposes of the funding requirements under the Act, or if the ERP is no longer being so valued annually (by reason of its termination or otherwise), such assumptions which the CEO determines on the basis of advice from the Actuary would be so applied if the ERP were to be so valued. Also, in computing the Interim Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount estimated by Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering the Trust and distributing benefits for the sixty months following the relevant Interim Valuation Requirement Date, including reasonable expenses of the Advisory Committee (if then in existence) and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank. For purposes of this Section 2.17 and of Section 2.15, the present values of the benefits of all Participants and Beneficiaries shall equal the sum of the present values of the benefits of each Participant (and his Beneficiary) and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant.

2.18. “Interim Valuation Requirement Date” means the last date of each fiscal year of the Bank.

2.18A. “Minimum Salary Grade” means the salary grade identified as such on Appendix A hereto (as the same may be updated from time to time with the approval of the CEO or his designee), in each case as in effect during the “Effective Period” designated in such Appendix A.

 

-4-


2.19. “Parent” shall mean People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its corporate successor or assigns; and the determination of whether any corporation or other entity is a successor or assign of said People’s United Financial, Inc., for purposes of this Agreement shall be made by the CEO or, in the event there is no then acting CEO, by the Board of Directors of the Bank.

2.20. “Participant” shall mean an Employee who meets the eligibility requirements of Article III or a former Employee described in Section 3.3.

2.21. The “Plan” shall mean this People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan as amended through the date hereof and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter.

2.21A. “Plan Benefit” shall have the meaning set forth in Article V hereof.

2.21B. “Plan Death Benefit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 hereof.

2.21C. “Plan Voter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 hereof.

2.22. “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred under this Plan if (1) the Bank or Parent enters into any agreement the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control, or (2) the CEO declared in writing that, or the Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent adopts a resolution to the effect that, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

2.23. “Potential Change in Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date that a Potential Change in Control occurs and ending upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the date of a Change in Control, or (ii) the date it is determined under the provisions of the Trust Agreement the Potential Change in Control Period has ended without the occurrence of a Change in Control.

2.24. “SRP” shall mean the People’s Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan which was the predecessor plan to this Plan.

2.25. “Trust” shall mean the Trust established and maintained pursuant to the terms of Section 7.1 hereof.

2.26. “Trustee” shall mean the entity then acting as Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

2.27. “Trust Agreement” shall mean the trust agreement described in Section 7.1 hereof.

2.28. “Vote” whether or not capitalized shall mean and include a vote in person or by proxy or execution of a written consent or other document signed by a Participant or Beneficiary authorizing or approving any action (including one or more amendments of this Plan).

 

-5-


ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY

3.1. Initial Participants . Each Employee who was a participant in the SRP on December 31, 1996 shall be a Participant hereunder as of the Effective Date, provided he continues to be employed by the Bank on such date.

3.2. Subsequent Participants . Subject to the provisions of Section 3.4 hereof, each other Employee who is such on or after the Effective Date, shall become a Participant as of the date he first becomes a Member in the ERP and meets both the following requirements:

 

  (i) has a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade; and

 

  (ii) is limited by any of the requirements of the Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 of the Code included in the ERP for purposes of complying with the applicable requirements of the Code.

3.3. Termination of Participation . Any Employee who becomes a Participant hereunder shall remain such until his Credited Service is terminated and he is no longer entitled to a benefit hereunder.

3.4. August 14, 2006 Cutoff . In no event shall any Employee not a Participant prior to, and not employed by the Bank on, August 14, 2006 become a Participant except as provided in the next sentence. In the event any person who was an Employee prior to August 14, 2006 again becomes an Employee and becomes a Participant in, and accrues Credited Service under, the ERP after August 14, 2006, such person shall become for the first time or again a Participant in this Plan upon attaining at least the Minimum Salary Grade, provided he is deemed to be in Credited Service in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.1 and provided his Plan Benefit accrued prior to his rehire has not been distributed.

ARTICLE IV

VESTING

A Participant shall be vested in his Plan Benefit as of the date on which he becomes vested under the ERP. In the event a Participant’s Credited Service is terminated prior to his being so vested, his benefits under this Plan shall be forfeited (except in the case of his death to the extent provided pursuant to the provisions of Article VI); provided that, in the event of his returning to Credited Service and his subsequently becoming vested in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, his Plan Benefit shall be reinstated and he shall become vested therein.

 

-6-


ARTICLE V

PLAN BENEFIT

5.1. Amount of Plan Benefit . Any vested Participant shall be entitled to receive under the Plan a benefit (the “Plan Benefit”). The Plan Benefit shall be a benefit based on a monthly amount payable in the Single Life Form to the Participant equal to the excess of A. over B. where:

 

  A. is equal to the monthly benefit such Participant would have received for each month under the ERP if the applicable limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 or both of the Code and regulations thereunder had not been included in the ERP; and

 

  B. is equal to the monthly amount of the Participant’s ERP Benefit.

The form and timing of payments shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.2.

5.2. Form and Timing of Plan Benefit Payment .

(a) If distribution of a Participant’s Plan Benefit is the result of termination of Credited Service (other than as a result of his death) prior to December 1, 2008, and if the Participant begins receiving benefits under the ERP or under the Enhanced Plan prior to January 1, 2009, then such Plan Benefit shall be payable in the same form as benefits are payable to such Participant under the ERP (if he begins receiving benefits under the ERP prior to January 1, 2009) or in the same form as benefits are payable to such Participant under the Enhanced Plan (if he begins receiving benefits under the Enhanced Plan but not under the ERP prior to January 1, 2009), and Plan Benefit payments shall commence at the same time at which payment of such Participant’s ERP benefits begins.

(b) Distribution of all other Plan Benefits (other than those payable after a Participant’s death) shall be made in a lump sum on the first payroll payment date following the latest of (i) January 1, 2009; (ii) the seventh month after the date of termination of a Participant’s Credited Service; or (iii) the month in which the Participant attains age fifty-five (55). Such lump sum shall be equal to the present value of the Plan Benefit computed in accordance with interest assumptions, mortality tables and all other actuarial factors applied under the ERP for purposes of determining present values of ERP benefits under the ERP as of (A) the applicable payment date if the payment date is determined pursuant to clause (i) or (iii) of the preceding sentence, and (B) the date of termination of the Participant’s Credited Service if the payment date is determined pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

 

-7-


ARTICLE VI

DEATH BENEFITS

6.1. Plan Benefit Payments Commenced Prior to January 1, 2009 .

In the event of the death of a Participant whose Plan Benefit payments are in pay status prior to January 1, 2009, payment of death benefits under this Plan shall depend on whether death benefits under the ERP are payable to such Participant’s Surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary. If no death benefits are payable under the ERP, no death benefits shall be payable hereunder. If death benefits are payable under the ERP, then death benefits shall be payable hereunder (for the same duration and with the same frequency as such ERP death benefits) equal to the excess of A. over B. where:

 

  A. is equal to the amount the Participant’s Surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary would have received as an ERP death benefit if the applicable limits imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 or both of the Code and regulations thereunder not been included in the ERP; and

 

  B. is equal to the actual amount of the ERP death benefit payable to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary.

The excess of A. over B. shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Plan Death Benefit”.

6.2. Plan Benefit Payments to Terminees Not Commenced Prior to January 1, 2009 .

(a) In the event of the death of a Participant not described in Section 6.1 whose Credited Service has been terminated after his attainment of age fifty-five (55), but prior to payment of his Plan Benefit, an amount equal to that portion of the amount otherwise payable to him pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2 shall be payable to his Beneficiary in a lump sum as of the first payroll payment date of the month following the month of the Participant’s death.

(b) In the event of the death of a Participant not described in Section 6.1 whose Credited Service terminates prior to his attainment of age fifty-five (55):

(i) If such Participant subsequently dies prior to attainment of age fifty-five (55), a death benefit shall be payable under this Plan to his surviving spouse or his other Beneficiary only if death benefits are payable to his Surviving Spouse under the ERP. If such death benefits are payable under the ERP, then a death benefit shall be payable hereunder as of the later of (A) the first payroll payment date of the month following the date of such Participant’s death, or (B) the earliest possible date the Participant could have received payments from the ERP. The amount of such death benefit shall be paid in a lump sum, in an amount equal to the present value of the Plan Death Benefit computed in accordance with interest assumptions, mortality tables and all other actuarial factors applied for purposes of determining present values of ERP benefits as of such payment date.

 

-8-


(ii) If such Participant subsequently dies on or after his attainment of age fifty-five (55), but prior to distribution of his Plan Benefit, a death benefit shall be payable under this Plan to his surviving spouse or his other Beneficiary. Such death benefit shall be an amount equal to the amount otherwise payable to him pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2 and shall be paid as of the first payroll payment date of the month following the month of his death.

6.3. Death of Active Participants After December 31, 2008 .

In the event of the death of a Participant after December 31, 2008 and prior to termination of his Credited Service, a death benefit shall be payable under this Plan to his surviving spouse or his other Beneficiary only if a death benefit is payable to his Surviving Spouse under the ERP. If such death benefits are payable under the ERP, then a death benefit shall be payable hereunder as of the later of (A) the first payroll payment date of the month following the date of such Participant’s death, or (B) the earliest possible date the Participant could have received payments from the ERP. The amount of such death benefit shall be paid in a lump sum, in an amount equal to the present value of the Plan Death Benefit computed in accordance with interest assumptions, mortality tables and all other actuarial factors applied for purposes of determining present values of ERP benefits as of such payment date.

6.4. Beneficiaries . Any death benefit hereunder shall be payable to one or more Beneficiaries designated by such Participant on a form authorized by the Committee, signed by such Participant and filed with Human Resources. A Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than a Surviving Spouse even if the only death benefits paid under the ERP are paid as a result of such Participant being survived by a Surviving Spouse. In the absence of any designation of a Beneficiary other than a Surviving Spouse or beneficiary under the ERP, death benefits hereunder shall be paid to the same person or persons entitled to contemporaneous payments under the ERP. In the event a Participant and his spouse or other designated Beneficiary (primary or contingent) die as a result of the same event (whether or not it is possible to determine who was the first to die and die within thirty (30) days of each other), this Plan shall be administered as if the Participant survived his spouse or such other Beneficiary.

6.5. No Other Death Benefits . Except as provided in this Article VI, no benefits under this Plan shall be payable to a Participant’s Beneficiary after such Participant’s death.

ARTICLE VII

TRUST; CHANGE IN CONTROL

7.1. Non-Qualified Trust . The Bank has entered into a Trust Agreement with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company as Trustee establishing the Trust. The Trust is intended to provide for the funding of the Bank’s obligation to provide benefits under the Plan and the Enhanced Plan to

 

-9-


the extent provided pursuant to the provisions of Sections 7.2 and 7.3. In the event the Bank is Insolvent, assets held under the Trust shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Bank under federal and state law as set forth in the Trust Agreement. In the event of such Insolvency, any and all such assets will be available to satisfy the claims of general creditors of the Bank even if all Plan Benefits have not otherwise been provided for and even if all Plan Benefits of Employees who have terminated their Credited Service have not been fully provided for. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit Participants or Beneficiaries from asserting claims for Plan Benefits as general creditors of the Bank. The Bank may cause, subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, Plan Benefits to be provided from the assets of the Trust, the general assets of the Bank, or a combination thereof as the Bank may determine to be in the Bank’s best interests. No person eligible for, or entitled to, Plan Benefits hereunder shall have any property, equitable or security rights in any specific assets of the Bank or assets held as part of the Trust. The obligation to pay all Plan Benefits shall be treated as an item of indebtedness by the Bank to the Participant or Beneficiary, and except as otherwise paid from the Trust, such payments shall be made from the general assets of the Bank. All amounts as may be required to be withheld by any applicable federal, state or local law shall be withheld and remitted as required by any such law and payments made to the Participant or any Beneficiary shall be the net amount after withholding.

7.2. Discretionary Payments to Trust . The Bank, in the sole discretion of the CEO, may at any time, or from time to time, make deposits (in addition to those required pursuant to the provision of Section 7.3), of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal of the Trust, such additions to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in the agreement setting forth the terms of the Trust. Neither the Trustee nor any Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

7.3. Mandatory Payments to Trust . Upon a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, the Bank shall, as soon as possible, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days following such Potential Change in Control or Change in Control, make a contribution to the Trust of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee equal in value to the Full Funding Amount. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount shall be recalculated in the event such Potential Change in Control Period extends beyond the required valuation date used in the first or other last subsequent computation made as a result of such Potential Change in Control Period. In the event that the Trustee later determines that provision made in determining the Full Funding Amount for expenses was not adequate, the Bank shall make additional deposits to provide for such expenses as determined by the Trustee from time to time.

(i) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Bank, the Bank shall:

 

  A. Cause the Actuary to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to the Trustee the Actuary’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

 

-10-


  B. Pay to the Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such last day would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

(ii) Any Actuary’s certification delivered pursuant to this Section 7.3 may rely on the Trustee’s estimate of expenses to be included in the computation of such Interim Funding Amount.

ARTICLE VIII

NONASSIGNABILITY

The Plan is designed to provide payment of Plan Benefits solely for the support of the Participants and, to the extent of any death benefits, the Participants’ beneficiaries. No person eligible for or entitled to a Plan Benefit payable hereunder shall have any right, power or authority to assign, sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber, whether by voluntary action or by operation of law, the right to receive such Plan Benefit payment.

ARTICLE IX

ADMINISTRATION

9.1. The Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee may delegate its administrative authority to officers or other employees of the Bank, provided that no such delegate shall determine his own benefits hereunder. The Committee shall have complete and discretionary authority to determine eligibility and the amount of benefits payable under the Plan and to otherwise construe, interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan and its determinations shall be conclusive on the Bank, its employees and any other person claiming any benefit under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.1 any determination made by the Committee upon or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period shall be binding only if accepted by the Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant; and to the extent not so accepted, such determination of the Committee shall be of no effect and given no weight and such Participant or Beneficiary shall have his rights determined in accordance with the procedures of any of the provisions of the Trust Agreement, and the Bank shall pay to the Trustee any funds necessary to provide such benefits as so determined.

 

-11-


ARTICLE X

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

10.1. General .

(a) If a Participant or Beneficiary disagrees with the computation of the benefits to which he is entitled under the Plan and wishes to claim benefits or additional benefits, he must file his claim in writing or electronically with the Committee. The Committee may act as the Claims Officer as hereinafter provided or may designate a member of the Committee or one or more other individuals who may (but shall not be required to) be a Participant or other Employee. If no claim is received by the Committee within 60 days after the claimant receives notice of his benefits, no claim will be permitted and the Claims Officer’s determination shall be final.

The claimant may designate any other person, at his own expense, to act on his behalf in pursuing a benefit claim or appealing the denial of a benefit claim. The term “claimant” as used in this claims procedure includes any other person he designates to represent him as well as after his death, his beneficiary.

When a claim for benefits is made under the Plan, the Claims Officer is required to notify the claimant within 90 days after the claim is received if the claim for benefits has been denied. In special cases where the Claims Officer needs more time to decide, the Claims Officer may notify the claimant in writing or electronically prior to the end of the initial 90 day period and may take up to 90 additional days.

(b) If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Claims Officer will send to the claimant a written or electronic notice including:

(i) one or more specific reasons for the denial;

(ii) specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a description of any additional material or information that would be necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

(iv) information regarding what steps should be taken if the claimant wants to submit a request for review; and

(v) a description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to the procedures including a statement of the claimant’s rights to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a determination upon completion of claimant’s appeal adverse to claimant’s position.

 

-12-


(c) If the claim for benefits is denied, the claimant may file an appeal in writing or electronically with the Committee.

(i) The written claim for review must be filed within 60 days after the claimant has received the notice described above that the claim was denied. If a written claim for review is not filed within 60 days after the claimant receives the notice that the claim was denied, the claimant is deemed to have accepted the Claims Officer’s decision.

(ii) The claimant may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to claimant’s claim for benefits.

(iii) The claimant will be provided upon request and free of charge reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to claimant’s claim.

(iv) The Committee will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

(d) After receiving a request for review, the Committee will review the claim within 60 days and will give the claimant a written or electronic notice of its decision, which is final. In special cases where the Committee needs more time to decide, the Committee will notify the claimant in writing prior to the end of the initial 60 day period and may take up to 60 additional days. If the Committee denies the claim, the notice will include:

(i) one or more specific reasons for the denial;

(ii) specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive upon request and free of charge reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to claimant’s claim for benefits; and

(iv) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, the terms of Subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 10.1 shall apply until such time as the Committee shall adopt revised claims procedures; provided, however, that the Committee may make any such revisions in such procedures as it deems necessary to assure compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 503 of the Act and the regulations thereunder.

 

-13-


(f) Any person whose claim has been denied in whole or in part must exhaust the administrative review procedures provided in this Section 10.1, including any revisions made in accordance with subsection (d) hereof prior to initiating any claim for judicial review.

(g) Any action taken or omitted by any fiduciary with respect to the Plan, including any decision, interpretation, claim denial or review on appeal, shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties and shall be subject to judicial modification or reversal only to the extent it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such action or omission was arbitrary and capricious and contrary to the terms of the Plan.

10.2. Change in Control. During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a Participant or Beneficiary at his election may determine at any time not to follow or to cease following the procedures set forth in this Article X, and to assert and enforce any claims under the Plan without regard to the provisions of this Article X, including enforcing any remedies in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

11.1. General. The Committee may amend the Plan from time to time; provided, however, that no such amendment shall have the effect of reducing any vested benefit under the Plan.

11.2. Minimum Benefit . No Participant who was a participant in the SRP as of December 31, 1996 shall receive a Plan Benefit which, when added to the plan benefit to which he is entitled under the Enhanced Plan is of lesser actuarial value than the plan benefits such Participant would have received under the SRP had the SRP not been amended as of January 1, 1997 based on the lesser of his Final Average Salary as of the earlier of the date of termination of his Credited Service or January 1, 1997 or her or his actual Final Average Salary.

11.3. Change in Control. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.1, an amendment to Section 7.3 hereof or the definitions of Change in Control, Potential Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Period or eliminating or reducing the rights or authority of the Advisory Committee provided by Article XIII hereof may be made only in the event it is approved by the vote then required for amendment to Change in Control provision pursuant to Section 14 of the Trust Agreement and an amendment changing the definition of Interim Funding Amount or Interim Valuation Requirement Date may be made only in the event it is approved by the vote of sixty-five percent (65%) of all Participants not employed by the Bank at the time of such vote.

11.4. Termination . The Bank reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time with the approval of all Participants. Further, the Bank may cease all further benefit accruals. However, except as may be required pursuant to any applicable federal, state or local law, or as approved in writing by all Participants and Beneficiaries of deceased Participants with unpaid

 

-14-


Plan Benefits, any Plan Benefit then accrued shall remain payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the extent then accrued, and the Bank’s obligations under Article VII and the Trust Agreement shall remain in full force and effect with respect to all Plan Benefits accrued as of such date.

ARTICLE XII

CONSTRUCTION

12.1. Governing Law . The Plan shall be administered in accordance with the laws of Connecticut, to the extent applicable, and not preempted by any other applicable federal law.

12.2. No Employment Contract . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to confer upon any person any legal right to be continued as an employee of the Bank. The Bank expressly reserves the right to discharge any employee whenever the interest of the Bank in its sole judgment may so require without any liability on the part of the Bank. The Bank shall be the Plan Administrator of the Plan.

12.3. FDIC Restrictions . It is intended that the Plan be and remain a bona fide deferred compensation plan for purposes of Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Part 359 of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) regulations, including FDIC Reg § 359.1(d) and the terms of the Plan shall be so construed in the event of any ambiguity.

12.4. Other Contracts . The benefits payable under the Plan shall not be limited by the provisions of any other agreement entered into by the Bank and any Participant prior to the Effective Date relating to payments in the event of Change in Control; but benefits under such other agreement may, if any such other agreement so provides, be reduced as a result of benefits payable under the Plan.

12.5. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns, and references to the Bank herein shall include its successors and assigns. References to Parent shall include its successors and assigns.

12.6. Pronouns . Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, pronouns of one gender or number may refer to subjects or objects of a different gender or number.

12.7. Code Section 409A . From and after October 4, 2004 this Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be construed whenever possible in a manner which will result in the Plan being and the Trust being in compliance therewith and which will not subject any Participant to any additional taxes or penalties pursuant to such Section 409A.

 

-15-


12.8. Headings . The headings of Articles and Sections are included solely for convenience of reference. If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.

ARTICLE XIII

ADVISORY COMMITTEE

13.1. Advisory Committee . During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a majority of Plan Voters at any time, and from time to time, may appoint an Advisory Committee to monitor and represent the interests of the Plan Voters and the Beneficiary of any deceased Participant with respect to the Plan, the Enhanced Plan and the Trust. The Advisory Committee shall be composed of one to three individuals, some or all of whom may (but none of whom shall be required to) be Plan Voters. The Advisory Committee shall act by majority vote unless it unanimously agrees otherwise and shall otherwise adopt its own procedures which may include authorizing one member thereof to act for the Advisory Committee. Any member of the Advisory Committee may resign by giving written notice to the other members thereof, or, if he is the sole member, to a majority or all of the then Plan Voters. Any member may be removed by action of a majority of Plan Voters, and additional members, including replacement of any resigned, removed or deceased member may be designated by action of a majority of Plan Voters. All actions by any Participant shall be in a writing signed by such Participant. A Participant may sign a single writing effectuating removal and replacement. For purposes of this Article XIII the term “Plan Voters” shall mean each individual who is a Participant in this Plan or a participant in the Enhanced Plan (as determined in accordance with the provisions of the Enhanced Plan) exclusive of any such person whose benefits are not included in the computation of the Full Funding Amount; and each such individual shall for purposes of this Article XIII have one vote even if he is a Participant in both such plans, but excluding (a) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Plan Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (b) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Plan Voter prior to the beginning thereof.

13.2. Purpose and Duties . The purpose of the Advisory Committee shall be to disseminate information concerning the Plan, the Enhanced Plan and the Trust to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voters, to gather information and data concerning, and otherwise investigate, inquiries, controversies, or disputes deemed reasonable by the Advisory Committee and raised by any Participant or any such Beneficiary, to discuss such matters with the CEO of the Bank or members of the Board, or of the Human Resources Committee of the Board, the Actuary or the Trustee, and to take any action authorized under the Trust Agreement with respect to any such inquiries, controversy or dispute which it, in its discretion, deems reasonable to protect the legitimate interest of any Participant or Beneficiary, and monitor and report to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voters with respect to litigation or arbitration proceedings under the Plan. The Advisory Committee may (but shall not be required to) negotiate on behalf of any Plan Voter or Beneficiary of a deceased Plan Voter; provided,

 

-16-


however, that in no event shall the Advisory Committee be deemed authorized to institute any legal or arbitration proceedings hereunder or enter into any agreement purporting to settle or limit the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan or in or to the Trust or its assets. Nothing herein shall prohibit a Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant individually or with others (whether or not as a class action) from instituting legal or arbitration proceedings to enforce his own rights under the Plan while the Advisory Committee is negotiating pursuant to the provisions of this Section whether or not such Participant or Beneficiary is a member of the Advisory Committee.

13.3. Rights . Without request or demand the Advisory Committee shall be entitled to all reports, information, and data to which the Bank is entitled (without request or demand) under the Trust Agreement and any other reports, information, or data received by the Bank from the Trustee or the Actuary. The Bank shall give the following written notices to the Advisory Committee (which the Advisory Committee may waive if deemed in the best interest of Plan Voters): (i) twenty (20) days prior to the payment of any benefits or other sums from the Trust, other than monthly benefit payments and Trustee fees and expenses in operations of the Plan or the Enhanced Plan, the amount to be so paid, the computation thereof, and the amount of any benefits under the Plan or the Enhanced Plan and Trustee fees and expenses to be paid from the Bank’s general assets; (ii) no later than five (5) days after making any contribution to the Trust, the amount of such contribution and the Actuary’s certification and detailed computations on the basis of which the determination of such amount was made; (iii) any amendments proposed to be made to the Trust Agreement twenty (20) days prior to the Bank’s requesting from Participants a Qualified Vote or a Super Qualified Vote (as those terms are defined therein); (iv) within five (5) days after any substitution of Trust assets by the Bank; (v) at least twenty (20) days before any change in investment policy is made by the Committee or other authorized body under the Trust Agreement; and (vi) twenty (20) days after the close of each calendar quarter, a report of all contributions to and payments from, the Trust Fund during such quarter. The Advisory Committee, or a person designated by it, may vote on behalf of any Participant who so authorizes it or a delegate chosen by it to vote on behalf of such Participant pursuant to any provision of the Trust Agreement. Acquiescence or inaction by the Advisory Committee shall not be deemed to be approval or consent and in any event shall in no way bind or limit the rights of Participants or Beneficiaries of deceased Participants.

ARTICLE XIV

CREDITED SERVICE AND ADOPTION BY AFFILIATES

14.1. Credited Service .

For purposes of applying the provisions of this Plan, “Credited Service” shall have the same meaning as under the ERP subject to the modifications provided in this Article XIV.

(a) The Credited Service of a Participant shall terminate upon his termination of service with the Bank (except as provided in Section 14.3), but such termination of service shall be determined in accordance with the following rules: A period of a leave of absence for

 

-17-


military leave, or sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence shall constitute Credited Service for only a period of six (6) months or, if longer, as long as such Participant’s right to reemployment is guaranteed by statute or contract, and unless such Participant returns to actual Credited Service upon the expiration of such six (6) month or longer period such Participant’s Credited Service shall terminate upon such expiration or his earlier death or resignation. In order to constitute a bona fide leave of absence, there must be a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Bank.

(b) A Participant shall be deemed to have a termination of Credited Service in the event his hours of service as an employee or independent contractor are permanently reduced to less than 50% of his average hours of service during the preceding 36 months (or if employed as an employee or independent contractor by the Bank or any member of an affiliated group less than 36 months, during such shorter period)

(c) A Participant shall not be deemed to have had a termination of Credited Service if he is employed by the Bank or any member of an affiliated group as an employee or independent contractor 50% or more of his average hours of service during the preceding 36 months (or if employed as an employee or independent contractor by the Bank or any member of an affiliated group less than 36 months, during such shorter period).

(d) A Participant shall not be deemed to have had a termination of Credited Service during any of the following period described in (i) or (ii) of this (d):

(i) Absence for military service under leave of absence granted by the Bank or when required by law, provided he returns to service as an employee of the Bank or an affiliated employer described in Section 14.2 within ninety (90) days of his release from active military duty or any longer period during which his right to re-employment is protected by law.

(ii) Lay off not in excess of one (1) year until employment is terminated either by the employee or the Bank or an affiliated employer described in Section 14.2.

(e) Credited Service shall not be deemed terminated by the first twenty-four (24) consecutive months of a maternity or paternity leave of absence. For purposes of this paragraph, a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” means an absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy; (ii) by reason of the birth of a child of an employee; (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the an employee in connection with the adoption of the child by such employee; or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The Committee may, in its discretion reasonably require an employee to furnish timely information to establish that an absence from work is a maternity or paternity absence and the number of days for which there was such an absence.

(f) For purposes of calculating a Participant’s Plan Benefit, the amount of his benefit to be calculated as if the ERP had no provisions applying the limitations provided by Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code shall be calculated by omitting any Years of Credited Service after the date of termination of Credited Service pursuant to this Article XIV.

 

-18-


14.2. Employment in Affiliated Group .

Once a person is actually an employee of the Bank (without reference to the provisions of this Section), employment by any member of an affiliated group shall be deemed employment by the Bank for purposes of determining whether he remains in Credited Service. The term “member of an affiliated group” shall include each and all of the following: (i) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code), which group includes the Bank; (ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Bank; (iii) any organization (whether incorporated or not) which is a member of affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code) which includes the Bank; and (iv) any other entity required to be aggregated with the Bank pursuant to Regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

14.3. Adoption By Affiliates

(a) With the consent of the Committee and upon recommendation of the Administrative Committee, this Plan may be adopted by any corporations or trade or businesses or other organizations or entities included in the definition of “member of an affiliated group” set forth in Section 14.2. Separate accounts shall be maintained with respect to all contributions made by such adopting employer. Such adopting employer shall be solely responsible for any contributions required with respect to compensation paid by such adopting employer unless otherwise agreed by the Bank. In the event that any such amounts are paid by the adopting employer to fund its obligations into any trust described in Article VII such amounts shall be subject to the claims of creditors of the Bank in accordance with the terms of Section 7.1 and with respect to such amounts so paid by such adopting employer, the terms of Section 7.1 shall be construed as if the term “the Bank” refers to “either the Bank or such adopting employer’”. Further the provisions of Section 7.2 and 7.3 shall with respect to the adopting employer be construed as if the terms “the Bank” were referring to such adopting employer. In the event that the Bank and/or one or more adopting employers shares in payment of compensation to any Participant, the contributions shall be required hereunder shall be allocated by them in proportion to the total compensation paid by all of them to such Participant unless the Bank and such other payors otherwise agree.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan only individuals who are employed be the Bank (determined without reference to the provisions of this Article XIV) shall be deemed to be employees of the Bank for purposes of determining who is a Plan Voter, and no Participant who has never been an employee of the Bank shall be taken into account in determining whether there is a sufficient Participant approval to make any amendment for which Participant approval is required pursuant to Section 11.3 or 11.4.

 

-19-


(c) Any adopting employer may withdraw from the Plan or terminate the Plan as to its employees and shall do so upon 60 days notice so to do from the Bank, and to the extent permissible any amounts in such Trust attributable to contributions by such adopting employer shall be paid to such adopting employer or its designee. No distributions from such Trust (a) to pay for Plan benefits earned from an adopting employer shall be paid except to the extent such funds are attributable to the contributions of such adopting employer and no Trust funds so applicable shall be used to pay for benefits not attributable to service to such affiliated employer.

(d) Unless specifically provided in a writing signed by the Bank, service to such affiliated employer prior to the time of the adoption of the Plan by such affiliated employer shall not be counted for purposes of eligibility, vesting or benefit accrual notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank acting by its undersigned officer, duly authorized, hereby executes this First Amended and Restated People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan effective as of January 1, 2008.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK
By:  

 

  Robert E. Trautmann, Executive Vice
  President and General Counsel

 

-20-


Appendix A

to

People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan

 

     Effective Period

Minimum Salary Grade

   Began    Ended
Grade 10    Effective Date    15-Feb-2004
Grade 65O    16-Feb-2004    26-Oct-2008
Grade 65    27-Oct-2008    N/A

Exhibit 10.14

THE PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK

ENHANCED SENIOR PENSION PLAN

FIRST AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

People’s United Bank, a federally chartered savings bank (the “Bank”), hereby amends and restates the People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan (the “Plan”) as of January 1, 2008 except as otherwise provided herein.

ARTICLE I

BACKGROUND

The Plan was established by the Bank (then called People’s Bank) as of January 1, 1997. As of that date the Bank maintained a defined benefit retirement plan now known as The People’s United Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan (the “ERP”) which covered all employees of the Bank meeting certain eligibility requirements. In addition, the Bank maintained a non-qualified defined benefit retirement plan now known as the First Amended and Restated People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan (the “Cap Excess Plan”) which provided supplemental benefits to a select group of employees.

The purpose of the Plan is to provide enhanced retirement and death benefits to a select group of management and highly paid employees of the Bank who have attained age fifty (50) or older and former employees entitled to benefits under a predecessor Plan (the “SRP”). Benefits provided under this Plan are in addition to those available to Plan participants under the ERP and/or the Cap Excess Plan.

Individuals initially employed by the Bank on or after August 14, 2006 are not eligible to participate in the ERP. Consequently, such individuals are likewise not eligible to participate in the Plan. Individuals employed by the Bank prior to that date but who had not attained the Minimum Salary Grade (as defined herein) prior to March 1, 2008 are not eligible to participate in the Plan.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Unless specifically provided otherwise, the terms used in this document shall have the same meaning as defined in the ERP. Further, the following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this document.

2.1. “Actuary” shall mean the actuary or actuarial firm retained by the Bank to perform actuarial valuations under this Plan or such other actuary who may pursuant to any provisions of the Trust Agreement be selected by the Trustee or the Advisory Committee.

 

1


2.2. “Advisory Committee” shall mean the Advisory Committee provided for by the provisions of Article XIII hereof.

2.3. “Beneficiary” shall mean any person entitled to receive benefits under this Plan as a result of a Participant’s death.

2.4. “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Bank or any similar body carrying out the functions such body carried out as of January 1, 2008.

2.5. “Cap Excess Plan” shall mean the People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan adopted by People’s Bank as of January 1, 1997, as it has been amended from time to time through January 1, 2008 and as it may be further amended on or after January 1, 2008.

2.6. “CEO” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank or such officer or other person as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank as of January 1, 2008.

2.6A “Change in Control Agreement” shall mean any agreement the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control.

2.7. “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) The Board of Directors of the Bank or its Parent shall approve (i) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) of the Bank or the Parent with any other corporation other than (A) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) which would result in the voting stock (as described in paragraph (b) of this section) of the Bank or its Parent outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting stock of the surviving entity) more than eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting stock of the Bank or its Parent (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Bank or its Parent (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined in paragraph (b) of this section) acquires more than twenty percent (20%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or its Parent, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Bank or its Parent, or (iii) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Bank;

(b) Any person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, corporation, or other entity (other than the Bank, its Parent, or any benefit plan, including, but not limited to, any employee stock ownership plan, sponsored by the Bank, its Parent, or any subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Bank or its Parent ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire such securities); or

 

2


(c) During any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire board of directors of the Bank or its Parent, and any new director (excluding a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Bank or its Parent to effect a transaction described in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section) whose election by the board or nomination for election by the shareholders of the Bank or its Parent was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

2.8. “Committee” shall mean the Human Resources Committee of the Board, or such other committee of the Board as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Human Resources Committee as of January 1, 2008.

2.9. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as it has been, or hereafter from time to time may be amended, and all reference to it or any provision thereof shall include any law which in the future may supersede it or such provision.

2.10. “Credited Service” shall mean Credited Service as computed in accordance with the provisions of Article XIV.

2.11. “Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 1997

2.12. [intentionally omitted]

2.13. “ERP” shall mean the People’s United Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan as it has been or hereafter from time to time may be amended.

2.14. A Participant’s “ERP Benefit” shall mean such Participant’s vested Accrued Annual Benefit in the Single Life Form calculated pursuant to Article V of the ERP, including the value of the Participant’s benefit assigned under a qualified domestic relations order described in Code Section 414(p), if applicable, provided, however, that there shall be excluded the amount of the pension supplement provided by provisions of Section 5.8 of the ERP.

2.14A. “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

2.15. “Full Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Actuary calculates based on the best information available (including, when necessary, estimates and forecasts) to him to be equal to the present value of the total amount of all vested and unpaid benefits of all Participants (and their Beneficiaries) and all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants under this Plan and all vested and unpaid benefits under the Cap Excess Plan as of the valuation requirement date except those which, pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2, are not payable from the Trust. For purposes of this Section 2.15, the “valuation requirement date” refers to the date of an actual Change in Control or the date which is

 

3


reasonably selected during a Potential Change in Control Period by the Bank or the Trustee under the terms of the Trust as a likely date for an actual Change in Control to occur or, if such calculation is not on or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period, any date which is reasonable and convenient. In computing such vested benefits and such present value during a Potential Change in Control Period or after a Change in Control, there shall be included any Plan Benefits which would become vested by reason of any Change in Control or entry by Parent or Bank into a Change in Control Agreement. Calculations and recalculations of the Full Funding Amount (as described in Article VII of this Plan) shall assume that each Participant terminated employment as of the valuation requirement date of such calculation or recalculation. Present values and liabilities under the Plan shall be determined in a manner consistent with the assumptions applied in annual valuations of the ERP for purposes of funding requirements under the Act or if the ERP is no longer being so valued annually (by reason of its termination or otherwise), such assumptions which the CEO determines on the basis of advice from the Actuary would be so applied if the ERP were to be so valued. In computing the Full Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount calculated by the Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering and terminating the Trust and distributing benefits including any reasonable expenses of the Advisory Committee (if then existing), and any expenses of litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than extremely remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank.

2.16. The Bank shall be considered “Insolvent” for purposes of this Plan if (i) the Bank is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Bank is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) the Bank is determined to be insolvent by the Office of Thrift Supervision, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Bank, or any other federal or state authority having the power to act as or appoint a receiver or similar officer in the event it finds the Bank is insolvent.

2.17. “Interim Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Actuary calculates based on the best information available (including, when necessary, estimates and forecasts) to him to be equal to the present value of the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of (i) all Participants who are as of the Interim Valuation Requirement Date requiring such calculation either (A) no longer employees of the Bank or (B) attained age sixty-three (63) and three hundred twenty-five (325) days and Beneficiaries of such Participants and (ii) all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants. The benefits of any Participant (and his Beneficiary) described in clause (i)(B) of the last preceding sentence shall be determined on the basis of the Actuary’s best estimate of such Participant’s benefit at the later of (1) age sixty-five (65) or earlier date of termination of employment with the Bank indicated by such Participant or (2) such Interim Valuation Requirement Date. Present values and liabilities under the Plan shall be determined in a manner consistent with the assumptions applied in annual valuations of the ERP for purposes of the funding requirements under the Act, or if the ERP is no longer being so valued annually (by reason of its termination or otherwise), such assumptions which the CEO determines on the basis

 

4


of advice from the Actuary would be so applied if the ERP were to be so valued. Also, in computing the Interim Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount estimated by Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering the Trust and distributing benefits for the sixty months following the relevant Interim Valuation Requirement Date, including reasonable expenses of the Advisory Committee (if then in existence) and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank. For purposes of this Section 2.17 and of Section 2,15, the present values of the benefits of all Participants and Beneficiaries shall equal the sum of the present values of the benefits of each Participant (and his Beneficiary) and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant.

2.18. “Interim Valuation Requirement Date” means the last date of each fiscal year of the Bank.

2.18A. “Minimum Salary Grade” means the salary grade identified as such on Appendix A hereto (as the same may be updated from time to time with the approval of the CEO or his designee), in each case as in effect during the “Effective Period” designated in such Appendix A.

2.19. “Other Pension Benefits” shall mean any benefits the Participant is entitled to receive or has received from any defined benefit plan as defined in Code Section 414(j) which met the qualification requirements of 401(a) of the Code, and is maintained by any former employer of the Participant, other than the predecessor to People’s Bank which maintained the ERP. Such benefits shall exclude benefits payable pursuant to any plan which the Committee or its delegee finds has been funded primarily by contributions of the Participant, provided that such benefits did not accrue under a plan maintained by the Bank or any corporate predecessor of the Bank. Any such benefit shall be converted to a monthly benefit payable in the form of a single life annuity payable at age sixty-five (65) (unless such benefit is actually paid in such form) using the actuarial factors of the former employer’s plan or, if unavailable, the actuarial factors of the ERP and if applicable, shall include the value of the Participant’s benefit assigned under any qualified domestic relations order described in Code Section 414(p).

2.20. “Parent” shall mean People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its corporate successor or assigns; and the determination of whether any corporation or other entity is a successor or assign of said People’s United Financial, Inc., for purposes of this Agreement shall be made by the CEO or, in the event there is no then acting CEO, by the Board of Directors of the Bank.

2.21. “Participant” shall mean an Employee or former Employee who meets the eligibility requirements of Article III.

2.22. The “Plan” shall mean this People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan as amended through the date hereof and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter.

 

5


2.22A “Plan Benefit” shall have the meaning set forth in Article V hereof.

2.22B. “Plan Death Benefit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 hereof.

2.22C. “Plan Voter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 hereof.

2.23. “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred under this Plan if (1) the Bank or Parent enters into any agreement the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control, or (2) the CEO declared in writing that, or the Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent adopts a resolution to the effect that, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

2.24. “Potential Change in Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date that a Potential Change in Control occurs and ending upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the date of a Change in Control, or (ii) the date it is determined under the provisions of the Trust Agreement the Potential Change in Control Period has ended without the occurrence of a Change in Control.

2.24A. “SRP” shall mean the People’s Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan which was the predecessor to this Plan and to the Cap Excess Plan.

2.25. A Participant’s “Target Amount” shall mean one-twelfth of the excess if any, of (a) fifty percent (50%) of such Participant’s Final Average Salary computed as hereinafter provided over (b) the monthly amount of the Participant’s Other Pension Benefits. If such Participant has completed less than 15 Years of Credited Service the Target Amount shall be reduced at the rate of 1/15 for each Year of Credited Service less than 15 years, giving credit for each day which elapses during the period from the commencement of such Participant’s Credited Service to the date of reference. A Participant’s Final Average Salary shall be computed by disregarding any dollar limitation thereon as required by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

2.26. “Trust” shall mean the Trust established and maintained pursuant to the terms of Section 7.1 hereof.

2.27. “Trustee” shall mean the entity then acting as Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

2.28. “Trust Agreement” shall mean the trust agreement described in Section 7.1 hereof.

2.29. “Vote” whether or not capitalized shall mean and include a vote in person or by proxy or execution of a written consent or other document signed by a Participant or Beneficiary authorizing or approving any action (including one or more amendments of this Plan.

 

6


ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY

3.1. Initial Participants . Each Employee or former Employee who was a participant in the SRP on the day before the Effective Date became a Participant hereunder as of such date, provided he continued to be employed by the Bank on such date.

3.2. Subsequent Participants . Subject to the provisions of Section 3.4 hereof, each other Employee who is such on or after the Effective Date shall become a Participant as of the date he meets both the following requirements:

 

  (a) has a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade; and

 

  (b) has attained age 50 or older.

3.3. Termination of Participation . Any Employee who becomes a Participant hereunder shall remain such until his Credited Service is terminated and he is no longer entitled to a benefit hereunder.

3.4. Eligibility Freeze . (a) In no event shall any Employee not a Participant prior to, and not employed by the Bank on, August 14, 2006 become a Participant except as provided in the next sentence. In the event any person who was an Employee prior to August 14, 2006 again becomes an Employee and becomes a Participant in, and accrues Credited Service under, the ERP after August 14, 2006, such person shall become for the first time or again a Participant in this Plan upon attaining at least the Minimum Salary Grade (subject, however, to subsection (b) below), provided he is deemed to be in Credited Service in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.1 and provided his Plan Benefit accrued prior to his rehire has not been distributed.

(b) In no event shall any Employee who had not attained the Minimum Salary Grade prior to March 1, 2008 become a Participant regardless of such Employee’s date of employment by the Bank.

ARTICLE IV

VESTING

4.1. Cliff Vesting . A Participant shall become fully vested while in Credited Service in his Plan Benefit, as such term is defined in Article V, upon the earlier of (A) or (B), where (A) is the later of (i) the attainment of age fifty-five (55) or (ii) his completion of 5 Years of Vesting Service, and (B) is his attainment of his Normal Retirement Date. Except as otherwise provided by the provisions of Article VII relating to vesting in the event of a Change in Control or entry by the Bank or Parent into a Change in Control Agreement, in the event a Participant’s Credited Service is terminated prior to his being so vested, his benefits under this Plan shall be forfeited (except in the case of his death to the extent provided pursuant to the provisions of Article VI); provided that, in the event of his rehire and his subsequently becoming vested, his Plan Benefit shall be reinstated and he shall become vested therein.

 

7


ARTICLE V

PLAN BENEFIT

5.1. Plan Benefit . A Participant who is vested under Article IV or Article VII on or after the Effective Date and who is an Employee as of that date shall be entitled to receive under the Plan a supplemental benefit (the “Plan Benefit”). Subject to the provisions of the remaining sections of this Article V, the Plan Benefit shall be based on a monthly amount payable in the Single Life Form equal to the excess of (i) over (ii) where:

 

  (i) is equal to such Participant’s Target Amount, and

 

  (ii) is equal to the sum of A. plus B. below, where

(A) is equal to the monthly amount of such Participant’s ERP Benefit; and

(B) is equal to the monthly amount of such Participant’s Cap Excess Plan Benefit which for purposes of this Section 5.1 shall have the same meaning as “Plan Benefit” as defined in the Cap Excess Plan.

5.2. No Change in Payment of Plan Benefits in Pay Status prior to December 1, 2008 .

Any Benefits under the SRP in pay status prior to January 1, 1995 shall be unaffected by this Article V and shall continue to be payable in accordance with the provisions of the SRP as applicable to such benefits prior to January 1, 1995 and not payable from the Trust; provided, however, that the CEO may (but shall not be required to) either or both (i) cause such benefits to be payable from the assets of the Trust or (ii) direct that the present value of the balance of such Participant’s unpaid benefits be calculated and that such amount be paid to such Participant in a lump sum instead of in accordance with such prior provisions. Such lump sum present value shall be determined on the basis of the 1983 GAM Mortality Tables and an annual interest rate of one percent (1%) plus the average of the yields reported by the Federal Reserve Board in the Wall Street Journal during the second month preceding such date of payment on 10 year U.S. Treasury notes, adjusted for constant maturity, provided no such payment shall be in excess of the accrued liability of the Bank with respect to such benefits, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

5.3. Distribution of Benefits to Participants Commencing ERP Benefits Prior to January 1, 2009 .

(a) If distribution of a Participant’s Plan Benefit is the result of termination of Credited Service (other than as a result of his death) prior to December 1, 2008, and if the Participant begins receiving benefits under the ERP prior to January 1, 2009, then such Plan Benefit shall be payable in the same form as benefits are payable to such Participant under the ERP, and Plan Benefit payments shall commence at the same time at which payment of such Participant’s ERP benefits begins.

 

8


(b) In the event payment of a Participant’s Plan Benefit is payable otherwise than in the Single Life Form commencing on his Normal Retirement Date, the amount of his benefit payments shall be actuarially adjusted by the same percentage reductions as are applied pursuant to the provisions of the ERP.

(c) In the event the Participant terminates his Credited Service prior to December 1, 2008 with a vested benefit hereunder and with vested benefits under the ERP prior to the time benefit payments may commence under the ERP, payment of his Plan Benefits shall commence on the first day of the month following the later of such Participant’s fifty-fifth (55 th ) birthday or termination of Credited Service or if such termination is after October 3, 2004 the first payroll payment date of the seventh month following termination of such Participant’s Credited Service. Such benefits shall be payable on the basis of the form of benefit payment in which he represents he presently intends having his ERP benefit paid (and the Beneficiary he intends selecting). The amount of Plan Benefits shall be actuarially reduced in accordance with the provisions of the ERP which would be applicable to ERP benefit payments if payment of ERP benefits were allowed to and did commence pursuant to the provisions of the ERP. Upon commencement of payment of his ERP benefits, the amount computed under Section 5.1 (ii)(A) hereof shall be the amount such payments would be if such intended form and Beneficiary were the actual form and Beneficiary under in which and to whom his ERP benefits are payable regardless of the form in which and to whom his ERP benefits are actually payable regardless of whether such Beneficiary is then living.

5.4 Distribution of Benefits to Participants Terminating On or After December 1, 2008 . Distribution of all other Plan Benefits (other than those payable after a Participant’s death) shall be made in a lump sum on the first payroll payment date following the latest of (i) January 1, 2009; (ii) the seventh month after the date of termination of a Participant’s Credited Service; or (iii) the month in which the Participant attains age fifty-five (55). Such lump sum shall be equal to the present value of the Plan Benefit computed in accordance with interest assumptions, mortality tables and all other actuarial factors applied under the ERP for purposes of determining present values of ERP benefits under the ERP as of (A) the applicable payment date if the payment date is determined pursuant to clause (i) or (iii) of the preceding sentence, and (B) the date of termination of the Participant’s Credited Service if the payment date is determined pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

ARTICLE VI

DEATH BENEFITS

6.1. Plan Benefits Commence Prior to January 1, 2009 . In the event of the death of a Participant whose Plan benefit payments commence prior to January 1, 2009, payment of death benefits under this Plan shall depend on whether benefits under the ERP are payable to such Participant’s Surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary. If no such benefits are payable under the ERP, no death benefits shall be payable hereunder. If such death benefits are payable under the ERP, then death benefits (the “Plan Death Benefit”) shall be payable hereunder (for the same duration and with the same frequency as such ERP death benefits) in an amount equal to the excess of the amount such ERP death benefits would

 

9


have been had the ERP benefit in the Single Life Form been equal to the sum of the actual ERP benefit in the Single Life Form plus the Plan Benefit hereunder in the Single Life Form over the actual amount of the death benefits under the ERP.

6.2. Plan Benefit Payments to Terminees Not Commenced Prior to January 1, 2009 .

(a) In the event of the death of a Participant not described in Section 6.1 whose Credited Service has been terminated after his attainment of age fifty-five (55), but prior to payment of his Plan Benefit, an amount equal to that portion of the amount otherwise payable to him pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2 shall be payable to his Beneficiary in a lump sum as of the first payroll payment date of the month following the month of the Participant’s death.

(b) In the event of the death of a Participant not described in Section 6.1 whose Credited Service terminates prior to his attainment of age fifty-five (55):

(i) If such Participant subsequently dies prior to attainment of age fifty-five (55), a death benefit shall be payable under this Plan to his surviving spouse or his other Beneficiary only if death benefits are payable to his Surviving Spouse under the ERP. If such death benefits are payable under the ERP, then a death benefit shall be payable hereunder as of the later of (A) the first payroll payment date of the month following the date of such Participant’s death, or (B) the earliest possible date the Participant could have received payments from the ERP. The amount of such death benefit shall be paid in a lump sum, in an amount equal to the present value of the Plan Death Benefit computed in accordance with interest assumptions, mortality tables and all other actuarial factors applied for purposes of determining present values of ERP benefits as of such payment date.

(ii) If such Participant subsequently dies on or after his attainment of age fifty-five (55), but prior to distribution of his Plan Benefit, a death benefit shall be payable under this Plan to his surviving spouse or his other Beneficiary. Such death benefit shall be an amount equal to the amount otherwise payable to him pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2 and shall be paid as of the first payroll payment date of the month following the month of his death.

6.3. Death of Active Participants After December 31, 2008 .

In the event of the death of a Participant after December 31, 2008 and prior to termination of his Credited Service, a death benefit shall be payable under this Plan to his surviving spouse or his other Beneficiary only if a death benefit is payable to his Surviving Spouse under the ERP. If such death benefits are payable under the ERP, then a death benefit shall be payable hereunder as of the later of (A) the first payroll payment date of the month following the date of such Participant’s death, or (B) the earliest possible date the Participant could have received payments from the ERP. The amount of such death benefit shall be paid in a lump sum, in an amount equal to the present value of the Plan Death Benefit computed in accordance with interest assumptions, mortality tables and all other actuarial factors applied for purposes of determining present values of ERP benefits as of such payment date.

 

10


6.4. Beneficiaries . Any death benefit hereunder shall be payable to one or more Beneficiaries designated by such Participant on a form authorized by the Committee, signed by such Participant and filed with Human Resources. A Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than a Surviving Spouse even if the only death benefits paid under the ERP are paid as a result of such Participant being survived by a Surviving Spouse. In the absence of any designation of a Beneficiary other than a Surviving Spouse or beneficiary under the ERP, death benefits hereunder shall be paid to the same person or persons entitled to contemporaneous payments under the ERP. In the event a Participant and his spouse or other designated Beneficiary (primary or contingent) die as a result of the same event (whether or not it is possible to determine who was the first to die and die within thirty (30) days of each other), this Plan shall be administered as if the Participant survived his spouse or such other Beneficiary.

6.5. No Other Death Benefits . Except as provided in this Article VI, no benefits under this Plan shall be payable to a Participant’s Beneficiary after such Participant’s death.

ARTICLE VII

TRUST; CHANGE IN CONTROL

7.1. Non-qualified Trust . The Bank has entered into a Trust Agreement with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company as Trustee establishing the Trust. The Trust is intended to provide for the funding of the Bank’s obligation to provide benefits under the Plan and the Cap Excess Plan to the extent provided pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof. In the event of Insolvency of the Bank, assets held under the Trust shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Bank under federal and state law as set forth in the Trust Agreement. In the event of such Insolvency, any and all such assets will be available to satisfy the claims of general creditors of the Bank even if all Plan Benefits have not otherwise been provided for and even if all Plan Benefits of Employees who have terminated their Credited Service have not been fully provided for. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit Participants or Beneficiaries from asserting claims for Plan Benefits as general creditors of the Bank. The Bank may cause, subject to and in accordance with, the terms of the Trust Agreement, Plan Benefits to be provided from the assets of the Trust, the general assets of the Bank, or a combination thereof as the Bank may determine to be in the Bank’s best interests. No person eligible for, or entitled to, Plan Benefits hereunder shall have any property, equitable or security rights in any specific assets of the Bank or held as part of the Trust. The obligation to pay all Plan Benefits shall be treated as an item of indebtedness by the Bank to the Participant or Beneficiary, and except as otherwise paid from the Trust, such payments shall be made from the general assets of the Bank. All amounts as may be required to be withheld by any applicable federal, state or local law shall be withheld and remitted as required by any such law and payments made to the Participant or any Beneficiary shall be the net amount after withholding.

 

11


7.2. Discretionary Payments to Trust . The Bank, in the sole discretion of the CEO, may at any time, or from time to time, make deposits (in addition to those required pursuant to Section 7.3), of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal of the Trust, such additions to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in the agreement setting forth the terms of the Trust. Neither the Trustee nor any Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

7.3. Mandatory Payments to Trust. Upon a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, the Bank shall, as soon as possible, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days following such Potential Change in Control or Change in Control, make a contribution to the Trust of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee equal in value to the Full Funding Amount. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount shall be recalculated in the event such Potential Change in Control Period extends beyond the required valuation date used in the first or other last subsequent computation made as a result of such Potential Change in Control Period. In the event that the Trustee later determines that provision made in determining the Full Funding Amount for expenses was not adequate, the Bank shall make additional deposits to provide for such expenses as determined by the Trustee from time to time.

(i) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Bank, the Bank shall:

 

  A. Cause the Actuary to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to the Trustee the Actuary’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

 

  B. Pay to the Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such last day would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

(ii) Any Actuary’s certification delivered pursuant to this Section 7.3 may rely on the Trustee’s estimate of expenses to be included in the computation of such Interim Funding Amount

7.4 Full Vesting . Upon entry by Bank or Parent into a Change in Control Agreement or upon a Change in Control, all Plan Benefits of Participants not previously vested shall become fully vested subject to the following provisions of this Section 7.4. In the event of a Change in Control, determination of such Participant’s vested benefits will be made in accordance with Article IV as if such Change had not occurred if such Participant remains in Credited Service at least three years after such Change in Control. In the event of entry into a Change in Control Agreement which does not result in a Change in Control occurring, determination of a Participant’s vested interest shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article IV, without reference to such Change in Control Agreement unless such Participant

 

12


terminates his Credited Service before the earliest of: (a) termination of such Change in Control Agreement by its terms or by agreement of the parties thereto; (b) announcement by Bank or Parent is of its determination, whether or not legally justified, that such Change in Control Agreement is terminated or that even if such Change in Control Agreement is not terminated it has determined not to proceed to consummate such Change in Control Agreement; or (c) announcement by any other party to such Change in Control Agreement of its determination, whether or not legally justified, that such Change in Control Agreement is terminated or that it has determined not to proceed to consummate such Change in Control Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

NONASSIGNABILITY

The Plan is designed to provide payment of Plan Benefits solely for the support of the Participant and, to the extent of any death benefits, such Participant’s beneficiary. No person eligible for or entitled to a Plan Benefit payable hereunder shall have any right, power or authority to assign, sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber, whether by voluntary action or by operation of law, the right to receive such Plan Benefit payment.

ARTICLE IX

ADMINISTRATION

9.1. The Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee may delegate its administrative authority to officers or other employees of the Bank, provided that no such delegate shall determine his own benefits hereunder. The Committee shall have complete and discretionary authority to determine eligibility and the amount of benefits payable under the Plan and to otherwise construe, interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan and its determinations shall be conclusive on the Bank, its employees and any other person claiming any benefit under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.1, any determination made by the Committee upon or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period shall be binding only if accepted by the Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant; and to the extent not so accepted, such determination of the Committee shall be of no effect and given no weight and such Participant or Beneficiary shall have his rights determined in accordance with the procedures of any of the provisions of the Trust Agreement, and the Bank shall pay to the Trustee any funds necessary to provide such benefits as so determined.

ARTICLE X

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

10.1. General.

(a) If a Participant or Beneficiary disagrees with the computation of the benefits to which he is entitled under the Plan and wishes to claim benefits or additional benefits, he must file his claim in writing or electronically with the Committee. The Committee may act as the Claims Officer as hereinafter provided or may designate a member of the Committee or

 

13


one or more other individuals who may (but shall not be required to) be a Participant or other Employee. If no claim is received by the Committee within 60 days after the claimant receives notice of his benefits, no claim will be permitted and the Claims Officer’s determination shall be final.

The claimant may designate any other person, at his own expense, to act on his behalf in pursuing a benefit claim or appealing the denial of a benefit claim. The term “claimant” as used in this claims procedure includes any other person he designates to represent him as well as after his death, his beneficiary.

When a claim for benefits is made under the Plan, the Claims Officer is required to notify the claimant within 90 days after the claim is received if the claim for benefits has been denied. In special cases where the Claims Officer needs more time to decide, the Claims Officer may notify the claimant in writing or electronically prior to the end of the initial 90 day period and may take up to 90 additional days.

(b) If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Claims Officer will send to the claimant a written or electronic notice including:

(i) one or more specific reasons for the denial;

(ii) specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a description of any additional material or information that would be necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

(iv) information regarding what steps should be taken if the claimant wants to submit a request for review; and

(v) a description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to the procedures including a statement of the claimant’s rights to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a determination upon completion of claimant’s appeal adverse to claimant’s position.

(c) If the claim for benefits is denied, the claimant may file an appeal in writing or electronically with the Committee.

(i) the written claim for review must be filed with 60 days after the claimant has received the notice described above that the claim was denied. If a written claim for review is not filed within 60 days after the claimant receives the notice that the claim was denied, the claimant is deemed to have accepted the Claims Officer’s decision.

(ii) The claimant may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

14


(iii) The claimant will be provided upon request and free of charge reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to claimant’s claim.

(iv) The Committee will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

(d) After receiving a request for review, the Committee will review the claim within 60 days and will give the claimant a written or electronic notice of its decision, which is final. In special cases where the Committee needs more time to decide, the Committee will notify the claimant in writing prior to the end of the initial 60 day period and may take up to 60 additional days. If the Committee denies the claim, the notice will include:

(i) one or more specific reasons for the denial;

(ii) specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive upon request and free of charge reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to claimant’s claim for benefits; and

(iv) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, the terms of Subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 10.1 shall apply until such time as the Committee shall adopt revised claims procedures; provided, however, that the Committee may make any such revisions in such procedures as it deems necessary to assure compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 503 of the Act and the regulations thereunder.

(f) any person whose claim has been denied in whole or in part must exhaust the administrative review procedures provided in this Section 10.1, including any revisions made in accordance with subsection (d) hereof prior to initiating any claim for judicial review.

(g) Any action taken or omitted by any fiduciary with respect to the Plan, including any decision, interpretation, claim denial or review on appeal, shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties and shall be subject to judicial modification or reversal only to the extent it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such action or omission was arbitrary and capricious and contrary to the terms of the Plan.

10.2. Change in Control. During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a Participant or Beneficiary at his election may determine at any time not to follow or to cease following the procedures set forth in this Article X, and to assert and enforce any claims under the Plan without regard to the provisions of this Article X, including enforcing any remedies in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

 

15


ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

11.1. General. The Committee may amend the Plan from time to time; provided, however, that no such amendment shall have the effect of reducing any vested benefit under the Plan.

11.2. Minimum Benefit . Further, no Participant who was a participant in the SRP as of the day before the Effective Date shall receive a Plan Benefit which, when added to the plan benefit to which he is entitled under the Cap Excess Plan is of lesser actuarial value than the Plan Benefits such Participant would have received under the SRP had the SRP Plan not been amended as of the Effective Date based on the lesser of his Final Average Salary as of the earlier of the date of termination of his Credited Service or the Effective Date or her or his actual Final Average Salary.

11.3. Change in Control. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.1, an amendment to Section 7.3 hereof or the definitions of Change in Control, Potential Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Period or eliminating or reducing the rights or authority of the Advisory Committee provided by Article XIII hereof may be made only in the event it is approved by the vote then required for amendment to Change in Control provision pursuant to Section 14 of the Trust Agreement and an amendment changing the definition of Interim Funding Amount or Interim Valuation Requirement Date may be made only in the event it is approved by the vote of sixty-five percent (65%) of all Participants not employed by the Bank at the time of such vote.

11.4. Termination . The Bank reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time with the approval of all Participants. Further, the Bank may cease all further benefit accruals. However, except as may be required pursuant to any applicable federal, state or local law, or as approved in writing by all Participants and Beneficiaries of deceased Participants with unpaid Plan Benefits, any Plan Benefit then accrued shall remain payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the extent then accrued, and the Bank’s obligations under Article VII and the Trust Agreement shall remain in full force and effect with respect to all Plan Benefits accrued as of such date.

ARTICLE XII

CONSTRUCTION

12.1. Governing Law . The Plan shall be administered in accordance with the laws of Connecticut, to the extent applicable, and not preempted by any other applicable federal law.

 

16


12.2. No Employment Contract . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to confer upon any person any legal right to be continued as an employee of the Bank. The Bank expressly reserves the right to discharge any employee whenever the interest of the Bank in its sole judgment may so require without any liability on the part of the Bank. The Bank shall be the Plan Administrator of the Plan.

12.3. FDIC Restrictions . It is intended that the Plan be and remain a bona fide deferred compensation plan for purposes of Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Part 359 of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) regulations, including FDIC Reg § 359.1(d) and the terms of the Plan shall be so construed in the event of any ambiguity.

12.4. Other Contracts . The benefits payable under the Plan shall not be limited by the provisions of any other agreement entered into by the Bank and any Participant prior to the Effective Date relating to payments in the event of Change in Control; but benefits under such other agreement may, if any such other agreement so provides, be reduced as a result of benefits payable under the Plan.

12.5. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns, and references to the Bank herein shall include its successors and assigns. References to Parent shall include its successors and assigns.

12.6. Pronouns . Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, pronouns of one gender or number may refer to subjects or objects of a different gender or number.

12.7. Code Section 409A. From and after October 4, 2004 this Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be construed whenever possible in a manner which will result in the Plan being and the Trust being in compliance therewith and which will not subject any Participant to any additional taxes or penalties pursuant to such Section 409A.

12.8. Headings . The headings of Articles and Sections are included solely for convenience of reference. If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.

ARTICLE XIII

ADVISORY COMMITTEE

13.1. Advisory Committee. During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a majority of Plan Voters at any time, and from time to time, may appoint an Advisory Committee to monitor and represent the interests of the Plan Voters and the Beneficiary of any deceased Participant with respect to the Plan, the Cap Excess Plan and the Trust. The Advisory Committee shall be composed of one to three individuals, some or all of whom may (but none of whom shall be required to) be Plan

 

17


Voters. The Advisory Committee shall act by majority vote unless it unanimously agrees otherwise and shall otherwise adopt its own procedures which may include authorizing one member thereof to act for the Advisory Committee. Any member of the Advisory Committee may resign by giving written notice to the other members thereof, or, if he is the sole member, to a majority or all of the then Plan Voters. Any member may be removed by action of a majority of Plan Voters, and additional members, including replacement of any resigned, removed or deceased member may be designated by action of a majority of Plan Voters. All actions by any Participant shall be in a writing signed by such Participant. A Participant may sign a single writing effectuating removal and replacement. For purposes of this Section 13, the term “Plan Voters” shall mean each individual who is a Participant in this Plan or a participant in the Cap Excess Plan (as determined in accordance with the provisions of the Cap Excess Plan) exclusive of any such person whose benefits are not included in the computation of the Full Funding Amount; and each such individual shall for purposes of this Section 13 have one vote even if he is a Participant in both such plans, but excluding (a) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Plan Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (b) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Plan Voter prior to the beginning thereof.

13.2. Purpose and Duties . The purpose of the Advisory Committee shall be to disseminate information concerning the Plan, the Cap Excess Plan and the Trust to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voters, to gather information and data concerning, and otherwise investigate, inquiries, controversies, or disputes deemed reasonable by the Advisory Committee and raised by any Participant or any such Beneficiary, to discuss such matters with the CEO of the Bank or members of the Board, or of the Human Resources Committee of the Board, the Actuary or the Trustee, and to take any action authorized under the Trust Agreement with respect to any such inquiries, controversy or dispute which it, in its discretion, deems reasonable to protect the legitimate interest of any Participant or Beneficiary, and monitor and report to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voters with respect to litigation or arbitration proceedings under the Plan. The Advisory Committee may (but shall not be required to) negotiate on behalf of any Plan Voter or Beneficiary of a deceased Plan Voter; provided, however, that in no event shall the Advisory Committee be deemed authorized to institute any legal or arbitration proceedings hereunder or enter into any agreement purporting to settle or limit the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan or in or to the Trust or its assets. Nothing herein shall prohibit a Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant individually or with others (whether or not as a class action) from instituting legal or arbitration proceedings to enforce his own rights under the Plan while the Advisory Committee is negotiating pursuant to the provisions of this Section whether or not such Participant or Beneficiary is a member of the Advisory Committee.

13.3. Rights . Without request or demand the Advisory Committee shall be entitled to all reports, information, and data to which the Bank is entitled (without request or demand) under the Trust Agreement and any other reports, information, or data received by the Bank from the Trustee or the Actuary. The Bank shall give the following written notices to the Advisory Committee (which the Advisory Committee may waive if deemed in the

 

18


best interest of Plan Voters): (i) twenty (20) days prior to the payment of any benefits or other sums from the Trust, other than monthly benefit payments and Trustee fees and expenses in operations of the Plan or the Cap Excess Plan, the amount to be so paid, the computation thereof, and the amount of any benefits under the Plan or the Cap Excess Plan and Trustee fees and expenses to be paid from the Bank’s general assets; (ii) no later than five (5) days after making any contribution to the Trust, the amount of such contribution and the Actuary’s certification and detailed computations on the basis of which the determination of such amount was made; (iii) any amendments proposed to be made to the Trust Agreement twenty (20) days prior to the Bank’s requesting from Participants a Qualified Vote or a Super Qualified Vote (as those terms are defined therein); (iv) within five (5) days after any substitution of Trust assets by the Bank; (v) at least twenty (20) days before any change in investment policy is made by the Committee or other authorized body under the Trust Agreement; and (vi) twenty (20) days after the close of each calendar quarter, a report of all contributions to and payments from, the Trust Fund during such quarter. The Advisory Committee, or a person designated by it, may vote on behalf of any Participant who so authorizes it or a delegate chosen by it to vote on behalf of such Participant pursuant to any provision of the Trust Agreement. Acquiescence or inaction by the Advisory Committee shall not be deemed to be approval or consent and in any event shall in no way bind or limit the rights of Participants or Beneficiaries of deceased Participants.

ARTICLE XIV

CREDITED SERVICE AND ADOPTION BY AFFILIATES

14.1. Credited Service .

For purposes of applying the provisions of this Plan “Credited Service” shall have the same meaning as under the ERP subject to the modifications provided in this Article XIV.

(a) The Credited Service of a Participant shall terminate upon his termination of service with the Bank (except as provided in Section 16.3), but such termination of service shall be determined in accordance with the following rules: A period of a leave of absence for military leave, or sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence shall constitute Credited Service for only a period of six (6) months or, if longer, as long as such Participant’s right to reemployment is guaranteed by statute or contract, and unless such Participant returns to actual Credited Service upon the expiration of such six (6) month or longer period such Participant’s Credited Service shall terminate upon such expiration or his earlier death or resignation. In order to constitute a bona fide leave of absence, there must be a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Bank.

(b) A Participant shall be deemed to have a termination of Credited Service in the event his hours of service as an employee or independent contractor are permanently reduced to less than 50% of his average hours of service during the preceding 36 months (or if employed as an employee or independent contractor by the Bank or any member of an affiliated group less than 36 months, during such shorter period)

 

19


(c) A Participant shall not be deemed to have had a termination of Credited Service if he is employed by the Bank or any member of an affiliated group as an employee or independent contractor 50% or more of his average hours of service during the preceding 36 months (or if employed as an employee or independent contractor by the Bank or any member of an affiliated group less than 36 months, during such shorter period).

(i) Absence for military service under leave of absence granted by the Bank or when required by law, provided he returns to service as an employee of the Bank or an affiliated employer described in Section 14.2 within ninety (90) days of his release from active military duty or any longer period during which his right to re-employment is protected by law.

(ii) Lay off not in excess of two (2) years until employment is terminated either by the employee or the Bank or an affiliated employer described in Section 14.2.

(d) Credited Service shall not be deemed terminated by the first twenty-four (24) consecutive months of a maternity or paternity leave of absence. For purposes of this paragraph, a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” means an absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy; (ii) by reason of the birth of a child of an employee; (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the an employee in connection with the adoption of the child by such employee; or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The Committee may, in its discretion reasonably require an employee to furnish timely information to establish that an absence from work is a maternity or paternity absence and the number of days for which there was such an absence.

14.2. Employment in Affiliated Group .

Once a person is actually an employee of the Bank (without reference to the provisions of this Section), employment by any member of an affiliated group shall be deemed employment by the Bank for purposes of determining whether he remains in Credited Service. The term “member of an affiliated group” shall include each and all of the following: (i) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code), which group includes the Bank; (ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Bank; (iii) any organization (whether incorporated or not) which is a member of affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code) which includes the Bank; and (iv) any other entity required to be aggregated with the Bank pursuant to Regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

14.3 Adoption By Affiliates

(a) With the consent of the committee and upon recommendation of the Administrative Committee, this Plan may be adopted by any corporations or trade or businesses or other organizations or entities included in the definition of “member of an affiliated group” set forth in Section 14.2. Separate accounts shall be maintained with respect to all contributions made by such adopting employer. Such adopting employer shall be solely responsible for any

 

20


contributions required with respect to compensation paid by such adopting employer unless otherwise agreed by the Bank. In the event that any such amounts are paid by the adopting employer to fund its obligations into any trust described in Article VII such amounts shall be subject to the claims of creditors of the Bank in accordance with the terms of Section 7.1 and with respect to such amounts so paid by such adopting employer, the terms of Section 7.1 shall be construed as if the term “the Bank” refers to “either the Bank or such adopting employer”. Further the provisions of Section 7.2 and 7.3 shall with respect to the adopting employer be construed as if the terms “the Bank” were referring to such adopting employer. In the event that the Bank and/or one or more adopting employers shares in payment of compensation to any Participant, the contributions shall be required hereunder shall be allocated by them in proportion to the total compensation paid by all of them to such Participant unless the Bank and such other payors otherwise agree.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan only individuals who are employed by the Bank (determined without reference to the provisions of this Article XIV) shall be deemed to be employees of the Bank for purposes of determining who is a Plan Voter, and no Participant who has never been an employee of the Bank shall be taken into account in determining whether there is a sufficient Participant approval to make any amendment for which Participant approval is required pursuant to Section 11.3 or 11.4.

(c) Any adopting employer may withdraw from the Plan or terminate the Plan as to its employees and shall do so upon 60 days notice so to do from the Bank, and to the extent permissible any amounts in such Trust attributable to contributions by such adopting employer shall be paid to such adopting employer or its designee. No distributions from such Trust (a) to pay for Plan benefits earned from an adopting employer shall be paid except to the extent such funds are attributable to the contributions of such adopting employer and no Trust funds so applicable shall be used to pay for benefits not attributable to service to such affiliated employer.

(d) Unless specifically provided in a writing signed by the Bank, service to such affiliated employer prior to the time of the adoption of the Plan by such affiliated employer shall not be counted for purposes of eligibility, vesting or benefit accrual notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank acting by its undersigned officer, duly authorized, hereby executes this First Amended and Restated People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 2008.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK
By:  

 

  Robert E. Trautmann
  Executive Vice President and
  General Counsel

 

21


Appendix A

to

People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan

 

     Effective Period

Minimum Salary Grade

   Began    Ended

Grade 10

   Effective Date    15-Feb-2004

Grade 65O

   16-Feb-2004    26-Oct-2008

Grade 65

   27-Oct-2008    N/A

 

22

Exhibit 10.16

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK NONQUALIFIED SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT PLAN

January 1, 2008


PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK NONQUALIFIED SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT PLAN

January 1, 2008

People’s United Bank, a federally chartered savings bank (the “Bank”), hereby amends and restates the People’s United Bank Supplemental Savings Plan (the “Plan”) as of January 1, 2008 except as otherwise provided herein. Effective as of October 1, 2008, the Plan shall be known as the People’s United Bank Nonqualified Savings and Retirement Plan.

ARTICLE I

PRELIMINARY BACKGROUND

The Plan was initially established and maintained for many years to enable designated employees of the Bank (formerly known as People’s Bank) who were adversely impacted by Code restrictions applicable to tax-qualified plans and corresponding provisions of the 401(k) Plan to elect to obtain additional benefits equal to those not available under the 401(k) Plan because of such restrictions. The Plan is not qualified under the provisions of the Code and benefits are provided on an unfunded basis for purposes of the Code. Plan benefits accruing as a result of compensation earned prior to January 1, 2005, were calculated on the basis of deferral elections made under the 401(k) Plan. As a result of the enactment of Section 409A of the Code, separate Plan deferral elections were required to be made by Participants with respect to compensation earned after December 31, 2004, and the method for distribution of Plan benefits was revised. Effective as of August 14, 2006, the Bank added new employer contribution credit provisions with respect to certain eligible Plan Participants. Finally, the Bank has elected to revise the method by which earnings credits are made to Participants’ Accounts under the Plan.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Unless the context clearly otherwise requires, as used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the references and meanings set forth in this Section 2.

2.1. “Account” shall refer to the total of any Participant’s Grandfathered Account, Current Plan Account and Deferral Account of each Participant. The Grandfathered Account and Current Plan Account of each Participant whose Credited Service has not terminated prior to December 1, 2008 shall merge into a single Deferral Account.

2.2. “Administrative Committee” shall mean the Administrative Committee appointed from time to time pursuant to Section 13.1 of the 401(k) Plan.


2.3. “Annual Valuation Date” shall mean December 31 of any year during which any Plan benefits are in pay status provided that in the event the Bank changes its fiscal year, the Bank may change the date of subsequent Annual Valuation Dates, but in no event shall more than twelve months elapse without an Annual Valuation Date other than by reason of there being no Plan benefits in pay status.

2.4. “Bank” shall mean People’s United Bank, which is a federally chartered savings bank, and any successor to People’s United Bank.

2.5. “Beneficiary” shall mean any person who is entitled to benefits accrued to a deceased Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan or who would be so entitled in the event of the death of a Participant.

2.6. “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Bank or any similar body carrying out the functions such body carried out as of January 1, 2008.

2.7. “CEO” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank or such officer or other person as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank as of January 1, 2008.

2.8. “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) The Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent, shall approve (A) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) of the Bank or Parent with any other corporation other than (1) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) which would result in the voting stock (as described in Subsection (b) of this Section) of the Bank or Parent outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting stock of the surviving entity) more than 80% of the combined voting power of the voting stock of the Bank or Parent (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Bank or Parent (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined in Subsection (b) of this Section) acquires more than 20 percent of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or Parent, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Bank or Parent, or (C) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Bank;

(b) Any person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), corporation, or other entity (other than the Bank, Parent, or any benefit plan, including, but not limited to, any employee stock ownership plan, sponsored by the Bank, Parent, or any subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding

 

2


securities of the Bank or Parent ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire such securities); or

(c) During any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent, and any new director (excluding a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Bank or Parent to effect a transaction described in Subsection (a) or (b) of this Section) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the shareholders of the Bank or Parent was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (“Incumbent Board”), shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

2.9. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as it has been, or hereafter from time to time may be amended, and all reference to it or any provision thereof shall include any law which in the future may supersede it or such provision.

2.10. “Committee” shall mean the Human Resources Committee of the Board or such other committee of the Board as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Human Resources Committee as of January 1, 2008.

2.11. [intentionally omitted]

2.12. “Credited Service” shall mean the period of an employee’s employment as an employee, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Article XVI hereof.

2.13. “Current Plan Account” shall refer to the Account established for a Participant to which all contributions made or credited on behalf of such Participant pursuant to the Plan after December 31, 2004 and before December 1, 2008 (as adjusted pursuant to Article VI hereof) have been or may be credited.

2.14. “Deferral Account” shall refer to the account to which all Participant Contributions, Bank matching contributions (as provided for in Section 4.5), Enhanced Benefit Contributions and Restoration Benefit Contributions are allocated on or after December 1, 2008, plus any amount resulting from the merger of the Grandfathered Account and Current Plan Account, as adjusted in accordance with Article VI.

2.15. “Election Compensation” shall mean and include the sum of (i) and (ii) where (i) is the total amount of salary, wages or compensation paid to Participant by the Bank during the Plan Year for services rendered as an employee of the Bank including overtime pay, commissions, and bonuses, but excluding any equity based compensation and earnings thereon, incentive payments with an accrual or vesting period longer than one year (and such exclusion shall apply to the year of deferral and the year of payment), and furthermore excluding any fees, credits or benefits under this Plan, the 401(k) Plan, the Retirement Plan, the People’s United

 

3


Financial, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan, the People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan, the People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan, or any other benefits under plans (whether or not qualified under the Code) providing for deferral of income, severance pay, payments for reimbursement of business expenses incurred by the Participant, tuition reimbursement, insurance premiums paid by the Bank or other special emoluments; and (ii) is the total amount of salary reduction contributions made by the Bank on behalf of a Participant during the Plan Year under this Plan or the 401(k) Plan and any salary reductions agreed to by the Participant pursuant to salary reduction agreements under a plan which meets the requirements of Section 125 of the Code. Election Compensation for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2004 shall include any STIP bonus based on service during such Plan Year and payable in the next subsequent year and shall exclude any STIP bonus paid during such Plan Year but based on service for any prior Plan Year. In the event an individual becomes a Participant after the first day of a Plan Year because he first became eligible to participate in the Plan during such Plan Year, Election Compensation for such Plan Year shall apply only to otherwise Election Compensation which is both (x) earned with respect to services rendered after the end of the payroll period during which such Participant makes a contribution election pursuant to Section 4.4 and (y) paid on or after the first payroll date on which contributions may be withheld in accordance with the Bank’s payroll practices; provided that any STIP Bonus or other compensation based on services for a Plan Year or other specified period earned for performance during such Plan Year and included in his Election Compensation for such Plan Year shall equal a portion of such STIP Bonus or such other compensation for such Plan Year multiplied by the ratio of the number of full calendar months remaining in such performance period beginning with the first day of the second calendar month after such election over the total number of full calendar months in the performance period.

2.16. “Election Match Compensation” shall mean for any Plan Year a Participant’s Election Compensation for such Plan Year adjusted so as to substitute the STIP payment actually received during such Plan Year for the STIP bonus earned for such Plan Year but paid in a subsequent Plan Year.

2.17. “Eligible Voters” shall mean (i) Participants employed by the Bank after May 1, 1998 who have unpaid benefits under the Plan and (ii) Beneficiaries of such deceased Participants who have unpaid benefits under the Plan; but excluding (A) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Participant or a Beneficiary sixty-five (65) days prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (B) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Participant or Beneficiary prior to the beginning thereof; provided, however, that in the event there is more than one such Beneficiary with respect to any individual deceased Participant, such Beneficiaries shall have a single vote which shall be cast as determined by a majority in interests of all Beneficiaries of such deceased Participant.

2.18. “Enhanced Benefit Contribution” shall mean with respect to an eligible Participant four percent (4%) of such Participant’s Election Compensation.

 

4


2.19. “401(k) Plan” shall mean the People’s Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan as it may be amended from time to time.

2.20. “401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution” for a Plan Year shall mean with respect to any Participant four percent (4%) of such Participant’s 401(k) Election Compensation for such Plan Year regardless of the amount of any contributions actually made with respect to such Participant under the 401(k) Plan.

2.21. “401(k) Maximum Discretionary Employer Contribution” shall mean with respect to a Participant one percent (1%) or such other percent as the Bank may determine to make for such Plan Year as a discretionary contribution under the 401(k) Plan multiplied by a Participant’s 401(k) Election Compensation regardless of the amount of any contributions made with respect to such Participant under the 401(k) Plan.

2.22. “401(k) Election Compensation” shall mean for a Participant for a Plan Year the total salary for such Plan Year as defined by the 401(k) Plan with respect to which a Participant would be able to elect to make employee contributions under the terms of the 401(k) Plan for such Plan Year without regard to maximum contribution limitations thereunder, but taking into account the limitations under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code as reflected in the 401(k) Plan for such Plan Year.

2.23. “Full Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Recordkeeper calculates based on the best information available to it, to be equal to the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of all Participants who are employees of the Bank after May 1, 1998 (and their Beneficiaries) and Beneficiaries of any such deceased Participants as of the valuation requirement date. For purposes of this Section 2.23, the “valuation requirement date” refers to (1) the date of an actual Change in Control or (2) the date which is reasonably selected during a Potential Change in Control Period by the Bank or the Trustee, or (3) if such calculation is not on or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period any date which is reasonable and convenient. Calculations and recalculations of the Full Funding Amount (as described in Article IX hereof) shall assume that each Participant terminated employment as of the valuation requirement date of such calculation or recalculation. In computing the Full Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount calculated by the Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering and terminating the Trust and distributing benefits, including reasonable expenses of the Committee (if then in existence) and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than extremely remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank.

2.24. “Grandfathered Account” shall refer to the Account established for each Participant who was such prior to January 1, 2005 to which all contributions made on behalf of such Participant prior to January 1, 2005 (as adjusted pursuant to Article VI hereof) have been credited.

 

5


2.25. The Bank shall be considered “Insolvent” and the Bank shall be deemed subject to insolvency for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) the Bank is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Bank is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) the Bank is determined to be insolvent by the Office of Thrift Supervision, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Bank, or any other federal or state authority having the power to act as or to appoint a receiver or similar officer in the event it finds the Bank is insolvent.

2.26. “Interest Credit Date” shall mean November 1, 2008.

2.27. “Interim Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Recordkeeper calculates based on the best information available to him to be equal to the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of (i) all Participants who are employees of the Bank after May 1, 1998, and who as of the Interim Valuation Requirement Date requiring such calculation either (A) are no longer employees of the Bank or (B) have attained age sixty-three (63) and three hundred twenty-five (325) days and (ii) all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants entitled to benefits under the Plan as a result of such deceased Participants’ death. In computing the Interim Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount estimated by the Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering the Trust and distributing benefits for the sixty (60) months following the relevant Interim Valuation Requirement Date, including reasonable expenses of the Committee (if then in existence) and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank.

2.28. “Interim Valuation Requirement Date” shall mean the last date of each fiscal year of the Bank.

2.29. The terms “Interim 2005 Procedures” and “Interim 2006 Procedures” shall mean the Procedures described as such respectively in Exhibit A adopted by the Bank to govern certain aspects of plan operations from October 4, 2004 through December 31, 2006 in a good faith attempt to conform with US Treasury Proposed Regulations, Revenue rulings and Guidance pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

2.29A. “Minimum Salary Grade” means the salary grade identified as such on Appendix A hereto (as the same may be updated from time to time with the approval of the CEO or his designee), in each case as in effect during the “Effective Period” designated in such Appendix A.

2.30. “Parent” shall mean People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its corporate successor or assigns; and the determination of whether any corporation or other entity is a successor or assign of said People’s United Financial, Inc., for purposes of this Agreement shall be made by the CEO or, in the event there is no then acting CEO, by the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

6


2.31. “Participant” shall mean, any employee of the Bank who is covered by the Plan and any former employee of the Bank for whom amounts have been credited pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and who has not yet received her or his full vested benefit hereunder.

2.32. “Participant Contributions” shall mean amounts contributed for the benefit of a Participant pursuant to an election by a Participant described in the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4.

2.33. The “Plan” shall mean this People’s United Bank Nonqualified Savings and Retirement Plan as amended through the date hereof and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter. The Plan was formerly known as the People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan and as the People’s United Bank Supplemental Savings Plan.

2.34. “Plan Interest” shall mean interest computed at the nominal annual rate, compounded monthly, as will result in an annual percentage yield (APY) at the rate set forth on Appendix B hereto for the applicable Plan Years (or partial Plan Year for 2008) specified in such Appendix B. Upon recommendation of the Administrative Committee, the Committee may (but shall not be required to) increase or decrease the annual percentage yield rate for a Plan Year prior to the beginning of such Plan Year.

2.35. “Plan Year” shall mean the twelve (12) month period beginning each January 1 and ending each December 31.

2.36. A “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred under this Agreement if (i) the Bank or Parent enters into any agreement the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control, or (ii) the CEO declares in writing that, or the Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent adopts a resolution to the effect that, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

2.37. “Potential Change in Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date that a Potential Change in Control occurs and ending upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the date of a Change in Control, or (ii) the date such Potential Change in Control Period ends in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

2.38. “Qualified Vote” shall mean the Vote of at least sixty-five (65%) percent of the total number of Eligible Voters.

2.39. “Recordkeeper” shall mean Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company, or after December 31, 2004, its assignee acting pursuant to the Service Agreement, or such other individual or entity as the Bank may retain consistent with the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement to maintain records of Participant Accounts pursuant to the terms of the Plan or any other person as the Trustee may select to make computations pursuant to any provision of the Trust Agreement.

2.40. “Restoration Benefit Contribution” shall mean with respect to an eligible Participant for a Plan Year three percent (3%) of such Participant’s Election Compensation earned in excess of the limitations under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code as reflected in the 401(k) Plan for such Plan Year.

 

7


2.41. “Service Agreement” shall mean the agreement entered into between the Bank and Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company effective as of October 3, 1994 entitled “PEOPLE’S BANK SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN Service Agreement” as such agreement may have been and may hereafter be amended, restated or replaced by a superseding agreement between the parties thereto.

2.42. “STIP bonus” shall refer to payments made pursuant to the Bank’s Short-Term Incentive Plan and any plan or program which the Committee may determine is a replacement for such incentive plan and in no event shall STIP bonus include any payments under the Long-Term Incentive Plans presently maintained by the Bank or any replacement therefor.

2.43. “Super Qualified Vote” shall mean the Vote of at least eighty-five (85%) percent of the total number of Eligible Voters.

2.44. “Trust” shall mean the Trust established and maintained pursuant to the terms of Article IX hereof.

2.45. “Trustee” shall mean the entity then acting as Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

2.46. “Trust Agreement” shall mean the trust agreement described in Section 9.1 hereof.

2.47. “Vote” shall mean and include a vote in person or by proxy or execution of a written consent signed by a Participant or Beneficiary authorizing or approving any action (including one or more amendments of this Plan).

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPATION

3.1. Prior to January 1, 2005 . Any person who was a Participant on or prior to October 4, 2004 shall remain a Participant. No person shall become a Participant after October 4, 2004 and prior to January 1, 2005.

3.2. Between January 1, 2005 and December 31, 2006 . Any person who was not a Participant as of October 4, 2004, and who prior to December 31, 2006 was an employee of the Bank, had a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade, and in accordance with Interim Procedures 2005 or Interim Procedures 2006 elected to have salary deferrals made under the Plan of Election Compensation earned during 2005 or 2006 shall become a Participant as of the date of his first such deferral.

3.3. After December 31, 2006 . On and after December 31, 2006 an employee of the Bank with a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade shall become a Participant: (a) for any Plan Year provided prior to the beginning of such Plan Year he has

 

8


elected to make Participant Contributions of Election Compensation earned for such Plan Year; or (b) if he becomes an employee of the Bank with a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade during such Plan Year elects to make contributions from his Election Compensation earned during such Plan Year within thirty (30) days of his becoming an employee of the Bank with a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade.

3.4. Participation With Respect to Restoration Benefit Contributions . On or after August 14, 2006, an employee of the Bank with a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade who is not entitled after August 13, 2006 to accrue credited service under the Retirement Plan shall become a Participant with respect to, or, if the employee is already a Participant in the Plan, shall become eligible to receive, Restoration Benefit Contributions in accordance with Section 4.6. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is to be interpreted so that a Participant who is eligible to accrue a benefit under the Retirement Plan and who continues to accrue credited service thereunder will not be eligible to receive Restoration Benefit Contributions under this Plan.

3.5. Participation With Respect to Enhanced Benefit Contributions . On or after August 14, 2006, an employee of the Bank with a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade who either (i) was hired by the Bank after August 13, 2006 or (ii) first attained a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade after March 1, 2008 shall become a Participant with respect to, or, if the employee is already a Participant in the Plan, shall become eligible to receive, Enhanced Benefit Contributions in accordance with Section 4.7. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is to be interpreted so that a Participant who is eligible to accrue a benefit under the People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan will not be eligible to receive Enhanced Benefit Contributions under this Plan.

3.6. Termination of Participation . A Participant shall remain such until all of his benefits under the Plan have been distributed to him or, if earlier, his death.

ARTICLE IV

CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1. Participant Contributions from Compensation Prior to January 1, 2005

Any Participant who was such at any time prior to January 1, 2005 was entitled to elect to contribute as of each payroll date up to a total of 15% of his Election Compensation on such payroll date (less his employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan made on such date) provided such election was made in accordance with procedures then in effect under the Plan and the 401(k) Plan.

4.2. Participant Contributions from Compensation Earned or Paid During 2005 or 2006 .

(a) Any Participant who was such at any time during 2005 may elect to contribute as of each payroll date during such Plan Year up to a total of 15% of his Election Compensation payable on such payroll date (less his employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan made on such date) provided such election was made in accordance with the Interim 2005 Procedures.

 

9


(b) Any Participant who was such at any time during 2006 may elect to contribute as of each payroll date during such Plan Year up to a total of 15% of his Election Compensation payable on such payroll date (less his employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan made on such date) provided such election was made in accordance with the Interim 2006 Procedures.

4.3. Participant Contributions From Election Compensation After 2006 .

(a) A Participant may elect to contribute to the Plan up to twenty percent (20%) of his Election Compensation for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006 and prior to January 1, 2009, provided he does so by filing an irrevocable written election during designated periods of the prior Plan Year in accordance with instructions authorized by the Committee. Such election may designate separate percentages with respect to STIP bonuses and other Election Compensation, but neither such election shall exceed twenty percent (20%).

(b) A Participant may elect to contribute to the Plan up to fifty percent (50%) of his Election Compensation for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2008, provided he does so by filing an irrevocable written election during designated periods of the prior Plan Year in accordance with instructions authorized by the Committee. Such election may designate separate percentages with respect to STIP bonuses and the other Election Compensation, but neither such election shall exceed fifty percent (50%).

4.4. Contributions by New Participants; Special Rule for First Day of Plan Year .

(a) Any employee of the Bank who first becomes eligible to be a Participant during a Plan Year and who becomes a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 for a partial Plan Year may elect to contribute to the Plan up to (i) if such Plan Year is 2007 or 2008, twenty percent (20%) of his Election Compensation for such Plan Year provided such election is made prior to the end of thirty (30) days after he becomes eligible to become a Participant and (ii) if such Plan Year is 2009 or later, fifty percent (50%) of his Election Compensation for such Plan Year provided such election is made prior to the end of thirty (30) days after he becomes eligible to become a Participant.

(b) Beginning with the 2009 Plan Year, any employee of an affiliate of the Bank who is expected to become eligible to be a Participant on the first day of a Plan Year may elect to contribute to the Plan up to fifty percent (50%) of his Election Compensation for such Plan Year provided such election is made prior to the end of the preceding Plan Year. An election made pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not take effect and shall be disregarded for all purposes if the individual making such election does not, in fact, become eligible to be a Participant in the Plan as of the first day of the Plan Year for which such election was made.

 

10


4.5. Bank Matching Contributions .

(a) As soon as practicable at or after the end of each Plan Year the Bank shall determine for such Plan Year for each Participant his Election Match Compensation, his 401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution, and, if the Bank has made a discretionary contribution under the 401(k) Plan for such Plan Year, his 401(k) Maximum Discretionary Contribution. In the case of a Participant whose employment terminates prior to the end of a Plan Year, the Bank shall determine the Election Match Compensation and the 401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution for such Participant for that portion of the Plan Year during which the Participant was employed, as soon as practicable at or after the date the Participant’s employment was terminated.

(b) Within a reasonable time after such determination the Bank shall credit to the (i) Current Plan Account in the case of Plan Years ending after December 31, 2003 and prior to December 1, 2008 and (ii) Deferral Account in the case of Plan Years ending on or after December 1, 2008 of each Participant a matching contribution equal to the result obtained by subtracting such Participant’s 401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution from the lesser of (A) four percent (4%) of such Participant’s Election Match Compensation for such Plan Year or (B) such Participant’s Participant Contributions pursuant to this Article IV for such Plan Year; provided that such matching contribution shall not be less than zero.

(c) In the event the Bank determines to make a discretionary contribution, as soon as practical after both completing the computations pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section and determining to make a discretionary contribution, the Bank shall credit to the (i) Current Plan Account in the case of Plan Years ending after December 31, 2003 and prior to December 1, 2008 and (ii) Deferral Account in the case of Plan Years ending on or after December 1, 2008 of each Participant who has deferred any Election Match Compensation hereunder during such Plan Year an amount equal to up to one hundred percent (100%) of such Participant’s contribution for such Plan Year pursuant to this Article IV to the extent that such Participant’s Participant Contributions exceeded four percent (4%) of his Election Match Compensation but did not exceed five percent (5%) of his Election Match Compensation for such Plan Year reduced by such Participant’s 401(k) Maximum Discretionary Employer Contribution for such Plan Year; provided that such matching contribution shall not be less than zero; and further provided that such matching contribution shall be made only if the Participant is actively employed by the Bank at the end of the Plan Year with respect to which such matching contribution would otherwise be made.

4.6. Restoration Benefit Contributions

(a) On and after August 14, 2006, the Bank shall credit to the Deferral Account of each eligible Participant who is actively employed by the Bank at the end of the applicable Plan Year a Restoration Benefit Contribution as soon as

 

11


practicable following the end of the Plan Year with respect to which such contribution is to be made. In order to be eligible to begin receiving Restoration Benefit Contributions, a Participant must have completed one “Year of Employer Retirement Contribution Eligibility Service” as defined under the 401(k) Plan.

(b) A Participant shall become vested in his or her Restoration Benefit Contributions according to the following vesting schedule

 

Years of Credited Service

   Vested Percentage  

Less than 2

   None  

2

   25 %

3

   50 %

4

   75 %

5 or more

   100 %

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant shall become fully vested in his Restoration Benefit Contributions upon the earlier of his death or attainment of his Normal Retirement Date.

4.7. Enhanced Benefit Contributions

(a) On and after August 14, 2006, the Bank shall credit to the Deferral Account of each eligible Participant who is actively employed by the Bank at the end of the applicable Plan Year an Enhanced Benefit Contribution as soon as practicable following the end of the Plan Year with respect to which such contribution is to be made. In order to be eligible to begin receiving Enhanced Benefit Contributions, a Participant must have completed one “Year of Employer Retirement Contribution Eligibility Service” as defined under the 401(k) Plan.

(b) A Participant shall become fully vested while in Credited Service in his Enhanced Benefit Contributions upon the earlier of (A) or (B), where (A) is the later of (i) the attainment of age fifty-five (55), (ii) his completion of 5 Years of Vesting Service, or (iii) the Participant’s death, and (B) is his attainment of his Normal Retirement Date. In the event a Participant’s Credited Service is terminated prior to his being so vested, his Enhanced Benefit Contributions under this Plan shall be forfeited; provided that, in the event of his rehire and his subsequently becoming vested, his Enhanced Benefit Contributions shall be reinstated and he shall become vested therein.

 

12


4.8. Operating Rules

For purposes of this Article IV

(a) any compensation earned during the Bank’s payroll period (as described in Section 3401(b) of the Code) which includes the last day of such Plan Year payable after the end of such Plan Year in accordance with arrangements by which the Bank normally pays its employees shall be considered Election Compensation for the Plan Year in which it is payable; and

(b) any other compensation earned during a Plan Year and paid in a subsequent Plan Year shall be considered Election Compensation during the Plan Year in which it is earned; and

(c) each election percentage shall be a whole number.

ARTICLE V

ACCOUNTS

5.1. Grandfathered Accounts . As of December 31, 2004 the balances of the accounts of all Participants were determined and each such account shall be maintained from such date through November 30, 2008 as a separate Grandfathered Account and all investment results from such date allocable thereto in accordance with the provisions of Article VI shall be credited thereto.

5.2. Current Plan Accounts . The Bank shall maintain for each Participant who is such on or after January 1, 2005 and prior to December 1, 2008 a Current Plan Account to which all such Participant’s (i) Participant Contributions made on or after January 1, 2005 and prior to December 1, 2008, (ii) Bank matching contributions (as provided for in Section 4.5) made on or after January 1, 2005 and prior to December 1, 2008, (iii) Restoration Benefit Contributions made on or after January 1, 2008 and prior to December 1, 2008 and (iv) Enhanced Benefit Contributions made on or after January 1, 2008 and prior to December 1, 2008, and all investment results from the applicable dates allocable thereto in accordance with the provisions of Article VI shall be credited.

5.3. Time of Crediting Contributions . After December 31, 2004 and prior to December 1, 2008, all Participant Contributions shall be withheld from such Participant’s pay for each payroll date and shall be credited to such Participant’s Current Plan Account as of or as soon as practicable after such date. On and after December 1, 2008, all Participant Contributions shall instead be allocated to such Participant’s Deferral Account. All Bank matching contributions (as provided for in Section 4.5) allocable after January 1, 2005 and prior to December 1, 2008 shall be allocated to the Participant’s Current Plan Account as of the date provided for in accordance with the terms and administrative procedures of this Plan in effect from time to time during such period. All Bank matching contributions (as provided for in Section 4.5) allocable on and after December 1, 2008 shall be credited as of the date determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5. Restoration Benefit Contributions and Enhanced Benefit Contributions shall be credited as of the date determined in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.6 and 4.7, respectively.

 

13


ARTICLE VI

HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT

6.1. Adjustments Prior to the Interest Credit Date to Pre-June 1, 2008 Accounts . Except as provided by Section 6.2, to the extent practicable under procedures available to the Bank, all amounts credited to an Account of a Participant who became such on or before June 1, 2008, shall be increased or decreased prior to the Interest Credit Date in accordance with such Participant’s investment election under the 401(k) Plan to reflect the value such amount would have if actually so invested as such elections change from time to time prior to June 1, 2008, but not as changed on or after such date. In the event such Participant has different elections under the 401(k) Plan with respect to a balance accumulated as of a certain time on the one hand and contributions received thereafter on the other, to the extent practicable under procedures available to the Bank, such Participant’s Account shall be deemed to be invested (a) with respect to the balance as of the date of the accumulation described in this sentence in accordance with the investment instructions for such accumulated balance and (b) with respect to amounts credited to his Account after such date in accordance with the investment instructions for such contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Participant has any loan balances outstanding with respect to his account under the 401(k) Plan, the amount of such loans shall not be taken into account in determining the proportions in which his Account is deemed to be invested.

6.2. Investment Selections for Accounts on and After June 1, 2008 and Prior to the Interest Credit Date .

(a) All amounts credited to any Account of a Participant who first becomes such on and after June 1, 2008, and all amounts credited to any Account of a Participant who became such before June 1, 2008 and who chooses to make an investment election pursuant to this subsection (a) prior to the Interest Credit Date shall in accordance with procedures made available to him by the Bank be increased or decreased in accordance with such Participant’s investment election under this Plan to reflect the value such amount would have if actually invested in accordance with such election. Such Participant’s election under the Plan shall be limited to investment selections available to Participants under the 401(k) Plan at the time of such election. Such Participants shall be able to make separate elections with respect to accumulated Account balances and amounts to be credited to such Accounts after such election. To the extent any portion (including all) of the Account of any Participant who becomes such on or after June 1, 2008 and prior to the Interest Credit Date, is not the subject of an investment election, such portion of such Account shall be increased or decreased as if it were actually invested in the T. Rowe Price Retirement Fund available under the Plan that under procedures established by the Plan’s third party administrator most closely matches the date on which the Participant is projected to attain his Normal Retirement Date or where provided under such procedures, to the T. Rowe Price Retirement Income Fund. Investment selections in effect for Account balances and amounts to be credited in the future to such Accounts as of June 1, 2008 or any time thereafter and

 

14


prior to the Interest Credit Date shall remain in effect until such Participant expressly otherwise directs and regardless of any change in investment directions such Participant makes with respect to his 401(k) accounts.

(b) On and after June 1, 2008 and prior to the Interest Credit Date, all amounts credited to an Account of a Participant who became such before June 1, 2008, shall be increased or decreased in accordance with such Participant’s investment election under the 401(k) Plan as of May 31, 2008 or as otherwise provided pursuant to the provisions of the Plan as of May 31, 2008, to reflect the value such amount would have if actually invested in accordance with that election except to the extent such Participant elects different hypothetical investments in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section. No change in investment directions under the 401(k) Plan becoming effective on or after June 1, 2008, shall have any effect on adjustments to a Participant’s Account under this Plan.

6.3. Adjustments on or After the Interest Credit Date .

(a) All Accounts of any Participant who becomes such on or after the Interest Credit Date, and that portion of a Participant’s Account which is attributable to contributions made by on or on behalf of a Participant on or after the Interest Credit Date, shall not be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1 or 6.2, but instead shall be credited with Plan Interest monthly.

(b) Accounts of all Participants who are such as of the Interest Credit Date shall continue to be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.2 based in all respects upon such Participants’ investment elections and any other applicable provisions of Section 6.2 as in effect on the Interest Credit Date provided that (a) except as provided below in this Section, no Participant shall after the Interest Credit Date have the right to change investment elections and (b) any Participant may at any time in a manner provided by the Bank elect to have all (but not less than all) balances of such Participant’s Account credited with Plan Interest after the date of such election in lieu of any amounts otherwise determinable under Section 6.2. Any such election shall become effective at such time as the Bank shall determine to be administratively convenient. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any time after January 1, 2009 any part of a Participant’s Account is deemed to be hypothetically invested in shares of Parent stock, any hypothetical dividend paid with respect to such stock to such Account shall be deemed invested in the Putnam Stable Value Fund or in such other manner as the CEO may determine upon recommendation of the Administrative Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.3, any Participant whose Credited Service is terminated prior to December 1, 2008 and who has not made an election pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 6.3 may continue to change hypothetical investments in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.2.

 

15


ARTICLE VII

DEATH BENEFITS

7.1. Beneficiaries . In the event the death of a Participant whether during or after termination of his Credited Service, prior to payment of such Participant’s full vested Account balance benefit in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, the unpaid vested amount shall be paid to such Participant’s Beneficiary designated in a form provided by, and filed with, the Committee. If no such form has been filed, such benefits shall be payable to such Participant’s spouse and if no spouse is then living, to the legal representative of such Participant’s estate. All benefits payable pursuant to this Article VII shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII. In the event a Participant and his spouse or other designated Beneficiary (primary or contingent) die as a result of the same event (whether or not it is possible to determine who was the first to die) and die within thirty (30) days of each other, this Plan shall be administered as if the Participant survived his spouse or such other Beneficiary.

7.2. No Other Death Benefits . Except as provided in this Article VII, no benefits under this Plan shall be payable to a Participant’s Beneficiary after such Participant’s death.

ARTICLE VIII

METHOD OF PAYMENT

8.1. Distribution of Current Plan Account Relating to Participant Contributions and Bank Matching Contributions . The portion of a Participant’s Current Plan Account relating to Participant Contributions and/or Bank matching contributions (as provided for in Section 4.5) shall be distributed to such Participant as follows. The balance of such portion of the Participant’s Current Plan Account shall be determined as of the end of the month preceding his last full month of Credited Service. An amount equal to ten percent of such account balance shall be distributed in twelve equal monthly installments commencing on the first payroll payment date of the 7 th month following such termination and of each of the next 11 months. As of the first payroll date of the twelfth month following such commencement of payments, the portion of the full balance of such Participant’s account (determined as of the most recent available valuation date under the 401(k) Plan preceding such payment date) shall be distributed to such Participant or in the event of her or his death, to her or his Beneficiary.

8.2. Distribution of Current Plan Account Relating to Restoration Benefit Contributions and Enhanced Benefit Contributions . On and after January 1, 2008, the vested portion of a Participant’s Current Plan Account relating to Restoration Benefit Contributions and/or Enhanced Benefit Contributions shall be distributed to such Participant in a single lump sum payment on the first payroll payment date of the 7th month following the Participant’s termination of Credited Service with the Bank.

8.3. Distributions of Grandfathered Accounts to Participants . A Participant’s Grandfathered Account shall be valued and distributed in the same manner as the portion of the Participant’s Current Plan Account relating to Participant Contributions and Bank matching

 

16


contributions (as provided for in Section 4.5), except that installment payments shall commence as of the first payroll date of the month next following such Participant’s termination of Credited Service and continue for an additional 11 months. As of the first payroll date of the twelfth month following such commencement of payments, the full balance of such Participant’s account (determined as of the most recent available valuation date under the 401(k) Plan preceding such payment date) shall be distributed to such Participant or in the event of her or his death, to her or his Beneficiary.

8.4. Distribution of Accounts After December 1, 2008 . The foregoing provisions of this Article VIII shall not apply to any distributions made to any Participant who terminates his Credited Service at any time on or after December 1, 2008. The total Account balance of any Participant who terminates his Credited Service on or after December 1, 2008 shall be distributed to him in a single lump sum on the first payroll payment date of the seventh month following such termination, provided he is then living, and if he is not then living, such total Account balance shall be distributed to his Beneficiary in a single lump sum on the first payroll payment date following such Participant’s death. Amounts distributable pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be determined as of the close of business of the last business day preceding such payroll payment day of distribution.

ARTICLE IX

TRUST; CHANGE IN CONTROL

9.1. Non-Qualified Trust . The Bank has entered into a Trust Agreement with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company as the Trustee establishing the Trust. The Trust is intended to provide for the funding of the Bank’s obligation to provide benefits under the Plan to the extent provided pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9.2 and 9.3. In the event of Insolvency of the Bank, assets held under the Trust shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Bank under federal and state law as set forth in the Trust Agreement. In the event of such Insolvency, any and all such assets will be available to satisfy the claims of general creditors of the Bank even if all benefits under the Plan have not otherwise been provided for and even if all such benefits of Participants who have terminated their Credited Service have not been fully provided for. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit Participants or Beneficiaries from asserting claims for Plan benefits as general creditors of the Bank. The Bank may cause, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms of the Trust Agreement, Plan benefits to be provided from the assets of the Trust, the general assets of the Bank, or a combination thereof, as the Bank may determine to be in the Bank’s best interests. No person eligible for, or entitled to, Plan benefits hereunder shall have any property, equitable or security rights in any specific assets of the Bank or held as part of the Trust. The Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Bank to make benefit payments in the future. It is intended that this Plan be unfunded for federal income tax purposes and Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. The obligation to pay all Plan benefits shall be treated as an item of indebtedness by the Bank to the Participant or Beneficiary, and except as otherwise paid from the Trust, such payments shall be made from the general assets of the Bank. All amounts as may be required to be withheld by any applicable federal, state or local law shall be withheld and remitted as required by any such law and payments made to the Participant or any Beneficiary shall be the net amount after withholding.

 

17


9.2. Discretionary Payments to Trust . The Bank, in the sole discretion of the CEO, may at any time, or from time to time, make deposits (in addition to those required pursuant to Section 9.3) of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal of the Trust, such additions to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in the agreement setting forth the terms of the Trust. Neither the Trustee nor any Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

9.3. Mandatory Payments to Trust .

(a) Upon a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, the Bank shall, as soon as possible, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days following such Potential Change in Control or Change in Control, make a contribution to the Trust of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee which when added to the total value of the Trust Fund would equal the Full Funding Amount. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount shall be recalculated in the event such Potential Change in Control Period extends beyond the required valuation date used in the first or other last subsequent computation made as a result of such Potential Change in Control Period. In the event that the Trustee later determines that provision made in determining the Full Funding Amount for expenses was not adequate, the Bank shall make additional deposits to provide for such expenses as determined by the Trustee from time to time.

(b) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Bank, the Bank shall:

(i) Cause the Recordkeeper to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to the Trustee the Recordkeeper’s certification or other written statement satisfactory to the Trustee of such Interim Funding Amount; and

(ii) Pay to the Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such last day would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

ARTICLE X

NONASSIGNABILITY

10.1. No Assignment . The Plan is designed to provide payment of benefits solely for the support of the Participant and, to the extent of any death benefits, such Participant’s beneficiary. No person eligible for or entitled to a benefit payable hereunder shall have any right, power or authority to anticipate, assign, sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber, whether by voluntary action or by operation of law, the right to receive such benefit payment nor shall such right otherwise be subject to encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary.

 

18


ARTICLE XI

ADMINISTRATION

11.1. The Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee may delegate its administrative authority to officers or other employees of the Bank, provided that no such delegate shall determine his own benefits hereunder. The Committee shall have complete and discretionary authority to determine eligibility, the amount of benefits payable under the Plan and to otherwise construe, interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan and its determinations shall be conclusive on the Bank, its employees and any other person claiming any benefit under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article XI, any determination made by the Committee upon or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period shall be binding only if accepted by the Participant or Beneficiary and, to the extent not so accepted, such determination of the Committee shall be of no effect and given no weight and such Participant or Beneficiary shall have his rights determined in accordance with the procedures of any of the provisions of the Trust Agreement, and the Bank shall pay to the Trustee any funds necessary to provide such benefits as so determined.

ARTICLE XII

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

12.1 General .

(a) If a Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary disagrees with the computation of the benefits to which he is entitled under the Plan and wishes to claim benefits or additional benefits, he must file his claim in writing or electronically with the Committee. The Committee may act as the Claims Officer as hereinafter provided or may designate a member of the Committee or one or more other individuals who may (but shall not be required to) be a Participant or other Employee. If no claim is received by the Committee within 60 days after the claimant receives notice of his benefits, no claim will be permitted and the Claims Officer’s determination shall be final.

The claimant may designate any other person, at his own expense, to act on his behalf in pursuing a benefit claim or appealing the denial of a benefit claim. The term “claimant” as used in this claims procedure includes any other person he designates to represent him as well as after his death, his beneficiary.

When a claim for benefits is made under Plan, the Claims Officer is required to notify the claimant within 90 days after the claim is received if the claim for benefits has been denied. In special cases where the Claims Officer needs more time to decide, the Claims Officer may notify the claimant in writing or electronically prior to the end of the initial 90 day period and may take up to 90 additional days.

(b) If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Claims Officer will send to the claimant a written or electronic notice including:

(i) one or more specific reasons for the denial;

 

19


(ii) specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a description of any additional material or information that would be necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

(iv) information regarding what steps should be taken if the claimant wants to submit a request for review; and

(v) a description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to the procedures including a statement of the claimant’s rights to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a determination upon completion of claimant’s appeal adverse to claimant’s position.

(c) If the claim for benefits is denied, the claimant may file an appeal in writing or electronically with the Committee.

(i) The written claim for review must be filed within 60 days after the claimant has received the notice described above that the claim was denied. If a written claim for review is not filed within 60 days after the claimant receives the notice that the claim was denied, the claimant is deemed to have accepted the Claims Officer’s decision.

(ii) The claimant may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to claimant’s claim for benefits.

(iii) The claimant will be provided upon request and free of charge reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to claimant’s claim.

(iv) The Committee will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

(d) After receiving a request for review, the Committee will review the claim within 60 days and will give the claimant a written or electronic notice of its decision, which is final. In special cases where the Committee needs more time to decide, the Committee will notify the claimant in writing prior to the end of the initial 60 day period and may take up to 60 additional days. If the Committee denies the claim, the notice will include:

(i) one or more specific reasons for the denial;

 

20


(ii) specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive upon request and free of charge reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to claimant’s claim for benefits; and

(iv) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, the terms of Subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 12.1 shall apply until such time as the Committee shall adopt revised claims procedures; provided, however, that the Committee may make any such revisions in such procedures as it deems necessary to assure compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 503 of the Act and the regulations thereunder.

(f) Any person whose claim has been denied in whole or in part must exhaust the administrative review procedures provided in this Section 12.1, including any revisions made in accordance with subsection (d) hereof prior to initiating any claim for judicial review.

(g) Any action taken or omitted by any fiduciary with respect to the Plan, including any decision, interpretation, claim denial or review on appeal, shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties and shall be subject to judicial modification or reversal only to the extent it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such action or omission was arbitrary and capricious and contrary to the terms of the Plan.

12.2. Change in Control . During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a Participant or Beneficiary at his election may determine at any time not to follow or to cease following the procedures set forth in this Article XII, and to assert and enforce any claims under the Plan without regard to the provisions of this Article XII, including enforcing any remedies in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

13.1. General . The Committee may amend the Plan from time to time; provided, however, that no such amendment shall have the effect of reducing any vested benefit under the Plan.

13.2. Change in Control . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1, (a) an amendment to Section 9.3(a) hereof, or to the definitions of Change in Control, Potential Change in Control, Potential Change in Control Period or Change in Control Agreement, or eliminating or reducing the rights or authority of the Advisory Committee provided by Article XV hereof may be made only in the event it is approved by a Qualified Vote and (b) an amendment to reduce the funding requirements pursuant to Section 9.3(b) or changing the definition of Interim Funding Amount or Interim Valuation Requirement Date may be made only in the event it is approved by the vote of sixty-five percent (65%) of all Participants who are employed by the Bank after May 1, 1998, and not employed by the Bank at the time of such vote.

 

21


13.3. Termination . The Bank reserves the right to terminate the Plan or to cease benefit accruals under the Plan at any time. However, except as may be required pursuant to any applicable federal, state or local law, any Plan benefit then accrued and vested shall remain payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the extent then accrued.

ARTICLE XIV

CONSTRUCTION

14.1. Governing Law . The Plan shall be administered in accordance with the laws of Connecticut, to the extent applicable, and not preempted by any other applicable federal law.

14.2. No Contract . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to confer upon any person any legal right to be continued as an employee of the Bank. The Bank expressly reserves the right to discharge any employee whenever the interest of the Bank in its sole judgment may so require without any liability on the part of the Bank. The Bank shall be the Plan Administrator of the Plan.

14.3. FDIC Restrictions . It is intended that the Plan be and remain a bona fide deferred compensation plan for purposes of Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Part 359 of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) regulations, including FDIC Reg § 359.1(d) and the terms of the Plan shall be so construed in the event of any ambiguity.

14.4. Other Contracts . The benefits payable under the Plan shall not be limited by the provisions of any other agreement entered into by the Bank and any Participant prior to January 1, 2009 relating to payments in the event of Change in Control; but benefits under any such other agreement may, if such other agreement so provides, be reduced as a result of benefits payable under the Plan.

14.5. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns, and references to the Bank herein shall include its successors and assigns. References to Parent shall include its successors and assigns.

14.6. Pronouns . Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, pronouns of one gender or number may refer to subjects or objects of a different gender or number.

14.7. Code Section 409A . From and after October 4, 2004 this Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be construed whenever possible in a manner which will result in the Plan being and the Trust being in compliance therewith and which will not subject any Participant to any additional taxes or penalties pursuant to such Section 409A.

 

22


14.8. Headings . The headings of Articles and Sections are included solely for convenience of reference. If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.

ARTICLE XV

ADVISORY COMMITTEE

15.1. Advisory Committee . During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a majority of Plan Voters at any time, and from time to time, may appoint an Advisory Committee to monitor and represent the interests of the Plan Voters and the Beneficiary of any deceased Participant with respect to the Plan, and the Trust. The Advisory Committee shall be composed of one to three individuals, some or all of whom may (but none of whom shall be required to) be Plan Voters. The Advisory Committee shall act by majority vote unless it unanimously agrees otherwise and shall otherwise adopt its own procedures which may include authorizing one member thereof to act for the Advisory Committee. Any member of the Advisory Committee may resign by giving written notice to the other members thereof, or, if he is the sole member, to a majority or all of the then Plan Voters. Any member may be removed by action of a majority of Plan Voters, and additional members, including replacement of any resigned, removed or deceased member may be designated by action of a majority of Plan Voters. All actions by any Participant shall be in a writing signed by such Participant. A Participant may sign a single writing effectuating removal and replacement. For purposes of this Article XV, the term “Plan Voters” shall mean each individual who is an employee of the Bank after May 1, 1998 and who is a Participant in this Plan; but excluding (a) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Plan Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (b) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Plan Voter prior to the beginning thereof. For purposes of this Article XV, the term “Plan Voter” shall mean at anytime all individuals who were employed at the Bank after January 1, 2009 and who are Participants exclusive of (i) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Plan Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (ii) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Plan Voter prior to the beginning thereof.

15.2. Purpose and Duties . The purpose of the Advisory Committee shall be to disseminate information concerning the Plan, and the Trust to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voters, to gather information and data concerning, and otherwise investigate, inquiries, controversies, or disputes deemed reasonable by the Advisory Committee and raised by any Participant or any such Beneficiary, to discuss such matters with the CEO of the Bank or members of the Board, or of the Human Resources Committee of the Board, the Actuary or the Trustee, and to take any action authorized under the Trust Agreement with respect to any such inquiries, controversy or dispute which it, in its discretion, deems reasonable to protect the legitimate interest of any Participant or Beneficiary, and monitor and report to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voter with respect to litigation or arbitration proceedings under the

 

23


Plan. The Advisory Committee may (but shall not be required to) negotiate on behalf of any Plan Voter or Beneficiary of a deceased Plan Voter; provided, however, that in no event shall the Advisory Committee be deemed authorized to institute any legal or arbitration proceedings hereunder or enter into any agreement purporting to settle or limit the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan or in or to the Trust or its assets. Nothing herein shall prohibit a Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant individually or with others (whether or not as a class action) from instituting legal or arbitration proceedings to enforce his own rights under the Plan while the Advisory Committee is negotiating pursuant to the provisions of this Section whether or not such Participant or Beneficiary is a member of the Advisory Committee.

15.3. Rights . Without request or demand, the Advisory Committee shall be entitled to all reports, information, and data to which the Bank is entitled (without request or demand) under the Trust Agreement and any other reports, information, or data received by the Bank from the Trustee or the Actuary. The Bank shall give the following written notices to the Advisory Committee (which the Advisory Committee may waive if deemed in the best interest of Plan Voters): (i) twenty (20) days prior to the payment of any benefits or other sums from the Trust other than Trustee’s fees and expenses in the operations of the Plan, the amount to be so paid, the computation thereof, and the amount of any benefits under the Plan and Trustee’s fees and expenses to be paid from the Bank’s general assets; (ii) no later than five (5) days after making any contribution to the Trust, the amount of such contribution and the Recordkeeper’s certification and detailed computations on the basis of which the determination of such amount was made; (iii) any amendments proposed to be made to the Trust Agreement twenty (20) days prior to the Bank’s requesting from Participants a Qualified Vote or a Super Qualified Vote; (iv) within five (5) days after any substitution of Trust assets by the Bank; (v) at least twenty (20) days before any change in investment policy is made by the Committee or other authorized body under the Trust Agreement; (vi) twenty (20) days after the close of each calendar quarter, a report of all contributions to and payments from, the Trust Fund during such quarter; (vii) five (5) days prior to any change of Recordkeeper, the name and address of the proposed new Recordkeeper and a brief description of its relevant experience and controlling shareholders, and the reasons for such change; (viii) five (5) days prior to any change in the Service Agreement, a full description of, or a copy of such changes; (ix) within five (5) days of any change in any member of the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or of any individual to whom it delegates any authority with respect to the Plan or any change in authority previously so delegated to an individual, the name of any new member of the Committee, the name of any person no longer serving as such a member, the name of any additional person to whom such authority has been granted, the name of any person from whom such authority has been taken and a description of any change in any such authority granted to any person; and (x) within five (5) days of any change in the 401(k) Review Committee, the name of any new person and the name of any person no longer serving as such a member. The Advisory Committee, or a person designated by it, may vote on behalf of any Participant who so authorizes it or a delegate chosen by it to vote on behalf of such Participant pursuant to any provision of the Trust Agreement. Acquiescence or inaction by the Advisory Committee shall not be deemed to be approval or consent and in any event shall in no way bind or limit the rights of Participants or Beneficiaries of deceased Participants.

 

24


ARTICLE XVI

CREDITED SERVICE AND ADOPTION BY AFFILIATES

16.1. Computation of Credited Service For Purposes of Article IV and Article VIII.

For purposes of applying the provisions of Articles IV and VIII:

(a) The Credited Service of a Participant shall terminate upon his termination of service with the Bank (except as provided in Section 16.3), but such termination of service shall be determined in accordance with the following rules: A period of a leave of absence for military leave, or sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence shall constitute Credited Service for only a period of six (6) months or, if longer, as long as such Participant’s right to reemployment is guaranteed by statute or contract, and unless such Participant returns to actual Credited Service upon the expiration of such six (6) month or longer period such Participant’s Credited Service shall terminate upon such expiration or his earlier death or resignation. In order to constitute a bona fide leave of absence, there must be a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Bank.

(b) A Participant shall be deemed to have a termination of Credited Service in the event his hours of service as an employee or independent contractor are permanently reduced to less than 50% of his average hours of service during the preceding 36 months (or if employed as an employee or independent contractor by the Bank or any member of an affiliated group less than 36 months, during such shorter period)

(c) A Participant shall not be deemed to have had a termination of Credited Service if he is employed by the Bank or any member of an affiliated group as an employee or independent contractor 50% or more of his average hours of service during the preceding 36 months (or if employed as an employee or independent contractor by the Bank or any member of an affiliated group less than 36 months, during such shorter period).

16.2. Computation of Credited Service For Purposes of Section 8.2.

For purposes of applying the provisions of Section 8.2:

(a) The Credited Service of a Participant shall terminate upon his disability, retirement or termination of service with the Bank (except as provided in Section 16.3) for any reason; and the following types of absences shall not be deemed to terminate the Credited Service of a Participant:

(i) Leave of absence granted for sickness, injury, disability, government, civic or charitable service or any other specific reason, for not more than two (2) years.

 

25


(ii) Absence for military service under leave of absence granted by the Bank or when required by law, provided he returns to service as an employee of the Bank or an affiliated employer described in Section 16.3 within ninety (90) days of his release from active military duty or any longer period during which his right to re-employment is protected by law.

(iii) Lay off not in excess of two (2) years until employment is terminated either by the employee or the Bank or an affiliated employer described in Section 16.3.

(b) Credited Service shall not be deemed terminated by the first twenty-four (24) consecutive months of a maternity or paternity leave of absence. For purposes of this paragraph, a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” means an absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy; (ii) by reason of the birth of a child of an employee; (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the an employee in connection with the adoption of the child by such employee; or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The Committee may, in its discretion reasonably require an employee to furnish timely information to establish that an absence from work is a maternity or paternity absence and the number of days for which there was such an absence.

16.3. Employment in Affiliated Group .

Once a person is actually an employee of the Bank (without reference to the provisions of this Section), employment by any member of an affiliated group shall be deemed employment by the Bank for purposes of determining whether he remains in Credited Service. The term “member of an affiliated group” shall include each and all of the following: (i) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code), which group includes the Bank; (ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Bank; (iii) any organization (whether incorporated or not) which is a member of affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code) which includes the Bank; and (iv) any other entity required to be aggregated with the Bank pursuant to Regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

16.4. Adoption by Affiliates

(a) With the consent of the Committee and upon recommendation of the Administrative Committee, this Plan may be adopted by any corporations or trade or businesses or other organizations or entities included in the definition of “member of an affiliated group” set forth in Section 16.3. Separate accounts shall be maintained with respect to all contributions made by such adopting employer. Such adopting employer shall be solely responsible for any contributions required with respect to compensation paid by such adopting employer unless otherwise agreed by the Bank. In the event that

 

26


any such amounts are paid by the adopting employer to fund its obligations into any trust described in Article IX such amounts shall be subject to the claims of creditors of the Bank in accordance with the terms of Section 9.1 and with respect to such amounts so paid by such adopting employer, the terms of Section 9.1 shall be construed as if the term “the Bank” refers to “either the Bank or such adopting employer’”. Further the provisions of Section 9.2 and 9.3 shall with respect to the adopting employer be construed as if the terms “the Bank” were referring to such adopting employer. In the event that the Bank and/or one or more adopting employers shares in payment of compensation to any Participant, the contributions shall be required hereunder shall be allocated by them in proportion to the total compensation paid by all of them to such Participant unless the Bank and such other payors otherwise agree.

(b) Any adopting employer may withdraw from the Plan or terminate the Plan as to its employees and shall do so upon 60 days notice so to do from the Bank, and to the extent permissible any amounts in such Trust attributable to contributions by such adopting employer shall be paid to such adopting employer or its designee. No distributions from such Trust to pay for Plan benefits earned from an adopting employer shall be paid except to the extent such funds are attributable to the contributions of such adopting employer and no Trust funds so applicable shall be used to pay for benefits not attributable to service to such affiliated employer.

(c) Unless specifically provided in a writing signed by the Bank, service to such affiliated employer prior to the time of the adoption of the Plan by such affiliated employer shall not be counted for purposes of eligibility, vesting or benefit accrual notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan.

16.5. Special Rule for 2009 Bank Consolidations . For those Participants who, as of December 31, 2008, were employees of one of the banks being merged with and into the Bank effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “Subsidiary Banks”), service prior to January 1, 2009 recognized for purposes of eligibility and vesting under the Chittenden Corporation Incentive Savings and Profit Sharing Plan for the Subsidiary Bank employees who were participants in (or eligible to participate in) such plan as of December 31, 2008 will also be recognized for such employees solely for purposes of eligibility and vesting (but not benefit accrual) under the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank, acting by its undersigned officer, duly authorized, hereby executes the Plan to be effective as herein provided.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK
By:  

 

  Robert E. Trautmann
 

Its Executive Vice President and

General Counsel

 

27


EXHIBIT A

Amended and Restated People’s United Bank Supplemental Savings Plan

Effective October 4, 2004

 

I. The Interim 2005 Procedures are described as follows:

Prior to December 31, 2004 Participants were required to elect irrevocably the total percentage of their Election Compensation for 2005 and STIP bonus earned in 2004 and payable in 2005 to be deferred as contributions to the 401(k) Plan and this Plan. However, Participants were able to change their elections with respect to contributions to the 401(k) Plan. Contributions to this Plan in 2005 commenced only after a Participant ceased being able to make 401(k) deferrals because of application of Sections 402(g), 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code. In February, 2005 the Interim 2005 Procedures were changed to provide that for purposes of determining Participant Contributions under this Plan with respect to such compensation, the Participant’s 401(k) contribution percentage elections in effect as of the first payroll date in March of 2005 would be applied regardless of any change made in such election thereafter. In June, 2005 the Interim 2005 Procedures were changed to provide Plan Participants an opportunity to elect a separate percentage deferral rate for the STIP bonus based on service during 2005 and payable in 2006 which differed from that applicable to other Election Compensation for 2005 and provided that they made such election on or prior to June 30, 2005.

 

II. The Interim 2006 Procedures are described as follows:

Prior to December 31, 2005 Participants were required to elect irrevocably the total percentage of their Election Compensation for 2006 to be deferred as contributions to the 401(k) Plan and this Plan. Participants were allowed to change their 401(k) Plan deferrals during 2006, but no such changes did or would affect the amount of contributions with respect to 2006 Election Compensation under this Plan. Contributions to this Plan with respect to Election Compensation for 2006 (including contributions with respect to STIP bonuses earned in 2006 and paid in 2007) commenced only after a Participant would have ceased being able to make 401(k) deferrals because of application of Sections 402(g), 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code if the application of those Sections had been determined by reference to such Participant’s 401(k) Plan percentage deferral elections last elected prior to December 31, 2006 (regardless of any change actually made in such Participant’s 401(k) Plan deferral election). The Interim 2006 Procedures allowed for separate elections applicable to (a) the STIP bonus based on service in 2006 and payable in 2007 and (b) to all other Election Compensation for 2006.

 

28


Appendix B

to

People’s United Bank Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan

 

     Effective Period

Minimum Salary Grade

   Began    Ended
Grade 10    Effective Date    15-Feb-2004
Grade 65O    16-Feb-2004    26-Oct-2008
Grade 65    27-Oct-2008    N/A

 

29


Appendix C

to

People’s United Bank Non-Qualified Savings and Retirement Plan

 

APY

  

Nominal Rate

  

Effective for Plan Year(s)

8%

   7.721%    2008 1

8%

   7.721%    2009 and thereafter until changed

 

1

Effective for partial Plan Year beginning November 1, 2008 and ending December 31, 2008.

 

30

Exhibit 10.28

 

Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 1 of 23

CHITTENDEN CORPORATION DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

CHITTENDEN CORPORATION

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Effective January 1, 2007


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 2 of 23

 

CHITTENDEN CORPORATION

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

PREAMBLE

Chittenden Corporation (the “Employer”) previously established the Chittenden Corporation, Chittenden Trust Company and Subsidiaries Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) to provide a vehicle whereby members of the Board of Directors of the Employer or any duly elected member of the Board of Directors of any other Participating Employer may elect to defer all the retainers and fees payable by the Participating Employer to such Directors for services as such.

The Plan is hereby amended and restated to comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, added by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, effective January 1, 2005 and to allow certain executive Employees to participate in the Plan and make other changes effective January 1, 2007. The Plan is also hereby renamed the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan. As provided herein, Plan provisions in effect as of December 31, 2004, shall continue to apply with respect to a Participant’s Account balance attributable to amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2005 and shall continue to apply with respect to any vested terminated Participant or Participant who is in pay status as of such date. Accordingly, such Account balances will not be subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A. Thus, any changes hereunder which have been made in order to comply with Code Section 409A shall apply only to deferred compensation earned on and after January 1, 2005. The plan is intended to be a “plan” which is unfunded and is maintained by an Employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(l) of ERISA, and shall be interpreted and administered to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent.

 

1


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 3 of 23

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page

PREAMBLE

        

ARTICLE I

   DEFINITIONS   
   1.1    “Account”    4
   1.2    “Affiliated Employer”    4
   1.3    “Beneficiary”    4
   1.4    “Board”    4
   1.5    “Code”    4
   1.6    “Committee”    4
   1.7    “Disability”    4
   1.8    “Election Form”    5
   1.9    “Eligible Director”    5
   1.10    “Eligible Executive”    5
   1.11    “Employer”    5
   1.12    “Participant”    5
   1.13    “Participating Employer”    5
   1.14    “Plan”    5
   1.15    “Plan Year”    5

ARTICLE II

   ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION    6
   2.1    Eligibility to Participate    6
   2.2    Commencement and Termination of Participation    6

ARTICLE III

   VOLUNTARY DEFERRALS OF COMPENSATION    7
   3.1    Voluntary Deferrals    7
   3.2    Election Procedures    7

ARTICLE IV

   PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS AND VESTING    9
   4.1    Participant Accounts    9
   4.2    Vesting    9

ARTICLE V

   INVESTMENT ELECTIONS    10
   5.1    Cash With Interest and Chittenden Stock Equivalent Accounts    10
   5.2    Investment Credits for Amounts Transferred From VFSC Plan    12

 

2


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 4 of 23

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page

ARTICLE VI

   DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS    13
   6.1    Distribution of Benefits    13
   6.2    Change in Election    14
   6.3    Certain Other Distributions    15
   6.4    Delay in Distributions    16
   6.5    Compliance with Code Section 409A    16

ARTICLE VII

   DEATH OR DISABILITY OF PLAN PARTICIPANT    17
   7.1    Distribution Upon Death    17
   7.2    Distribution Upon Disability    18

ARTICLE VIII

   PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND MISCELLANEOUS    19
   8.1    Plan Administration    19
   8.2    Distribution Upon a Change in Control Event    19
   8.3    Assignment    20
   8.4    Amendment and Termination    21
   8.5    No Contract    21
   8.6    Rights to Participation    21
   8.7    Payments to Minors and Incompetents    21
   8.8    Income Tax Withholding    22
   8.9    Creation of Trust    22
   8.10    Captions    22

 

3


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 5 of 23

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 “Account” shall mean a notional account of all sums allocated to a Participant under the Plan represented by his or her deferrals and interest and/or earnings credited thereon as described in Section 4.1.

 

1.2 “Affiliated Employer” shall mean any corporation which is included with the Employer in a controlled group of corporations, as determined in accordance with Code Section 414(b), any unincorporated trade or business which, as determined under regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury, is under common control of the Employer under Code Section 414(c), any organization that includes the Employer, which is a member of an affiliated service group, as defined in Code Section 414(m), and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o).

 

1.3 “Beneficiary” means the individual designated by the Participant on his or her Election Form in accordance with Section 7.1 who shall be entitled to benefits hereunder attributable to the Participant’s Account in the event of the Participant’s death.

 

1.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Employer.

 

1.5 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time and any regulations issued thereunder. Reference to any Code Section shall include any successor provision thereto.

 

1.6 “Committee” means the Executive Committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 8.1.

 

1.7 “Disability” means a condition that (a) renders a Participant unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months, or (b) entitles the Participant, by reason of such medical or physical impairment, to income replacement benefits for a period of at least 3 months under the long term disability plan sponsored by the Participating Employer.

 

4


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page  6 of 23

 

1.8 “Election Form” shall mean the form developed by the Committee for a Participant to elect to defer compensation, select the investment option, to designate a Beneficiary, and to elect the timing and form of payment of his or her Account in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, such procedures as adopted by the Committee, and Code Section 409A. The Election Form shall allow for separate elections in the event of termination of employment, death, Disability, and upon a Change in Control Event.

 

1.9 “Eligible Director” means a non-employee member of the Board or non-employee member of the Board of Directors of another Participating Employer.

 

1.10 “Eligible Executive” means an employee of the Employer or a Participating Employer who is considered an “executive officer” under Section 215.2(e) of Federal Reserve Board Regulation O, title 12, chapter II, of the Code of Federal Regulations (12 CFR 201).

 

1.11 “Employer” means the Chittenden Corporation.

 

1.12 “Participant” means an Eligible Director or Eligible Executive who is actively participating in the Plan in accordance with Article II or who has an Account under the Plan under Section 4.1.

 

1.13 “Participating Employer” means the Employer and any Affiliated Employer that is selected by the Committee which participates in the Plan with the permission of the Employer.

 

1.14 “Plan” means the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, as set forth herein and as may be amended from time to time.

 

1.15 “Plan Year” means the 12-month period beginning on January 1 and ending on the following December 31.

 

5


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 7 of 23

 

ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

2.1 Eligibility to Participate . Each Eligible Director shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as provided in Section 2.2. Effective January 1, 2007, each Eligible Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as provided in Section 2.2.

 

2.2 Commencement and Termination of Participation . An Eligible Director or Eligible Executive shall commence participation in the Plan on the first date that a voluntary deferral of compensation is made in accordance with the election procedures set forth in Article III. A Participant’s active participation in this plan will end upon the termination of his service as an Eligible Director or Eligible Executive because of death or any other reason, or upon his transfer to or reclassification as an employee who is not eligible to participate in the plan. Upon the termination of a Participant’s active participation in this Plan in accordance with this section, there will be no additional voluntary deferrals credited to such Participant’s Account under Section 3.1. However, the Participant’s Account will continue to be credited with investment credits as described in Section 5.1 until his or her Account is fully distributed, and the Participant will be entitled to receive distribution of his or her Account as specified on the Participant’s Election Form and in accordance with Article VI.

 

6


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 8 of 23

 

ARTICLE III

VOLUNTARY DEFERRALS OF COMPENSATION

 

3.1 Voluntary Deferrals. An Eligible Director may elect to defer all of the retainer and fees to be earned for his service for a calendar year as an Eligible Director. An Eligible Executive may make voluntary deferrals under the plan from his or her base salary in any whole percentage of his base salary from a minimum of 5% to a maximum of 100% of base salary by electing to reduce his or her base salary by such amount. In addition, each such Eligible Executive may make voluntary deferrals under the plan from his or her cash bonus in any whole percentage of his bonus from a minimum of 5% to a maximum of 100% by electing to reduce his or her bonus by such amount. However, in no event shall voluntary deferrals for a period exceed 100% of the individual’s “base salary” or “bonus” as reduced to reflect all other tax withholdings, salary reductions or deductions under the various benefit plans including but not limited to contributions under Code Section 401(k), 125, or 132(f), or under the Supplemental Executive Savings Plan. Elections will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 3.2.

 

3.2 Election Procedures. An Eligible Director or Eligible Executive who wishes to reduce his or her compensation to be earned during a particular Plan Year in order to make voluntary deferrals under Section 3.1 must complete an Election Form specifying the amount of voluntary deferrals, agreeing to reduce his or her retainer and fees, base salary and/or bonus (as applicable) by the amount(s) desired, specifying the form and timing of the distribution of his or her Account, and providing such other information as the Committee may require.

A Participant’s Election Form electing voluntary deferrals for any Plan Year must be filed with the Committee by such deadline as the Committee specifies, but in any event not later than December 31 of the preceding Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following special rules shall apply: (a) in the case of an Eligible Executive who first becomes eligible to participate hereunder as of January 1, 2007 or any other Eligible Executive or Eligible Director who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan during a Plan Year, the individual’s initial election to defer compensation may be made within 30 days after becoming eligible hereunder, provided that such election only relates to future earnings; (b) elections to defer “performance based” compensation (as defined

 

7


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 9 of 23

 

under Code Section 409A, and regulations thereunder) such as payments under the Employer’s Performance Share Plan, must be made at least 6 months prior to the end of the performance period (so long as such compensation has not become certain to be paid and ascertainable). Such elections shall be made in accordance with such procedures as the Committee shall adopt, provided such deferrals are made with respect to compensation for services performed after the election.

A Participant must elect the amount of his or her voluntary deferrals with respect to any subsequent Plan Year by filing a new Election Form before the start of such subsequent Plan Year, and the change will become effective as of the first day of such subsequent Plan Year. Once a Participant has elected to defer compensation, his or her enrollment form will remain in effect for future Plan Years unless the Participant changes or terminates his or her prior elections by filing a new enrollment form in accordance with the preceding sentence.

After a Plan Year has begun, a Participant may not change the amount of voluntary deferrals (if any) he or she had elected for such Plan Year. However, if during a Plan Year a Participant either (i) has an unforeseeable emergency as defined under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii) and regulations thereunder or (ii) has a financial hardship (as defined in the Chittenden Corporation Incentive Savings and Profit Sharing Plan) and receives a financial hardship withdrawal from such plan, the Participant may elect to cancel his or her deferral election for the balance of that Plan Year.

 

8


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 10 of 23

 

ARTICLE IV

PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS AND VESTING

 

4.1 Participant Accounts. An Account will be established on behalf of each Participant to which will be credited all amounts deferred by the Participant. Accounts are maintained strictly for accounting purposes and do not represent a separate funding of the benefits under the Plan. Accounts shall be maintained as part of the general liabilities of the Employer, and Participants and beneficiaries hereunder shall have the same rights with respect to such Accounts as a general, unsecured creditor of the Employer.

Amounts deferred hereunder by the Participant and any dividends payable under the Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account (described in Article V) shall be credited to his Account at such time as they would otherwise have been payable to the Participant. Such amounts shall be credited to the Cash With Interest Account (described in Article V) or the Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account (described in Article V) as designated by the Participant on his or her Election Form.

Each Participant will indicate with his or her initial Election Form the investment election he wishes to designate for this purpose. Thereafter, a Participant may change his or her investment election as provided in Section 5.1 and in accordance with such procedures as established by the Committee. Following a Participant’s death and before the payment of any amount due to the Participant’s Beneficiary hereunder has been completed, the Beneficiary will exercise the Participant’s investment election powers under this Section.

 

4.2 Vesting. A Participant shall have a fully vested interest in his or her Account at all times.

 

9


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 11 of 23

 

ARTICLE V

INVESTMENT ELECTIONS

 

5.1 Cash With Interest Account and Chittenden Stock Equivalent Accounts

Subject to the provisions of this Article, at the time a Participant elects to participate in the Plan, the Participant shall designate on his or her Election Form the notional investment of his or her deferred amounts. A Participant must elect to invest either 100% of his or her deferrals for a Plan Year in the Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account or 50% of his or her deferrals for the calendar year in the Cash With Interest Account and 50% in the Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account. Investment changes may only be made at the beginning of any calendar year with respect to future deferrals only, by completing an Election Form at least 30 days prior to the beginning of such year or such lesser notice as may be permitted by the Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

A Participant shall not be permitted to change the investment of his or her existing Account at any time.

 

  (a) Cash With Interest Account

In the event that a Participant has elected to credit a portion of his or her deferrals to the Cash With Interest Account, investment credits related to all such amounts shall be credited to such Account at the end of each month based on the Employer’s average annual yield on earning assets for the previous calendar quarter, converted to a monthly-equivalent yield.

Investment credits on any portion of the Participant’s Account added during a Plan Year shall be prorated to reflect the period of time during which such added portion was credited to the Participant’s Account.

 

  (b) Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account

 

  (i)

In the event that a Participant has elected to credit all or a portion of his or her deferrals to the Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account, investment credits related to all such amounts shall be credited to such Account as earned. The Participant’s Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account shall be

 

10


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 12 of 23

 

 

credited with the number of shares (including fractional interests in shares) of Employer Stock which could be purchased with such deferred amount at the Crediting Price (described in (iii) below as of the date of the deferral (i.e. the date such deferred compensation would have otherwise been paid)).

 

  (ii) As of each date of payment of dividends on the Employer Stock there shall be credited, with respect to the equivalent shares of Employer Stock credited pursuant to this paragraph (b) on the record date of such dividend, the equivalent of such additional shares (including fractional interests therein) of Employer Stock as follows:

 

  (A) In the case of cash dividends, the number of shares that could be purchased at the Crediting Price as of such payment date with the dividends which would have been payable on the credited shares as if they had been outstanding.

 

  (B) In the case of dividends payable in Employer Stock, the equivalent number of shares that would have been payable on the equivalent shares as if they had been outstanding.

 

  (iii) Crediting Price. The Crediting Price at the time any credit is to be made pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) shall be the fair market value of the Employer Stock on the date the compensation would otherwise have been paid to Eligible Executives and on the date the fees and retainer would otherwise have been paid to Eligible Directors and, pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii), shall be the fair market value of the Employer Stock on the date of the dividend payment.

For purposes of this subparagraph (iii), fair market value on any day shall mean the closing price on a national securities exchange on the date the compensation and fees would otherwise have been paid or on the date of dividend payment. If there were no sale on said dates, then the fair market value shall be the closing price on the previous business day.

 

11


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 13 of 23

 

  (iv) The total number of equivalent shares of Employer Stock held in Treasury for purposes of this paragraph (b) shall be proportionately adjusted from time to time, as determined by the Committee, for any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of Employer Stock resulting from a subdivision or combination of shares of Employer Stock, a dividend payable in Employer Stock (to the extent that credits have not otherwise been made with respect thereto pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B)), a reorganization or recapitalization or similar change in the Employer Stock or for any other change in the capital structure of Employer Stock.

 

5.2. Investment Credits for Amounts Transferred From VFSC Plan

Notwithstanding Section 5.1, with respect to an Eligible Director who had an Account which was transferred to the Plan from the Vermont National Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the “VFSC Plan”) effective June 1, 1999 as a result of the acquisition of Vermont Financial Services Corporation, and whose benefits were in pay status as of such date, the Participant’s Account shall be credited with interest each quarter. The rate of interest shall be the five-year Treasury Note rate (as published by the U.S. Federal Reserve Board) as in effect as of the beginning of such quarter plus 300 basis points. However, in the event the Participant had terminated his or her service as a Director as of June 1, 1999 prior to attainment of age 60, the rate of interest to be credited to such Participant’s account for the period following such termination until the last payment from his or her Account shall be the three-month Treasury Bill rate (as published by the U.S. Federal Reserve Board) in effect as of the beginning of each quarter.

 

12


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 14 of 23

 

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

 

6.1. Distribution of Benefits .

 

  (a) Time of Payment.

Benefits hereunder shall be paid to a Participant or his Beneficiary on one of the following dates, as specified by the Participant on his or her Election Form:

 

  (i) in the case of an Eligible Executive, the first of the month following six (6) months after his or her separation from service of the Participating Employer (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant);

 

  (ii) in the case of an Eligible Director, first of the month following termination of duties as an Eligible Director;

 

  (iii) the later of the time specified in (i) or (ii) above, as applicable, and January 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the time specified in (i) or (ii) above occurred; or

 

  (iv) at his or her attainment of the age specified on his or her Election Form.

 

  (v) In addition, the Participant may elect to have distribution made upon a Change in Control Event as defined in Section 8.2.

 

  (b) Form of Payment.

A Participant shall designate on his Election Form the form of payment in which his benefits hereunder shall be paid. Participants with a Cash With Interest Account shall have their Accounts paid in cash. Participants with a Stock Equivalent Account shall receive payment in shares of Employer Stock. The Participant may elect to have his benefits payable in one of the following forms of payment:

 

  (i) a single lump sum; or

 

  (ii) annual installments over a period not to exceed eleven years.

 

13


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 15 of 23

 

In the event that a Participant with a Cash With Interest Account elects an installment form of payment, the funds to be distributed on the initial annual payment date shall be a proportionate share of the total amount credited to his Account as of the initial payment date specified on his Election Form and then shall be recalculated annually. Interest shall continue to accrue, pursuant to Section 5.1(a) on the balance of the unpaid Account.

In the event that a Participant with a Stock Equivalent Account elects an installment form of payment, the number of shares of Employer Stock to be distributed on the initial annual payment date shall be a proportionate share of the total number of equivalent shares credited to his Account as of the initial payment date specified on his Election Form and then shall be recalculated annually. Dividends shall continue to accrue, pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(ii) on any equivalent shares of Stock remaining in the Participant’s Account.

Payment of benefits shall commence as soon as administratively practicable following the date elected pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

  (c) Small Accounts . Notwithstanding subsection (b) above, in the event a Participant elects installments and the value of the Participant’s Account is $10,000 or less as of the date the installments were scheduled to begin, the Participant’s Account shall be automatically payable in a single lump sum payment.

 

6.2. Change in Election . Notwithstanding Sections 6.1, 7.1 or 7.2, subject to subsections (a) and (b) below, a Participant who is an Eligible Executive or Eligible Director may change his or her distribution election by executing an amended Election Form and elect to defer the time when his or her Account would otherwise be payable (or installment payments would otherwise begin) to a subsequent date specified by him or her, or the Participant may elect another form of payment or a different number of installments, subject in all cases to the requirements of subsections (a) and (b) below and other provisions of this Article. If such election becomes effective as provided below, then the Participant’s Account will be payable at the time and in the form specified in his subsequent election.

 

  (a)

Accounts Attributable to Deferrals on and after January 1, 2005 . The Participant’s subsequent election under this Section will become effective only if the following criteria are satisfied: (i) the election does not take effect until one year after the

 

14


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 16 of 23

 

 

date of the election and the participant remains an Eligible Executive or Eligible Director during such one year period, (ii) except in the event of the Participant’s death or Disability, the election extends the date for payment, or the start date for installment payments, by at least five years from the previously elected date, and (iii) in the case of an election to defer a previously elected distribution upon attainment of a certain age (under Section 6.1(a)(iv) above), the change election is made at least 12 months before the date the amount would have otherwise been distributed.

No election under the preceding paragraph may operate to accelerate any payment or distribution hereunder or violate any requirement of Code Section 409A or the regulations and rulings thereunder. Installment payments to a participant will be deemed a single payment for purposes of the anti-acceleration rule under Code Section 409A(a)(3) and the rules governing the timing of changes in elections with respect to time and form of payment hereunder pursuant to Code Section 409A(a)(4).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Director who has previously made a distribution election may change such election without regard to these restrictions in accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee provided such election change is made prior to December 31, 2007 or such later date as permitted under Department of Treasury regulations under Code Section 409A, and further provided that such election does not apply to amounts that the Participant would otherwise have received in 2007 or cause a payment to be accelerated to 2007.

 

  (b) Accounts Attributable to Deferrals Prior to January 1, 2005 . With respect to a Participant’s Account attributable to deferrals made by an Eligible Director prior to January 1, 2005, the Participant may change his or her election provided such subsequent election is made at least one year prior to the payment date. In addition, the Participant may only extend the date of payment and may not select an earlier payment date.

 

6.3.

Certain Other Distributions . In addition to the distributions provided for in the preceding sections of this Article, the Committee may provide for a distribution from a Participant’s account(s) under the following circumstance: In the event that, notwithstanding the intent

 

15


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 17 of 23

 

 

that this Plan satisfy in form and operation the requirements of Code Section 409A, it is determined that the requirements of Code Section 409A have been violated with respect to any Participant or group of Participants, distribution of the amount determined to be includable in taxable income of such Participant or Participants as a result of such a violation of Code Section 409.

 

6.4.

Delay in Distributions. Notwithstanding the provisions of any of the foregoing sections in this Article VI, the Committee may delay the making of any payment to a subsequent date, provided that the delayed payment is made not later than the end of the calendar year in which the payment was due, or within 2  1 / 2 months after the date the payment was due, if later, pursuant to the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations and rulings thereunder.

 

6.5. Compliance with Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, distributions and elections respecting distributions of amounts deferred after 2004 are intended to be and will be administered in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the regulations and rulings thereunder (including the provisions prohibiting acceleration of payment unless specifically permitted by such regulations and rulings).

 

16


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 18 of 23

 

ARTICLE VII

DEATH OR DISABILITY OF PLAN PARTICIPANT

 

7.1. Distribution Upon Death . Subject to Section 6.1(c), in the event of the death of a Participant before commencement of payment or before the complete distribution of his or her Account hereunder, the Participant’s Beneficiary designated pursuant to subsection (c) below will receive the total amount remaining in the Participant’s Account in accordance with this Section.

 

  (a) Death Before Complete Distribution of Payment . Each Participant may, at the time of filing his or her initial Election Form (or, if applicable, in a subsequent election in accordance with Section 6.2), elect the form of payment to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the event the Participant dies before commencing payment of his or her benefits as follows:

 

  (i) A number of annual installment payments over a period not to exceed eleven years or

 

  (ii) A single lump sum payment.

The Participant may also elect the time of payment to the Beneficiary to be either as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death or the beginning of the following calendar year.

 

  (b) Death After Commencement But Before Complete Distribution . Each Participant may at the time of filing his or her initial Election Form (or, if applicable, in a subsequent election in accordance with Section 6.2), elect that in the event the Participant dies after commencement of installments but prior to the complete distribution of his or her benefit hereunder, the remaining unpaid installments shall (i) continue to be paid to his or her Beneficiary, or (ii) be paid to his or her Beneficiary in a single lump sum payment.

 

  (c) Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant may designate a Beneficiary to receive a distribution payable under subsection (a) or (b) above and may revoke or change such a designation at any time in accordance with such procedures or in such form as the Committee may prescribe or deem acceptable.

 

17


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 19 of 23

 

  (d) Death of Beneficiary . If a Participant’s designated Beneficiary is receiving installment payments and dies before receiving payment of all the annual installments, the designated Beneficiary’s estate will receive a lump sum payment of the amount remaining to be distributed to such deceased Beneficiary. Such payment will be made on the first day of the month next following the Committee’s receipt of satisfactory evidence of the death of the designated Beneficiary and the appointment of a personal representative.

 

  (e) No Valid Beneficiary Designation . If the Participant has not designated a Beneficiary or if the Participant’s Beneficiary has predeceased him or her, the balance of the Participant’s Account shall be paid in a single lump sum to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death.

 

7.2. Distribution Upon Disability . Each Participant may, at the time of filing his or her initial Election Form (or, if applicable, in a subsequent election in accordance with Section 6.2), elect the form and timing of payment of his or her Account in the event the Participant suffers a Disability. The time and form of payment available to the Participant shall be the same form and timing of payment available upon separation from service as described in Section 6.1 except that the Participant would not be required to wait for six (6) months before the benefit is paid as set forth in Section 6.1(a)(i).

 

18


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 20 of 23

 

ARTICLE VIII

PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1 Plan Administration

 

  (a) This Plan shall be administered by the Committee appointed by the Board to serve at their pleasure. The Committee shall have full discretion to interpret and administer this Plan and its decision in any matter involving the interpretation and application of this Plan shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

  (b) Unless otherwise determined by the Employer, the members of the Committee shall serve without compensation for services as such, but all expenses of the Committee shall be borne by the Employer. Neither the Employer nor any member of the Committee shall be liable for any loss or damage or depreciation which may result in connection with the execution of his duties or the exercise of his discretion or from any other act or omission hereunder, except when due to his negligence or willful misconduct.

 

  (c) All claims for benefits under this Plan shall be made in writing to the Committee. The Committee shall establish a procedure for resolving any dispute relating to a claim for benefits in accordance with requirements under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and regulations thereunder.

 

  (d) The members of the Committee may authorize one or more of their number to execute or deliver any instrument, make any payment or perform any other act which the Plan authorizes or requires the Committee to do.

 

8.2 Distribution Upon a Change in Control Event.

A Participant shall be permitted to make a one-time election on the Participant’s initial Election Form (or effective as of December 31, 1999, if later) to have his or her Account distributed immediately in a form of payment permitted under Section 6.1 upon a Change in Control Event. For purposes of this Plan, with respect to a Participant’s Account attributable to deferrals made on and after January 1, 2005, a “Change in Control Event” shall mean a “change in the ownership”, a “change in the effective

 

19


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 21 of 23

 

control”, or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Participant’s Participating Employer as such terms are defined under Code Section 409A and regulations issued thereunder. In accordance with Section 409A, to constitute a Change in Control Event as to the Participant, the Change in Control Event must relate to (a) the Participating Employer for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event, (b) the Participating Employer that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable), or (c) the Participating Employer that is a majority shareholder of a Participating Employer identified in (a) or (b), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in (a) or (b). With respect to a Participant’s Account attributable to deferrals made prior to January 1, 2005 a “Change in Control Event” shall mean the sale of at least 25% of the assets and/or stock of the Employer, or a change in the majority of the membership of the Employer’s Board of Directors (as determined by the Committee) over a two-year period, unless such change of membership is approved by the then incumbent Board of Directors.

 

8.3 Assignment

Except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law, no credits made to the Account of a Participant of this Plan shall be subject in any way to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, pledge, attachment or encumbrance of any kind; and any attempts to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber any such credit, whether presently or thereafter payable, shall be void. Nor shall any such credit be in any way liable for or subject to the debts or liabilities of any person entitled to the credit.

Any election to defer compensation under this Plan shall not reduce benefits payable under any other benefit plan the Employer may provide for its Eligible Directors or Eligible Executives. Such benefits will be calculated as if the election had not been made. An Eligible Director or Eligible Executive may participate in this Plan at the same time as they participate in any other deferred compensation plan or agreement with the Participating Employer.

 

20


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 22 of 23

 

8.4 Amendment and Termination

The Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by the Board and may be terminated at any time by action of the Board; provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall cause or permit any amount, or, in the case of the Stock Equivalent Account, the number of shares of equivalent stock already credited to a Participant’s Account, to be reduced or diminished. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may amend the plan as it deems appropriate in order to comply with the final regulations to be issued under section 409A and any other subsequent similar guidance.

The Board may authorize the Committee to amend the plan with respect to administrative practices and procedures provided that any such amendment shall not increase the Employer’s financial obligations hereunder with respect to any existing participant.

 

8.5 No Contract

This Plan shall not be deemed a contract of employment with any Participant, nor a guarantee of continued service as a director, nor shall any provision hereof affect the right of the Participating Employer to terminate a Participant’s employment.

 

8.6 Rights to Participation

The Employer’s sole obligation to Participants and their Beneficiary shall be to make payment as provided hereunder. All payments shall be made from the general assets of the Employer and no Participant shall have any vested rights hereunder nor any right hereunder to any specific assets of the Employer.

 

8.7 Payments to Minors and Incompetents

If any Participant or Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefits hereunder is a minor or is deemed by the Committee or is adjudged to be legally incapable of giving valid receipt and discharge for such benefits, they will be paid to such person or institution as the Committee may designate or to the duly appointed guardian. Such payment shall, to the extent made, be deemed a complete discharge of any such payment under the Plan.

 

21


Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan    Page 23 of 23

 

8.8 Income Tax Withholding

The Employer may withhold from any payments hereunder such amount as it may be required to withhold under applicable Federal, state, or other law, and transmit such withheld amounts to the appropriate taxing authority.

 

8.9 Creation of Trust

In its sole discretion, the Committee may otherwise use creation of trust or other arrangements to meet the Employer’s obligations to deliver Employer Stock or make payments hereunder.

 

8.10 Captions

The captions contained in the Plan are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, enlarge, or describe the scope or intent of the Plan, nor in any way affect the construction of any provision of the plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Chittenden Corporation has caused this instrument to be executed and attested on its behalf by its officer hereunto duly authorized, as of this                  day of                  , 2006.

 

CHITTENDEN CORPORATION
By:    

 

ATTEST:    
  Corporate Secretary

 

22

Exhibit 10.28(a)

AMENDMENT NUMBER 1

TO THE

THE CHITTENDEN CORPORATION DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

This Amendment No. 1 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan effective January 1, 2007 (the “Plan”) hereby further amends the Plan as described below pursuant to authority granted by the Board. This Amendment No.1 shall be effective as of December 1, 2005 except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

 

1. Amounts credited to the Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account described in Section 5.1 of the Plan as of December 31, 2007 were converted into cash equivalents at the per-share “Cash Consideration” amount determined pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 26, 2007 between People’s United Financial, Inc. and Chittenden Corporation effective January 1, 2008. Effective January 1, 2008, the Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account as referenced under Section 5.1 is eliminated under the Plan and all credits converted into cash equivalents as noted above, as well as all other deferrals under the Plan on and after January 1, 2008, shall be credited to the Cash With Interest Account as described in Section 5.1 notwithstanding Participant elections to the contrary.

 

2. Effective December 31, 2008 the Plan shall be frozen, subject to the following: (a) there shall be no new Participants under the Plan; (b) there shall be no further Voluntary Deferrals under Section 3.1 of the Plan; and (c) except as otherwise provided herein, investment credits shall continue to apply to Participants’ outstanding Accounts until distribution of the entire balance of such Accounts in accordance with Plan terms.

 

3. By adding Section 1.16 Separation from Service as follows:

“Separation from Service means the date the Participant experiences a “separation from service” (as that term is defined at Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations) from the Employer and from all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a single “service recipient” with the Employer under Section 1.409A-1(h)(3) of the Treasury Regulations.”

 

4. By capitalizing the reference to “separation from service” under Section 6.1(a)(i).

 

5. Section 6.2 (a)  Accounts Attributable to Deferrals on and after January 1, 2005 is amended by deleting the reference to “and the participant remains an Eligible Executive or Eligible Director during such one year period” under sub-clause (i) of said sub-section (a).

 

1


6. Section 6.2(b) is amended by replacing the last paragraph with the following:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who has previously made a distribution election (time and/or form of payment election) relative to deferrals covered by this subsection may change such election without regard to the above restrictions in accordance election materials delivered to a Participant on behalf of the Committee, provided such election changes are made in accordance with applicable regulations under Code Section 409A, including IRS Notices 2006-79 and 2007-78, including that such elections be irrevocably made prior to December 31, 2006, 2007 or 2008, as applicable, and further provided that such elections do not apply to amounts that would otherwise have been payable to the Participant in 2006, 2007 or 2008, as applicable, or cause a payment to be accelerated to 2006, 2007 or 2008, as applicable.”

 

7. Section 6.4 Delay in Distributions is amended by replacing the entire provision with the following:

“A scheduled payment shall normally be paid within 30 days of the scheduled payment date, but under no circumstances shall a scheduled payment be made later than the end of the calendar year in which the scheduled payment date falls, or if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month following the scheduled payment date. Further, the Committee may direct that a scheduled payment be made up to 30 days before the designated payment date. Under no circumstances, however, shall a Participant or Beneficiary be permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the taxable year of the payment under this paragraph.”

 

8. Section 8.2 Distribution Upon a Change in Control Event is amended by replacing the first sentence of said section with the following:

“A Participant may be permitted to make a one-time election on the Participant’s initial Election Form (or as part of a transition election that is made available under Section 6.2(b)) to have his or her Account distributed at a different time and/or in a different form upon the occurrence of a Change in Control Event in accordance with the provisions of an Election Form made available to the Participant by the Committee; provided, however, that no such election may be made after December 31, 2007.

 

2


In WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amendment Number 1 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan to be executed by its officer duly authorized.

People’s United Financial, Inc.

as successor by merger to

Chittenden Corporation

 

By:   /s/ Robert E. Trautmann
Name:   Robert E. Trautmann
Title:   Executive Vice President
Date:   12/29/08

 

3

Exhibit 10.29

EASTERN BANCORP, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Eastern Bankcorp, Inc. (herein called the “Company”) establishes the following plan of deferred compensation (the “Plan”):

1. Purpose : The purpose of this Plan is to provide a foundation for continued growth of the Company by strengthening its capacity to attract and retain outstanding executives in key positions and to attract and retain directors.

2. Participants :

(a) Employees of the Company (i) who have been participants in the Plan prior to the amendment and restatement of the Plan or (ii) who have the title of vice president or higher and whose compensation is at least $100,000 annually, are eligible to participate.

(b) Directors of the Company (herein called Director participants) are also eligible to participate in the Plan.

3. Participants’ Election :

(a) For each year except 1982, a participant, by filing written notice with the Treasurer, may elect not to have paid to him/her currently a part or all of the compensation that would have otherwise been paid currently during such year; provided, however, that the amount of compensation an employee participant may elect not to receive currently during any such year shall not exceed twenty (20%) of his/her compensation. (A Director


participant may elect not to receive currently one hundred percent (100%) of his/her compensation). In the case of amounts so deferred that are to be designated by the participant for the General Subaccount (as that term is defined in Section 4 below), such notice must be given no later than January 1 of such year; in the case of amounts so deferred that are to be designated by the participant for the EBC Stock Subaccount (as therein defined) such notice must be given no later than July 1 of the preceding year. A participant who wishes to designate amounts for both Subaccounts may either give a single notice prior to such July 1 or two separate notices, one no later than such July 1 and the other no later than such January 1.

For the purpose of this Plan, in the case of an employee, “compensation” shall mean the cash wages payable to such employee during any calendar year (before taking into account the amount of such wages which an employee participant elects to defer under this Plan); and, in the case of a Director participant, “compensation” shall mean the director’s and committee fees payable to such Director participant.

(b) A participant who becomes a Director or an employee of the Company after January 1 in any year may, by filing written notice with the Treasurer prior to the issuance of any director’s fee, committee fee, or salary check, elect not to have paid to him/her currently a part or all of the compensation that would have otherwise been paid during the remainder of such year. The amount of compensation which an employee participant may elect not

 

-2-


to receive currently during the remainder of that year shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of his/her total compensation for the remainder of the year. (A Director participant may elect not to receive one hundred percent (100%) of his/her compensation for the remainder of the year.) Any amounts so deferred must be designated solely for the General Subaccount and not for the EBC Stock Subaccount.

(c) Any election to defer compensation under this section shall be irrevocable for the applicable calendar year and may not be cancelled or modified after the applicable deadline set forth herein for any reason.

(d) Once designated for the General Subaccount, no amount of deferred compensation may be transferred to the EBC Stock Subaccount, subject to Section 3(f). Any amount of deferred compensation designated for the EBC Stock Subaccount may be transferred to the General Subaccount as of the last day of any calendar month commencing seven months after the termination of the participant’s employment or directorship for any reason.

(e) In the absence of written notice, delivered prior to July 1 of any year (in the case of a designation to the EBC Stock Subaccount) or prior to January 1 of the next year (in the case of a designation to the General Subaccount) containing a contrary instruction, any such designation in effect immediately prior to such July 1 or January 1 (as the case may be) shall remain in effect for the next calendar year.

 

-3-


(f) Any Director participant may, prior to January 1, 1993, elect in writing to designate an amount of cash equal to all or a portion of: (i) his/her deferral account as of December 31, 1992 and/or (ii) his/her deferred compensation for the final six months of calendar 1993 to be designated to the EBC Stock Subaccount commencing on July 1, 1993.

4. Deferred Account; Subaccounts :

(a) The Company shall establish a bookkeeping account for each participant (herein called the “deferral account”) to record the amounts deferred according to the provisions of Section 3. The Company shall make a credit to each participant’s deferral account equal to the percentage of his/her compensation designated in his/her written notice. Such credit shall be made on the last day of the calendar month during which payment to the participant of current compensation would have been made if he/she had not elected deferral hereunder, and shall be eligible for adjustment pursuant to Section 4(b), in the case of amounts designated for the General Subaccount, or pursuant to Section 4(c), in the case of amounts designated for the EBC Stock Subaccount, commencing with the first full calendar month commencing after such credit is made.

(b) That portion of each deferral account that has been designated by the participant for the General Subaccount shall be adjusted on the last day of each month by an amount obtained by applying one or more percentages (each hereinafter referred to as an “Adjustment Percentage”) to the balance recorded in the

 

-4-


Subaccount as of the first day of said month. The Adjustment Percentage shall be one or more of the following alternative Adjustment Percentages as selected by the participant in accordance with this Section 4(b):

(i) Cost of Savings Adjustment Percentage : the monthly equivalent of Vermont Federal Bank’s cost of savings at the end of the prior quarter; and

(ii) Investment Fund Adjustment Percentage(s) : the percentage rate of appreciation or depreciation in the value, during such month, of shares of any one or more (as designated by the participant) of the investment funds listed on Exhibit A hereto (or any other investment funds which may be added to or substituted by the Company from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion) (“Investment Funds”) assuming full reinvestment of dividends and distributions and assuming no diminution due to the payment of federal or state income taxes.

The amount of each monthly adjustment shall be determined by applying the appropriate Adjustment Percentage (if only one Adjustment Percentage is selected) to the balance in the Subaccount. If more than one Adjustment Percentage is selected, the participant shall designate what percentage of his Subaccount balance shall be allocated for adjustment by each Adjustment Percentage by giving written notice not less than 15 days prior to the commencement of such month; provided, that re-allocations among Adjustment Percentages shall not be permitted on more than 12 occasions in any calendar year, except that, notwithstanding

 

-5-


the foregoing, re-allocations among Adjustment Percentages may be made by the participant (or, in the absence of such a redesignation by the participant, the Company) as of any month-end in the event that any Investment Fund is no longer available for investment to the Company or it is otherwise removed as an eligible Investment Fund by the Company (provided, that in such case the Company shall endeavor to cause amounts designated for adjustment on the basis of the performance of one Investment Fund to be redesignated for adjustment on the basis of the performance of a successor Investment Fund which has reasonably comparable investment objectives).

(c) EBC Stock Adjustment Percentage : That portion of each deferral account that is designated for the EBC Stock Subaccount shall be adjusted on the last day of each month by multiplying the balance of the EBC Stock Subaccount by the percentage rate of appreciation or depreciation in the value, during such month, of shares of the outstanding Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Company (or any securities or other property into which such stock may subsequently be converted, or for which it may be exchanged, in connection with any merger or otherwise) (“EBC Stock”), assuming full reinvestment of dividends and distributions and assuming no diminution due to the payment of federal or state income taxes.

 

-6-


5. Distribution of Deferral Account : Upon the termination of the participant’s employment or directorship for any reason, the Company shall pay to the participant the balance then credited to his deferral account in the amounts and at the times hereinafter set forth:

 

Account Balance

   Payment Period

$0.00 to $50,000.00

   Two years

$50,000.00 to $120,000.00

   Five years

Over $120,000.00

   Eight years

The aforesaid payments, reflecting the adjustments made to the participant’s deferral account in accordance with the applicable Adjustment Percentage(s) through the date of termination of employment, shall be paid to the participant in monthly installments commencing sixty (60) days after the end of the month following termination of employment. Each monthly installment shall equal the balance in the deferral account immediately before payment, divided by the number of payments remaining to be made. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, because of hardship, disability or other extenuating circumstances affecting an employee or director, distribute the deferral account over different periods of time, other than the periods indicated above.

During the period of time that payments are being made to participants, the applicable Adjustment Percentage(s) shall be applied to the unpaid balance of the deferral account in the manner prescribed herein, and the resulting monthly increases or decreases occurring prior to the next regular distribution payment shall be taken into account in determining the amount of that regular distribution payment.

 

-7-


If a participant has amount in the EBC Stock Subaccount at the time of payment, the Company may, at its election, either pay amounts from the EBC Stock Subaccount in cash or deliver to him/her a payment consisting of cash and EBC Stock, each in proportion to the total amount of cash and EBC Stock available for distribution to him/her.

6. Nature of Accounts : The Plan is unfunded. All amounts deferred by a participant under the plan shall remain the sole property of Eastern Bancorp, Inc. and shall be usable by it as part of its general funds for any legal purpose whatever. The deferral accounts shall exist only for the purpose of facilitating the computation of benefits hereunder, and such deferral accounts shall not constitute trust funds, escrow accounts, or any other form of asset segregation in favor of anyone other than the Company, and are not insured by SAIF/FDIC. No participant shall have any interest in any specific asset (including any held by the trust referred to in Exhibit B) by virtue of this plan and each participant’s rights under this plan shall at all times be limited to those of a general, unsecured creditor of the Company.

At the Company’s sole discretion, subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Company may (but is not required to) elect to cause an amount of cash equal to all or a portion of the applicable-portion of a participant’s compensation that is designated for the EBC Stock Subaccount or the General Subaccount to be placed in trust from time to time and invested in EBC Stock, or in one or more of the Investment Funds, or in other investments

 

-8-


selected by the trustee as provided in Section 5 of the form of Trust Agreement which is attached hereto as Exhibit B. The costs incurred by the Company in establishing and administering such a trust, to the extent they exceed $2,500 per year, shall be charged and set off against the participants’ deferred account balances on a pro rata basis.

7. Beneficiary Designation : A participant may designate in a writing filed with the Treasurer a beneficiary (which may include his/her estate or a trust established by him/her) to receive in the event of or after his/her death all amounts which are then and thereafter payable under Section 5. The participant may change such designation at any time by filing a new writing with the Treasurer. In the event that the total deferral account balance hereunder has not been disbursed and the participant dies without a designated living or existing beneficiary, then in that case only the remaining account balance will be disbursed as a lump sum to his/her estate. In the event that the total deferral account balance hereunder has not been disbursed and a succeeding beneficiary dies without the designation of a successor beneficiary, then in that case only the remaining account balance will be disbursed as a lump sum to the estate of such deceased beneficiary.

8. Non-Transferability : No right to payment under Section 5 shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall

 

-9-


be void. No right to payment shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled thereto. If at the time when payments are to be made hereunder, the participant and/or his/her beneficiary are indebted to the Company, then any payments remaining to be made hereunder may, at the discretion of the Company, be reduced by the amount of such indebtedness. An election by the Company not to reduce such payments shall not constitute a waiver of its claim for such indebtedness.

9. Income Tax Withholding, Payroll Taxes, and Other Deductions : Payments under the Plan shall be adjusted to appropriately reflect any applicable income tax withholding requirements, payroll taxes, or other deductions authorized by the Company in accordance with its policies. A participant shall be entitled to a reconciliation of the gross payments due under the Plan with the net payments actually made.

10. Correction of Mistakes : Any mistake in the amount of a participant’s benefits under the Plan may be corrected by the Company when the mistake is discovered. The mistake may be corrected in any reasonable manner authorized by the Company ( e.g. , payments between the participant and the Company or deduction of excess amounts paid to the participant from future payments due to the participant). In appropriate circumstances ( e.g ., where a mistake is not timely discovered), the Company may waive the making of any correction. A participant or beneficiary receiving an overpayment by mistake shall repay the overpayment if requested to do so by the Company.

 

-10-


11. Claim Procedures :

(a) Written Claim is Not Required . Ordinarily, Plan benefits will be paid to participants and beneficiaries without their having to file a claim or take any other action. If a participant or beneficiary does not receive payment of benefits under the Plan which the participant or beneficiary believes are due under the Plan, the participant or beneficiary may file a written claim for benefits with the Company. The written claim shall be in a form satisfactory to and with such supporting documents and information as may be required by the Company.

(b) Notice of a Claim Denial . If a claim for benefits under the Plan is denied in whole or in part by the Company, the claimant shall be notified in writing within a reasonable period of time following the denial. The notice shall set forth:

(i) the reasons for the denial of the claim;

(ii) a reference to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based;

(iii) any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation why they are necessary; and

(iv) a reference to the procedures for review of the denial of the claim set forth in Section 11(c).

 

-11-


(c) Right to a Review of the Denial . Every person whose claim for benefits under the Plan is denied in whole or in

part by the Company shall have the right to request a review of the denial. A claim which has not been approved or denied by the Company within 90 days of the date it was filed shall be deemed to be denied and the claimant shall have the right to request a review of the denial. Review shall be granted if it is requested in writing by the claimant no later than 60 days after the claimant receives written notice of the denial. The review shall be conducted by a review committee consisting of the Board of Directors or a committee appointed by the Board of Directors.

(d)  Decision on Review . With respect to any claim review hearing of the review committee, the claimant, in person or by duly authorized representative, shall have reasonable notice, shall have an opportunity to be present and be heard, may submit and review pertinent documents, and may submit a written statement. The review committee shall render its decision as soon as practicable. Ordinarily decisions shall be rendered within 60 days following receipt of the request for review. If the need to hold a hearing or special circumstances require additional processing time, the decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days following receipt of the request for review. The review committee’s decision shall be in writing, shall set forth the reasons for the decision and the provisions of the Plan on which it is based, and shall be communicated to the claimant. The review committee’s decision shall be final and binding on the claimant, and the claimant’s heirs, assigns, administrator, executor, and any other person claiming through the claimant.

 

-12-


12. Plan Administration : The Company shall be the plan administrator of the Plan. The Company shall be responsible for the Plan’s operation and administration, including but not limited to complying with reporting and disclosure requirements and maintaining Plan records. Except as to the power and authority expressly reserved to the Board of Directors, the Company shall possess and may exercise all power and authority with respect to the control, management, operation, and administration of the Plan. The Company shall have the authority to construe the terms of the Plan, including the authority to remedy any omissions, ambiguities, or inconsistencies in the provisions of the Plan. The Company shall have the authority to determine eligibility to participate in the Plan and eligibility for benefits, including the proper amount of benefits, under the Plan. The Company may adopt rules for the administration of the Plan, provided the rules do not conflict with applicable law or the express provisions of the Plan. The Company may take any other or additional actions that are permitted under ERISA, the Code, or Treasury or Department of Labor regulations or rulings, that the Company determines to be necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Plan. The Company shall keep adequate records of its administration of the Plan.

 

-13-


13. Settlement of Disputes : If any disputes arise with regard to the interpretation of any of the provisions of this Plan, or with regard to the amount of any payments due under Section 5 herein, the Board of Directors shall make any resolution of such disputes which it deems, in its sole discretion, to be in the best interests of the Company and the participants. Any such determination made by the Board shall be final and binding on all participants in the Plan.

14. Amendments : This plan shall not be amended more often than once in every six months other than to comport with Changes in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or the rules thereunder. Subject to the foregoing, the Company reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part. This may be accomplished by resolution voted by the Board of Directors or by execution of a document by a duly authorized officer of the Company. No amendment or termination of the Plan shall deprive a participant of any portion of the participant’s deferral account balance as of the date of the amendment or termination. Such account balance shall continue to be adjusted for deemed investment performance until paid. The method of calculating deemed investment performance and the timing of payment of Plan benefits may be changed by Plan amendment or in connection with a Plan termination.

 

-14-

Exhibit 10.29(a)

AMENDMENT

to the

EASTERN BANCORP, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

This amendment to the Eastern Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is being made by People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) as successor by merger to Chittenden Corporation, the successor by merger to Vermont Financial Services Corp., the successor by merger to Eastern Bancorp, Inc. The Plan is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2008 (the “Effective Date”), as follows:

1. As of the Effective Date, amounts credited to the Chittenden Corporation Stock Subaccount (f/k/a the EBC Stock Subaccount, as defined in the Plan) shall be converted into cash equivalents at the per-share “Cash Consideration” amount determined pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 26, 2007 between the Company and Chittenden Corporation. Thereafter, notwithstanding participant elections to the contrary, all cash equivalents credited to the Plan as a result of such conversion shall be credited with earnings on a monthly basis in accordance with the terms of the Plan, with the Adjustment Percentage applicable to such portion of the Plan participant’s account being equal to the Company’s annual yield on earning assets for the preceding calendar quarter, converted to a monthly-equivalent yield.

2. As of the Effective Date, Section 4(b)(i) of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

“(i) Average Yield Adjustment Percentage : the Company’s annual yield on earning assets for the preceding calendar quarter, converted to a monthly-equivalent yield; and”

3. On and after the Effective Date, all references in the Plan to the Cost of Savings Adjustment Percentage shall be deemed to be references to the Average Yield Adjustment Percentage.

4. As of the Effective Date, the second and third sentences of Section 5 of the Plan are hereby amended to read as follows:

“The aforesaid payments, reflecting the adjustments made to the participant’s deferral account in accordance with the applicable Adjustment Percentage(s) through the date of termination of employment, shall be paid to the participant in annual installments commencing sixty (60) days after the end of the month following termination of employment. Each annual installment shall equal the balance in the deferral account immediately before payment, divided by the number of payments remaining to be made.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan is hereby amended effective as of the Effective Date first set forth above.

People’s United Financial, Inc. as

successor by merger to Chittenden

Corporation, successor by merger

to Vermont Financial Services Corp.,

successor by merger to Eastern Bancorp, Inc.

 

By:  

 

  Robert E. Trautmann
 

Its Executive Vice President and

General Counsel

Exhibit 10.30

THE CHITTENDEN CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006

November, 2006                                        


PREAMBLE

Chittenden Corporation (the “Employer”) previously established the Supplemental Executive Savings Plan (the “Plan”), a nonqualified plan the principal objective of which is to make up contributions for selected executives which would have been made to the Chittenden Corporation Incentive Savings and Profit Sharing Plan except for the compensation and contribution limits imposed by Sections 401(a)(17), 401(k), 402(g), and 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Plan is designed to provide a benefit which, when added to other retirement income of the executive, will meet the objective described above. Eligibility for participation in the Plan shall be limited to certain executives selected by the Board and as described herein.

This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of sections 201(2), 301(a)(30), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, and shall be interpreted and administered to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent. The Plan benefits are paid from the general assets of Chittenden Corporation. This Plan was originally effective on January 1, 1997, and becomes effective as to each Participant on the date he or she is designated as such hereunder.

The Plan is hereby amended and restated, effective January 1, 2006 to reflect changes made to the Employer’s broad-based retirement program, including adding similar contribution enhancements as were added to the qualified Chittenden Corporation Incentive Savings and Profit Sharing Plan and merging the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Cash Balance Restoration Plan (the “Cash Balance SERP”) into this Plan. The Plan is further amended at this time to comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, added by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, effective January 1, 2005.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
PREAMBLE   
ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS   

1.1       “Account”

   I-1

1.2       “Affliliated Employer”

   I-1

1.3       “Basic Plan”

   I-1

1.4       “Beneficiary”

   I-1

1.5       “Board”

   I-1

1.6       “Code”

   I-1

1.7       “Committee”

   I-1

1.8       “Disability”

   I-1

1.9       “Earnings”

   I-2

1.10     “Eligible Employee”

   I-2

1.11     “Employer”

   I-2

1.12     “Investment Credits”

   I-2

1.13     “Participant”

   I-2

1.14     “Participating Employer”

   I-2

1.15     “Plan”

   I-2

1.16     “Plan Year”

   I-2

1.17     “Prior Cash Balance SERP Account”

   I-2

1.18     “Salary Reduction Agreement”

   I-2

1.19     “Salary Reduction Credits”

   I-3

1.20     “Severance Date”

   1-3
ARTICLE II — ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION    II-1

2.1       Eligibility to Participate

   II-1

2.2       Commencement and Termination of Participation

   II-1
ARTICLE III — CREDITS, INVESTMENTS AND VESTING    III-1

3.1       Salary Reduction Agreement and Credits

   III-1

3.2       Matching Credits

   III-2

3.3       Core Credits

   III-3

3.4       Transition Credits

   III-3

3.5       Timing of Employer Credits

   III-3

3.6       Investment Credits

   III-3

3.7       Vesting

   III-5
ARTICLE IV — PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS    IV-1

4.1       Payment of Retirement Benefits

   IV-1

4.2       Change in Election

   IV-2

4.3       Certain other Distributions

   IV-3

4.4       Delay in Distributions

   IV-4

4.5       Compliance with Code Section 409A

   IV-4


ARTICLE V — DEATH OR DISABILITY OF PARTICIPANT    V-1

5.1       Death Before Commencement of Payment

   V-1

5.2       Death After Commencement of Payment

   V-1

5.3       Distribution Upon Disability

   V-2
ARTICLE VI — PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND MISCELLANEOUS    VI-1

6.1       Plan Administration

   VI-1

6.2       Amendment and Termination

   VI-1

6.3       No Contract

   VI-1

6.4       Anti-Assignment

   VI-2

6.5       Change in Control

   VI-2

6.6       Plan Unfunded

   VI-3

6.7       Claims Procedures

   VI-3

6.8       Income Tax Withholding

   VI-4

6.9       Governing Law

   VI-4


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Account ” means the notional account balance of a Participant under the Plan represented by his Salary Reduction Deferrals, Matching Credits, Core Credits, Transition Credits (if any), his Prior Cash Balance SERP Account plus Investment Credits on such amounts (as described in Article III).

 

1.2 “Affiliated Employer ” shall mean any corporation which is included with the Employer in a controlled group of corporations, as determined in accordance with Code Section 414(b), any unincorporated trade or business which, as determined under regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury, is under common control of the Employer under Code Section 414(c), any organization that includes the Employer, which is a member of an affiliated service group, as defined in Code Section 414(m), and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o).

 

1.3 Basic Plan ” means the Chittenden Corporation Incentive Savings and Profit Sharing Plan.

 

1.4. Beneficiary ” means a Participant’s Beneficiary as designated under the terms of the Basic Plan.

 

1.5 Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Chittenden Corporation.

 

1.6 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time and any regulations issued thereunder. Reference to any Code Section shall include any successor provision thereto.

 

1.7 Committee ” means the individual or individuals appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 6.1.

 

1.8 Disability ” means a condition that (a) renders a Participant unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months, or (b) entitles the Participant, by reason of such medical or physical impairment, to income replacement benefits for a period of at least 3 months under the long term disability plan sponsored by the Participating Employer.

 

I–1


1.9 Earnings ” means the earnings of a Participant, as defined under the terms of the Basic Plan, without regard to the earnings limitation that would otherwise be imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17).

 

1.10 Eligible Employee ” means employee of the Employer or other Participating Employer who is eligible for the Senior Incentive Compensation Pool and any other executive employee of the Employer or other Participating Employer who is designated as eligible to participate in the Plan by the Board, provided such individual(s) satisfies the participation eligibility requirements of the Basic Plan.

 

1.11 Employer ” means the Chittenden Corporation.

 

1.12 Investment Credits ” means the investment earnings credited to a Participant’s Account, as described in Section 3.6.

 

1.13 Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who is actively participating in the Plan in accordance with Article II or who has an Account under the Plan.

 

1.14 Participating Employer ” means the Employer and any Affiliated Employer that is selected by the Committee which participates in the Plan with the permission of the Employer.

 

1.15 Plan ” means the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan, as set forth herein and as may be amended from time to time.

 

1.16 Plan Year ” means the 12-month period beginning on January 1 and ending on the following December 31.

 

1.17 Prior Cash Balance SERP Account ” means the Participant’s account balance, if any, under the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Cash Balance Restoration Plan as of December 31, 2005 for those Participants who were active participants in such plan as of such date and which is merged into this Plan effective January 1, 2006.

 

1.18 Salary Reduction Agreement ” means the agreement between the Employer and the Participant pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Plan.

 

I–2


1.19 Salary Reduction Credits ” means the credits made to a Participant’s Account attributable to the Participant’s voluntary salary reductions made pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

1.20 Severance Date ” means the date of termination of a Participant’s employment with the Participating Employer.

The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan will be deemed to include the feminine gender, and the singular may include the plural, unless the context clearly indicates the contrary.

 

I–3


ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

2.1 Eligibility to Participate. Each Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as provided in Section 2.2.

 

2.2 Commencement and Termination of Participation . An Eligible Employee shall commence participation in the Plan on the first date that a Salary Reduction Credit or other Employer credit is made is made to the Plan pursuant to Article III. A Participant’s active participation in this Plan will end upon the termination of his service as an Eligible Employee because of death or any other reason, or upon his transfer to or reclassification as an employee who is not eligible to participate in the Plan. Upon the termination of a Participant’s active participation in this Plan in accordance with this section, there will be no additional Salary Reduction Credits or other Employer credits to such Participant’s Account under Article III. However, the Participant’s Account will continue to be credited with Investment Credits as described in Section 3.6 until his or her Account is fully distributed, and the Participant will be entitled to receive distribution of his or her Account as elected by the Participant in accordance with Article IV.

 

II–1


ARTICLE III

CREDITS, INVESTMENTS AND VESTING

 

3.1 Salary Reduction Agreement and Credits .

 

  (a) Subject to the further provisions of this Section 3.1, if the Committee determines that any portion or all of the amount that would otherwise be contributed on behalf of a Participant to the Basic Plan as a pre-tax contribution will be reduced because of the limitations in Code Sections 401(a)(17), 401(k)(3)(A), 402(g)(1) and/or 415(c)(1), such Participant shall be eligible to enter into a Salary Reduction Agreement under this Plan. Under the Salary Reduction Agreement, the Participant agrees to elect a reduction in his Earnings, and the Employer agrees to credit his Account the same amount of such reduction as a Salary Reduction Credit, provided that the amount of such credit shall not exceed 26% of his Earnings less the amount of pre-tax contributions under the Basic Plan for the Plan Year.

The amounts determined under this subsection (a) shall be credited as of the date on which contributions to the Basic Plan would have been credited and under the same terms that would have applied but for the limitations set forth in Code Sections 401(a)(17), 401(k)(3)(A), 402(g)(1) and/or 415(c)(1).

 

  (b) In order to make Salary Reduction Credits hereunder, each Participant shall execute a Salary Reduction Agreement prior to January 1 of each Plan Year. Such Salary Reduction Agreement shall be valid only if such Participant has elected to make the maximum allowable percentage of pre-tax contributions to the Basic Plan for the Plan Year and shall only take effect once such Participant’s pre-tax contributions under the Basic Plan have been limited pursuant to Code Section 402(g)(1).

 

  (c) A Participant’s Salary Reduction Agreement, exclusive of the aforementioned limitations of the Plan, will continue in effect until the earliest of:

 

  (i) the date as of which the Participant is no longer eligible to make pre-tax contributions to the Basic Plan;

 

III–1


  (ii) the date as of which the Participant is no longer designated as a Participant hereunder;

 

  (iii) the January 1 as of which the Participant elects no longer to participate or elects to change his election under the Plan, provided written notice is given to the Board, or its delegate before such date; and

 

  (iv) the date the Participant is not considered an active employee of the Participating Employer.

 

3.2 Matching Credits .

 

  (a) The Employer shall credit a Participant’s Account with a Matching Credit equal to 35% of the first 6% of his Earnings with respect to which such Participant makes Salary Reduction Credits pursuant to Section 3.1 above and pre-tax contributions pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2(a) of the Basic Plan; provided that the amount of such Matching Credit shall be reduced by the amount of matching contributions made under Section 4.1 (a) of the Basic Plan on behalf of such Participant for the same Plan Year.

 

  (b) The Employer may make a discretionary Matching Credit to the Plan for a Plan Year on behalf of each Participant equal to a percentage of his Earnings with respect to which he makes Salary Reduction Credits pursuant to Section 3.1 and pre-tax contributions pursuant to Section 3.1 and 3.2(a) of the Basic Plan. The discretionary Matching Credit, if any, shall be determined in the same manner as the discretionary matching contribution is determined under Section 4.1 (b) of the Basic Plan but shall be determined with respect to the Participant’s Earnings hereunder and shall be reduced by the amount of discretionary matching contributions made under Section 4.1(b) of the Basic Plan on behalf of such Participant for the same Plan Year.

 

III–2


3.3 Core Credits . The Employer shall credit the Account of each Participant who is entitled to a core contribution under Section 4.2 of the Basic Plan with a Core Credit for each Plan Year. The Core Credit shall be determined in the same manner as the core contribution is determined under Section 4.2 of the Basic Plan but shall be determined with respect to the Participant’s Earnings hereunder and shall be reduced by the amount of core contribution made under Section 4.2 of the Basic Plan on behalf of such Participant for the same Plan Year.

 

3.4 Transition Credits . The Employer shall credit the Account of each Participant who is entitled to a transition contribution under Section 4.3 of the Basic Plan with a Transition Credit for each Plan Year. The Transition Credit shall be determined in the same manner as the transition contribution is determined under Section 4.3 of the Basic Plan but shall be determined with respect to the Participant’s Earnings hereunder and shall be reduced by the amount of transition contribution made under Section 4.3 of the Basic Plan on behalf of such Participant for the same Plan Year.

 

3.5 Timing of Employer Credits . Matching Credits determined under Section 3.2, Core Credits determined under Section 3.3, and Transition Credits determined under Section 3.4 for a Plan Year shall be credited to a Participant’s Account as soon as practicable following the end of the Plan Year in accordance with such procedures as established by the Committee.

 

3.6 Investment Credits . At the end of each Plan Year, an Investment Credit shall be credited on any balance in the Participant’s Account. The amount of such Investment Credit shall be determined on the basis of either the Employer’s average annual yield on earning assets for the comparable time period (referred to as the Cash With Interest Account) or the Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account (determined in the manner described below), as elected by the Participant at the same time he enters into a Salary Reduction Agreement for such Plan Year. With respect to a Participant who does not enter into a Salary Reduction Agreement or does not otherwise make an investment election, the amount of Investment Credit shall be determined based on the Cash With Interest Account which shall be the default investment fund. Investment Credits on any portion of the Participant’s Account added during a Plan Year shall be prorated to reflect the period of time during which such added portion was credited to the Participant’s Account.

 

III–3


The Participant’s Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account shall be credited with the number of shares (including fractional interests in shares) of Chittenden Corporation stock which could be purchased with the balance in his Account at the Crediting Price (described below).

 

  (a) If a Participant has selected the Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account, as of each date of payment of dividends on the Chittenden Corporation Stock there shall be credited, with respect to the equivalent share of Chittenden Corporation Stock credited pursuant to this Section on the record date of such dividend, the equivalent of such additional shares (including fractional interests therein) of Chittenden Corporation Stock as follows:

 

  (i) In the case of cash dividends, the number of shares that could be purchased at the Crediting Price (defined below) as of such payment date with the dividends which would have been payable on the credited shares as if they had been outstanding;

 

  (ii) In the case of dividends payable in Chittenden Corporation Stock, the equivalent number of shares that would have been payable on the equivalent shares as if they had been outstanding.

 

  (b) Crediting Price . The Crediting Price at the time any credit is to be made pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall be the fair market value of the Chittenden Corporation Stock as of the end of the Plan Year for which such election has been made, and, pursuant to paragraph (a) shall be the fair market value of the Chittenden Corporation Stock on the date of the dividend payment.

For purposes of this paragraph (b), fair market value on any day shall mean the average of the high and low prices on a national securities exchange as of the end of the Plan Year for which such election has been made or on the date of dividend payment. If there were no sales on said dates, then the fair market value shall be the average of the high and low prices on the previous business day.

 

  (c)

The total number of equivalent shares of Chittenden Corporation Stock held for purposes of this Section 3.3 shall be proportionately adjusted from time to time, as

 

III–4


 

determined by the Board, for any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of Chittenden Corporation Stock resulting from a subdivision or combination of shares of Chittenden Corporation Stock, a dividend payable in Chittenden Corporation Stock (to the extent that credits have not otherwise been made with respect thereto pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)), a reclassification of Chittenden Corporation Stock, a merger or consolidation, or for any other change in capital structure of Chittenden Corporation Stock.

 

3.7 Vesting. A Participant shall be immediately 100% vested in his Account attributable to Salary Reduction Credits and Matching Credits pursuant to the vesting provisions set forth in Article VIII of the Basic Plan. A Participant shall become fully vested in his Account attributable to Core Credits and Transition Credits at the same time that the Participant becomes fully vested in his core contribution account and transition contribution account under Section 8.2 of the Basic Plan. A Participant shall become fully vested in his Account attributable to his Prior Cash Balance SERP Account upon completing 5 Years of Service (as defined in the Basic Plan) or upon such earlier vesting event as set forth in Section 8.2(a) of the Basic Plan.

 

III–5


ARTICLE IV

PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS

 

4.1 Payment of Retirement Benefits . A Participant’s vested Account shall be payable following the Participant’s Severance Date as described in (a) and (b) below based on the Participant’s election pursuant to administrative procedures as established by the Committee.

 

  (a) Timing of Payment . Subject to Section 4.2, a Participant’s vested Account shall be paid to a Participant on one of the following dates as elected by the Participant

 

  (i) The first of the month following six (6) months after the Participant’s Severance Date (or if earlier, the date of death of the Participant),

 

  (ii) The later of six (6) months after the Participant’s Severance Date or the beginning of the following calendar year, or

 

  (iii) at his or her attainment of the age specified on his or her election form.

 

  (b) Form of Payment . A Participant shall elect the form of payment in which his Account hereunder shall be paid. Participants with a Cash With Interest Account shall have their Accounts paid in cash. Participants with a Stock Equivalent Account shall receive payment in shares of Chittenden Corporation Stock. The Participant may elect to have his benefits payable in one of the following forms of payment:

 

  (i) a single lump sum; or

 

  (ii) approximately equal annual installments over a period not to exceed eleven years.

In the event that a Participant with a Cash With Interest Account elects an installment form of payment, the funds to be distributed on the initial annual payment date shall be a proportionate share of the total amount credited to his Account as of the initial payment date as elected by the Participant and then shall be recalculated annually. Investment Credits shall continue to accrue, pursuant to Section 3.6 on the balance of the unpaid Account.

 

IV–1


In the event that a Participant with a Stock Equivalent Account elects an installment form of payment, the number of shares of Employer Stock to be distributed on the initial annual payment date shall be a proportionate share of the total number of equivalent shares credited to his Account as of the initial payment date specified on his election form and then shall be recalculated annually. Dividends shall continue to accrue, pursuant to Section 3.6(a), on any equivalent shares of Stock remaining in the Participant’s Account.

Payment of benefits shall commence as soon as administratively practicable following the date elected pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

  (c) Small Accounts . Notwithstanding subsection (b) above, in the event a Participant elects installments and the value of the Participant’s Account is $10,000 or less as of the date the installments were scheduled to begin, the Participant’s Account shall be automatically payable in a single lump sum payment.

 

4.2 Change in Election . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary under Section 4.1, Article V, or Section 6.5, subject to the following paragraphs below, a Participant may change his distribution election in accordance with election procedures established by the Committee and elect to defer the time when his or her Account would otherwise be payable (or installment payments would otherwise begin) to a subsequent date specified by him, or the Participant may elect another form of payment or a different number of installments, subject in all cases to the requirements of subsections (a) and (b) below and other provisions of this Article. If such election becomes effective as provided below, then the Participant’s Account will be payable at the time and in the form specified in his subsequent election.

The Participant’s subsequent election under this Section will become effective only if the following criteria are satisfied: (a) the election does not take effect until one year after the date of the election and the participant remains an employee during such one year period, and (b) the election extends the date for payment, or the start date for installment payments, by at least five years from the previously elected date.

No election under the preceding paragraph may operate to accelerate any payment or distribution hereunder or violate any requirement of Code Section 409A or the

 

IV–2


regulations and rulings thereunder. Installment payments to a participant will be deemed a single payment for purposes of the anti-acceleration rule under Code Section 409A(a)(3) and the rules governing the timing of changes in elections with respect to time and form of payment hereunder pursuant to Code Section 409A(a)(4).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who has previously made a distribution election may change such election without regard to these restrictions in accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee provided such election change is made prior to December 31, 2007 or such later date as permitted under Department of Treasury regulations under Code Section 409A, and further provided that such election does not apply to amounts that the Participant would otherwise have received in 2007 or cause a payment to be accelerated to 2007.

 

4.3 Certain other Distributions .

 

  (a) In addition to the distributions provided for in the preceding Sections of this Article, the Committee may provide for a distribution from a Participant’s account(s) under the following circumstance: In the event that, notwithstanding the intent that this Plan satisfy in form and operation the requirements of Code Section 409A, it is determined that the requirements of Code Section 409A have been violated with respect to any Participant or group of Participants, distribution of the amount determined will be includable in taxable income of such Participant or Participants as a result of such a violation of Code Section 409A.

 

  (b) Unforeseeable Emergency . It is intended that the benefits under this Plan be payable only in the event of a Participant’s severance from employment on one of the dates specified above, or death of a Participant as provided in Section V. A Participant will not be permitted to borrow from his Account. A Participant may not make withdrawals from his Account, except as permitted under Code Section 409A in the event of an “unforeseeable emergency”. In such event the Participant must first withdraw and borrow all amounts available to him under the Basic Plan or, if applicable, under the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan. Withdrawals under this subsection shall be administered in accordance with such other procedures as established by the Committee. The term “unforeseeable emergency” means a severe financial hardship to the participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Code section 152(a)) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.

 

IV–3


4.4

Delay in Distributions. Notwithstanding the provisions of any of the foregoing sections in this Article IV, the Committee may delay the making of any payment to a subsequent date, provided that the delayed payment is made not later than the end of the calendar year in which the payment was due, or within 2  1 / 2 months after the date the payment was due, if later, pursuant to the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations and rulings thereunder.

 

4.5 Compliance with Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, distributions and elections respecting distributions are intended to be and will be administered in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the regulations and rulings thereunder (including the provisions prohibiting acceleration of payment unless specifically permitted by such regulations and rulings).

 

IV–4


ARTICLE V

DEATH OR DISABILITY OF PARTICIPANT

 

5.1 Death Before Commencement of Payment. In the event of the death of a Participant before commencement of payment of his Account hereunder, the Participant will become immediately vested in his Account and the Participant’s Beneficiary will receive a benefit equal to the amount credited to the Participant’s Account, determined in accordance with Section III. Each Participant may, at the time of filing his or her election form (or, if applicable, in a subsequent election in accordance with Section 4.2 but without regard to the 5-year deferral requirement), elect the form of payment to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the event the Participant dies before commencing payment of his or her benefits as follows:

 

  (a) A number of annual installment payments over a period not to exceed eleven years or

 

  (b) A single lump sum payment.

The Participant may also elect the time of payment to the Beneficiary to be either as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death or the beginning of the following calendar year.

If a Participant’s designated Beneficiary is receiving installment payments and dies before receiving payment of all the annual installments, the designated Beneficiary’s estate will receive a lump sum payment of the amount remaining to be distributed to such deceased Beneficiary. Such payment will be made on the first day of the month next following the Committee’s receipt of satisfactory evidence of the death of the designated Beneficiary and the appointment of a personal representative. If the Participant has not designated a Beneficiary or if the Participant’s Beneficiary has predeceased him or her, the balance of the Participant’s Account shall be paid in a single lump sum to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death.

 

5.2 Death After Commencement of Payment . Each Participant may at the time of filing his or her initial Election Form (or, if applicable, in a subsequent election in accordance with Section 4.2 but without regard to the 5-year deferral requirement), elect that, in the event of the death of a Participant after commencement of installments but prior to the complete distribution of his Account, the remaining unpaid installments shall (a) be immediately payable to his Beneficiary in a single lump sum payment, or (b) continue to be paid to his or her Beneficiary.

 

V–1


5.3 Distribution Upon Disability . In the event a Participant suffers a Disability, the Participant will become immediately vested in his Account and will receive a benefit equal to the amount credited to his Account, determined in accordance with Section III. The Participant may, at the time of filing his or her election form (or, if applicable, in a subsequent election in accordance with Section 4.2 but without regard to the 5-year deferral requirement), elect the form and timing of payment of his or her Account in the event the Participant suffers a Disability. The time and form of payment available to the Participant shall be the same form and timing of payment available upon separation from service as described in Section 4.1 except that the Participant would not be required to wait for six (6) months before the benefit is paid as set forth in Section 4.1(a).

 

V–2


ARTICLE VI

PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1 Plan Administration.

 

  (a) This Plan shall be administered by the Committee appointed by the Board to serve at their pleasure. The Committee shall have full discretion to interpret and administer this Plan and its decision in any matter involving the interpretation and application of this Plan shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

  (b) Unless otherwise determined by the Employer, the members of the Committee shall serve without compensation for services as such, but all expenses of the Committee shall be borne by the Employer. Neither the Employer nor any member of the Committee shall be liable for any loss or damage or depreciation which may result in connection with the execution of his duties or the exercise of his discretion or from any other act or omission hereunder, except when due to his negligence or willful misconduct.

 

  (c) All claims for benefits under this Plan shall be made in writing to the Committee. The Committee shall establish a procedure for resolving any dispute relating to a claim for benefits in accordance with requirements under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and regulations thereunder.

 

  (d) The members of the Committee may authorize one or more of their number to execute or deliver any instrument, make any payment or perform any other act which the Plan authorizes or requires the Committee to do.

 

6.2 Amendment and Termination . The Board may, in its sole discretion, terminate, suspend, or amend this Plan at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part. However, no amendment or suspension of the Plan will affect a Participant’s right or the right of a Beneficiary to receive a benefit in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Plan as in effect on such Participant’s Severance Date.

 

6.3 No Contract . Nothing contained herein will confer upon any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer, nor will it interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge or otherwise deal with Participants without regard to the existence of this Plan.

 

VI–1


6.4 Anti-Assignment . This agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto, their respective heirs, assigns, successors, executors and administrators. None of the payments provided for by this agreement shall be subject to seizure for payment of any debts or judgments against the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. Except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law, the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary shall have no right to transfer, modify, anticipate, assign or otherwise encumber any rights or benefits hereunder; provided, however, that the undistributed portion of any benefit payable hereunder shall at all times be subject to set-off for debts owed by the Participant to the Participating Employer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may authorize the distribution of a Participant’s benefits under the Plan to the extent necessary to comply with a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 414(p). The determination of the qualified status of a domestic relations order as defined under Code Section 414(p) shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth under the terms of the Basic Plan.

 

6.5 Change in Control . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Participant’s Account under the Plan shall be deemed fully vested, and the Participant shall be permitted to make a one-time election to have his or her Account distributed immediately in a form of payment permitted under Section 4.1 upon a Change in Control Event.

For purposes of this Plan, a Change in Control Event shall mean a “change in the ownership”, a “change in the effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Participant’s Participating Employer as such terms are defined in Code Section 409A and regulations issued thereunder. In accordance with Section 409A, to constitute a Change in Control Event as to the Participant, the Change in Control Event must relate to (a) the Participating Employer for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event, (b) the Participating Employer that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable), or (c) the Participating Employer that is a majority shareholder of a Participating Employer identified in (a) or (b), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in (a) or (b).

 

VI–2


6.6 Plan Unfunded. The Employer may set aside assets in a trust or other funding arrangement as it, or its delegate, deems appropriate to anticipate benefit liabilities accumulating under the Plan; provided such arrangement is not considered “funded” for purposes of the Code and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Accordingly, the assets of any such arrangement shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Employer in the event of the Employer’s insolvency. The rights of a Participant or Beneficiary shall be limited to those of a general, unsecured creditor of the Employer who has a claim equal to the value of the Participant’s benefit hereunder. Benefits under this Plan will be payable from the general assets of the Employer or from such other funding vehicle established for such purpose as described above, or both.

 

6.7 Claims Procedures . If any application for a distribution or withdrawal under the Plan shall be denied, the Committee shall notify the claimant within a reasonable time of such denial setting forth the specific reasons therefor and afford such claimant a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review of the decision denying his claim. Notice of such denial shall set forth, in addition to the specific reasons for the denial, the following:

 

  (a) reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan;

 

  (b) such additional information as may be relevant to denial of the claim;

 

  (c) an explanation of the claims review procedures; and

 

  (d) advice that such claimant may request the opportunity to review pertinent Plan documents and submit a statement of issues and comments.

Within 60 days following advice of denial of his claim, upon request made by the claimant for a review of such denial, the Board, or its delegate, shall take appropriate steps to review its decision in light of any further information or comments submitted by such claimant. The Committee shall be empowered to hold a hearing at which such claimant shall be entitled to present the basis of his claim for review and at which he may be represented by counsel. The Committee shall render a decision within 60 days after claimant’s request for review and shall advise claimant in writing of its decision on such review, specifying its reasons and identifying appropriate provisions of the Plan.

 

VI–3


6.8 Income Tax Withholding . The Employer may withhold from any payments to be made hereunder such amount as it may be required to withhold under any applicable Federal, state, or other law, and transmit such withheld amounts to the appropriate taxing authority.

 

6.9 Governing Law . This Plan is established under and will be construed according to the laws of the State of Vermont.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this instrument to be signed by its officer thereunto duly authorized on this 15th day of November 2006.

 

CHITTENDEN CORPORATION
By:    
 

 

ATTEST:    
  Corporate Secretary

 

VI–4

Exhibit 10.30(a)

AMENDMENT NUMBER 1

TO THE

THE CHITTENDEN CORPORATION SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

This Amendment No. 1 to the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan as Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2006 (the “Plan”) hereby further amends the Plan as described below pursuant to authority granted by the Board. This Amendment No. 1 shall be effective as of December 1, 2005 except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

 

1. Amounts credited to the Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account described in Section 3.6 of the Plan as of December 31, 2007 were converted into cash equivalents at the per-share “Cash Consideration” amount determined pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 26, 2007 between People’s United Financial, Inc. and Chittenden Corporation effective January 1, 2008. Effective January 1, 2008, the Chittenden Stock Equivalent Account as referenced under Section 3.6 is eliminated under the Plan and all credits converted into cash equivalents as noted above, as well as all other credits under the Plan on and after January 1, 2008, shall be credited to the Cash With Interest Account as described in Section 3.6 notwithstanding Participant elections to the contrary.

 

2. Effective December 31, 2008 the Plan shall be frozen, subject to the following:

 

  A. There shall be no new Participants under the Plan;

 

  B. There shall be no further Salary Reduction Credits under Section 3.1 of the Plan;

 

  C. There shall be no further Matching Credits under Section 3.2, Core Credits under Section 3.3, nor Transition Credits under Section 3.4 of the Plan, with the exception of any such credits that are calculated based upon contributions made during the 2008 Plan Year and normally payable during 2009; and

 

  D. Investment Credits under Section 3.6 of the Plan shall continue to apply to Participants’ outstanding Accounts until distribution of the entire balance of such Accounts in accordance with Plan terms.

 

3. The definition of Severance Date under Section 1.20 is amended by replacing the definition with the following:

“Severance Date” means the date the Participant experiences a “separation from service” (as that term is defined at Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations) from the Employer and from all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a single “service recipient” with the Employer under Section 1.409A-1(h)(3) of the Treasury Regulations.”

 

1


4. That Section 3.8 Merrill SERP, be added to the Plan effective December 1, 2007:

“The Merrill Bank Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan (the Merrill SERP) merged into the Plan effective December 31, 2007. Those who participated in the Merrill SERP shall have their Plan benefits payable in accordance with the Merrill SERP terms in effect at the time of the merger, which terms are incorporated herein by reference, unless, and to the extent a Merrill Plan participant elected, pursuant to the transition election process set forth in Section 4.2 of the Plan, to have his or her Merrill SERP benefit converted to a benefit covered by the terms of the Plan without regard to the Merrill SERP terms and prior outstanding time and form of payment election.”

 

5. Section 4.2 Change in Election is amended by replacing the second and fourth paragraphs with the following:

“The Participant’s subsequent election under this Section will become effective only if the following criteria are satisfied: (a) the election does not take effect until one year after the date of the election; (b) the election is made at least one year in advance of the scheduled payment date; and (c) the election extends the date for payment, or the start date for installment payments, by at least five years from the previously elected date.”

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who has previously made a distribution election (time and/or form of payment election) may change such election without regard to these restrictions in accordance with election materials delivered to a Participant on behalf of the Committee, provided such election changes are made in accordance with applicable regulations under Code Section 409A, including IRS Notices 2006-79 and 2007-78, including that such elections be irrevocably made prior to December 31, 2006, 2007 or 2008, as applicable, and further provided that such elections do not apply to amounts that would otherwise have been payable to the Participant in 2006, 2007 or 2008, as applicable, or cause a payment to be accelerated to 2006, 2007 or 2008, as applicable.”

 

6. Section 4.4 Delay in Distributions is amended by replacing the entire provision with the following:

“A scheduled payment shall normally be paid within 30 days of the scheduled payment date, but under no circumstances shall a scheduled payment be made later than the end of the calendar year in which the scheduled payment date falls,

 

2


or if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month following the scheduled payment date. Further, the Committee may direct that a scheduled payment be made up to 30 days before the designated payment date. Under no circumstance, however, shall a Participant or Beneficiary be permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the taxable year of the payment under this paragraph.”

 

7. Section 6.5 Change in Control is amended by replacing the first paragraph of said section with the following:

“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Participant’s Account under the Plan shall be deemed fully vested upon a Change in Control Event. Further, a Participant may be permitted to make a one-time election on the Participant’s initial Election Form (or as part of a transition election that is made available under Section 4.2) to have his or her Account distributed at a different time and/or in a different form upon the occurrence of a Change in Control Event in accordance with the provisions of an Election Form made available to the Participant by the Committee; provided, however, that no such election may be made after December 31, 2007.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amendment Number 1 to the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan as Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2006 to be executed by its officer duly authorized.

 

People’s United Financial, Inc.

as successor by merger to

Chittenden Corporation

By:   /s/ Rober E. Trautmann
Name:   Rober E. Trautmann
Title:   Executive Vice President
Date:   12/29/08

 

3

Exhibit 21

 

Name and Address of Each
Member of the Affiliated Group

   Jurisdiction
of Incorporation
  

Line of Business

   Ownership  

People’s United Bank (1)

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Financial Services    100 %

People’s Ventures II, Inc.

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Investment Subsidiary    100 %

The following subsidiaries are owned directly or indirectly, by People’s United Bank:

 

People’s Securities, Inc.

1000 Lafayette Boulevard

Bridgeport, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Securities Brokerage    100 %

Chittenden Securities, LLC

2 Burlington Square

Burlington, Vermont

   Vermont    Securities Brokerage    100 %

People’s Capital and Leasing Corp.

255 Bank Street

Waterbury, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Equipment Financing    100 %

R.C. Knox and Company, Inc.

1 Goodwin Square

Hartford, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Insurance Agency    100 %

Chittenden Insurance Group, LLC

100 Bank St Burlington,

Vermont

   Vermont    Insurance Agency    100 %

Chittenden Commercial Finance, Inc.

1000 LaGauchetiere St West Montreal,

QC, Canada

   Canada    Commercial Lending    100 %

ONB Realty Corp.

325 State St. Portsmouth,

New Hampshire

   New Hampshire    Real Estate Investments    100 %

Flagship Securities Corporation

120 Front St. Worcester,

Massachusetts

   Massachusetts    Investment Subsidiary    100 %

Bank of Western Massachusetts Securities Corporation

1391 Main St. Springfield,

Massachusetts

   Massachusetts    Investment Subsidiary    100 %

 

(1) On January 1, 2009, the separate bank charters of Chittenden Trust Company, Flagship Bank and Trust Company, Maine Bank & Trust Company, Merrill Merchants Bank, Ocean Bank, and The Bank of Western Massachusetts, all previously wholly-owned subsidiaries of People’s United Bank, were consolidated into People’s United Bank.


Name and Address of Each

Member of the Affiliated Group

  

Jurisdiction
of Incorporation

  

Line of Business

The address of the following wholly owned subsidiaries is 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut:
People’s Mortgage Investment Company    Connecticut    Connecticut Passive Investment Company
PBRE Connecticut, Inc.    Connecticut    Real Estate Investments
PB Real Estate, Inc.    Connecticut    Real Estate Investments
Glamis Investment Corp.    Connecticut    Investment Subsidiary
MSB Mortgage Company of Florida, Inc.    Florida    Mortgage Lending
MSB Real Estate Corp.    Connecticut    Real Estate Investments
Pow-Dan Corporation    Connecticut    Real Estate Investments

Caprice Properties, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
MSB Real Estate Corp.)

   Florida    Real Estate Development

CMSB Enterprises of Florida, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
MSB Real Estate Corp.)

   Florida    Real Estate Development

DelRay Properties, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
MSB Real Estate Corp.)

   Florida    Real Estate Development
Stonebridge Golf and Country Club Partnership (a 50% subsidiary of CMSB Enterprises of Florida, Inc. and a 50% subsidiary of Caprice Properties, Inc.)    Florida    Real Estate Investment

Wycliffe Golf & Country Club Partnership

(an 85% subsidiary of CMSB Enterprises of Florida, Inc. and a 15% subsidiary of Caprice Properties, Inc.)

   Florida    Real Estate Investment

1401 Farmington Avenue Joint Venture

(50% owned by MSB Real Estate Corp. and 50% owned by Pow-Dan Corporation)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Development

PB Real Estate #1, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment


Name and Address of Each

Member of the Affiliated Group

  

Jurisdiction
of Incorporation

  

Line of Business

PB Real Estate #2, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #3, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #4, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #5, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #6, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #7, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #8, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #9, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #10, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Massachusetts, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Massachusetts    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate of New York, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   New York    Real Estate Investment

1523 Chapel Street, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #11, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PB Real Estate, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment


Name and Address of Each

Member of the Affiliated Group

  

Jurisdiction
of Incorporation

  

Line of Business

PB Real Estate #12, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #13, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #14, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #15, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #16, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

PB Real Estate #17, Inc.

(a wholly owned subsidiary of
PBRE Connecticut, Inc.)

   Connecticut    Real Estate Investment

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-140865 and No. 333-142119) of our reports dated February 27, 2009, with respect to the consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, which reports appear in the December 31, 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K of People’s United Financial, Inc.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

March 2, 2009

Exhibit 31.1

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Philip R. Sherringham, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of People’s United Financial, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 27, 2009    

/s/    P HILIP R. S HERRINGHAM        

    Philip R. Sherringham
    President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Paul D. Burner, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of People’s United Financial, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 27, 2009    

/s/    P AUL D. B URNER        

    Paul D. Burner
    Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32

Section 1350 Certifications

Executive Certifications

pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to the best of such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

  1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

  2. Information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the period ended December 31, 2008.

This Certification is made effective as of the date the Report is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Date: February 27, 2009    

/s/    P HILIP R. S HERRINGHAM        

    Philip R. Sherringham
    Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 27, 2009    

/s/    P AUL D. B URNER        

    Paul D. Burner
    Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 99.1

Impact of Inflation

The consolidated financial statements and other financial information presented in the Annual Report (on Form 10-K) have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services.

Exhibit 99.2

Management’s Report on the Effectiveness of

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

and Compliance with Designated Laws and Regulations

Management’s Report

Financial Statements

Management of People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s United Financial”) is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the published consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2008 and for the year then ended. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and include some amounts that are based on judgments and estimates of People’s United Financial’s management.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of People’s United Financial is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting presented in conformity with both accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council Instructions for Thrift Financial Reports (“Thrift Financial Report Instructions”). This internal control contains monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified.

There are inherent limitations in any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.

Management assessed People’s United Financial’s internal control over financial reporting presented in conformity with both accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the Thrift Financial Report Instructions as of December 31, 2008. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2008, People’s United Financial maintained effective internal control over financial reporting presented in conformity with both accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the Thrift Financial Report Instructions.


Compliance with Laws and Regulations

People’s United Financial’s management is also responsible for compliance with the federal and state laws and regulations concerning dividend restrictions, and the federal laws and regulations concerning loans to insiders, which have been designated by the Office of Thrift Supervision as safety and soundness laws and regulations for purposes of this Management Report.

Management assessed People’s United Financial’s compliance with the designated laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness. Based on this assessment, management believes that People’s United Financial complied, in all significant respects, with the designated laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

/s/ Philip R. Sherringham

   

/s/ Paul D. Burner

Philip R. Sherringham     Paul D. Burner
President and Chief Executive Officer     Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

February 27, 2009

Exhibit 99.3

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Regarding Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s”) as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) . People’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on People’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to also meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, management’s assessment and our audit of People’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the Office of Thrift Supervision Instructions for Thrift Financial Reports. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, People’s maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s statement referring to compliance with laws and regulations.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated February 27, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 27, 2009